Furse Total Solution Catalogue Lrs

Total Solution to
Earthing & Lightning Protection
Furse is the market leading lightning protection

brand from Thomas & Betts, providing solutions
worldwide for structural lightning protection,
power earthing and electronic systems protection.
At Thomas & Betts, our focus is on improving your
business performance by providing practical, reliable
electrical products and services that connect and
protect for life and solve everyday problems in the
areas of Wire & Cable Management, Cable Protection,
Power Connection & Control and Safety Technology.
Our extensive engineering, supply chain management
and technical sales support teams are committed to
understanding everything that impacts your ability to
accomplish your business objectives by reducing your
total cost of ownership.
Whether you are designing, installing, operating,
maintaining or owning an office building, offshore
platform, hospital, high speed train, power generating
plant, machine equipment or a manufacturing facility,
Thomas & Betts engineered products fit and function in
your application while providing superior performance,
sustainability and value throughout the project life cycle.
All our brands are built upon four product and service
solution platforms.
Platforms that address you or your customers critical
electrical needs covering the protection of data, energy,
processes, assets and personal safety.
Beyond high-performance application characteristics,
Thomas & Betts products, information and services
facilitate and speed up your time critical assembly,
installation and maintenance processes.
With a dedicated team, we can support you with a full
set of services and flagship product brands including:
Contents
Introduction
Introduction to Furse: brand history, customer services & testimonials
Key markets & projects
Furse Total Solution to earthing & lightning protection
Technical design & customer support services
Lightning protection
Conductors
Air termination
Conductor network
Earthing
Earth electrodes
Earth bonds & clamps
Earth bars
Compression connectors & tools
FurseWELD
FurseWELD components
SureSHOT
Terminal lugs
Handle clamps & accessories
Electronic systems protection

Protectors for mains power supplies
Protectors for data & signal lines
Protectors for telephone lines & computer networks
Protectors for specific systems
Accessories
Technical reference & index

Lightning protection standard BS EN 62305:2011
BS EN 50164:2008
Earthing standards
Lightning protection to NFPA & UL standards
Overvoltage protection to BS 7671
BS EN 61643 product standard
Lightning protection of hazardous areas
Index
Customer services
2 - 19
2-5
6-9
10 - 15
16 - 19
20 - 74
26 - 39
40 - 49
50 - 74
75 - 117
80 - 90
91 - 107
108 - 112
113 - 117
118 - 165
124 - 159
160 - 161
162 - 163
164 - 165
166 - 266
180 - 201
202 - 231
232 - 243
244 - 261
262 - 266
267 - 296
268 - 283
284 - 285
286
287
288
289
290 - 291
292 - 295
296
Registered Office: W. J. Furse, 27/28 Eastcastle Street, London, W1W 8DH

Permission to reproduce extracts from British Standards is granted by the British Standards Institution (BSI).
No other use of this material is permitted. British Standards can be obtained in PDF or hard copy formats from
the BSI online shop: http://shop.bsigroup.com or by contacting BSI Customer Services for hard copies only:
Tel: +44 (0)20 8996 9001, Email: cservices@bsigroup.com
Furse, Wilford Road, Nottingham, NG2 1EB Tel: +44 (0)115 964 3700 Email: enquiry@furse.com Web: www.furse.com
Q06054
Introduction
Lightning is one of natures most powerful and

destructive phenomena.
Lightning strikes present a real and significant
threat - to life, to the structures in which we live
and work, and to the electronic systems which
support us in our daily lives.
The consequences of lightning can be devastating.
Direct lightning strikes damage structures, and create
fire, explosion and electric shock hazards.
Lightning protection throughout the world is now

governed by national and international standards which
stress the need for a comprehensive solution.
A solution that delivers effective life safety, together
with long lasting, reliable protection of a structure and
the electronic systems within.
We believe the Furse Total Solution is the best available
solution for achieving effective, dependable, long term
lightning protection.
Indirect lightning (up to a kilometre away) creates

transient overvoltages which degrade electronic systems
and disrupt essential services.
From air terminals to earthing systems, conductors to

surge protective devices, our Total Solution stands
foremost in the market for making good this promise to
protect life, the structure and electronic systems.
Protecting against the consequences of lightning is now

of paramount importance to our commercial, industrial
and public service institutions.
If youre looking for world-leading lightning protection,

look no further than the Furse Total Solution.
Introduction
Total Solution to earthing

& lightning protection
Brand history
Service, support, sales
For almost 120 years now the Furse brand has been
synonymous with earthing & lightning protection.
Product sales form only part of the Furse offering.
Since our foundation in 1893 as a small steeplejacking

company, Furse has developed and expanded to
become the front runner in earthing & lightning
protection, offering our renowned Total Solution,
which delivers:
Lightning protection systems for structures

and the electronic systems within
Earthing of lightning protection and

power systems
Supporting our customers with project consultations,

site surveys, preparation of engineering drawings and
guidance on standards is equally important to us.
Our technical engineering team, with over 100 years
accumulated knowledge of developing earthing &
lightning protection solutions, can design systems to
any relevant British (BS) or other recognised standard.
Additionally, active participation in the development
of British, European & International standards for
lightning and transient overvoltage protection (BSI,
CENELEC & IEC), and earthing (BSI), ensures we always
offer the most appropriate and up-to-date technical
advice and product solutions to the market.
So, whatever your query, technical support is readily
available, from our UK and overseas offices, or via our
international network of distributors.
Furse became part of Thomas & Betts portfolio of

electrical brands in 1998, which in turn has become a
member of the ABB Group in 2012.
We believe in sharing our knowledge with you, so

you can make a properly informed decision on the
best earthing & lightning protection solution to suit
your needs.
Thomas & Betts is a major global manufacturer and

supplier of electrical products and services to key
markets for wire & cable management, cable
protection, power connectivity and life safety.
As a leading innovator to the electrical marketplace for
over 110 years, Thomas & Betts enjoys productive and
supportive partnerships with distributors and end
users worldwide.
Through this wider distributor network, the Furse
brand has now become established as a world
leader in earthing & lightning protection, with our
products specified and installed in many prestigious
projects around the globe.
Commitment to quality
ISO 9001 registration is only the start of our
commitment to quality.
A commitment that applies equally to all areas
of our business, from design and development to
manufacturing and customer service.
A commitment geared to ensuring you receive the
right advice on earthing & lightning protection whether over the phone, via a presentation, or
through our comprehensive technical literature.
Thomas & Betts headquarters, Memphis, USA
Introduction
Customer services
Customer service & technical advice

Our sales and technical teams are ready to assist with all your earthing &
lightning protection needs. Please contact us to place orders, request
quotations and for technical assistance.
UK, Eire & EU
Middle East
Far East
Tel
+44 (0)115 964 3700
+971 (0)4 609 1635
+65 6720 8828
Fax
+44 (0)115 986 0538
+971 (0)4 609 1636
+65 6720 8780
enquiry@furse.com
furseenquiryme@tnb.com
asia.inquiry@tnb.com
E-mail
Orders may be placed to your credit account, or alternatively we can accept

payments by VISA and MasterCard.
Calls may be monitored to assist with sales training and our customer care programme.
Website: www.furse.com
Visit www.furse.com today for the latest Furse news, information and
worldwide distributor contact details.
Our site also contains searchable technical details for structural lightning
protection, earthing materials, FurseWELD exothermic welding and
transient overvoltage protectors. Product details can be downloaded in
PDF format.
Technical guides & software

A wide range of product datasheets, technical guides and software is
available to help you better understand lightning protection, including:
A comprehensive Technical Guide to BS EN 62305
StrikeRisk lightning protection risk assessment software

(FREE 15 day trial version available)
Furse ESP Application Notes as PDF
Specific product datasheets and sales brochures
To request your copy or to download a PDF, visit www.furse.com, contact

your local representative or local sales office.
Furse
Wilford
Road
Nottingha
m, NG2
United
Kingdom 1EB
Tel +44
(0)115
Fax +44
964 3700
(0)115
986 0538
enquiry@f
www.furseurse.com
.com
StrikeR
isk v5.0
BS EN 623
05-2
Risk Ma
nagem
ent Sof
tware
Copyri
ght Thoma
s & Betts
2012
Furse, Wilford Road, Nottingham, NG2 1EB Tel: +44 (0)115 964 3700
Email: enquiry@furse.com Web: www.furse.com
Customer testimonials
Introduction
We work closely with our customers to deliver the best

possible solution for earthing & lightning protection.
We know we can rely on the quality of Furse products and are ensured of excellent technical
support whenever required. They have an extensive range to cover our requirements as an installer
of Lightning Protection, Earthing and Surge Protection, that is why they are our #1 supplier.
Colin C Clinkard, Director, BEST Services, UK
Jointing Technologies stock and distribute Furse products as we believe

that they are the right manufacturer to provide a range of products to suit
the ever-changing earthing & lightning protection marketplace. We have
worked closely with Furse for over 14 years now on many contracts including
Heathrow T5, Channel Tunnel rail link, London Underground upgrade etc.
Regular communication with their sales engineers ensures not only stock
products are available when and where required but also customized products
are available if needed to keep our projects running on time and within budget.
Martin Parker, Sales & Marketing Manager, Jointing Technologies, UK
ELP Engineering Limited, a Furse distributor, has supplied Furse earthing & lightning
protection systems to a wide variety of construction projects in HK and Macau, including
the Cruise Terminal Building and ancillary facilities at Kai Tak, HSBC Data Centre, Lantau
Hospital, HKEx Next Generation Data Centre, HK Disneyland, CLP Castle Peak Power
Stations, Macau Galaxy Resort, The Venetian Macau, and the Housing Development at
Macau. All our end users insist on high quality products and this is where the core
strength of Furses reputation lies. We are really proud to be a Furse distributor.
Eric Chang, General Manager, ELP Engineering Ltd., Hong Kong
We specify Furse products in many of our projects because of the quality of

the products and strong technical support services on offer. Furse provides a
truly comprehensive solution in the area of lightning protection.
A B Lim, Partner, Perunding Mektrik M&E Consultants, Malaysia
Furse lightning protection units have been used on Vodafone base stations for over
10 years. These units have proved to be very reliable and complement the technical
support and after sales service Vodafone have received from Furse.
5
Stephen Williams, Senior Engineer, Vodafone, Newbury, UK
Introduction
Key markets
World-leading solutions for earthing

& lightning protection.
We recognise that many of
our customers have diverse
interests across multiple
markets, and have structured
our business accordingly, to
meet global needs.
Regional Thomas & Betts offices
support local distribution networks
to ensure our customers always
have access to the right Furse
products and services.
Key locations are shown on the
map, right, with a full list of Furse
distributors available via our
website: www.furse.com.
Regional T&B office
Distributor
With our history in earthing &

lightning protection, and a global
distribution network, its clear to
see why Furse products are now
being installed across a wide
variety of projects, markets and
industries worldwide, including:
Oil & Gas/petrochemical
Offshore platforms & oil fields
National railways
Gas & oil refineries
City metro & light rail systems
Pipelines
Petrochemical processing
Airports & airport terminal

expansions
Subsea tunnels
Utilities
Rail & infrastructure
Power stations (coal, gas,

hydro-power, nuclear)
High tech & industrial
Commercial construction
Pharmaceutical factories
Landmark commercial projects
High tech manufacturing &

semi-conductor plants
Financial services institutions
Electricity substations
Overhead transmission lines
Convention & exhibition

centres
Waste water treatment

facilities
Telecoms stations, exchanges &

transmission towers
Office blocks
IT Parks and Technoparks
Desalination plants
Heavy industry including

steel, cement, glass fibre
& synthetics
Stock exchanges & trade

centres
Commercial centres,
showrooms & retail units
Key markets
Sports & recreation
Introduction
Residential
Hotels & resorts
Sports facilities & training

grounds
High rise residential towers &

apartment blocks
Condominiums
Theatres & opera houses
Housing development projects
Shopping malls
Government & public sector
Cultural & heritage
Central government buildings
Historical sites
Embassies & official residences
Local authority premises
Mosques, churches &

cathedrals
Police stations
National libraries
Hospitals & healthcare

facilities
Monuments
Technical colleges &

universities
Essentially, were in your market,

and can tailor an earthing &
lightning protection solution
specific to your project or
company needs.
So why not contact your regional
representative today to discuss
how Furse earthing & lightning
protection solutions can help you?
Introduction
Market focus
The skys the limit as lightning protection reaches new

heights in the Middle East
Over the last twenty years, the Middle East
region has grown into a significant market for
Furse earthing & lightning protection, with
installations across a number of our key markets
including commercial construction, oil & gas,
utilities, rail and infrastructure.
Foremost among our earthing & lightning protection
projects in the Middle East is the Burj Khalifa, now the
worlds tallest building and a highly prestigious
development which provides offices, hotels, residential
and leisure facilities to many of Dubais citizens.
The Burj Khalifa is an outstanding example of the
many innovative and world-class architectural projects
found throughout the Middle East which require
substantial, high quality earthing & lightning
protection, and where Furse components have
been specified.
Among these many projects are commercial and

financial institutions, petrochemical facilities, rail
systems, hotels and universities etc., including:
Ras Laffan GTL Plant, Qatar
Jebel Ali Power Plant, UAE
Burj Al Arab 7 Star Hotel, Dubai, UAE
Dubai Metro & International Airport, Dubai, UAE
King Abdullah University, Saudi Arabia
Al Dar HQ (Coin Building), Abu Dhabi, UAE
For all our projects in the Middle East, as well as our

other installations worldwide, the Furse Total Solution,
which combines high quality earthing & lightning
protection products with excellence in technical
support, has proven highly beneficial to customers
looking for effective protection of their investments.
Project focus
Introduction
and here are just a few more of our earthing, lightning

and transient overvoltage (surge) protection projects
Oil & Gas/petrochemical
Oil Fields in Toha, China | Pertamenia
Gas/Petrol Depot, Indonesia | Asab Full
Field Development, UAE | Dorra Gas
Field Development, Saudi Arabia |
Jubail
Chevron
Phillips
(JCP)
Petrochemical Plant, Saudi Arabia |
Glaxo Chemical Plant, Tuas, Singapore
| PUB Gas Pipeline, Singapore |
Huwaila Oil Field Development,
UAE | Harweel Oil Fields Cluster
Project, Oman
Utilities
Waste Water Treatment Plant, Shoiba,
Saudi Arabia | JAFZA Desalination
Plant, UAE | Hammas Power Station,
Algeria | Shuwaikh Desalination Plant,
Kuwait | Tianwan Nuclear Power
Plant, China | Mombassa Substation,
Kenya | Kapichira Hydo-Power Station,
Malawi | Rembang Power Station,
Indonesia
|
Sungai
Selangor
Waterworks, Malaysia
Rail & infrastructure
Bahrain Intl Airport Expansion |
Shanghai Metro, China | Kowloon Rail
Link, Hong Kong | New Terminal, Seeb
Airport, Oman | Circle Line, Mass
Rapid Transit System, Singapore | TSN
Airport, Vietnam | Channel Tunnel Rail
Link, UK | Heathrow Airport Terminal
5, UK | Eurotunnel | Newcastle Intl
Airport, UK | Amiri Flight Centre,
Abu Dhabi
High tech & industrial

Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing
Corporation, China | China Telecom |
Intel Plant, High Tech Kulim, Malaysia
| Kuala Lumpur Telecoms Tower,
Malaysia | Seagate Semiconductor
Plant,
Singapore
|
Alexandra
Technopark, Singapore | Motorola
Factories, Singapore | Najran Cement
Factory, Saudi Arabia | Merck, Sharp &
Dohme
Pharmaceutical
Plant,
Singapore | Alfred McAlpine Quarry
Products, UK | Pfizer Pharmaceuticals,
UK | Certis (CISCO) Security, Singapore
| Putrajaya Telekom Main Exchange,
Malaysia | Johnson Controls IFM Pte.
Ltd.,
Singapore
|
Courtaulds
Chemicals, UK
Commercial construction
Bahrain Financial Harbour | Emirates
Towers, Bahrain | Petronas Twin
Towers, Malaysia | Oman Arab Bank,
Oman | Kuala Lumpur Stock Exchange,
Malaysia | Graha Energy Building,
Indonesia | Central Market, Abu Dhabi
| Canary Wharf, London, UK | Highland
Distilleries Co plc, UK | Barwa
Financial District, Qatar | London Stock
Exchange | Royal Bank of Scotland
Head Office, Edinburgh, UK | World
Trade Centre, Abu Dhabi | BCCI
Headquarters, Sanabis, Bahrain | Citic
Tower, Hong Kong | Panasonic
Tower, Kuwait | Doha Convention
Centre, Qatar | Al Shera Tower,
Business Bay, UAE
Sports & recreation

MGM Grand Hotel & Complex, Macau,
China | Bahrain Opera House | Azizia
Mall, Kuwait | Disneyland Hong Kong
| Sebang International Formula One
Circuit, Malaysia | Manchester United
Training Ground, UK | Grand Plaza
Hotel, Singapore | Dubai Sports City
Complex, UAE
Government & public sector
Royal
College
of
Surgeons,
Muharraq, Bahrain | Ministry of
Foreign Affairs, Brunei | Singapore
Embassy, China | Prime Ministers
Office, Putrajaya, Malaysia | University
Institute of Technology, Ijok-Selangor,
Malaysia | Ministry of Finance
Administrative Building, Malaysia |
Mater Dei General Hospital, Malta |
International Maritime College, Oman
| Al Jaber Hospital, Kuwait | Police
Headquarters,
Kampong
Java,
Singapore | British Library, London, UK
| Chelsea & Westminster Hospital,
UK | Sheikh Zayed University, UAE |
University of Leeds, UK
Residential
Zawye Residential Towers, Amwaj,
Bahrain | Ardmore Park Condominium,
Singapore | Al Qasr Residential
Development Project, Saudi Arabia
Cultural & heritage
Windsor Castle, UK | Grand Mosque,
Bahrain | Salisbury Cathedral, UK
Introduction
Total Solution
Why is a Total Solution to earthing

& lightning protection important?
Lightning is one of natures most powerful and
destructive phenomena.
Lightning contains awesome amounts of
electrical energy. Lightning discharges have been
measured from several thousand to over 200,000
Amps (enough to light half a million 100 Watt
bulbs) and even though of a very short duration,
can cause tremendous damage and destruction.
The effects of a direct strike are obvious and
immediately apparent - buildings damaged, trees
blown apart, personal injuries and even loss of life.
However, the secondary effects of lightning - the
short duration, high voltage spikes called transient
overvoltages - can, and do, cause equally catastrophic,
if less visually obvious, damage to electronic systems
within structures.
We continually meet people who have structural
lightning protection for their building, but have
suffered damage to the - unprotected - systems within.
Simply put, a structural lightning protection system
cannot and will not protect electronic systems from
lightning currents and transient overvoltages.
10
Structural lightning protection
Earthing
From Furse air termination systems including air

rods and strike plates to capture lightning
strikes, through to our comprehensive range of
down conductors and lightning protection
components which channel lightning energy
safely to a Furse earth termination network.
The combination of Furse earth electrodes,

clamps, conductors and equipotential bonding
bars which provide lightning and transient
overvoltage energy with an effective, low
resistance route from the lightning protection
system to earth.
Air termination systems
Earth rods and conductor systems
Lightning protection conductors
Mechanical earth clamps and bonds
Conductor clips, clamps and holdfasts
FurseWELD exothermic welding
Bimetallic connection components
Earth bars and equipotential bonding
Total Solution
Introduction
A reliable lightning protection system must encompass

external (structural) lightning protection, effective
earthing and transient overvoltage protection (surge
protection of electronic systems).
Thats why we advocate a Total Solution to earthing &
lightning protection.
Our Total Solution delivers the most complete
and effective protection against lightning risk,
safeguarding life whilst ensuring continuous, normal
operation of critical electronic systems.
This approach to lightning protection is now fully
endorsed by the BS EN/IEC 62305 Standard.
Technical support
Our exhaustive range of equipotential bonding

and transient overvoltage SPDs providing fully
coordinated protection against transient
overvoltages on all incoming and outgoing
metallic service lines including power, data,
signal & telecoms.
Furse technical design teams ensure all designs

for lightning protection, earthing and transient
overvoltage protection meet relevant national
and international standards, whilst our sales
engineers provide key updates on lightning
protection matters.
Lightning Equipotential Bonding SPDs
Lightning protection system design
Mains power transient overvoltage SPDs
Site surveys & earthing analysis
Data, signal & telecommunication lines SPDs
Lightning protection seminars & training
DC power & photovoltaic system SPDs
Technical guides & StrikeRisk software
11
Introduction
Protecting structures & people
The importance of external lightning protection

The function of an external lightning protection
system is to intercept, conduct and disperse a
lightning strike safely to earth.
Without such a system, a buildings structure and
the people, equipment and electrical systems
around or within it, are all at risk.
Lightning strikes, or even electrical discharges resulting
from nearby lightning, can cause damage or injury in
many ways.
Lightning can cause fires, explosions, chemical release
or mechanical disruption within or around a structure.
Step and touch voltages generated from a lightning
strike can cause injury, or even loss of life, to humans
(and animals) in the close vicinity.
Critical services, such as mains power and telecoms etc.,
can be heavily disrupted by lightning strikes, resulting
in major potential losses.
The Furse Total Solution takes account of all the

potential risks from a direct lightning strike, and
incorporates all the elements necessary to deliver full
and effective external lightning protection, including:
Earth termination
Equipotential bonding of metallic parts
By considering these key aspects of external lightning

protection, our Total Solution enables dangerous
lightning energy to be captured and conducted via
above-ground lightning protection components safely
to a low resistance earth termination network.
Equipotential bonding SPDs ensure partial lightning
currents that flow during a direct strike are blocked
from entering a structure via incoming/outgoing
metallic services, and are channelled safely to earth.
Offices risk physical damage to servers and PCs, as well

as loss of key data; factories risk machinery downtime
and repair costs along with health and safety hazard
to personnel.
Clearly, lightning inflicted damage could have
enormous implications for a company, in terms of
both human and financial cost.
In the worst case scenario, a company might even go
out of business as a result of lightning damage.
Protecting against the potentially severe consequences
of a lightning strike therefore becomes a vital
consideration for many companies, both large and
small, across a wide variety of industries.
12
However, assessing and implementing an external

lightning protection system can prove a complex
process, and it is here where the Furse approach, our
Total Solution to lightning protection, helps most.
Lightning strikes can cause major structural damage to buildings
Protecting structures & people
Introduction
Lightning equipotential bonding
A structural lightning protection system is designed

to protect the fabric of a structure and the lives of
people inside by channelling lightning strike energy
in a safe and controlled manner to the earth
termination network.
Equipotential bonding is designed to ensure the risk of

dangerous sparking or flashover occurring within a
structure is avoided.
Furse structural lightning protection employs air

termination components and down conductors - air
rods, bases, conductors and clips - to create an
effective barrier against lightning.
This approach follows the Faraday Cage principle of
lightning protection, as advocated by the majority of
national and international standards.
Earth termination
The earth termination network connects to the down
conductor network at the base of the building, and
provides the means through which lightning current is
dissipated to the general mass of earth.
Equipotential bonding is essentially the electrical

interconnection of all metallic parts to ensure no
metallic part would be at a different potential to
others in the event of lightning currents flowing in
the system.
Direct bonding can be achieved through earthing
components such as bonding clamps and flexible braids,
or for service lines with 'live cores', installation of Furse
ESP lightning current/equipotential bonding SPDs.
All Furse lightning protection products are
manufactured using the highest quality materials,
since it takes only a single substandard component to
compromise the protection of the structural lightning
protection - or earthing - system.
Earthing components must offer both a low resistance

to earth and have excellent corrosion resistance, as
they will be buried in the ground for many years.
The range of Furse earthing products, including earth
rods, plates, clamps and inspection pits, are all
designed and manufactured in line with BS EN 50164
and BS 7430, to ensure they meet the demands
required of earth termination systems.
Additionally, we also manufacture the FurseWELD
exothermic welding system; a fast, easy and portable
way of creating high quality, fault tolerant joints
without any external power or heat source.
13
Fires from lightning strikes can cause major damage to structures
Introduction
Protecting electronic systems
The importance of electronic systems protection

Electronic systems have become central to
virtually every aspect of our lives from PCs and
building management systems in the office to
automated petrol pumps and barcode scanners
at the supermarket.
Transient overvoltages
The ever-changing pace of technological development,

and especially the headlong quest for miniaturisation,
has created the scenario where increasingly lightning
sensitive systems are placed at the core of our society.
Transient overvoltages can be caused by:
Both the threat of damage to vital electronic systems,

and the seriousness of the consequences of that
damage, are more real than ever before.
Most modern electronic systems are at risk:
computers
data communication networks
building management systems
PABX telephone exchanges
CCTV equipment
fire and burglar alarms
telecom base stations
uninterruptible power supplies (UPSs)
programmable logic controllers (PLCs)
plant sensors
telemetry and data acquisition equipment
The main risk to internal systems is through transient

overvoltages - large, very brief and potentially
destructive increases in voltage within the electrical
system.
the secondary effects of lightning strikes (either

between clouds or to ground) from a kilometre
or more, away, from lightning energy induced
on to above or below ground power, data and
signal lines
the electrical switching of large inductive loads

(such as motors, transformers and electrical
drives), or capacitive loads (such as power factor
correction)
Loss of these systems would cripple industrial,

commercial and government organisations alike.
The importance of electronic systems protection, often
referred to as surge protection, is now defined in many
standards, including BS EN/IEC 62305 and BS 7671.
14
Indeed, BS EN/IEC 62305 requires integrated structural

and surge protection. In effect structural lightning
protection can no longer be considered in isolation to
the protection of electronic systems.
Transient overvoltage
damage to the circuit
board in the image
left, is clear to see, but
most damage is barely
visible, as shown in
the image below.
Protecting electronic systems
Introduction
Devastating effects
Transient overvoltages can reach magnitudes of up
to 6000 Volts in a well-insulated 230/400 V power
distribution system, over eight times the level
tolerated by many electronic systems.
Although lasting only thousandths or millionths of a
second, without protection they can devastate modern
electronic systems:
disrupting system operations, through data

loss, data and software corruption and
unexplained crashes
degrading equipment components and

circuitry, shortening equipment lifetime and
increasing failures
Protection benefits
destroying components, circuit boards and

I/O cards
lost or destroyed data
equipment damage
repair work - especially costly for remote or

unmanned installations
the high cost of extended stoppages - sales lost to

competitors, lost production, deterioration or
spoilage of work in progress
loss of essential services - fire alarm, security

systems, building management systems
health and safety hazards caused by plant

instability, after loss of control
fire risks and electric shock hazards
causing costly and unnecessary system downtime
Effective transient overvoltage protection can prevent:
Effective protection is achieved through installation of

a coordinated set of Furse Surge Protective Devices
(SPDs), covering incoming/outgoing mains and data
lines and protecting sensitive and critical electronic
systems from damage.
15
Introduction
Technical services
Technical advice, support and design services

National and international standards dictate the
requirements for design and installation of
lightning protection and earthing systems.
Given the complexity of these standards, confusion and
misinterpretation can easily lead to project delays,
budget overruns and costly extra time on site.
Our aim is to help customers to avoid these risks, by
fully supporting our Furse product sales with a range
of high quality technical support services.
Structural lightning and transient

overvoltage protection
In order for us to design a structural and/or transient
overvoltage lightning protection system, we need the
following information:
Design standard, e.g. BS EN 62305, NFPA 780,

IEC 62305
A dimensioned roof plan & external elevations
Construction details, e.g. steelwork, reinforced

concrete, roofing materials, etc
A single line diagram indicating voltage and

current for each electrical system, e.g. power,
data, telephones, fire alarms, CCTV
Details of essential equipment, e.g. network

servers, PLC controllers
Furse technical services

Furse technical services team actively participates in the
development of national and international standards,
and offers the ideal starting point for customers
confronted by the challenges found in complex
lightning protection projects.
Our engineers can provide advice and assistance on all
aspects of lightning protection, transient overvoltage
and earthing systems, including:
16
Structural lightning and transient overvoltage

protection system design
Earthing design
Supply of comprehensive drawings
Soil resistivity surveys
Full earth modelling analysis
Power earthing systems

There are a number of recognised national and
international standards governing the provision of
earthing systems. Our technical experience allows us to
provide designs to any of these standards.
To design a power earth electrode system, we need the
following information:
Design standard, e.g. BS 7430, BS 7354, Ansi IEEE

Std 80, ENA TS 41-24 etc
Earth resistance measuring
A dimensioned site plan
Bespoke in-house and hosted training seminars
Overall electrical single line diagram
Using the latest computer aided design & draughting

software we can produce detailed or budgetary earth
electrode and lightning protection system designs, in
compliance with any given standard and whatever the
complexity of system required.
Soil resistivity survey results
Earth fault current magnitude (due consideration

should be given to the proportion of current
flowing through cable sheaths or the aerial earth
wires of overhead transmission lines)
Earth fault current duration
Technical services
Introduction
Customer site surveys
The benefits of coming to Furse
Proper site surveys and analysis complement fully our

in-house service.
There are many benefits of coming to Furse for

earthing, lightning and electronic systems protection
designs, including:
Through collation of all relevant information from site,

including soil resistivity measurements and earthing
analysis, our engineers can produce bespoke earthing
designs complete with drawings, calculations and a
detailed report, along with a structural lightning
protection system if required.
Specialist advice from a fully qualified technical

team, which focuses solely on lightning protection
issues and concerns
Active contribution to national and harmonised

European/international standards ensures our
engineers remain at the forefront of new
developments in lightning protection
A comprehensive soil resistivity survey is key to

creating an effective earthing system, as inadequate
or erroneous soil resistivity readings are likely to result
in a flawed design.
Designs that comply with all relevant standards national and international
Our responsibility for providing a design that

is safe
Furse site surveys take multiple accurate soil resistivity

readings at various depths across the site. As these
results form the basis of the whole earthing design,
the experience of our engineers is critical in ensuring
correct implementation of the test data.
Experience and the software to provide an

optimum design - one that doesnt use more
material than is necessary - saving you money
Manufacturing experience & expertise utilising our knowledge of the products available
to provide a tailored design that can be
installed using the most appropriate and
up-to-date products
In addition to technical support and supply of

components, where necessary we can also provide
for the installation of earthing and lightning
protection systems via our partnerships with
specialist installers
Soil resistivity surveys
Full earthing analysis

Full earthing analysis uses state-of-the-art technology
to determine the step and touch voltages, earth
potential rise and hot/cold site classification of the site
generated by the initial design.
Earth resistance measurement

Earth resistance measurement is essential to accurately
determine that the installed earthing system meets the
anticipated criteria laid out in the initial design.
Our technicians ensure all measurements are correctly
taken and interpreted, so that the true resistance of
the earthing system can be defined precisely.
17
Introduction
Supporting customers
Keeping you updated on lightning protection

Lightning protection is a progressive industry
underpinned by an adherence to British,
European and international standards which
determine both the design and implementation
of systems, and the control of product quality.
These national and international standards are
regularly updated making it important to keep abreast
of latest developments.
Furthermore the current standard, BS EN/IEC 62305,
at over 470 pages is much greater in scope and
complexity than previous standards, and can prove
a daunting prospect for those needing to assess
lightning protection designs and projects.
We recognise this, and the wider need to support our
product solutions with relevant information and
expertise which will best help our customers decide the
right route forward regarding lightning protection.
Were here to help

We have tailored a range of support and training
solutions to help our customers acquire a greater
understanding of earthing, lightning and transient
overvoltage protection, and to help clarify the
inherent complexity of the BS EN/IEC 62305 standard.
Our support solutions currently include:
18
Seminars on the BS EN/IEC 62305 standard
NEW seminar on transient overvoltage protection

to BS 7671
Tailored courses/briefings at customer premises
Technical Guide to BS EN 62305
StrikeRisk software covering the risk assessment

process defined in BS EN 62305-2
Seminars and training

We undertake regular CPD-accredited training
seminars to improve understanding of lightning
and transient overvoltage protection.
These seminars include:
Seminar: Introduction to BS EN 62305
This seminar lasts approximately half a day and covers
the background to BS EN 62305, along with a critical
assessment of each of the four parts, including risk
assessment, physical damage to structures, life hazard
and electronic systems protection.
Seminar: Electronic systems protection
This seminar covers electronic systems protection in
detail, as BS EN 62305 devotes considerably more
attention to this area of lightning protection than
its predecessor, BS 6651.
Seminar: Overvoltage protection to BS 7671
This seminar provides information relevant to
risk assessment for transient overvoltage protection
in line with Section 443 of Amendment 1 of the
IET Wiring Regulations, 17th Edition.
Following risk assessment it then covers selection and
installation of Surge Protective Devices as appropriate
to meet Section 534 of BS 7671, to achieve a
satisfactory electrical installation.
As a supplement to standard seminars, we can also
tailor a course, or provide an informal briefing to suit
individual requirements, on an ad-hoc basis.
Seminars are held at the Thomas & Betts, Nottingham
office, other convenient locations & customer premises
- please contact us for further information.
Supporting customers
Introduction
Furse technical guide

Primary in our supporting literature for lightning
protection is the Furse Guide to BS EN 62305 considered indispensable reading for anybody working
in the lightning protection industry today.
Following on in the tradition of previous Furse
publications - the Consultants Handbook and
Electronic Systems Protection Handbook - this A4
Guide helps to explain in clear and concise terms the
requirements of BS EN 62305.
Complete with easy to understand illustrations and
design examples, the Guide provides the reader with
the necessary information to enable identification of
all risks involved and to assess the required level of
protection in accordance with BS EN 62305.
To request a free of charge copy, contact us directly at
any of the addresses given on the back cover or visit
www.furse.com.
StrikeRisk risk management

software
For a summary of, and introduction to, key lightning

protection standards, please refer to our Technical
Section at the rear of this catalogue.
For consultants and designers looking to undertake

their own risk assessments, the Furse technical team
has developed StrikeRisk.
StrikeRisk is an invaluable tool which automates the
complex risk assessment calculations required by
BS EN 62305-2.
Quick & easy to use, with full reporting capability,
StrikeRisk has been devised to deliver results in
minutes, rather than the hours or days it would take
to do the same calculations by hand.
This software makes light of the trial and error
calculations required by BS EN 62305-2, which would
otherwise prove onerous if attempted manually.
StrikeRisk software is available as a free 15 day trial
version, followed by a range of purchase options for
both networked and standalone PC systems. Contact us
directly for your copy.
Introduction to lightning protection

Introduction to lightning protection
Guidance on display of product information
How to apply lightning protection components
Conductors
Introduction
Bare conductor
Tinned conductor
Bimetallic cable
Hard drawn bar
Flexible braid
PVC covered conductor
LSOH covered conductor
Lead covered conductor
Anti-vandal conductor guard
Air termination
Air rods
Air rod bases & saddles
Rod brackets
Rod to conductor coupling
Multiple point
Strike pad
Free standing air termination
Conductor network
Metallic conductor clips
Non-metallic conductor clips
Standing seam clips
Puddle flange
Holdfasts
Conductor clamps
Test clamps
Bimetallic connectors
Oxide inhibiting compound
Expansion braid bonds
Accessories
22 - 25
22
23
24 - 25
26 - 39
27 - 28
29 - 31
31
32
32
33 - 34
35 - 37
38
38
39
40 - 49
41
42 - 43
44
44
45
45
46 - 49
50 - 74
51 - 53
54 - 59
60
61
61 - 63
64 - 67
67 - 69
70
71
71
72 - 74
21
Introduction
Introduction to structural lightning protection

When designing a structural lightning protection system using the Faraday Cage principle, it is possible
to use one or more of a variety of available conductor systems; namely flat tape, solid circular or cable
& wire (stranded).
The decision about which type to use is often based more on country-specific historical preferences or aesthetic
considerations than the superiority of one type over another. High quality Furse conductors, plus appropriate
fittings, are available for all three systems.
Flat tape conductor system
Flat tape conductors are easy to install, with no need to straighten
for a neat finish. Available in copper or aluminium, flat tape can be
installed bare or with a choice of PVC coverings, to enable the tape
to blend with modern building fabrics.
Tinned copper tape is also available for applications that require
additional protection measures, and copper braid is available for
use where flexibility is necessary, e.g. on moving installations like
gates or doors.
Furse copper tape is approved to BS EN 13601, whilst Furse
aluminium tape is approved to BS EN 755-5.
Solid circular conductor system

Solid circular conductors can be used in applications where
aesthetic considerations are important.
The 8 mm diameter solid circular range is less conspicuous than the
flat tape system, and lends itself much better to being concealed.
Available in copper or aluminium, solid circular conductors can also
have PVC coverings.
A coil of circular conductor can be quickly installed, being easy to
bend in any plane, and only needing a straightening tool to give a
very neat finish.
Furse copper solid circular conductor is approved to BS EN 13601,
whilst Furse aluminium solid circular conductor is approved to
BS EN 755-5.
Stranded conductor system
The Furse range of soft drawn stranded conductors is available in
copper, either bare or PVC insulated, and complies with the US
standard NFPA 780.
Furse soft drawn stranded conductor is approved to BS EN 60228,
whilst our PVC insulated stranded conductor is approved to
BS 6004.
The Furse range of conductors is complemented by a complete range of fittings, including clips, clamps, holdfasts
and bimetallic connectors.
22
Fittings are designed to conform to the BS EN 50164 series of product standards governing performance of
lightning protection components which form part of an external lightning protection system (see also
pages 284-285).
Introduction
Product selection
Lightning protection products shown in this catalogue include where appropriate a range of quick reference icons
to define their conductor compatibility, installation requirements and their testing standard.
These icons, as well as a sample product page, are shown below.
The icon bar above each product defines the appropriate main conductor system to which the product can
be connected.
Therefore, where items 1 , 2 , 3 are highlighted in full, the product is suitable for connection to the main
conductor system shown (see below).
Icons defining installation requirements and product testing feature under the product text.
These are shown in the example below, and on product pages as
6 - torque setting.
1
Component is suitable for

use with flat tape conductor
in sizes shown
- testing standard,
3
use with solid circular
conductor in sizes shown
- fixings required, and
Square clamp
2
2
NEW
Conductor
size
Material
Weight
each
Part
No.
25 x 3 mm
Copper
0.12 kg
CT105-H
25 x 6 mm
Copper
0.30 kg
CT110-H
50 x 6 mm
Copper
0.60 kg
CT115-H
25 x 3 mm
Aluminium
0.06 kg
CT005-H
25 x 6 mm
Aluminium
0.17 kg
CT010-H
CT105-H
Manufactured from high quality copper and aluminium alloys. Simple

to install, providing an effective low resistance connection between
overlapping tapes to allow cross, tee, through and right angle joints to
be formed.
BS EN 50164-1 Class H
UL96 (CT105H, CT110-H, CT115-H)
Fix using countersunk wood screws 112 No. 10 or M6 (Part no.

SW005 or SW105) and wall plugs (Part no. PS305) - see Accessories
page 72.

use with stranded conductor
in sizes shown
Tightening torque 5 Nm
Crossover clamp
Component has been

tested to the quoted
standard (BS/BS EN/IEC/UL)
4
CX105-H
Component requires
additional fixings as
advised to enable
installation
Conductor
size
Material
Weight
each
Part
No.
25 x 3 mm
Copper
0.09 kg
CX105-H
25 x 3 mm
Aluminium
0.03 kg
CX005-H
Manufactured from high quality copper and aluminium alloys. Simple to

install, providing an effective low resistance connection between
overlapping tapes to allow cross joints to be formed.
page 72.
6
6
Component should be
tightened to the torque
setting advised
Special component design and manufacture

For the vast majority of installations, the standard range of conductors
and lightning protection components is highly suitable for completing a
lightning protection system. On occasion however, an installation may
include a special requirement needing a non-standard component.
Our technical services team is adept at developing and designing special
components to customer needs, which on approval can be manufactured
in the quantity specified for the project.
If you consider your lightning protection system will require development
of a special component (e.g. new sizing or revised design), please do not
hesitate to contact us to discuss your needs.
23
Conductors
The first choice faced by the designer of a structural
lightning protection system is the type of conductor
system to be used.
Choose the material required, i.e. copper or aluminium.
Choose the type of conductor required, i.e. flat tape,
solid circular or stranded.
Conductor network
The conductor network is the
means of intercepting/carrying
the current of a lightning strike
safely to the earth termination
network. Use the guidelines of
BS EN 62305-1 & 3 for the correct
placement of conductors.
Product selector
Down conductor network

Conductor jointing clamps
Select a component for the
interconnection of multiple
conductors or for changes of
direction. Jointing clamps will
ensure a low resistance, corrosion
resistant connection between air
termination and down conductors.
Test clamps
In order to allow periodic
disconnection and testing of the
earth termination network, select a
test clamp to be placed within the
run of each down conductor.
Fixings
Select the correct system of fixings
for each part of the conductor
system. Fixings are available for a
wide range of modern construction
materials, e.g. brick, stone, plastic
and metal.
Air termination network

The air termination network is the point of connection
for a lightning strike. It typically consists of a meshed
conductor arrangement covering the roof of the
structure. The mesh size is now determined by
Lightning Protection Level - LPL (see Table 7, page 274).
Air terminals
Use air terminals in the form of
vertical air rods for the protection
of prominent roof top features or
equipment. Use strike pads to
connect and thus expose concealed
conductors.
Air rod bases

Choose the correct air rod base.
This will ensure that the vertical air
rods are both solidly fixed to the
fabric of the structure and have a
low resistance connection to the
conductor network.
Interconnection components
24
Crossover clamps have been specially

designed for use where conductors
cross as part of a roof network.
Product selector
Earth termination network
Earth inspection pits
The means of dissipating the current to the general

mass of earth.
Select an earth inspection pit to

protect the earth electrode
connections. High strength pits are
available in plastic and concrete.
Earth electrodes
Choose an earth electrode to suit
the system design i.e. Type A, Type
B or foundation electrode.
Electrodes can be constructed
individually from earth rods, earth
plates, flat tape, stranded cable or
any combination of these.
Earth rod clamps

Select a high copper content alloy
earth rod clamp for the connection
of the earthing conductor to the
earth rod. In this below ground
application, the clamp must ensure
a good electrical contact and resist
corrosion throughout the lifetime
of the installation.
Equipotential bonding
Bonding is the most commonly employed method of
avoiding the damaging effects of side flashing. All
continuous metalwork should be considered for
bonding. All metallic services, e.g. cable armouring,
gas, water or steam piping, entering the building
should also be bonded as directly as possible to the
earth termination network.
Bonds to metalwork
Select the correct type of
metalwork bond for the
application, i.e. a flat column
face, a circular rainwater pipe or
a ribbed reinforcing bar.
Equipotential bonding SPDs

Designed to prevent dangerous
sparking caused by flashover,
lightning current or equipotential
bonding SPDs must be fitted to
all metallic service lines with live
cores entering or leaving the
structure.
Product selector
This illustration is designed to demonstrate the main aspects and

individual components of an external lightning protection system.
It is not intended to represent an actual scheme conforming to a
particular code of practice. The drawing is not to scale.
(1) Conductors
p26-39
(2) Conductor fixings
p50-74
(3) Air terminals
p40-49
(4) Air rod bases
p42-44, 49
(5) Conductor jointing clamps
p64-67
(6) Test clamps
p67-69
(7) Crossover conductor clamp
p64
(8) Earth electrodes
p81-84, 88
(9) Earth rod clamps
p92-94
(10) Earth inspection pits
p87
(11) Bonds
p92-106
(12) Lightning current or

Equipotential bonding SPDs
p182-195
25
Conductors
Conductors
Bare conductor
Tinned conductor
Bimetallic cable
Hard drawn bar
Flexible braid
PVC covered conductor
LSOH covered conductor
Lead covered conductor
Anti-vandal conductor guard
29-31
31
32
32
33-34
35-37
38
38
39
Conductors
By far the largest and most important component of any structural lightning protection or earthing
system is the actual conductor.
Selection of the correct conductor type for the installation is highly important, and is likely to be the initial
consideration of a lightning protection or earthing system designer.
A comprehensive range of Furse copper and aluminium conductors are available in each of the main world standard
formats, i.e. flat tape, solid circular and stranded. Additionally each format is available in a variety of conductor sizes,
to meet differing lightning protection and earthing requirements.
Specification will depend on whether the application is for an above ground structural lightning protection system, or
a below ground earthing installation.
Conductors for structural lightning

protection systems
Furse lightning protection conductors are available in
copper and aluminium, and are supplied bare or with
PVC coating (see below). For most installations, copper
is specified due to its high conductivity and anticorrosive properties.
The following sizes are suitable for the majority of
above ground lightning protection systems:
Flat tape conductor:
25 x 3 mm bare tape, or 25 x 3 mm PVC covered tape
Solid circular conductor
8 mm diameter bare or PVC covered solid circular
conductor
Stranded conductor
70 mm2 bare or PVC covered stranded conductor
Conductor colour chart

The choice of a lightning protection conductor is
usually governed by its aesthetic impact on the
structure to be protected. For many people the term
lightning conductor conjures up an image of a
discoloured copper strip running down the spire of a
church. This would clearly be unacceptable to the
owner/architect of a modern structure.
In order to reduce the impact of an external system
Furse offer a range of UV stabilized PVC covered tapes
and solid circular conductors in colours chosen to
match most common building materials.
Standard PVC colours are shown in the chart, right,
with special colours available to order.
Black
18B29*
Green
BS 6746C
Grey
00A07*
Stone
08B23*
White
10B15*
Brown
06C39*
* PVC colours to BS 5252
27
Conductors
Conductors for earthing systems

Furse earthing conductors form an integral part of the single earthing arrangement for a structure, whether they
provide the means of connection to the final earth electrode (earth rod or plate), or whether they comprise the earth
electrode itself (through an earth grid or ring earth arrangement).
An earth conductor must be capable of carrying the maximum expected earth fault current and
leakage current likely to occur at a structure.
The size or minimum cross-sectional area of the conductor must
therefore be gauged in accordance with these criteria.
A good earth conductor must also:
be able to withstand mechanical damage
be compatible with the material of the earth electrode, and
resist the corrosive effect of local soil conditions
Furse conductors effectively meet these requirements

and are available in a range of sizes to meet differing
current ratings (see table below).
Copper conductor is recommended as, following
BS 7430, aluminium should not be installed in contact
with soil, nor in damp areas, and it should not be used
to make the final connection to an earth electrode.
Copper conductor ratings

For below ground earthing applications we produce a large range of bare copper, tape and stranded conductors thus
offering the designer of the system the correctly rated conductor without the need to oversize.
The following conductor ratings are based upon the recommendations of BS 7430 with an initial conductor
temperature of 30 C and a maximum temperature of 250 C.
Conductor
size
C.S.A.
(mm2)
kA for
1 sec
kA for
3 sec
Conductor
size
C.S.A.
(mm2)
kA for
1 sec
kA for
3 sec
12.5 x 1.5 mm
18.75
3.3
1.9
31 x 6 mm
186
32.7
18.9
12.5 x 3 mm
37.5
6.6
3.8
38 x 3 mm
114
20.1
11.6
20 x 1.5 mm
30
5.3
3.0
38 x 5 mm
190
33.4
19.3
20 x 3 mm
60
10.6
6.1
38 x 6 mm
228
40.1
23.2
37.5
6.6
3.8
40 x 3 mm
120
21.1
12.2
75
13.2
7.6
40 x 4 mm
160
28.2
16.3
25 x 1.5 mm
25 x 3 mm
25 x 2 mm
50
8.8
5.1
40 x 5 mm
200
35.2
20.3
25 x 4 mm
100
17.6
10.2
40 x 6 mm
240
42.2
24.4
25 x 6 mm
150
26.4
15.2
40 x 6.3 mm
252
44.4
25.6
30 x 2 mm
60
10.6
6.1
50 x 3 mm
150
26.4
15.2
30 x 3 mm
90
15.8
9.1
50 x 4 mm
200
35.2
20.3
30 x 4 mm
120
21.1
12.2
50 x 5 mm
250
44.0
25.4
30 x 5 mm
150
26.4
15.2
50 x 6 mm
300
52.8
30.5
31 x 3 mm
93
16.4
9.5
50 x 6.3 mm
315
55.4
32.0
31.5 x 4 mm
126
22.2
12.8
50 x 7 mm
350
61.6
35.5
28
Conductors
Bare copper tape

Conductor size
(X x Y)
Weight
per metre
Standard
coil size
Part
No.
12.5 x 1.5 mm
0.17 kg
100 m
TC005
12.5 x 3 mm
0.33 kg
100 m
TC010
20 x 1.5 mm
0.27 kg
100 m
TC015
20 x 3 mm
0.53 kg
50 m
TC020
20 x 3 mm
0.53 kg
100 m
TC020/100
25 x 1.5 mm
0.33 kg
100 m
TC025
25 x 2 mm
0.49 kg
50 m
TC026
25 x 3 mm
0.67 kg
25 m
TC030
25 x 3 mm
0.67 kg
50 m
TC030/50
1 x 18
0.67 kg
25 m
TC030-UL
25 x 4 mm
0.89 kg
50 m
TC035
25 x 6 mm
1.33 kg
40 m
TC040
1 x 4
1.33 kg
40 m
TC040-UL
30 x 2 mm
0.53 kg
50 m
TC039
30 x 3 mm
0.80 kg
50 m
TC042
30 x 4 mm
1.07 kg
40 m
TC044
30 x 5 mm
1.33 kg
40 m
TC043
31 x 3 mm
0.83 kg
50 m
TC045
31.5 x 4 mm
1.13 kg
40 m
TC048
31 x 6 mm
1.65 kg
30 m
TC050
38 x 3 mm
1.01 kg
50 m
TC055
38 x 5 mm
1.69 kg
30 m
TC060-FU
38 x 6 mm
2.02 kg
25 m
TC065
40 x 3 mm
1.06 kg
40 m
TC067
40 x 4 mm
1.42 kg
30 m
TC066
40 x 5 mm
1.78 kg
25 m
TC071
40 x 6 mm
2.16 kg
25 m
TC068
40 x 6.3 mm
2.24 kg
25 m
TC069
50 x 3 mm
1.33 kg
40 m
TC070
50 x 4 mm
1.78 kg
30 m
TC075
50 x 5 mm
2.22 kg
20 m
TC078
50 x 6 mm
2.68 kg
20 m
TC080
50 x 6.3 mm
2.80 kg
20 m
TC082
50 x 7 mm
3.08 kg
20 m
TC090
TC030
NEW
NEW
High conductivity copper tape to BS EN 13601

(formerly BS 1432).
UL96 (TC030-UL, TC040-UL, TC080)

All bare copper tape sold in full coil lengths only.
29
Conductors
Bare aluminium tape

Conductor
size (X x Y)
TA030
Weight
per metre
Standard
coil size
Part
No.
12.5 x 1.5 mm
0.05 kg
50 m
TA005
20 x 3 mm
0.17 kg
50 m
TA020
25 x 3 mm
0.21 kg
50 m
TA030
30 x 3 mm
0.25 kg
50 m
TA042
25 x 6 mm
0.42 kg
50 m
TA040
40 x 6 mm
0.67 kg
50 m
TA068
50 x 6 mm
0.85 kg
50 m
TA080
Aluminium tape to BS EN 755-5.
Bare solid circular

Conductor
material
CD035
Diameter
(A)
Cross-sectional
area
Weight
per metre
Standard
coil size
Part
No.
Copper
8 mm
50.27 mm2
0.44 kg
50 m
CD035
Aluminium
8 mm
50.27 mm2
0.12 kg
50 m
CD080
Copper conductor to BS EN 13601 (formerly BS 1433).

Aluminium conductor to BS EN 755-5.
30
Conductors
Bare stranded copper cable

Cross-sectional
area
Stranding
No./ mm
Nominal
diameter (A)
Weight
per metre
Part
No.
Soft drawn stranded copper cable

6 mm2
7/1.04
3.12 mm
0.05 kg
CB006
16 mm2
7/1.70
5.10 mm
0.15 kg
CB016
mm2
7/2.14
6.42 mm
0.23 kg
CB025
35 mm2
7/2.52
7.56 mm
0.32 kg
CB035
50 mm2
19/1.78
8.90 mm
0.43 kg
CB050-FU
mm2
19/2.14
10.70 mm
0.62 kg
CB070
95 mm2
19/2.52
12.60 mm
0.86 kg
CB095
mm2
37/2.03
14.21 mm
1.09 kg
CB120
150 mm2
37/2.25
15.75 mm
1.33 kg
CB150-FU
185 mm2
37/2.52
17.64 mm
1.67 kg
CB185
240 mm2
61/2.25
20.25 mm
2.20 kg
CB240
300 mm2
61/2.52
22.68 mm
2.76 kg
CB300-FU
400 mm2
61/2.85
25.65 mm
3.53 kg
CB400-FU
0.62 kg
CB070-T*
0.64 kg
CB071*
25
70
120
CB070
Tinned soft drawn stranded copper cable

70 mm2
19/2.14
NEW
Hard drawn stranded copper cable

70 mm2
7/3.55
* Additional sizes available on request.
Soft drawn stranded copper cable to BS EN 60228.

Hard drawn stranded copper cable to BS 7884.
Tinned copper tape

Conductor size
(X x Y)
Weight
per metre
Standard
coil size
Part
No.
12.5 x 1.5 mm
0.17 kg
100 m
TC225-FU
25 x 3 mm
0.67 kg
50 m
TC230
1 x 8
0.67 kg
50 m
TC230-UL
30 x 2 mm
0.53 kg
50 m
TC239
25 x 6 mm
1.33 kg
40 m
TC240
31 x 3 mm
0.83 kg
50 m
TC245
38 x 5 mm
1.69 kg
30 m
TC260
50 x 6 mm
2.68 kg
20 m
TC280
TC230
High conductivity copper tape to BS EN 13601

(formerly BS 1432).
UL96 (TC230-UL)
31
Conductors
Bimetallic cable
AWG
Cross-sectional
area
Nominal
diameter
Stranding
No./AWG
Weight
per metre
Part
No.
50 mm2
9.96 mm
3/5
0.41 kg
BC001
40
mm2
8.86 mm
3/6
0.33 kg
BC002
35 mm2
7.9 mm
3/7
0.26 kg
BC003
25
mm2
7.04 mm
3/8
0.21 kg
BC004
20 mm2
6.27 mm
3/9
0.16 kg
BC005
16 mm2
5.59 mm
3/10
0.13 kg
BC006
10
mm2
4.42 mm
3/12
0.08 kg
BC007
300
150 mm2
15.6 mm
7/4
1.22 kg
BC008
4/0
120
mm2
13.9 mm
7/5
0.97 kg
BC009
3/0
95 mm2
12.3 mm
7/6
0.77 kg
BC010
2/0
70
mm2
11 mm
7/7
0.61 kg
BC011
1/0
50 mm2
9.78 mm
7/8
0.48 kg
BC012
40
mm2
8.71 mm
7/9
0.38 kg
BC013
35 mm2
7.77 mm
7/10
0.30 kg
BC014
1/0
BC011
40% conductivity supplied as standard. Other sizes also available.

Contact us for details.
Copper/steel cable to ASTM B228.
Hard drawn copper bar

Overall nominal
size (X x Y)
Weight
per metre
Approximate
length
Part
No.
25 x 3 mm
0.67 kg
3m
BA205
25 x 6 mm
1.33 kg
4m
BA210
38 x 6 mm
2.03 kg
4m
BA225
50 x 6 mm
2.67 kg
3m
BA230
50 x 10 mm
4.45 kg
4m
BA235
75 x 6 mm
4.00 kg
4m
BA240
100 x 6 mm
5.38 kg
4m
BA250-FU
2.67 kg
3m
BA231*
Bare hard drawn bar
BA205
Tinned hard drawn bar

50 x 6 mm
* Additional sizes available on request.
Hard drawn high conductivity copper bar to BS EN 12163.

32
Conductors
Flexible flat copper braid

Overall nominal
size (X x Y)
Cross-sectional
area
Weight
per metre
Part
No.
12 x 1 mm
6 mm2
0.055 kg
BD020
15 x 1.5 mm
10 mm2
0.096 kg
BD025
19 x 2.5 mm
16 mm2
0.16 kg
BD026
25 x 3 mm
25 mm2
0.25 kg
BD028
25 x 3.5 mm
35 mm2
0.34 kg
BD030
30 x 5 mm
50
mm2
0.49 kg
BD031
32 x 6 mm
70 mm2
0.63 kg
BD027
37 x 6 mm
95 mm2
0.93 kg
BD032
NEW
45 x 6 mm
120 mm2
1.15 kg
BD033
NEW
50 x 8 mm
mm2
1.45 kg
BD034
NEW
6 mm2
0.055 kg
BD020-T
NEW
15 x 1.5 mm
10
mm2
0.096 kg
BD025-T
NEW
19 x 2.5 mm
16 mm2
0.16 kg
BD026-T
NEW
25 x 3 mm
25
mm2
0.25 kg
BD028-T
NEW
25 x 3.5 mm
35 mm2
0.34 kg
BD035
30 x 5 mm
50 mm2
0.49 kg
BD031-T
NEW
32 x 6 mm
70 mm2
0.63 kg
BD027-T
NEW
37 x 6 mm
95 mm2
0.93 kg
BD032-T
NEW
45 x 6 mm
120
mm2
1.15 kg
BD033-T
NEW
50 x 8 mm
150 mm2
1.45 kg
BD034-T
NEW
Bare flat braid
150
BD028
NEW
NEW
Tinned flat braid

12 x 1 mm
Suitable for earth bonding. Also supplied as standard pre-cut and drilled
bonds (see pages 104-105). Other sizes and types of braid can be made to
order. Please contact us for details.
High conductivity copper wire to BS EN 13602
(formerly BS 4109-C101).
33
Conductors
Flexible circular copper braid
NEW
Overall nominal
diameter
Cross-sectional
area
Weight
per metre
Part
No.
4.2 mm
6 mm2
0.055 kg
BD006-FU
5.4 mm
10 mm2
0.096 kg
BD010-FU
7 mm
16 mm2
0.16 kg
BD016-FU
8.5 mm
25
mm2
0.25 kg
BD025-FU
10.5 mm
35 mm2
0.34 kg
BD035-FU
11.5 mm
50
mm2
0.49 kg
BD050-FU
14.5 mm
70 mm2
0.63 kg
BD070-FU
mm2
0.93 kg
BD095-FU
4.2 mm
6 mm2
0.055 kg
BD006-FU-T
5.4 mm
10
mm2
0.096 kg
BD010-FU-T
7 mm
16 mm2
0.16 kg
BD016-FU-T
8.5 mm
25
mm2
0.25 kg
BD025-FU-T
10.5 mm
35 mm2
0.34 kg
BD035-FU-T
11.5 mm
50
mm2
0.49 kg
BD050-FU-T
14.5 mm
70 mm2
0.63 kg
BD070-FU-T
mm2
0.93 kg
BD095-FU-T
Bare circular braid
BD070-FU
16 mm
95
Tinned circular braid
16 mm
95
Suitable for earth bonding. Also supplied as standard pre-cut and drilled
bonds (see pages 104-105). Other sizes and types of braid can be made to
order. Please contact us for details.
High conductivity copper wire to BS EN 13602
(formerly BS 4109-C101).
34
Conductors
PVC covered copper tape

Conductor size
(X x Y)
Weight
per metre
Standard
coil size
Colour
range
Part
No.
12.5 x 1.5 mm
0.21 kg
50 m
Black
TC100
25 x 3 mm
0.77 kg
25 m
Black
TC105-FU
25 x 3 mm
0.77 kg
25 m
Green*
TC110
25 x 3 mm
0.77 kg
25 m
Grey
TC115-FU
25 x 3 mm
0.77 kg
25 m
Stone
TC120-FU
25 x 3 mm
0.77 kg
25 m
White
TC125-FU
25 x 3 mm
0.77 kg
25 m
Brown
TC130
25 x 3 mm
0.77 kg
50 m
Black
TC105/50
25 x 3 mm
0.77 kg
50 m
Green*
TC110/50
25 x 3 mm
0.77 kg
50 m
Grey
TC115/50
25 x 3 mm
0.77 kg
50 m
Stone
TC120/50
25 x 3 mm
0.77 kg
50 m
White
TC125/50
25 x 3 mm
0.77 kg
50 m
Brown
TC130/50
25 x 6 mm
1.53 kg
40 m
Green*
TC140-FU
50 x 6 mm
2.95 kg
20 m
Green*
TC145
TC105-FU
Other colours and sizes are available to order. Contact us for details. Every
precaution has been taken to ensure the UV stability of PVC coverings, but
as with all plastics, colour variation will occur over time.
High conductivity copper tape to BS EN 13601 (formerly BS 1432).
PVC colours to BS 5252. * Green to BS 6746C.
PVC covered copper solid circular

Conductor Diameter Cross-sectional
material
(A)
area
Weight
per metre
Standard
coil size
Colour
range
Part
No.
Black
CD036
8 mm
50.27 mm2
0.49 kg
50 m
Copper
8 mm
50.27
mm2
0.49 kg
50 m
Grey
CD038
Copper
8 mm
50.27 mm2
0.49 kg
50 m
Stone
CD039
Copper
8 mm
50.27
mm2
0.49 kg
50 m
White
CD040
Copper
8 mm
50.27 mm2
0.49 kg
50 m
Brown
CD041
Copper
CD036
Copper conductor to BS EN 13601 (formerly BS 1433).
PVC colours to BS 5252.
35
Conductors
PVC covered aluminium tape

Conductor size
(X x Y)
TA110
Weight
per metre
Standard
coil size
Colour
range
Part
No.
12.5 x 1.5 mm
0.09 kg
50 m
Black
TA100
20 x 3 mm
0. 25 kg
50 m
Black
TA104
25 x 3 mm
0.30 kg
50 m
Black
TA105
25 x 3 mm
0.30 kg
50 m
Green*
TA110
25 x 3 mm
0.30 kg
50 m
Grey
TA115
25 x 3 mm
0.30 kg
50 m
Stone
TA120
25 x 3 mm
0.30 kg
50 m
White
TA125
25 x 3 mm
0.30 kg
50 m
Brown
TA130
Aluminium tape to BS EN 755-5.
PVC colours to BS 5252. * Green to BS 6746C.
PVC covered aluminium solid circular

Diameter
(A)
CD081
Cross-sectional
area
Weight
per metre
Standard
coil size
Colour
range
Part
No.
8 mm
50.27 mm2
0.18 kg
50 m
Black
CD081
8 mm
50.27 mm2
0.18 kg
50 m
Grey
CD083
8 mm
50.27
mm2
0.18 kg
50 m
Stone
CD084
8 mm
50.27 mm2
0.18 kg
50 m
White
CD085
8 mm
50.27 mm2
0.18 kg
50 m
Brown
CD086
A
Aluminium conductor to BS EN 755-5.

PVC colours to BS 5252.
36
Conductors
Green & yellow PVC insulated copper tape

Conductor size
(X x Y)
Weight
per metre
Standard
coil size
Part
No.
25 x 3 mm
0.79 kg
25 m
TC111-FU
25 x 3 mm
0.79 kg
50 m
TC111/50
TC111-FU
PVC colours to BS 6746C.
Green & yellow PVC insulated stranded copper cable

Stranding
No./mm
Weight
per metre
Part
No.
16 mm2
7/1.70
0.19 kg
CC016
25 mm2
7/2.14
0.29 kg
CC025
mm2
7/2.52
0.41 kg
CC035
50 mm2
19/1.78
0.53 kg
CC050
70 mm2
19/2.14
0.73 kg
CC070
95 mm2
19/2.52
1.00 kg
CC095
mm2
37/2.03
1.16 kg
CC120-FU
150 mm2
37/2.25
1.54 kg
CC150-FU
mm2
37/2.52
2.01 kg
CC185
240 mm2
61/2.25
2.49 kg
CC240
300 mm2
61/2.52
3.05 kg
CC300
400 mm2
61/2.85
3.90 kg
CC400-FU
Cross-sectional
area
35
120
185
CC070
PVC covered soft drawn stranded copper cable to BS 6004.

37
Conductors
LSOH covered copper tape
TC910
Conductor size
(X x Y)
Colour
Weight
per metre
Standard
coil size
Part
No.
25 x 3 mm
Green
0.77 kg
25 m
TC910
25 x 3 mm
Green
0.77 kg
50 m
TC910/50
25 x 6 mm
Green
1.53 kg
40 m
TC940
50 x 6 mm
Green
2.95 kg
20 m
TC980

Lead covered copper tape

Conductor size
(X x Y)
25 x 3 mm
TC330
Weight
per metre
Standard
coil size
Part
No.
2.56 kg
25 m
TC330
38
Conductors
Anti-vandal down conductor guard

Length
Weight
each
Part
No.
3000 mm
2.90 kg
AV005
Suitable for use with 25 x 3 mm tape.

AV005
Fix using roundhead wood screws (Part no. SW405) and wall plugs
(Part no. PS305) - see Accessories page 72.
3000 mm
76 mm
16 mm
40 mm
335 mm centres
7 mm
39
Air termination
Air termination
Air rods
Air rod bases & saddles
Rod brackets
Multiple point
Strike pad
41
42-43
44
44
45
45
46-49
Air termination
Air rod
Rod
length
Rod
diameter
Thread
size
Conductor
material
Weight
each
Part
No.
For use with flat tape

500 mm
15 mm
M16
Copper
0.73 kg
RA215
1000 mm
15 mm
M16
Copper
1.51 kg
RA225
1500 mm
15 mm
M16
Copper
2.35 kg
RA230
2000 mm
15 mm
M16
Copper
3.00 kg
RA240
3000 mm
15 mm
M16
Copper
4.70 kg
RA250-FU
500 mm
15 mm
M16
Aluminium
0.29 kg
RA015
1000 mm
15 mm
M16
Aluminium
0.53 kg
RA025
1500 mm
15 mm
M16
Aluminium
0.80 kg
RA030
2000 mm
15 mm
M16
Aluminium
1.06 kg
RA040
3000 mm
15 mm
M16
Aluminium
1.60 kg
RA050
Copper
0.33 kg
RA400-FU
For use with solid circular conductor

500 mm
10 mm
M10
1000 mm
10 mm
M10
Copper
0.65 kg
RA402
500 mm
10 mm
M10
Aluminium
0.11 kg
RA080
1000 mm
10 mm
M10
Aluminium
0.22 kg
RA085
For use with stranded conductor

500 mm
15 mm
M16
Copper
0.73 kg
RA215
1000 mm
15 mm
M16
Copper
1.51 kg
RA225
1500 mm
15 mm
M16
Copper
2.35 kg
RA230
2000 mm
15 mm
M16
Copper
3.00 kg
RA240
3000 mm
15 mm
M16
Copper
4.70 kg
RA250-FU
Manufactured from high conductivity hard drawn copper or aluminium,

with rolled threads. Supplied complete with locknut.
Field Trials in the United States, carried out over many years research have
confirmed that blunt air rods are struck by lightning in preference to taper
pointed air rods.
Lightning rod improvement studies by C B Moore, W Rison, J Mathis, G Aulich. Journal of Applied
Meteorology, May 2000.
RA225 + RA600 + SD105-H
Note: during high winds and extreme weather conditions air rods over 1000 mm long can be
subjected to fatigue mechanisms. It is therefore recommended that additional supports are
considered before installation.
Air rod shown with multiple point accessory,

connecting to flat tape conductor system
BS EN 50164-2
UL96 (RA215, RA225)
41
Air termination
Air rod base

Rod
diameter
NEW
Thread
size
Maximum
conductor width
Conductor
material
Weight
each
Part
No.
15 mm
M16
25 mm
Copper
0.43 kg
SD105-H
15 mm
M16
25 mm
Aluminium
0.14 kg
SD003-H
15 mm
M16
50 mm
Copper
0.7 kg
SD120*
* Not as illustrated (drawing available on request).

SD105-H

to install, providing an effective connection between air rod and air
termination tape.
UL96 (SD105-H)
Fix using countersunk wood screws (Part no. SW005 or SW105) and
wall plugs (Part no. PS305) - see Accessories page 72.
41 mm
M16
62 mm
80 mm
Air rod base

Conductor
diameter
Thread
size
Conductor
material
Weight
each
Mounting
plate
Part
No.
8 mm
M10
Copper
0.30 kg
Horizontal
SD305
8 mm
M10
Copper
0.30 kg
Vertical
SD307
8 mm
M10
Aluminium
0.11 kg
Horizontal
SD005
8 mm
M10
Aluminium
0.11 kg
Vertical
SD007

install, providing an effective connection between an air rod and solid
circular air termination conductor in either the horizontal or vertical plane.
SD307
Fix using countersunk wood screws 112 No. 10 or M6
(Part no. SW005 or SW105) and wall plugs (Part no. PS305) see Accessories page 72.
SD305
M10
65 mm
42
50 mm
64 mm
Air termination
Flat saddle
Conductor
diameter
Rod
diameter
Thread
size
Conductor
material
Weight
each
Part
No.
50 mm2
15 mm
M16
Copper
1.03 kg
SD155
mm2
15 mm
M16
Copper
0.95 kg
SD160
95 mm2
15 mm
M16
Copper
0.95 kg
SD165
70
Manufactured from a high quality copper alloy. Simple to install, providing

an effective connection between air rod and stranded conductors.
SD160
85 mm
55 mm

SW005) and wall plugs (Part no. PS305) - see Accessories page 72.
64 mm
Ridge saddle
Rod
diameter
15 mm
Thread
size
Maximum
conductor width
Conductor
material
Weight
each
Part
No.
M16
31 mm
Copper
1.07 kg
SD115
For supporting lightning conductor air rods on ridges.
SD115
150 mm
100 mm
71 mm
43
Air termination
Rod brackets
Rod
diameter
Rod
material
Weight
each
Part
No.
15 mm
Copper
0.90 kg
BR105
15 mm
Aluminium
0.28 kg
BR005

install, providing an effective means of mounting an air rod on a vertical
surface e.g. chimney stack. Use in conjunction with a rod to flat tape, or rod
to stranded conductor coupling.
BR105
Fix using roundhead wood screws 112 x no. 12 or M8 and

wall plugs.

Conductor
size
Rod
diameter
Thread
size
Rod
material
Weight
each
Part
No.
For use with flat tape conductor

25 x 3 mm
15 mm
M16
Copper
0.23 kg
CG600
25 x 3 mm
15 mm
M16
Aluminium
0.08 kg
CG500

CG600
50-70 mm2
15 mm
M16
Copper
0.25 kg
CG705
95 mm2
15 mm
M16
Copper
0.25 kg
CG710
Manufactured from high quality copper and aluminium alloys. Provides an

effective connection between air rod and air termination tape or stranded
air termination conductor. Use in conjunction with rod brackets.
CG705
Tightening torque 7 Nm (tape); 6 Nm (stranded)
44
Air termination
Multiple point
Rod
diameter
Conductor
material
Weight
each
Part
No.
15 mm
Copper
0.27 kg
RA600
15 mm
Aluminium
0.10 kg
RA500
NEW
Manufactured from high conductivity hard drawn copper or aluminium,

suitable for use with air rods on page 41.
RA600
RA500
Strike pad
Conductor
material
Weight
each
Part
No.
Copper
0.41 kg
PL010
Aluminium
0.13 kg
PL005
Copper stem for use with PL010
0.07 kg
SM010
PL010
Manufactured from high quality copper and aluminium alloys. Designed to

provide an exposed attractive point on conductor systems hidden/embedded
in the buildings fabric e.g. below the tiles of a pitched roof.
Supplied with setscrew for attachment of lightning conductors.
112 mm
45
10 mm
20 mm
Air termination

Furse free standing interception air rods are designed to protect rooftop mounted or exposed equipment,
such as air conditioning units or photovoltaic panels, from a direct lightning strike.
Free standing interception air rods are easily constructed from a small range of components including air rod or
interception pole, support frame and concrete base, to create a complete unit which when connected to the air
termination network provides a highly versatile and effective lightning protection solution.
Interception air rod

(0.5 m to 2 m height)
Copper or aluminium
air rod
Circular concrete base
Rod connects directly

into base

(4.5 m to 5.5 m height)

(3 m to 4 m height)
2 piece interception
pole with square
support frame
2 piece interception
pole with tripod
support frame
4 square concrete
bases (or 8 doublestacked for higher
wind speeds)
3 circular
concrete bases

(6 m to 8 m height)

(8 m to 10 m height)
3 piece interception pole

with tripod support frame
3 piece interception pole with

H shaped support frame
6 circular concrete bases
10 circular concrete bases
Features & benefits
46
Protects rooftop mounted equipment from direct

lightning strikes
Available in a range of heights from

0.5 m to 10 m
Complies with BS EN/IEC 62305 standard
Lightweight construction
Range of frames and concrete weights for

different wind zones
Corrosion resistant
Large protection zones
Quick and easy to assemble
Modular, versatile and robust
Note: installed interception air rods must have sufficient height to provide a clear zone of protection around the
equipment to be protected, as defined by BS EN/IEC 62305-3 (see protective angle method). Further information
can be found in the Furse Guide to BS EN 62305.
Air termination
S
Product selection
Orkney
Islands
Free standing air rod selection is based on two factors:

a)
air rod height required to create the necessary

protective zone around the equipment
Thurso
Shetland
Islands
Outer
Hebrides
b) anticipated wind loading at the installation

Wind loading is an important factor, especially for
taller interception air rods as extreme weather can
subject them to fatigue mechanisms.
Inverness
Wind zones key:
Aberdeen
Zone 1
O
Windspeed
< 130 km/h
Fort William
For UK installations, the map featured right highlights

four key wind zones from which the appropriate free
standing air rod can be established.
Zone 2
Windspeed < 150 km/h
Dundee
Zone 3
Glasgow
Relevant part numbers can then be determined

through cross referencing wind loading with the
height of air rod required in the table below.
Edinburgh
Zone 4
Newcastle
For non-UK installations, please refer to available data

for local wind conditions or contact your Furse
representative to discuss your particular requirements.
For details of individual components, refer to page 41
for copper/aluminium air rods and pages 48-49 for
interception poles, support frames and concrete bases.
UK wind
zone map
York
Leeds
Kingston-upon-Hull
Manchester
Liverpool
Sheffield
Stoke-on-Trent
Norwich
Birmingham
Aberystwyth
Ipswich
Swansea
Newport
Oxford
London
Bristol
Brighton
Z
Plymouth
Rod
height
Frame (where required) and Base Part No. for windspeeds
Interception pole
Part No.
< 130 km/h
< 150 km/h
< 170 km/h
< 190 km/h
0.5 m
RA215 or RA015
103101-FU
103101-FU
103101-FU
103101-FU
1m
RA225 or RA025
103101-FU
103101-FU
103101-FU
103101-FU
1.5 m
RA230 or RA030
103110-FU
103110-FU
103110-FU
103110-FU
2m
RA240 or RA040
103110-FU
103110-FU
103110-FU
103110-FU
3m
912000-FU
499000-FU / 4 x 499100-FU
499000-FU / 4 x 499100-FU
499000-FU / 4 x 499100-FU
499000-FU / 4 x 499100-FU
3.5 m
912001-FU
499000-FU / 4 x 499100-FU
499000-FU / 4 x 499100-FU
499000-FU / 4 x 499101-FU
499000-FU / 4 x 499101-FU
4m
912002-FU
499000-FU / 4 x 499100-FU
499000-FU / 4 x 499101-FU
499000-FU / 8 x 499100-FU
499000-FU / 8 x 499101-FU
4.5 m
912003-FU
499005-FU / 3 x 103101-FU
499005-FU / 3 x 103110-FU
499005-FU / 3 x 103118-FU
499006-FU / 3 x 103103-FU
5m
912004-FU
499005-FU / 3 x 103101-FU
499005-FU / 3 x 103110-FU
499005-FU / 3 x 103118-FU
499006-FU / 3 x 103103-FU
5.5 m
912005-FU
499005-FU / 3 x 103110-FU
499005-FU / 3 x 103118-FU
499006-FU / 6 x 103103-FU
499006-FU / 3 x 103103-FU
6m
912006-FU
499006-FU / 6 x 103103-FU
499006-FU / 6 x 103103-FU
499006-FU / 6 x 103103-FU
499006-FU / 6 x 103101-FU
6.5 m
912007-FU
499006-FU / 6 x 103103-FU
499006-FU / 6 x 103103-FU
499006-FU / 6 x 103101-FU
499006-FU / 6 x 103118-FU
7m
912008-FU
499006-FU / 6 x 103103-FU
499006-FU / 6 x 103101-FU
499006-FU / 6 x 103110-FU
on request
7.5 m
912009-FU
499006-FU / 6 x 103101-FU
499006-FU / 6 x 103110-FU
499006-FU / 6 x 103118-FU
on request
8m
912010-FU
499006-FU / 6 x 103110-FU
499006-FU / 6 x 103118-FU
499007-FU / 10 x 103118-FU
on request
9m
912011-FU
499007-FU / 10 x 103118-FU
499007-FU / 10 x 103118-FU
499007-FU / 10 x 103118-FU
on request
10 m
912013-FU
499007-FU / 10 x 103118-FU
499007-FU / 10 x 103118-FU
on request
on request
47
Air termination
Free standing interception pole
912002-FU / 912006-FU / 912010-FU
Pole
Height
Pole
diameter
Pole
make up
Weight
each
Part
No.
3m
10-42 mm
2 pce
5.0 kg
912000-FU
3.5 m
10-42 mm
2 pce
5.5 kg
912001-FU
4m
10-42 mm
2 pce
7.0 kg
912002-FU
4.5 m
10-42 mm
2 pce
9.2 kg
912003-FU
5m
10-42 mm
2 pce
10.0 kg
912004-FU
5.5 m
10-42 mm
2 pce
10.6 kg
912005-FU
6m
10-60 mm
3 pce
18.0 kg
912006-FU
6.5 m
10-60 mm
3 pce
19.0 kg
912007-FU
7m
10-60 mm
3 pce
23.5 kg
912008-FU
7.5 m
10-60 mm
3 pce
26.0 kg
912009-FU
8m
10-60 mm
3 pce
28.7 kg
912010-FU
9m
10-60 mm
3 pce
30.5 kg
912011-FU
10 m
10-60 mm
3 pce
35.5 kg
912013-FU
For construction of interception air rods from 3 to 10 m in height comprising

interception pole, support frame and concrete bases. All interception poles
are grade 304 stainless steel with aluminium interception tip.
Multi-component, stackable system with screw retention. Supplied with
3 terminal lugs for base frame connection.
Base frame
Frame
type
Dimensions
Weight
each
Part
No.
Square base
650 x 650 mm
7 kg
499000-FU
Tripod base
1350 x 1350 mm
8 kg
499005-FU
Tripod base
1850 x 1850 mm
24.5 kg
499006-FU
H shaped base
1850 x 1850 mm
39.5 kg
499007-FU
499000-FU
499006-FU
48
Air termination
Concrete base
Description
Weight
each
Part
No.
Square concrete base 300 x 300 x 60 mm
12 kg
499100-FU
Square concrete base 300 x 300 x 80 mm
16 kg
499101-FU
Circular concrete base with M16 insert
12 kg
103103-FU
16 kg
103101-FU
20 kg
103110-FU
25 kg
103118-FU
Protective polyethylene tray for circular

concrete blocks
0.4 kg
103102-FU
Stainless steel clamp for connecting 25 x 3 mm

copper tape to 5-19 mm thickness steel
0.55 kg
919828-FU
103103-FU
Accessories
499100-FU
49
Conductor network
Conductor network
Metallic conductor clips
Standing seam clips
Puddle flange
Holdfasts
Conductor clamps
Test clamps
Accessories
51-53
54-59
60
61
61-63
64-67
67-69
70
71
72-74
Conductor network
Swing lid DC tape clip

Conductor
size
Weight
each
Part
No.
25 x 3 mm
0.07 kg
CP210-H
25 x 6 mm
0.08 kg
CP220-H
25 x 3 mm
0.03 kg
CP110-H
25 x 6 mm
0.04 kg
CP120-H
For use with bare copper
For use with bare aluminium

CP210-H
DC tape clips manufactured from high quality copper and aluminium alloys
for excellent corrosion resistance and high pull off loads.
IEC/BS EN 62561-4 (CP210-H, CP110-H)
UL96 (CP210-H, CP220-H)

page 72.
Adjustable DC tape clip

Conductor
size
Weight
each
Part
No.
31 x 3 mm and 31 x 6 mm
0.12 kg
CP230-H
38 x 3 mm, 38 x 6 mm and 40 x 6 mm
0.14 kg
CP240-H
50 x 3 mm and 50 x 6 mm
0.16 kg
CP260-H
CP260-H
DC tape clips manufactured from high quality copper alloy for excellent
corrosion resistance and high pull off loads. Variable thicknesses of
conductor are accommodated by a reversible lid.
UL96 (CP260-H)

page 72.
51
Conductor network
DC tape clip
Conductor
size
Weight
each
Part
No.
20 x 3 mm
0.06 kg
CP205
25 x 4 mm
0.07 kg
CP216
30 x 5 mm
0.10 kg
CP227
38 x 5 mm
0.12 kg
CP245
40 x 4 mm
0.14 kg
CP241
50 x 4 mm
0.15 kg
CP256
25 x 3 mm
0.10 kg
CP215
25 x 6 mm
0.13 kg
CP225
50 x 6 mm
0.26 kg
CP265
0.20 kg
CP305
CP205
For use with PVC covered copper
For use with lead covered copper

25 x 3 mm
20 x 3 mm
0.02 kg
CP105
50 x 6 mm
0.05 kg
CP125
25 x 3 mm
0.04 kg
CP115
50 x 6 mm
0.06 kg
CP130
For use with PVC covered aluminium
Manufactured from high quality copper or aluminium alloys.
IEC/BS EN 62561-4 (CP215, CP115)

page 72.
Tape clip
Conductor
size
Weight
each
Part
No.
20 x 3 mm
0.02 kg
CP510
25 x 3 mm
0.02 kg
CP515
20 x 3 mm
0.01 kg
CP405
25 x 3 mm
0.01 kg
CP410
25 x 6 mm
0.01 kg
CP415
0.02 kg
CP517

CP515
NEW
For use with PVC covered tape

25 x 3 mm
Manufactured from pure copper or aluminium, these pressed clips are

available in a range of sizes to suit bare and PVC covered copper and
aluminium tapes.
52
Fix using roundhead wood screws 112 No. 10 or M6 (Part no.
SW305 or SW405 and wall plugs (Part no. PS305) - see Accessories
page 72.
Conductor network
One hole cable clip

Conductor
diameter
Conductor
material
Weight
each
Part
No.

8 mm
Copper
0.01 kg
CP905
8 mm
Aluminium
0.01 kg
CP925
10 mm*
Copper
0.01 kg
CP915
10 mm*
Aluminium
0.01 kg
CP935
50 mm2
Copper
0.01 kg
CP910
70 mm2
Copper
0.01 kg
CP915
95 mm2
Copper
0.01 kg
CP920
CP915
* PVC covered 8 mm conductor.
Manufactured from pure copper or aluminium, these pressed clips are

available to suit bare and PVC covered copper and aluminium solid circular
conductor, and bare copper stranded conductor.
page 72.
Heavy duty cast cable saddle

Conductor
diameter
Conductor
material
Weight
each
Part
No.

8 mm
Copper
0.09 kg
CP805
8 mm
Aluminium
0.03 kg
CP806
10 mm*
Copper
0.10 kg
CP815
10 mm*
Aluminium
0.04 kg
CP816
CP815

50 mm2
Copper
0.10 kg
CP810
mm2
Copper
0.10 kg
CP815
95 mm2
Copper
0.10 kg
CP835
70
* For use with PVC covered 8 mm conductor or for supporting air terminals when used in conjunction with
wall mounted air rod bases. Can also be used with glazing bar holdfast and back plate holdfast stem
(see page 63).
Manufactured from high quality copper and aluminium alloys for excellent
corrosion resistance and high pull off loads.
page 72.
53
Conductor network
Non-metallic DC tape clip

Conductor
size
Colour
Weight
each
Part
No.
20 x 3 mm
Brown
0.01 kg
CP005
20 x 3 mm
Grey
0.01 kg
CP010
25 x 3 mm
Brown
0.01 kg
CP015
25 x 3 mm
Grey
0.01 kg
CP020
38 x 5 mm
Brown
0.01 kg
CP060*
50 x 6 mm
Brown
0.02 kg
CP065*
Brown
0.01 kg
CP025
25 x 3 mm
Black
0.01 kg
CP030
25 x 3 mm
Green
0.01 kg
CP035
25 x 3 mm
Grey
0.01 kg
CP040
25 x 3 mm
Stone
0.01 kg
CP045
25 x 3 mm
White
0.01 kg
CP050
For use with bare tape
CP020

25 x 3 mm
High grade Polypropylene, UV stabilized against degradation by sunlight

and non-brittle to prevent cold weather damage. Available in six colours to
match bare and PVC covered copper and aluminium tapes.
page 72.
Non-metallic push-in clip

Conductor
diameter
Colour
Weight
each
Part
No.
For use with bare solid circular conductor

8 mm
Brown
0.01 kg
CP887
8 mm
Grey
0.01 kg
CP872
For use with PVC covered solid circular conductor
CP872
10 mm*
Brown
0.01 kg
CP886
10 mm*
Black
0.01 kg
CP861
mm*
Grey
0.01 kg
CP871
10 mm*
Stone
0.01 kg
CP876
mm*
White
0.01 kg
CP881
10
10
High grade Polypropylene, UV stabilized against degradation by sunlight and

non-brittle to prevent cold weather damage. Available in five colours to
match bare and PVC covered copper and aluminium solid circular conductors.
54

page 72.
Conductor network
Glue down DC tape clip

Conductor
size
Colour
Weight
each
Part
No.
25 x 3 mm
Brown
0.03 kg
GD015
25 x 3 mm
Grey
0.03 kg
GD020
25 x 3 mm
Brown
0.03 kg
GD025
25 x 3 mm
Black
0.03 kg
GD030
25 x 3 mm
Grey
0.03 kg
GD040
25 x 3 mm
Stone
0.03 kg
GD045
25 x 3 mm
White
0.03 kg
GD050

GD020
Disc diameter 85 mm.

Use on clay roof tiles. Supplied in a box of 50 complete with adhesive.
Additional glue gun is required.
For dressing tool, see page 59.
Glue down push-in clip

Conductor
diameter
Colour
Weight
each
Part
No.

8 mm
Brown
0.03 kg
GD887
8 mm
Grey
0.03 kg
GD872

10 mm*
Brown
0.03 kg
GD886
10 mm*
Black
0.03 kg
GD861
10 mm*
Grey
0.03 kg
GD871
10 mm*
Stone
0.03 kg
GD876
10 mm*
White
0.03 kg
GD881
GD872

Use on clay roof tiles. Supplied in a box of 50 complete with adhesive.
Additional glue gun is required.
55
Conductor network
Self adhesive DC tape clip

Conductor
size
Colour
Weight
each
Part
No.
25 x 3 mm
Brown
0.03 kg
CA015-FU
25 x 3 mm
Grey
0.03 kg
CA020-FU
25 x 3 mm
Brown
0.03 kg
CA025-FU
25 x 3 mm
Black
0.03 kg
CA030-FU
25 x 3 mm
Grey
0.03 kg
CA040-FU
25 x 3 mm
Stone
0.03 kg
CA045-FU
25 x 3 mm
White
0.03 kg
CA050-FU
CA020-FU

Designed to secure conductors to surfaces that cannot be penetrated by a
screw. Ideal for aluminium, spangled galvanized steel, colour coated steel,
glass, perspex, enamel and stainless steel etc. Manufactured from high
grade plastic, UV stabilized against degradation by sunlight and non-brittle
to prevent cold weather damage.
For dressing tool and surface primer, see page 59.
Use on surfaces other than PVC roofing.
Self adhesive push-in clip

Conductor
diameter
Colour
Weight
each
Part
No.

8 mm
Brown
0.02 kg
CA887
8 mm
Grey
0.02 kg
CA872
CA872
10 mm*
Brown
0.02 kg
CA886
mm*
Black
0.02 kg
CA861
10 mm*
Grey
0.02 kg
CA871
10 mm*
Stone
0.02 kg
CA876
10 mm*
White
0.02 kg
CA881
10

Designed as a means of securing conductors to surfaces that cannot be
penetrated by a screw. Ideal for aluminium, spangled galvanized steel,
colour coated steel, glass, perspex, enamel and stainless steel. Manufactured
from high grade plastic, UV stabilized against degradation by sunlight and
non-brittle to prevent cold weather damage.
For surface primer, see page 59.
56
Use on surfaces other than PVC roofing.
Conductor network
Solvent weldable DC tape clip

Conductor
size
Colour
Weight
each
Part
No.
25 x 3 mm
Brown
0.03 kg
CW015-FU
25 x 3 mm
Grey
0.03 kg
CW020-FU
25 x 3 mm
Brown
0.03 kg
CW025-FU
25 x 3 mm
Black
0.03 kg
CW030-FU
25 x 3 mm
Grey
0.03 kg
CW040-FU
25 x 3 mm
Stone
0.03 kg
CW045-FU
25 x 3 mm
White
0.03 kg
CW050-FU
CW020-FU

Provides a secure means of fixing conductors to single ply PVC roof
membranes. Manufactured from high grade PVC, UV stabilized against
degradation by sunlight and non-brittle to prevent cold weather damage.
For dressing tool and welding solvent, see page 59.
Clips are available for Polypropylene, Polyethylene and other roof
membranes - see page 58.
Solvent weldable push-in clip

Conductor
diameter
Colour
Weight
each
Part
No.

8 mm
Brown
0.03 kg
CW887
8 mm
Grey
0.03 kg
CW872

10 mm*
Brown
0.03 kg
CW886
10 mm*
Grey
0.03 kg
CW871
CW872

Provides a secure means of fixing conductors to single ply PVC roof
membranes. Manufactured from high grade PVC, UV stabilized against
degradation by sunlight and non-brittle to prevent cold weather damage.
For welding solvent, see page 59.
Clips are available for Polypropylene, Polyethylene and other roof
membranes - see page 58.
57
Conductor network
Heat weldable DC tape clip
NEW
Conductor
size
Colour
Weight
each
Part
No.
25 x 3 mm
Brown
0.03 kg
HW015-FU
25 x 3 mm
Grey
0.03 kg
HW020-FU
25 x 3 mm
Brown
0.03 kg
HW025-FU
25 x 3 mm
Black
0.03 kg
HW030-FU
25 x 3 mm
Grey
0.03 kg
HW040-FU
25 x 3 mm
Stone
0.03 kg
HW045-FU
25 x 3 mm
White
0.03 kg
HW050-FU

HW020-FU

Provides a secure means of fixing flat tape conductors to single ply
polypropylene, polyethylene and PVC roof membranes using an industrial
heat gun, where solvent welding is not applicable.
Manufactured from high grade PVC, UV stabilized against degradation by
sunlight and non-brittle to prevent cold weather damage.
For dressing tool, see page 59.
Heat weldable push-in clip
NEW
Conductor
diameter
Colour
Weight
each
Part
No.

8 mm
Brown
0.03 kg
HW887
8 mm
Grey
0.03 kg
HW872

HW872
10 mm*
Brown
0.03 kg
HW886
10 mm*
Grey
0.03 kg
HW871

Provides a secure means of fixing circular conductors to single ply
polypropylene, polyethylene and PVC roof membranes using an industrial
heat gun, where solvent welding is not applicable.
Manufactured from high grade PVC, UV stabilized against degradation by
sunlight and non-brittle to prevent cold weather damage.
58
Conductor network
Clip accessories
Description
Weight
each
Part
No.
Universal welding solvent

500 ml spray applicator (sufficient for application of approx
200 clips). Use with Furse solvent weldable clips only.
0.57 kg
CW905
Cleaning solution (Acetone)

500 ml spray applicator. For cleaning lacquered roofing
membranes.
0.62 kg
CW999
Surface primer
250 ml spray applicator (sufficient for application of
approx 500 clips). Use with Furse adhesive clips only.
0.24 kg
CA900
Dressing tool
For use with adhesive and weldable DC tape clips.
0.31 kg
CW905 / CW999 / CA900

DT100
Solvent and surface primer cannot be supplied outside the UK.

For overseas projects, please contact us for advice.
CoSHH Datasheets available on request.
DT100
Bitumen felt roof clip

Conductor
size
Colour
Weight
each
Part
No.
25 x 3 mm
Brown
0.09 kg
FP015
25 x 3 mm
Grey
0.09 kg
FP020
Brown
0.09 kg
FP025
25 x 3 mm
Black
0.09 kg
FP030
25 x 3 mm
Green
0.09 kg
FP035
25 x 3 mm
Grey
0.09 kg
FP040
25 x 3 mm
Stone
0.09 kg
FP045
25 x 3 mm
White
0.09 kg
FP050

25 x 3 mm
FP020
For dressing tool, see above.

Use on bitumen felt roofing only.
59
Conductor network
Standing seam roof fixing with non-metallic DC tape clip
NEW
Conductor
size
Conductor
material
Colour
Weight
each
Part
No.

25 x 3 mm
Copper
0.076 kg
SC015
25 x 3 mm
Aluminium
0.076 kg
SC020
SC040
25 x 3 mm
Copper/Aluminium
Brown
0.076 kg
SC025
25 x 3 mm
Copper/Aluminium
Black
0.076 kg
SC030
25 x 3 mm
Copper/Aluminium
Green
0.076 kg
SC035
25 x 3 mm
Copper/Aluminium
Grey
0.076 kg
SC040
25 x 3 mm
Copper/Aluminium
Stone
0.076 kg
SC045
25 x 3 mm
Copper/Aluminium
White
0.076 kg
SC050
Highly versatile, innovative standing seam roof fixing including non-metallic

DC tape clip, suitable for use on multi-profiled seam roofing structures up to
22 mm thickness. Use with bare and PVC covered copper and aluminium
conductors. Separate datasheet available on request.
Standing seam roof fixing with square tape clamp
NEW
SC105-H
Conductor
size
Conductor
material
Weight
each
Part
No.
25 x 3 mm
Copper
0.18 kg
SC105-H
25 x 3 mm
Aluminium
0.12 kg
SC005-H
Highly versatile, innovative standing seam roof fixing including square

tape clamp, suitable for use on multi-profiled seam roofing structures up to
22 mm thickness. Use with bare and PVC covered copper and aluminium
conductors. Separate datasheet available on request.
60
Conductor network
Puddle flange
Conductor
material
Weight
each
Part
No.
Copper
1.54 kg
PF105
Aluminium
0.50 kg
PF005
Permits lightning conductors to pass through flat roofs without damaging

the waterproof nature of the roof.
150 mm
150 mm
450 mm
5/8
PF105
Pyramid holdfast
Conductor
diameter
Weight
each
Part
No.
8 mm
0.97 kg
HF975
Designed to secure bare, 8 mm diameter, circular conductors to flat roofs.

Supplied filled with concrete the conductor is held in place by the weight of
the holdfast.
The lip around the base of the product permits the holdfast to be built into
bitumen type roofs.
HF975
140 mm
140 mm
79 mm
61
Conductor network
Slate holdfast with non-metallic DC tape clip

Conductor
size
DC Clip
Colour
Weight
each
Part
No.
25 x 3 mm
Brown
0.06 kg
HF015
25 x 3 mm
Grey
0.06 kg
HF020
25 x 3 mm
Brown
0.06 kg
HF025
25 x 3 mm
Black
0.06 kg
HF030
25 x 3 mm
Grey
0.06 kg
HF040
25 x 3 mm
Stone
0.06 kg
HF045

HF040
Designed to allow tape conductors to be fixed to tiled roofs without

compromising the waterproofing nature of the roof. The 500 mm tail fits
neatly between overlapping tiles and is wrapped around/fixed to the tile
lathe for secure fitting.
Slate holdfast with non-metallic push-in clip
HF191
Conductor
diameter
Colour
Weight
each
Part
No.
8 mm
Brown
0.03 kg
HF176
8 mm
Grey
0.03 kg
HF191
Designed to allow circular conductors to be fixed to tiled roofs without

compromising the waterproofing nature of the roof. The 500 mm tail fits
neatly between overlapping tiles and is wrapped around/fixed to the tile
lathe for secure fitting.
62
Conductor network
Glazing bar holdfast

Conductor
material
Maximum glazing
bar width
Weight
each
Part
No.
Copper
12 mm
0.11 kg
HF705
Aluminium
12 mm
0.05 kg
HF710

install, providing secure anchorage to thin metallic sections that cannot be
drilled e.g. window mullions, angle iron etc. Once fixed any metallic or
non-metallic conductor clip can be attached with the screw provided.
HF705
Conductor clip sold separately.
Back plate holdfast stem

Conductor
material
Weight
each
Part
No.
Copper
0.30 kg
HF320
Aluminium
0.10 kg
HF325-FU
Supplied with M6 fixing screw to secure appropriate conductor clip.

page 72.
HF320
63
Conductor network
Square clamp
NEW
Conductor
size
Conductor
material
Weight
each
Part
No.
25 x 3 mm
Copper
0.12 kg
CT105-H
25 x 6 mm
Copper
0.30 kg
CT110-H
50 x 6 mm
Copper
0.60 kg
CT115-H
25 x 3 mm
Aluminium
0.06 kg
CT005-H
25 x 6 mm
Aluminium
0.17 kg
CT010-H
CT105-H

to install, providing an effective low resistance connection between
overlapping tapes to allow cross, tee, through and right angle joints to
be formed.
UL96 (CT105H, CT110-H, CT115-H)

page 72.
Crossover clamp
Conductor
size
CX105-H
Conductor
material
Weight
each
Part
No.
25 x 3 mm
Copper
0.09 kg
CX105-H
25 x 3 mm
Aluminium
0.03 kg
CX005-H

overlapping tapes to allow cross joints to be formed.
page 72.
64
Conductor network
Cable to tape square clamp

Conductor
size
Conductor
material
Weight
each
Part
No.
25 x 3 mm to 50 mm
Copper
0.32 kg
CT125
25 x 3 mm to 70 mm
Copper
0.30 kg
CT130
25 x 3 mm to 95 mm
Copper
0.28 kg
CT135
NEW
NEW
Manufactured from high quality copper alloy. Simple to install, providing

an effective low resistance connection between conductor tape and
stranded copper conductor, allowing cross, tee, through and right angle
joints to be formed.
CT130
Square clamp
Conductor
diameter
Conductor
material
Weight
each
Part
No.
50 mm2
Copper
0.32 kg
CR810
70 mm2
Copper
0.29 kg
CR815
mm2
Copper
0.25 kg
CR820
95
Manufactured from high quality copper alloy. Simple to install, providing an

effective low resistance connection between overlapping stranded
conductors allowing cross, tee, through and right angle joints to be formed.
CR815
65
Conductor network
Square clamp
Conductor
diameter
Conductor
material
Weight
each
Part
No.
8 mm
Copper
0.17 kg
CS605
8 mm
Aluminium
0.07 kg
CS610
Designed to provide low resistance cross joints in solid circular conductor

networks. Manufactured from high quality copper and aluminium alloys for
excellent corrosion resistance.
CS605
Tee clamp
Conductor
diameter
Conductor
material
Weight
each
Part
No.
8 mm
Copper
0.17 kg
CS505
8 mm
Aluminium
0.07 kg
CS510
Designed to provide low resistance tee joints in solid circular conductor

CS505
66
Conductor network
Jointing clamp
Conductor
diameter
Conductor
material
Weight
each
Part
No.
8 mm
Copper
0.17 kg
CS405
8 mm
Aluminium
0.08 kg
CS410
Designed to provide low resistance parallel joints in solid circular conductor

CS405
Test/junction clamp
Conductor
size
Conductor
material
Weight
each
Part
No.
26 x 8 mm
Copper
0.29 kg
CN105-H
26 x 8 mm
Aluminium
0.12 kg
CN005*

overlapping tapes. The clamped connection is easily made/remade to allow
for periodic testing.
CN105-H
UL96 (CN105-H)
Tightening torque CN005 15 Nm; CN105-H 13 Nm
67
Conductor network
Plate type test clamp

Maximum
conductor size
26 x 12 mm
Conductor
material
Weight
each
Part
No.
Copper
0.62 kg
CT405

an effective low resistance connection between overlapping tapes. The
clamped connection is easily made/remade to allow for periodic testing.
Enables cross, tee, through and right angle joints to be formed.
CT405
Screwdown test clamp

Maximum
conductor size
26 x 8 mm
Conductor
material
Weight
each
Part
No.
Copper
0.84 kg
CT305

an effective low resistance connection between overlapping tapes. The
clamped connection is easily made/remade to allow for periodic testing.
Enables cross, tee, through and right angle joints to be formed.
CT305
68
Conductor network
Test clamp
Conductor
diameter
Conductor
size
Conductor
material
Weight
each
Part
No.
8 mm
25 x 3 mm
Copper
0.20 kg
CN305
8 mm
25 x 3 mm
Aluminium
0.09 kg
CN310
Designed to provide low resistance tee joints in solid circular conductor

networks. These multi-purpose clamps can produce circular to circular or
circular to tape connection in both through and tee configurations.
Manufactured from high quality copper and aluminium alloys for excellent
corrosion resistance.
CN305
Test clamp
Conductor
diameter
Conductor
material
Weight
each
Part
No.
50 mm2
Copper
0.39 kg
CR855
70 mm2
Copper
0.40 kg
CR860
mm2
Copper
0.40 kg
CR865
95
Manufactured from high quality copper alloy. Simple to install, providing an

effective low resistance overlap connection between stranded copper cables.
CR860
69
Conductor network
Bimetallic connector
Conductor
size
Weight
each
Part
No.
25 x 3 mm aluminium tape to 25 x 3 mm copper tape
0.19 kg
CN910
1 2 x 8 aluminium tape to 1 x 8 copper tape
0.19 kg
CN910-UL
8 mm diameter aluminium conductor to 8 mm diameter

copper conductor
0.25 kg
CN915
8 mm diameter aluminium conductor to 25 x 3 mm

copper tape
0.19 kg
CN920
25 x 3 mm aluminium tape to 25 x 3 mm copper tape
0.20 kg
CN925
CN910
Manufactured from a friction welded joint between high conductivity

copper and aluminium to provide the ideal means of interconnecting copper
and aluminium conductors whilst avoiding bimetallic corrosion.
UL96 (CN910-UL)
CN915

CN925
CN910 illustrated
70
Conductor network

Description
Weight
each
Part
No.
Plastic 8 oz bottle
0.23 kg
CM005
For all the items in this range we recommend the use of oxide inhibitor
when aluminium fittings are installed.
Oxide inhibitor is a non-water soluble, natural-petroleum based polymer
grease that seals electrical connections from oxygen and moisture.
CoSHH Datasheet available on request.
CM005
Expansion braid bond

Type
Conductor
material
Length
Cross-sectional
area
Weight
each
Part
No.
Single length
Copper
200 mm
50 mm2
0.17 kg
BN101
Single length
Aluminium
200 mm
50 mm2
0.07 kg
BN001
mm2
0.53 kg
BN102
0.23 kg
BN002
Cross-over
Copper
300 mm
50
Cross-over
Aluminium
300 mm
50 mm2
Designed to remove the risk of damage or distortion to long conductor runs

caused by thermal expansion and contraction.
BN102
71
Accessories
Countersunk wood screws
Countersunk set screws
Size
Weight
per 100
Part
No.
Zinc plated steel
112 x No.10
0.50 kg
SW105
Zinc plated steel
112 x No.12
0.60 kg
SW110
Brass
112 x No.10
0.50 kg
SW005
Brass
112 x No.12
0.60 kg
SW010
Roundhead wood screws
Brass
Size
Weight
per 100
Part
No.
M6 x 30 mm
0.60 kg
SS160
Hexagon head set screws
Size
Weight
per 100
Part
No.
Zinc plated steel
112 x No.10
0.50 kg
SW405
Brass
112 x No.10
0.50 kg
SW305
Plastic wall plugs
Size
Weight
per 100
Part
No.
Phosphor bronze
M10 x 25 mm
2.85 kg
SS635
Phosphor bronze
M10 x 35 mm
3.40 kg
SS640
Phosphor bronze
M12 x 25 mm
4.50 kg
SS650
Phosphor bronze
M12 x 35 mm
5.00 kg
SS655
Brass
M8 x 16 mm
1.75 kg
SS165
Brass
M10 x 25 mm
2.50 kg
SS140
Brass
M10 x 35 mm
3.20 kg
SS145
Brass
M12 x 25 mm
3.80 kg
SS150
Brass
M12 x 35 mm
4.70 kg
SS155
Size
Weight
per 100
Part
No.
Hexagon nuts
Size
Weight
per 100
Part
No.
Red
No.10
0.06 kg
PS305
Phosphor bronze
M10
1.25 kg
NU367
Brown
No.12
0.06 kg
PS310
Phosphor bronze
M12
1.80 kg
NU370
Brass
M6
0.25 kg
NU165
Brass
M8
0.80 kg
NU166
Brass
M10
1.15 kg
NU167
Brass
M12
1.65 kg
NU170
72
Accessories
Roundhead rivets
Size
Weight
per 100
Part
No.
Copper
5 x 12 mm
0.35 kg
RV105
Copper
5 x 20 mm
0.45 kg
Aluminium
5 x 12 mm
0.12 kg
Aluminium
5 x 20 mm
0.15 kg
RV010
Spring washers
Size
Weight
per 100
Part
No.
Phosphor bronze
6 mm
0.04 kg
WS365
RV110
Phosphor bronze
10 mm
0.20 kg
WS367
RV005
Phosphor bronze
12 mm
0.20 kg
WS370
Masonry drills
Roundhead copper nails
Size
Weight
each
Part
No.
Size
Weight
per 100
Part
No.
No.10
0.02 kg
DL005
50 mm long
0.70 kg
NA005
No.12
0.02 kg
DL010
Plain washers
Insulating tape
Size
Weight
per 100
Part
No.
Coil
size
Weight
each
Part
No.
Phosphor bronze
6 mm
0.05 kg
WR365
25 mm x 33 m
0.14 kg
TP120-FU
Phosphor bronze
10 mm
0.25 kg
WR367
Phosphor bronze
12 mm
0.50 kg
WR370
Brass
6 mm
0.05 kg
WR165
Brass
8 mm
0.15 kg
WR175
Brass
10 mm
0.25 kg
WR167
Brass
12 mm
0.50 kg
WR170
Green/yellow general purpose insulating tape.
73
Accessories
Denso tape
Tinmans solder
Coil
size
Weight
each
Part
No.
Material
Weight
each
Part
No.
50 mm x 10 m
0.76 kg
TD005
60% tin, 40% lead
0.26 kg
SA105
A waterproof tape for wrapping underground joints.

Flux
Silfos
Coil
size
50 mm x 8 m
Thickness
Weight
each
Part
No.
Material
Weight
each
Part
No.
0.12 mm
0.50 kg
FS005
Flux
0.08 kg
SA115
An alloy of silver, phosphorous and copper. Used to

braze copper in air without the use of Flux.
Use with tinmans solder for general purpose soldering

of copper products.
74
Earthing
Earthing
Earthing
Introduction to earthing
Guidance on display of product information
How to apply earthing components
Earth electrodes
Earth rods
Earth rod seals
Earth rod hammer & rig
Inspection pits
Earth plates
Earth electrode backfills
Earth resistance test equipment

Mechanical clamps
Rebar clamp/clips
Earth points
Flexible braid bonds
Static earthing
Earth bars
Compression connectors
Compression tools
FurseWELD
Introduction
Connection selector
Bar to bar
Bar to earth rod
Bar to steel surface
Cable to bar
Cable to cable
Cable to earth rod
Cable to reinforcing bar
Cable to steel surface & pipe
Stud to steel surface
SureSHOT
Lugs
Handle clamps
FurseWELD accessories
76
77 - 79
77
78 - 79
80 - 90
81 - 84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91 - 117
92 - 94
94 - 95
96 - 97
98 - 103
104 - 105
106 - 107
108 - 112
113 - 115
116 - 117
118 - 165
119 - 121
122 - 123
124 - 128
129 - 131
132 - 134
135 - 137
138 - 143
144 - 148
149 - 152
153 - 158
159
160 - 161
162 - 163
164
165
Introduction
Earthing
Earthing product selection

Furse earthing components are manufactured to meet exacting British, European and international
standards to ensure robust, long lasting performance in even the harshest soil conditions.
All components are designed to withstand mechanical damage and the thermal and electromechanical stresses
from the earth fault and leakage currents expected within an installation.
Furse high quality earthing components have now been installed in, and continue to be specified for, many low
voltage and high voltage earthing installations worldwide.
Earthing products shown in this catalogue include where appropriate a range of quick reference icons to define
their conductor compatibility, installation requirements and their testing standard.
These icons, as well as a sample product page, are shown below.
The icon bar above each product defines the appropriate main conductor system to which the product can be
connected.
Therefore, where items 1 , 2 , 3 are highlighted in full, the product is suitable for connection to the main
conductor system shown (see below).
Icons defining installation requirements and product testing feature under the product text.
These are shown in the example below, and on product pages as
6 - torque setting.
1

use with flat tape conductor
in sizes shown
- testing standard,
Nominal rod
diameter
Max.
conductor
Weight
each
Part
No.
12.7 mm
26 x 12 mm
0.15 kg
CR105
16 mm
26 x 12 mm
0.15 kg
CR105
20 mm
26 x 10 mm
0.15 kg
CR105
16 mm
30 x 2 mm
0.16 kg
CR108
20 mm
30 x 2 mm
0.16 kg
CR108
16 mm
40 x 12 mm
0.24 kg
CR110
16 mm
51 x 8 mm
0.30 kg
CR115
20 mm
51 x 12 mm
0.30 kg
3
use with solid circular
conductor in sizes shown
CR105
12.7 mm
26 x 20 mm
0.23 kg
CR130
16 mm
26 x 18 mm
0.23 kg
CR130
20 mm
26 x 10 mm
0.23 kg
CR130
25 mm
26 x 10 mm
0.23 kg
CR130

use with stranded conductor
in sizes shown
Component has been

tested to the quoted
standard (BS/BS EN/IEC/UL)
Designed for connection of flat tape conductor to an earth rod.

Corrosion resistance, conductivity and mechanical strength are essential
considerations in clamp design to ensure an earthing system remains
operative for many years. All Furse earth rod clamps have high strength
copper alloy bodies and screws e.g. aluminium bronze, phosphor bronze
etc., commercial brass is not used.
BS EN 50164-1 Class H, BS 7430
UL467 (CR105)
Rod to cable clamp (type G)

Nominal rod
diameter
Weight
each
Part
No.
0.03 kg
CR505
16-50 mm2
0.05 kg
CR510-FU*
5.2-33.6 mm2
0.06 kg
G5
0.06 kg
CR515*
9.5 mm
12.5 mm
16 mm
16 mm
16-70 mm2
Component requires
additional fixings as
advised to enable
installation
Max.
conductor
6-35 mm2
CR125
- fixings required, and
Rod to tape clamp (type A)
2
2
20 mm
5.2-33.6 mm2
0.06 kg
G6
20 mm
35-95 mm2
0.06 kg
CR520*
25 mm
70-150 mm2
0.14 kg
CR525
CR515
* Suitable for use with 8 mm solid circular copper conductor.
Component should be
tightened to the torque
setting advised
High strength copper alloy clamp designed to provide a high quality, low
resistance connection between solid circular or stranded conductor and an
earth rod.
UL467 (G5 & G6)
Special component design and manufacture

For the vast majority of installations, the standard range of earthing components is highly suitable for completing
an earthing system. On occasion however, an installation may include a special requirement needing a nonstandard component.
Where this is the case, our technical services team can develop and design a special component to customer needs,
which on approval can be manufactured in the quantity specified for the project. For further information, or to
discuss a particular project need, please contact us.
77
Earthing
Product selector
An effective earthing system is a fundamental

requirement of any modern structure or system for
operational and/or safety reasons. Without such a
system, the safety of a structure, the equipment
contained within it and its occupants are compromised.
Earthing systems typically fall into (but are not limited
to) one of the following categories:
Power generation, transmission and distribution
Control of undesirable static electricity
Telecommunications
The following schematic illustrates the key elements of

an effective earthing system.
Conductors and Earth rods

As with lightning protection, the first choice faced by
the designer of an earthing system is the type of
conductor to be used. The correct choice of conductor
is extremely important, whether it be a simple below
ground electrode or a complex computer room signal
reference grid.
Conductors
We offer three types of conductor: flat tape, solid
circular and stranded cable.
Earth plates are used to attain an

effective earth in shallow soils
with underlying rocks or in
locations with large amounts of
buried services. They can also
provide protection at potentially
dangerous places e.g. HV
switching positions.
Connectors and terminations

An effective earthing system relies on joints and
connections to have good electrical conductivity with
high mechanical strength.
Poorly chosen or badly installed joints and connectors
can compromise the safe operation of an earthing
system.
We offer a range of connectors and termination
methods to suit a wide range of applications.

individual components of an earthing system. It is not intended to
represent an actual scheme conforming to a particular code of
practice. The drawing is not to scale.
A range of conductor materials is

available. Above ground, copper,
aluminium and steel may be used.
Below ground, copper is the most
common choice due to its high resistance to corrosion.
It is important that earthing conductors should
be correctly sized for their application, as they
may be required to carry a considerable current for
several seconds. Specific data regarding conductor
ratings can be found on page 28.
Earth rods and plates

In addition to the conductors outlined above, earth
rods and plates or any combination thereof can be
used to achieve an effective earth depending on the
site conditions.
Earth rods take advantage of
lower resistivity soils at greater
depths than normal excavation
will allow.
78
Product selector
FurseWELD exothermic welding

A simple, self-contained method of forming high
quality electrical connections which requires no
external power or heat source. Connections are made
using the high temperature reaction of powdered
copper oxide and aluminium.
Earthing
Mechanical clamps
Where permanent connections are not appropriate,
mechanical clamps offer the ideal solution. These are
typically used on smaller scale installations where
periodic disconnection for testing is required.
All Furse mechanical clamps are
manufactured from high copper
content alloy. They have high
mechanical strength, excellent
corrosion resistance and
conductivity.
FurseWELD connections allow

conductors to carry higher currents
than other types of connections.
They will never loosen, are highly
conductive and have excellent
corrosion resistance.

Regular inspection and testing of
the earthing system is essential.
Inspection pits allow easy access to
earth electrodes and conductors to
facilitate this procedure.
For applications where exothermic welding is not

appropriate for creating permanent
connections, compression
connectors may be used.
Compression connectors produce
very robust joints which can be
buried in the ground or in
concrete.
Earth bars
Earth bars are an efficient and
convenient way of providing a
common earth point. Integral
disconnecting links mean the
earth bars can be isolated for
testing purposes.

Earth electrode backfills are to be
used in areas where required
resistance levels are difficult to
achieve. These products effectively
act to increase the electrodes
surface area thus lowering its
resistance to earth.
Product selector
(1) Conductors
p26-39
(2) Earth rods
p81-84
(3) Earth plates
p88
(4) FurseWELD exothermic welding
p118-165
(5) Compression connectors
p113-115
(6) Mechanical clamps
p92-95
(7) Earth inspection pits
p87
(8) Earth bars
p108-112
79
Earth electrodes
Earth electrodes
Earth rods
Earth rod seals
Inspection pits
Earth plates
81-84
85
86
87
88
89
90
Earth electrodes
Earth electrode materials

Quality earth rods are commonly made from either solid copper, stainless steel or
copperbonded steel.
Three types of Furse earth rod are available, but the copperbonded steel cored rod is by
far the most popular, due to its combination of strength, corrosion resistance, and
comparatively low cost.
Solid copper and stainless steel rods offer a very high level of corrosion resistance at the
expense of lower strength and higher cost.
Diameter of rod
One common misconception is that the diameter of the rod has a drastic effect on
lowering earth resistance. This is not true! As the graph shows, you only lower the
resistance value by 9.5 per cent by doubling the diameter of the rod (which means
increasing the weight and the cost of the rod by approximately 400 percent!)
Thus the rationale is: Use the most economical rod that soil conditions will allow
you to drive. This is one of the ways to ensure that you dont waste money on
over-dimensioned rods.
Resistance %
100
80
60
40
1
1 114 112 134 2

Rod diameter
Effect of electrode diameter on resistance
Thread and shank diameters

Confusion often arises between thread and shank diameters for threaded rods.
The thread rolling process, used by quality rod manufacturers, raises the surface of the rod
so that thread diameter (B) is greater than shank diameter (A) (see drawing).
All threads are Unified National Coarse (UNC-2A).
B
81
Earth electrodes
Threaded copperbond earth rod

Nominal
diameter
Driving stud
Length
Thread
B UNC
Shank
A
Weight
each
Part
No.
16
12.7 mm
1.18 kg
RB105
16
12.7 mm
1.55 kg
RB110
16
12.7 mm
1.76 kg
RB115
16
12.7 mm
2.36 kg
RB125
14.2 mm
1.53 kg
RB205-FU
14.2 mm
1.88 kg
RB210
14.2 mm
2.29 kg
RB215
14.2 mm
2.51 kg
RB220-FU
14.2 mm
3.00 kg
RB225
14.2 mm
3.79 kg
RB235
17.2 mm
2.19 kg
RB305
17.2 mm
2.73 kg
RB310
17.2 mm
3.27 kg
RB315
17.2 mm
3.83 kg
RB320-FU
17.2 mm
4.35 kg
RB325
17.2 mm
5.44 kg
RB335
Type
Weight
each
Part
No.
2 Coupling
0.09 kg
CG170
8 Coupling
0.08 kg
CG270
4 Coupling
0.13 kg
CG370
2 Driving stud
0.05 kg
ST100
8 Driving stud
0.08 kg
ST200
4 Driving stud
0.12 kg
ST300
1200 mm
1500 mm
1800 mm
2400 mm
1200 mm
1500 mm
1800 mm
2100 mm
2400 mm
3000 mm
1200 mm
1500 mm
1800 mm
2100 mm
2400 mm
3000 mm
Threaded
coupling
Fittings
Rod
Furse copperbond earth rods probably offer to the installer the best and
most economical earth rods available. They are made by molecularly
bonding 99.9% pure electrolytic copper on to a low carbon steel core.
RB225 + ST200 +
CG270
Furse rods are not of the sheathed type. They are highly resistant to
corrosion, and because the steel used has a very high tensile strength,
they can be driven by power hammers to great depths.
The counter-bored couplings are made from high copper content alloy,
commercial brass is not used. This again ensures excellent corrosion
resistance and high strength.
Copper thickness minimum 250 microns.
Earth rods to BS EN 50164-2, BS 7430
Fittings to BS EN 50164-1
UL467 (RB125, RB225, RB235, RB325, RB335, CG270, CG370)
B
82
Earth electrodes
Unthreaded copperbond earth rod

Diameter
Length
Weight
each
Part
No.
9.0 mm
1200 mm
0.62 kg
RB005
12.7 mm
1200 mm
1.18 kg
RB103
12.7 mm
1500 mm
1.55 kg
RB107
12.7 mm
1800 mm
1.76 kg
RB116
12.7 mm
2400 mm
2.36 kg
RB126
14.2 mm
1200 mm
1.53 kg
RB203
14.2 mm
1500 mm
1.88 kg
RB213
14.2 mm
1800 mm
2.29 kg
RB216
14.2 mm
2000 mm
2.51 kg
RB217
14.2 mm
2100 mm
2.68 kg
RB223
14.2 mm
2400 mm
3.00 kg
RB226
14.2 mm
3000 mm
3.79 kg
RB236
17.2 mm
1200 mm
2.19 kg
RB306
17.2 mm
1500 mm
2.73 kg
RB313
17.2 mm
1800 mm
3.27 kg
RB316
17.2 mm
2000 mm
3.64 kg
RB317
17.2 mm
2100 mm
3.83 kg
RB323
17.2 mm
2400 mm
4.35 kg
RB326
17.2 mm
3000 mm
5.44 kg
RB336
Type
Weight
each
Part
No.
12.7 mm Coupling
0.09 kg
CG177
14.2 mm Coupling
0.08 kg
CG277
17.2 mm Coupling
0.13 kg
CG377
12.7 mm Driving head
0.25 kg
ST107
0.22 kg
ST207
0.27 kg
ST307
Driving head
Rod
Taper coupling
Fittings
Earth rods to BS EN 50164-2, BS 7430
RB226 + ST207 +
CG277
UL467 (RB126, RB226, RB236, RB326, RB336)
83
Earth electrodes
Solid copper and stainless steel earth rod

Diameter
Length
Weight
each
Part
No.
Driving stud
Solid copper rod
15 mm
1200 mm
1.88 kg
RC010
NEW
15 mm
1500 mm
2.35 kg
RC011
NEW
15 mm
3000 mm
4.70 kg
RC012
20 mm
1200 mm
3.34 kg
RC015
NEW
20 mm
1500 mm
4.18 kg
RC016
NEW
20 mm
3000 mm
8.36 kg
RC017
15 mm
8 ft (2440 mm)
3.82 kg
RC010-KIT
20 mm
8 ft (2440 mm)
6.79 kg
RC015-KIT
Solid copper rod kit

Rod
Stainless steel rod

16 mm
1200 mm
1.87 kg
RS005
NEW
16 mm
1500 mm
2.34 kg
RS011
NEW
16 mm
3000 mm
4.68 kg
RS012
NEW
20 mm
1500 mm
3.65 kg
RS016
NEW
20 mm
3000 mm
7.30 kg
RS017
8 ft (2440 mm)
3.80 kg
RS005-KIT
Type
Weight
each
Part
No.
15 mm hardened steel driving stud for copper/stainless steel rod
0.02 kg
ST010
20 mm hardened steel driving stud for copper/stainless steel rod
0.05 kg
ST015
Coupling dowel for 15 mm & 20 mm copper rod
0.02 kg
CG013
Coupling dowel for 16 mm & 20 mm stainless steel rod
0.02 kg
CG005
15 mm hardened steel spike for copper/stainless steel rod
0.02 kg
SP010
20 mm hardened steel spike for copper/stainless steel rod
0.04 kg
SP015
Coupling dowel
Stainless steel rod kit

16 mm
Fittings
Spike
Solid copper rod

RC010 +
ST010 + SP010
Furse solid copper earth rods offer greater resistance to corrosion. They are
ideally used in applications where soil conditions are very aggressive, such as
soils with high salt content.
Stainless steel rod
Stainless steel rods are used to overcome many of the problems caused by
galvanic corrosion which can take place between dissimilar metals buried in
close proximity.
Furse stainless steel earth rods are highly resistant to corrosion.
Kits include 2 x 1200 mm rods, coupling dowel, driving stud and spike to
make 8 ft rod.
Connections to the rods can be by mechanical clamps, compression or by
Furses own FurseWELD exothermic welding system.
84
BS EN 50164-2, BS 7430
UL467 (RC010-KIT, RC015-KIT, RS005-KIT)
Earth electrodes
Earth rod seal

Rod
diameter
Rod type
Protective
tube length
Weight
each
Part
No.
2 UNC copperbond
300 mm
2.00 kg
ES210-12
8 UNC copperbond
300 mm
2.00 kg
ES210-58
4 UNC copperbond
300 mm
2.00 kg
ES210-34
15 mm
Solid copper
300 mm
2.00 kg
ES210-15
16 mm
Stainless steel
300 mm
2.00 kg
ES210-16
20 mm
Solid copper
300 mm
2.00 kg
ES210-20
Single-flange
12.7 mm
14.2 mm
17.2 mm
ES210-58
Double-flange
12.7 mm
14.2 mm
2 UNC copperbond
1200 mm
3.20 kg
ES220-12
17.2 mm
8 UNC copperbond
1200 mm
3.20 kg
ES220-58
4 UNC copperbond
1200 mm
3.20 kg
ES220-34
15 mm
Solid copper
1200 mm
3.20 kg
ES220-15
16 mm
Stainless steel
1200 mm
3.20 kg
ES220-16
20 mm
Solid copper
1200 mm
3.20 kg
ES220-20
A waterproof earth electrode seal manufactured from high density

Polyethylene, for use in construction where internal earths are specified.
The unique design allows the seal to be effective across a broad range of
rod diameters in copperbond, solid copper and solid stainless steel.
ES220-58
Please specify rod diameter when ordering.

The ES220 range includes a secondary flange and housing for use in
deep slabs.
ES220
Inspection pit
(PT205, sold
separately)
Inspection pit
(PT205, sold
separately)
220 mm
ES210
Service duct
(not supplied)
220 mm
For use with PT205 - lightweight inspection pit.
Service duct
(not supplied)
Concrete slab
D.P.M.*
300 mm max
50 mm
366 mm
50 mm
1200 mm max
Concrete slab
366 mm
D.P.M.*
Blinding/sub soil
Blinding/sub soil
(* Damp proof membrane)
A separate datasheet is available should you require further information.

85
Earth rod hammer

Description
Weight
each
Part
No.
Atlas Copco Cobra TT petrol driven hammer
24 kg
HM005
Earth rod adapter (Suitable for 8 earth rods)
3 kg
HM010
For projects where hand driving is uneconomical owing to a large quantity

of rods or unfavourable ground conditions, the earth rod hammer can
drastically cut installation times.
HM005
Hammer rig
Description
Weight
each
Part
No.
Hammer rig
196.35 kg
HM105
By mounting a hammer onto a rig, longer lengths of earth rods can

be driven.
For projects where large quantities of rods are required cost savings
can be achieved, for example, by using single 8 ft rods rather than
2 x 4 ft rods which would need couplers etc. Installation time is also
considerably reduced.
Please specify length of rod to be driven and type of hammer to
be used when ordering.
HM105
86
Earth electrodes
Lightweight inspection pit

Description
Weight
each
Part
No.
Lightweight inspection pit with grey polymer lid
1.80 kg
PT205
Lightweight inspection pit with black (unbranded) polymer lid
1.80 kg
PT309-FU
Lightweight inspection pit with concrete lid
7.50 kg
PT110*
5 hole earth bar
0.40 kg
PT004
0.03 kg
AK005
M8 x 100 mm lg mild steel J bolt lifting hook
0.04 kg
JH100
M8 x 60 stainless steel Allen caphead screw (2 per lid)
0.03 kg
AS100
Accessories for polymer lid

6 mm Allen key
PT205
Accessories for concrete lid

300 mm
54 mm
256 mm
158 mm
* Not illustrated (drawing available on request).
Manufactured from high-performance, UV stable and chemically resistant

polymer with either polymer or concrete lid to suit the application.
The lightweight inspection pit with polymer lid is load rated to 5,000 kg and
is suitable for general to heavy duty use. It has a lockable lid and improved
working area compared to the concrete inspection pit.
200 mm Nominal
70 mm
The lightweight inspection pit with concrete lid is load rated to 1,200 kg and
is designed for use in pedestrianised and light vehicular areas. The lid can be
locked in place, if required (order 2 x AS100 Allen caphead screws).
An integral earth bar is available as an optional extra.
BS EN 50164-5, IEC 62561-5
Concrete inspection pit

Description
Weight
each
Part
No.
30 kg
PT005
5 hole earth bar
0.40 kg
PT006
7 hole earth bar
0.58 kg
PT007
Concrete inspection pit

Accessories
The concrete inspection pit is load rated to 3,500 kg and is suitable for most
types of earthing and lightning protection installations.
PT005
It is not suitable for use in areas where high load, small wheel vehicles are
used. The lightweight inspection pit (PT205) is recommended for this type
of application.
192 mm
BS EN 50164-5, IEC 62561-5
320 mm
87
146 mm
Earth electrodes
Earth plate - solid copper

Size
PE010
Total
surface area
Weight
each
Part
No.
600 x 600 x 1.5 mm
0.72 m2
5.00 kg
PE005
900 x 900 x 1.5 mm
1.63
m2
11.21 kg
PE015
600 x 600 x 3 mm
0.73 m2
9.74 kg
PE010
900 x 900 x 3 mm
m2
21.74 kg
PE020
1.63
Solid copper earth plates offer a simple alternative style of earth

electrode where high resistivity soil or rock conditions prohibit the
driving of earth rods.
BS EN 12163
Earth mat - lattice copper

Size
Total
surface area
Weight
each
Part
No.
600 x 600 x 3 mm
0.31 m2
3.98 kg
PE110
900 x 900 x 3 mm
0.65 m2
7.20 kg
PE120
Manufactured from high conductivity copper tape, lattice earth mats are
designed to minimize the danger of exposure to high step and touch
voltages to operators in situations such as High Voltage switching.
PE110
BS EN 13601 (formerly BS 1432)
88
Earth electrodes
FurseCEM conductive aggregate

Description
Weight
each
Part
No.
FurseCEM
25 kg
CM025
FurseCEM (supplied with cement)
25 kg
CM030
Topsoil
For further information on FurseCEM, please

contact the Furse sales office. A separate
datasheet is available.
Certain ground conditions make it difficult to
obtain a reliable earth resistance, whilst particular
installations may require a very low resistance. In
such cases, FurseCEM provides a convenient and
permanent solution.
By adding FurseCEM in place of sand and
aggregate, to cement, a conductive concrete is
formed. This electrically conductive medium has
many applications in the electrical/construction
industry, including RF and microwave screening,
static control and, of course, earthing, for which it
was specifically developed.
FurseCEM
Concrete
Mix
Rock ,
Sand,
Shale,
etc.
CM025
Earth Rod
Electrode
When used as a backfill for earth electrodes, FurseCEM impregnated

concrete greatly increases the electrodes surface area thus lowering its
resistance to earth.
Tested to BS EN 50164-7
Bentonite moisture retaining clay

Description
Weight
each
Part
No.
Bentonite powder
25 kg
CM015
Bentonite granules
25 kg
CM015-PM
Used as an earth-electrode backfill to reduce soil

resistivity by retaining moisture. The clay is a
sodium activated montmorillonite, which when
mixed with water swells to many times its dry
volume. It has the ability to hold its moisture
content for a considerable period of time and to
absorb moisture from the surrounding soil (e.g.
from rainfall).
Topsoil
Moisture
Retaining
Clay
Rock,
Sand,
Shale,
etc.
Earth Rod
Electrode
CM015
89

Description
Clamp-on earth resistance tester
Weight each
PartNo.
0.75 kg
DET14C
The DET14C measures earth/ground resistance and current flow by the

clamp-on method, with capability for taking ground resistance readings
from 0.05 to 1500 and for measuring ground leakage current from
0.5 mA to 35 A. With its extra large jaws (39 mm) and its light weight, the
DET14C is the ideal entry level testing solution.
DET14C
Description
Weight each
Part No.
1.0 kg
DET3TC
Digital earth resistance tester
The DET3TC is a three-terminal digital model that includes Attached Rod

Technique (ART) capability. The DET3TC is capable of measuring ground
resistance from 0.01 to 2000 and earth voltages up to 100 V.
With the optional clamp, it will read ground current from 0.5 mA to 19.9 A.
This unit is supplied complete with carrying case, test leads and probes.
DET3TC
Description
Weight each
Part No.
1.0 kg
DET4TD2
The DET4TD2 is capable of 2 pole, 3 pole or 4 pole testing and is designed to

measure ground resistance from 0.01 to 20,000 . The instrument also
includes a voltmeter to measure ground voltages up to 100 V.
This unit is supplied complete with test leads, stakes, batteries and
calibration certificate.
DET4TD2
Description
Weight each
Part No.
5.0 kg
DET2/2
The DET2/2 is a four-terminal digital model designed to operate in the most

difficult (and electrically noisy) of test environments and for use on large,
critical ground systems. This model has an extra digit of resolution (to 0.001)
on readings and includes an interference filter, test current control and,
most importantly, adjustable test current frequency (105-160 Hz).
As a four-terminal unit, the DET2/2 can also be used to make earth
resistivity measurements.
90
DET2/2

Mechanical clamps
Rebar clamp & clips
Earth points
Flexible braid bonds
Static earthing
Earth bars
92-94
94-95
96-97
98-103
104-105
106-107
108-112
113-117
Rod to tape clamp (type A)

Nominal rod
diameter
Weight
each
Part
No.
12.7 mm
26 x 12 mm
0.15 kg
CR105
16 mm
26 x 12 mm
0.15 kg
CR105
20 mm
26 x 10 mm
0.15 kg
CR105
16 mm
30 x 2 mm
0.16 kg
CR108
20 mm
30 x 2 mm
0.16 kg
CR108
16 mm
40 x 12 mm
0.24 kg
CR110
16 mm
51 x 8 mm
0.30 kg
CR115
20 mm
51 x 12 mm
0.30 kg
CR125
CR105
Max.
conductor
12.7 mm
26 x 20 mm
0.23 kg
CR130
16 mm
26 x 18 mm
0.23 kg
CR130
20 mm
26 x 10 mm
0.23 kg
CR130
25 mm
26 x 10 mm
0.23 kg
CR130
Designed for connection of flat tape conductor to an earth rod.

Corrosion resistance, conductivity and mechanical strength are essential
considerations in clamp design to ensure an earthing system remains
operative for many years. All Furse earth rod clamps have high strength
copper alloy bodies and screws e.g. aluminium bronze, phosphor bronze
etc., commercial brass is not used.
UL467 (CR105)
Rod to cable clamp (type G)

Nominal rod
diameter
Max.
conductor
Weight
each
Part
No.
9.5 mm
6-35 mm2
0.03 kg
CR505
12.5 mm
16-50 mm2
0.05 kg
CR510-FU*
16 mm
5.2-33.6 mm2
0.06 kg
G5
16 mm
16-70 mm2
0.06 kg
CR515*
0.06 kg
G6
5.2-33.6
mm2
20 mm
20 mm
35-95 mm2
0.06 kg
CR520*
25 mm
mm2
0.14 kg
CR525
CR515
3
70-150
High strength copper alloy clamp designed to provide a high quality, low
resistance connection between solid circular or stranded conductor and an
earth rod.
92
UL467 (G5 & G6)
U bolt rod clamp (type E)

Nominal rod/
rebar diameter
Hole centres
Tape width
Weight
each
Part
No.
16 mm
37 mm
0.20 kg
CR305
20 mm
37 mm
0.20 kg
CR310
25 mm
37 mm
0.20 kg
CR315
16 mm
37 mm
25 mm
0.26 kg
CR320*
112
38 mm
54 mm
0.37 kg
CR325
50 mm
64 mm
0.44 kg
CR330
CR305
* CR320 includes additional plate to allow tape to be clamped without drilling.
High strength copper alloy 'U' bolt clamp designed to provide a high quality,
low resistance connection between flat tape or stranded conductor and
earth rod or rebar.
U Bolt threaded M10.
BS 7430, UL467 (CR305)
U bolt rod clamp (type GUV)

Nominal rod/
rebar diameter
Conductor
range
Weight
each
Part
No.
16 mm
16-95 mm2
0.39 kg
CR700*
20 mm
16-70 mm2
0.39 kg
CR700*
16 mm
70-185 mm2
0.39 kg
CR705
20 mm
70-150 mm2
0.39 kg
CR705
16 mm
150-300
mm2
0.62 kg
CR730
20 mm
150-300 mm2
0.62 kg
CR730
25 mm
16-70 mm2
0.39 kg
CR710
NEW
25 mm
70-150 mm2
0.39 kg
CR740
NEW
25 mm
150-300 mm2
0.62 kg
CR750
NEW
CR700
High strength copper alloy 'U' bolt clamp designed to provide a high quality,
low resistance connection between solid circular or stranded conductor and
an earth rod or rebar.
UL467 (CR700, CR705, CR730)
93
Rod to cable lug clamp (type B)

Nominal rod
diameter
Bolt
size
Weight
each
Part
No.
9.5 mm
Copperbond
M8
0.09 kg
CR205
16 mm
Copperbond
M10
0.30 kg
CR215
15 mm
Solid copper
M10
0.30 kg
CR220
20 mm
Copperbond
M10
0.30 kg
CR225
20 mm
Solid copper
M10
0.30 kg
CR230
CR215
Rod
type
High strength copper alloy cable lug clamp designed to provide a high
quality, low resistance connection between stranded conductor and
earth rod.
BS 7430
Rebar clamp
Conductor
diameter
Rebar
diameter
Conductor
material
Weight
each
Part
No.
8 mm
8-18 mm
Copper
0.32 kg
BN150
8 mm
18-38 mm
Copper
0.75 kg
BN155
High strength copper alloy rebar clamp for bonding to reinforcing bars,
steam pipes, handrails etc.
BS 7430
BN150
Tightening torque 15 Nm (BN155 - M10); 5 Nm (BN155 - M6)
94
Rebar to rebar connecting clip

Maximum rebar
diameter (A)
Maximum rebar
diameter (B)
Weight
each
Part
No.
8 mm
12 mm
0.05 kg
RR812
16 mm
16 mm
0.05 kg
RR1616
20 mm
20 mm
0.06 kg
RR2121
25 mm
25 mm
0.07 kg
RR2626
32 mm
32 mm
0.07 kg
RR3232
40 mm
40 mm
0.08 kg
RR3838
RR2626
Manufactured from high quality stainless steel for excellent corrosion

resistance. Simple to install, providing a secure connection between internal
reinforcing bars.
A
B
Rebar to conductor connecting clip

Rebar
diameter
Conductor
size
Weight
each
Part
No.
25 x 3 mm
0.07 kg
RC25-087095
Rebar to flat tape

25 mm
Rebar to stranded/solid circular conductor

12 mm
50 mm2 or 8 mm dia.
0.05 kg
RC812-0850
16 mm
8 mm dia., 50-70-95 mm2
0.06 kg
RC16-087095
20 mm
8 mm dia., 50-70-95 mm2
0.07 kg
RC20-087095
25 mm
8 mm dia., 50-70-95 mm2
0.07 kg
RC25-087095
32 mm
8 mm dia., 50-70-95 mm2
0.07 kg
RC32-087095
40 mm
8 mm dia., 50-70-95 mm2
0.08 kg
RC40-087095
RC25-087095
Manufactured from high quality stainless steel for excellent corrosion

resistance. Simple to install, providing a secure connection between internal
reinforcing bars and flat tape, solid circular or stranded conductor.
95
Earth points
Furse earth points are available for direct connection to conductors, or with additional pre-welded tail (single or
double 70 mm2 PVC insulated cable) to enable connection to internal rebar arrangements via mechanical clamps (see
product tables for individual product availability).
Single hole earth point
PC100-FU
Hole size
Length
Weight
each
Part
No.
M8 x 15 mm
80 mm
0.14 kg
PC100-FU
M10 x 15 mm
80 mm
0.14 kg
PC101
M12 x 15 mm
80 mm
0.14 kg
PC102
M16 x 15 mm
80 mm
0.14 kg
PC103
Single hole earth point with single pre-welded tail

Description
Weight each
Part No.
PC100-FU earth point with pre-welded 500 mm earth cable
0.56 kg
PC105
PC101 earth point with pre-welded 500 mm earth cable
0.56 kg
PC106
0.56 kg
PC107
0.56 kg
PC108
Stem diameter = 10.7 mm (70 mm2).

UL96 (PC105, PC106, PC107, PC108)
96
Two hole earth point

Hole size
Length
Weight
each
Part
No.
M8 x 12 mm
80 mm
0.44 kg
PC115-FU
Supplied c/w front plate for connection of 25 mm x 3 mm copper tape or 70 mm2

stranded copper cable.
M8 x 12 mm
80 mm
0.44 kg
PC120
Supplied c/w front plate for connection of 25 mm x 3 mm copper tape or

8 mm diameter solid circular copper.
M8 x 12 mm
80 mm
PC115-FU
0.28 kg
PC125
Weight each
Part No.
PC115-FU earth point with pre-welded 500 mm earth cable
0.84 kg
PC116
0.84 kg
PC121
0.84 kg
PC126-FU
PC115-FU earth point with pre-welded 2 x 500 mm earth cable
1.26 kg
PC216
PC120 earth point with pre-welded 2 x 500 mm earth cable
1.26 kg
PC221
Supplied without front plate.

Two hole earth point with single pre-welded tail
Description
PC125
Two hole earth point with double pre-welded tail

UL96 (PC116, PC121, PC126-FU, PC216)
Four hole earth point

Hole size
Length
Weight
each
Part
No.
M8 x 14 mm
75 mm
0.41 kg
PC110
1.14 kg
PC111
1.23 kg
PC211
Four hole earth point with single pre-welded tail

Four hole earth point with double pre-welded tail
PC110 earth point with pre-welded 2 x 500 mm earth cable
PC110

UL96 (PC111, PC211)
97
Type H high strength splitbolt connector

Conductor range
Main
Max
Min
Max
Dimension
B
Weight
each
Part
No.
4 mm2
10 mm2
2.5 mm2
10 mm2
4.1 mm
0.02 kg
8H-FU
mm2
mm2
mm2
mm2
10
5.5 mm
0.03 kg
4H-FU
16 mm2
25 mm2
4 mm2
25 mm2
6.9 mm
0.04 kg
2H-FU
mm2
mm2
mm2
mm2
25
8H-FU
16
35
2.5
8.4 mm
0.06 kg
1H-FU
50 mm2
4 mm2
50 mm2
9.7 mm
0.09 kg
10H-FU
35 mm2
70 mm2
4 mm2
70 mm2
11.2 mm
0.14 kg
20H-FU
50 mm2
95 mm2
4 mm2
95 mm2
13.6 mm
0.17 kg
30H-FU
50 mm2
120 mm2
6 mm2
120 mm2
14.7 mm
0.18 kg
40H-FU
mm2
mm2
mm2
mm2
18.2 mm
0.35 kg
350M-FU
185
16
35 mm2
95
Tap
Min
35
185
For copper to copper connections. No special tools required.
BS 7430
98
Earth boss
Length
Diameter
Thread size
Material
Weight
each
Part
No.
25 mm
25 mm
M8
Mild steel
0.11 kg
EB0000
NEW
25 mm
25 mm
M8
Stainless steel
0.11 kg
EB1000
NEW
30 mm
30 mm
M8
Mild steel
0.18 kg
EB0110
NEW
30 mm
30 mm
M8
Stainless steel
0.18kg
EB1110
NEW
30 mm
30 mm
M10
Mild steel
0.20 kg
EB0111
NEW
30 mm
30 mm
M10
Stainless steel
0.20 kg
EB1111
NEW
30 mm
40 mm
M8
Mild steel
0.24 kg
EB0120
NEW
30 mm
40 mm
M8
Stainless steel
0.24 kg
EB1120
NEW
30 mm
40 mm
M10
Mild steel
0.26 kg
EB0121
NEW
30 mm
40 mm
M10
Stainless steel
0.26kg
EB1121
NEW
30 mm
50 mm
M8
Mild steel
0.29 kg
EB0130
NEW
30 mm
50 mm
M8
Stainless steel
0.29 kg
EB1130
NEW
30 mm
50 mm
M10
Mild steel
0.31 kg
EB0131
NEW
30 mm
50 mm
M10
Stainless steel
0.31 kg
EB1131
NEW
40 mm
30 mm
M10
Mild steel
0.33 kg
EB0211
NEW
40 mm
30 mm
M10
Stainless steel
0.33 kg
EB1211
NEW
40 mm
30 mm
M12
Mild steel
0.36 kg
EB0212
NEW
40 mm
30 mm
M12
Stainless steel
0.36 kg
EB1212
NEW
40 mm
40 mm
M10
Mild steel
0.43 kg
EB0221
NEW
40 mm
40 mm
M10
Stainless steel
0.43 kg
EB1221
NEW
40 mm
40 mm
M12
Mild steel
045 kg
EB0222
NEW
40 mm
40 mm
M12
Stainless steel
0.45 kg
EB1222
NEW
40 mm
50 mm
M10
Mild steel
0.53 kg
EB0231
NEW
40 mm
50 mm
M10
Stainless steel
0.53 kg
EB1231
NEW
40 mm
50 mm
M12
Mild steel
0.55 kg
EB0232
NEW
40 mm
50 mm
M12
Stainless steel
0.55 kg
EB1232
NEW
50 mm
30 mm
M10
Mild steel
0.50 kg
EB0311
NEW
50 mm
30 mm
M10
Stainless steel
0.50 kg
EB1311
NEW
50 mm
30 mm
M12
Mild steel
0.52 kg
EB0312
NEW
50 mm
30 mm
M12
Stainless steel
0.52 kg
EB1312
NEW
50 mm
40 mm
M10
Mild steel
0.65 kg
EB0321
NEW
50 mm
40 mm
M10
Stainless steel
0.65 kg
EB1321
NEW
50 mm
40 mm
M12
Mild steel
0.67 kg
EB0322
NEW
50 mm
40 mm
M12
Stainless steel
0.67 kg
EB1322
NEW
50 mm
50 mm
M10
Mild steel
0.80 kg
EB001
50 mm
50 mm
M10
Stainless steel
0.80 kg
EB1331
NEW
50 mm
50 mm
M12
Mild steel
0.80 kg
EB0332
NEW
50 mm
50 mm
M12
Stainless steel
0.80 kg
EB1332
NEW
Earth boss manufactured from mild steel (to 970 230M07 grade EN1A)
or stainless steel (grade 316L) complete with phosphor bronze studs, nuts
and washers.
For welding to steel vessels, tanks, structures etc. Wrap connections with
Denso tape (see page 74).
EB001
99
Tower earth clamp

Conductor
range
Channel
thickness
Bolt
size
Conductor
material
Weight
each
Part
No.
16-70 mm2
10 mm
M10
Copper
0.13 kg
BN125*
70-120
BN300-FU
mm2
10 mm
M12
Copper
0.22 kg
BN130
25-50 mm2
10 mm
M10
Copper
0.08 kg
BN300-FU*
25-50 mm2
10 mm
M10
Aluminium
0.05 kg
BN305*
120-185 mm2
10 mm
M12
Copper
0.30 kg
BN320
185-240 mm2
10 mm
M12
Copper
0.40 kg
BN325
* Suitable for use with 8 mm solid circular conductor.
For bonding copper cable or wire to steel structures.

BN320
B bond
Maximum
tape width
Bolt size
Conductor
material
Weight
each
Part
No.
26 mm
M10
Copper
0.12 kg
BN105
26 mm
M10
Aluminium
0.06 kg
BN005
31 mm
M10
Copper
0.15 kg
BN113
For bonding tape to steel structures.
BN105
100
Metalwork bond
Conductor
diameter
Conductor
material
Weight
each
Part
No.
8 mm
Copper
0.37 kg
CS350
8 mm
Aluminium
0.17 kg
CS355
For connecting to all types of metal structures up to 13 mm thickness.

CS350
Tightening torque - M8 bolt: 10 Nm, M10 bolt: 12 Nm
Straight setscrew cable socket

Conductor
diameter
Palm hole
diameter
Conductor
material
Weight
each
Part
No.
8 mm
12 mm
Copper
0.11 kg
SX450
8 mm
12 mm
Aluminium
0.05 kg
SX455
For bonding copper and aluminium conductors to steelwork.

SX450
101
RWP bond
Maximum
tape width
Bolt size
Conductor
material
Weight
each
Part
No.
26 mm
M10
Copper
0.12 kg
BN115
26 mm
M10
Aluminium
0.07 kg
BN010
For bonding tape to rainwater pipes, handrails etc.

BN115
BS 7430
Watermain bond
Maximum
tape width
26 mm
Conductor
material
Weight
each
Part
No.
Copper
0.26 kg
BN120
For bonding tape to large diameter pipes.
BS 7430
BN120
102
Pipe bond
Conductor
diameter
Pipe
diameter
Conductor
material
Weight
each
Part
No.
8 mm
50-200 mm
Copper
0.46 kg
BN175
8 mm
50-200 mm
Aluminium
0.25 kg
BN176
For bonding to ducts and large diameter pipeworks. Additional lengths

available to order.
BN175
Tightening torque - M6 bolt: 6 Nm, M10 bolt: 12 Nm
Pipe clamp
Pipe
diameter
Conductor
range
Weight
each
Part
No.
2-1
13-25 mm
25-95 mm2
0.3 kg
3902
114-2
32-50 mm
25-95 mm2
0.4 kg
3903
2 2-3 2
65-90 mm
25-95
mm2
0.5 kg
3904
4-5
100-125 mm
25-95 mm2
0.6 kg
3905-TB
150 mm
25-95 mm2
0.8 kg
3906-TB
200 mm
25-95 mm2
1.0 kg
3907
10
250 mm
25-95 mm2
1.1 kg
3908
12
300 mm
25-95 mm2
1.5 kg
3909-TB
3904
UL467 (all listed)
103
Flexible flat copper braid bond

Overall braid
dimensions
Length
Hole
diameter (A)
Cross-sectional
area
Weight
each
Part
No.
FBB-6-200-7
Copper braid
BN505
A
NEW
12 x 1 mm
200 mm
7 mm
6 mm2
0.01 kg
NEW
12 x 1 mm
400 mm
7 mm
6 mm2
0.02 kg
FBB-6-400-7
NEW
15 x 1.5 mm
200 mm
7 mm
10 mm2
0.02 kg
FBB-10-200-7
NEW
15 x 1.5 mm
400 mm
7 mm
10 mm2
0.04 kg
FBB-10-400-7
NEW
19 x 2.5 mm
200 mm
9 mm
16 mm2
0.03 kg
FBB-16-200-9
NEW
19 x 2.5 mm
400 mm
9 mm
16 mm2
0.06 kg
FBB-16-400-9
NEW
25 x 3 mm
200 mm
11 mm
25 mm2
0.05 kg
FBB-25-200-11
NEW
25 x 3 mm
400 mm
11 mm
25 mm2
0.10 kg
FBB-25-400-11
25 x 3.5 mm
200 mm
11 mm
35 mm2
0.09 kg
BN505
25 x 3.5 mm
400 mm
11 mm
35 mm2
0.15 kg
BN515
NEW
30 x 5 mm
200 mm
11 mm
50 mm2
0.10 kg
FBB-50-200-11
NEW
30 x 5 mm
400 mm
11 mm
50 mm2
0.20 kg
FBB-50-400-11
NEW
32 x 6 mm
200 mm
13 mm
70 mm2
0.13 kg
FBB-70-200-13
NEW
32 x 6 mm
400 mm
13 mm
70 mm2
0.25 kg
FBB-70-400-13
NEW
37 x 6 mm
200 mm
13 mm
95 mm2
0.19 kg
FBB-95-200-13
mm2
Length
NEW
37 x 6 mm
400 mm
13 mm
95
0.37 kg
FBB-95-400-13
NEW
45 x 6 mm
200 mm
17 mm
120 mm2
0.23 kg
FBB-120-200-17
NEW
45 x 6 mm
400 mm
17 mm
120 mm2
0.46 kg
FBB-120-400-17
NEW
50 x 8 mm
200 mm
17 mm
150 mm2
0.30 kg
FBB-150-200-17
NEW
50 x 8 mm
400 mm
17 mm
150 mm2
0.60 kg
FBB-150-400-17
FBB-6-200-7-T
Tinned copper braid

NEW
12 x 1 mm
200 mm
7 mm
6 mm2
0.01 kg
NEW
12 x 1 mm
400 mm
7 mm
6 mm2
0.02 kg
FBB-6-400-7-T
NEW
15 x 1.5 mm
200 mm
7 mm
10 mm2
0.02 kg
FBB-10-200-7-T
NEW
15 x 1.5 mm
400 mm
7 mm
10 mm2
0.04 kg
FBB-10-400-7-T
NEW
19 x 2.5 mm
200 mm
9 mm
16 mm2
0.03 kg
FBB-16-200-9-T
NEW
19 x 2.5 mm
400 mm
9 mm
16 mm2
0.06 kg
FBB-16-400-9-T
NEW
25 x 3 mm
200 mm
11 mm
25 mm2
0.05 kg
FBB-25-200-11-T
mm2
NEW
25 x 3 mm
400 mm
11 mm
25
0.10 kg
FBB-25-400-11-T
NEW
25 x 3.5 mm
200 mm
11 mm
35 mm2
0.09 kg
BN505-T
NEW
25 x 3.5 mm
400 mm
11 mm
35 mm2
0.15 kg
BN515-T
NEW
30 x 5 mm
200 mm
11 mm
50 mm2
0.10 kg
FBB-50-200-11-T
NEW
30 x 5 mm
400 mm
11 mm
50 mm2
0.20 kg
FBB-50-400-11-T
NEW
32 x 6 mm
200 mm
13 mm
70 mm2
0.13 kg
FBB-70-200-13-T
NEW
32 x 6 mm
400 mm
13 mm
70 mm2
0.25 kg
FBB-70-400-13-T
NEW
37 x 6 mm
200 mm
13 mm
95 mm2
0.19 kg
FBB-95-200-13-T
NEW
37 x 6 mm
400 mm
13 mm
95 mm2
0.37 kg
FBB-95-400-13-T
NEW
45 x 6 mm
200 mm
17 mm
120 mm2
0.23 kg
FBB-120-200-17-T
NEW
45 x 6 mm
400 mm
17 mm
120 mm2
0.46 kg
FBB-120-400-17-T
NEW
50 x 8 mm
200 mm
17 mm
150 mm2
0.30 kg
FBB-150-200-17-T
NEW
50 x 8 mm
400 mm
17 mm
150 mm2
0.60 kg
FBB-150-400-17-T
Flexible copper or flexible tinned copper braid terminated with pressed

ferrule connector at each end, suitable for bonding gates, doors, fences etc.
Pressed ferrule connection ensures maximum electrical contact with
minimum earth resistance.
104
Standard braid sizes are shown. Braids are available in other sizes, lengths,
materials or terminations to special order.
BS EN 13602
Flexible circular copper braid bond

Overall braid
diameter
Length
Hole
diameter (A)
Cross-sectional
area
Weight
each
Part
No.
4.2 mm
200 mm
7 mm
6 mm2
0.01 kg
CBB-6-200-7
4.2 mm
400 mm
7 mm
6 mm2
0.02 kg
CBB-6-400-7
5.4 mm
200 mm
7 mm
10 mm2
0.02 kg
CBB-10-200-7
5.4 mm
400 mm
7 mm
10 mm2
0.04 kg
CBB-10-400-7
9 mm
16
mm2
0.03 kg
CBB-16-200-9
mm2
NEW
Copper braid
7 mm
200 mm
7 mm
400 mm
9 mm
16
0.06 kg
CBB-16-400-9
8.5 mm
200 mm
11 mm
25 mm2
0.05 kg
CBB-25-200-11
8.5 mm
400 mm
11 mm
25 mm2
0.10 kg
CBB-25-400-11
mm2
0.10 kg
CBB-50-200-11
CBB-50-400-11
CBB-16-200-9
A
Length
11.5 mm
200 mm
11 mm
50
11.5 mm
400 mm
11 mm
50 mm2
0.20 kg
14.5 mm
200 mm
13 mm
70 mm2
0.13 kg
CBB-70-200-13
14.5 mm
400 mm
13 mm
70 mm2
0.25 kg
CBB-70-400-13
16 mm
200 mm
13 mm
95 mm2
0.19 kg
CBB-95-200-13
16 mm
400 mm
13 mm
95 mm2
0.37 kg
CBB-95-400-13
CBB-6-200-7-T
Tinned copper braid

4.2 mm
200 mm
7 mm
6 mm2
0.01 kg
4.2 mm
400 mm
7 mm
6 mm2
0.02 kg
CBB-6-400-7-T
5.4 mm
200 mm
7 mm
10 mm2
0.02 kg
CBB-10-200-7-T
5.4 mm
400 mm
7 mm
10 mm2
0.04 kg
CBB-10-400-7-T
mm2
7 mm
200 mm
9 mm
16
0.03 kg
CBB-16-200-9-T
7 mm
400 mm
9 mm
16 mm2
0.06 kg
CBB-16-400-9-T
8.5 mm
200 mm
11 mm
25 mm2
0.05 kg
CBB-25-200-11-T
8.5 mm
400 mm
11 mm
25 mm2
0.10 kg
CBB-25-400-11-T
mm2
0.10 kg
CBB-50-200-11-T
11.5 mm
200 mm
11 mm
50
11.5 mm
400 mm
11 mm
50 mm2
0.20 kg
CBB-50-400-11-T
14.5 mm
200 mm
13 mm
70 mm2
0.13 kg
CBB-70-200-13-T
14.5 mm
400 mm
13 mm
70 mm2
0.25 kg
CBB-70-400-13-T
16 mm
200 mm
13 mm
95 mm2
0.19 kg
CBB-95-200-13-T
16 mm
400 mm
13 mm
95 mm2
0.37 kg
CBB-95-400-13-T
Flexible copper or flexible tinned copper braid terminated with pressed

terminal lug at each end, suitable for bonding gates, doors, fences etc.
Pressed terminal lug connection ensures maximum electrical contact with
minimum earth resistance.
Standard braid sizes are shown. Braids are available in other sizes, lengths,
materials or terminations to special order.
BS EN 13602
105
Eyebolt
Nominal copperbond
rod diameter
Weight
each
Part
No.
0.52 kg
BT150
0.52 kg
BT160
Screws direct onto a copperbond earth rod, offering an earth point for
boats, trucks etc.
BS 7430
BT150
Static earth receptacle

Conductor
material
Weight
each
Part
No.
Copper
0.64 kg
RX005
For setting into roadways or runways. Provides a static discharge point for
aircraft, fuel tankers, etc.
BS 7430
RX005
106
Stainless steel earthing clamp

Description
Jaw
opening
Cable length
(max.)
Weight
each
Part
No.
Medium duty earthing clamp
15 mm
3m
0.56 kg
SK010
Heavy duty earthing clamp
35 mm
5m
1.09 kg
SK020
Clamp Certification Ex II 1 GD T6. Heavy duty earthing clamp FFMM Approved.

Medium duty stainless earthing clamp for earthing buckets, small drums,
containers and plant equipment etc. Heavy duty stainless earthing clamp for
earthing 205 litre drums, IBCs, production vessels and road tankers etc.
Clamp features twin tungsten carbide teeth for effective penetration of
paint and contamination. Supplied complete with chemically resistant
Cen-Stat Spiral Cable and 10 mm ring terminal.
SK010
Stainless steel earthing clamp & reel

Description
Jaw
opening
Cable length
(max.)
Weight
each
Part
No.
Medium duty earthing clamp & reel
15 mm
6.1 m
3 kg
SK030
Heavy duty earthing clamp & reel
35 mm
15.2 m
6 kg
SK040
Clamp Certification Ex II 1 GD T6. Reel Certification Ex II 1 GD T6.

Heavy duty earthing clamp FFMM Approved.
Medium duty stainless earthing clamp for earthing buckets, small drums,
containers and plant equipment etc. Heavy duty stainless earthing clamp for
earthing 205 litre drums, IBCs, production vessels and road tankers.
Clamp features twin tungsten carbide teeth for effective penetration of
paint and contamination. Supplied complete with retracting cable reel.
SK040
107
Earth bars
Furse earth bars are an efficient and convenient

way of providing a common earth point, and
integral disconnecting links allow easy isolation
for testing purposes.
Standard Furse earth bars are available in a variety of
lengths, but all consist of a 50 mm wide by 6 mm thick
copper bar with M10 termination screws - standard
product codes are provided on pages 109-111.
Standard features and benefits
The plastic channel base is entirely corrosion

proof - made from high impact uPVC unlike the
traditional galvanized steel channel
Lighter and easier to handle - the use of a modern

polymer channel has reduced the weight of the
products, making them easier to handle
Pre-drilled fixing holes for ease of installation
A range of four designs to meet most installation

requirements
Swan-Neck accessory, to facilitate the main earth

bar connection
New now available with tinned finish
Copper
Tinned
Special earth bar requirements

Standard earth bars meet the majority of applications,
however where a customer has a specific requirement,
we can design and manufacture special earth bars and
disconnecting links as appropriate.
Special earth bar design variables include:
Size and type of bolt, hex nut and washer
Length, width and thickness of earth bar
Special earth bar designs are provided for customer

review and approval as required before manufacture.
Number of disconnecting links, and their position
Number of insulators
For more information please contact your local Furse

sales office.
Supplied with mounting base or without
108
An example of a customer special earth bar comprising M10 and M6 studs and disconnecting links.
Earth bars
Earth bar
Description
Length
Weight
each
Part
No.
6 way
400 mm
1.80 kg
LK245-6
8 way
500 mm
2.20 kg
LK245-8
10 way
650 mm
2.80 kg
LK245-10
12 way
750 mm
3.20 kg
LK245-12
14 way
850 mm
3.60 kg
LK245-14
16 way
950 mm
4.00 kg
LK245-16
18 way
1050 mm
4.40 kg
LK245-18
20 way
1200 mm
5.00 kg
LK245-20
22 way
1300 mm
5.40 kg
LK245-22
24 way
1400 mm
5.80 kg
LK245-24
26 way
1500 mm
6.20 kg
LK245-26
28 way
1650 mm
6.90 kg
LK245-28
30 way
1750 mm
7.30 kg
LK245-30
6 way
400 mm
1.80 kg
LK245-6-T
NEW
8 way
500 mm
2.20 kg
LK245-8-T
NEW
10 way
650 mm
2.80 kg
LK245-10-T
NEW
12 way
750 mm
3.20 kg
LK245-12-T
NEW
14 way
850 mm
3.60 kg
LK245-14-T
NEW
16 way
950 mm
4.00 kg
LK245-16-T
NEW
18 way
1050 mm
4.40 kg
LK245-18-T
NEW
20 way
1200 mm
5.00 kg
LK245-20-T
NEW
22 way
1300 mm
5.40 kg
LK245-22-T
NEW
24 way
1400 mm
5.80 kg
LK245-24-T
NEW
26 way
1500 mm
6.20 kg
LK245-26-T
NEW
28 way
1650 mm
6.90 kg
LK245-28-T
NEW
30 way
1750 mm
7.30 kg
LK245-30-T
NEW
Copper earth bar
LK245-6
Tinned copper earth bar
Standard width x height: 90 mm x 90 mm

Fix using countersunk wood screws 112 No. 12 (Part no. SW110)
and wall plugs (Part no. PS310) - see Accessories page 72.
109
Earth bars
Earth bar with single disconnecting link

Description
Length
Weight
each
Part
No.
6 way
475 mm
2.30 kg
LK243-6
8 way
575 mm
2.70 kg
LK243-8
10 way
725 mm
3.30 kg
LK243-10
12 way
825 mm
3.70 kg
LK243-12
14 way
925 mm
4.10 kg
LK243-14
16 way
1025 mm
4.50 kg
LK243-16
18 way
1125 mm
4.90 kg
LK243-18
20 way
1275 mm
5.50 kg
LK243-20
22 way
1375 mm
5.90 kg
LK243-22
24 way
1475 mm
6.30 kg
LK243-24
26 way
1575 mm
6.70 kg
LK243-26
28 way
1725 mm
7.40 kg
LK243-28
30 way
1825 mm
7.80 kg
LK243-30
Copper earth bar
LK243-6

NEW
6 way
475 mm
2.30 kg
LK243-6-T
NEW
8 way
575 mm
2.70 kg
LK243-8-T
NEW
10 way
725 mm
3.30 kg
LK243-10-T
NEW
12 way
825 mm
3.70 kg
LK243-12-T
NEW
14 way
925 mm
4.10 kg
LK243-14-T
NEW
16 way
1025 mm
4.50 kg
LK243-16-T
NEW
18 way
1125 mm
4.90 kg
LK243-18-T
NEW
20 way
1275 mm
5.50 kg
LK243-20-T
NEW
22 way
1375 mm
5.90 kg
LK243-22-T
NEW
24 way
1475 mm
6.30 kg
LK243-24-T
NEW
26 way
1575 mm
6.70 kg
LK243-26-T
NEW
28 way
1725 mm
7.40 kg
LK243-28-T
NEW
30 way
1825 mm
7.80 kg
LK243-30-T

110
Earth bars
Earth bar with twin disconnecting link

Description
Length
Weight
each
Part
No.
6 way
550 mm
2.80 kg
LK207-6
8 way
650 mm
3.20 kg
LK207-8
10 way
800 mm
3.80 kg
LK207-10
12 way
900 mm
4.20 kg
LK207-12
14 way
1000 mm
4.60 kg
LK207-14
16 way
1100 mm
5.00 kg
LK207-16
18 way
1200 mm
5.40 kg
LK207-18
20 way
1350 mm
6.00 kg
LK207-20
22 way
1450 mm
6.40 kg
LK207-22
24 way
1550 mm
6.80 kg
LK207-24
26 way
1650 mm
7.20 kg
LK207-26
28 way
1800 mm
7.90 kg
LK207-28
30 way
1900 mm
8.30 kg
LK207-30
6 way
550 mm
2.80 kg
LK207-6-T
NEW
8 way
650 mm
3.20 kg
LK207-8-T
NEW
10 way
800 mm
3.80 kg
LK207-10-T
NEW
12 way
900 mm
4.20 kg
LK207-12-T
NEW
14 way
1000 mm
4.60 kg
LK207-14-T
NEW
16 way
1100 mm
5.00 kg
LK207-16-T
NEW
18 way
1200 mm
5.40 kg
LK207-18-T
NEW
20 way
1350 mm
6.00 kg
LK207-20-T
NEW
22 way
1450 mm
6.40 kg
LK207-22-T
NEW
24 way
1550 mm
6.80 kg
LK207-24-T
NEW
26 way
1650 mm
7.20 kg
LK207-26-T
NEW
28 way
1800 mm
7.90 kg
LK207-28-T
NEW
30 way
1900 mm
8.30 kg
LK207-30-T
NEW
Copper earth bar
LK207-6

111
Earth bars and insulators
Earth bar accessories

Description
Length
Width
Height
Weight
each
Part
No.
Swan-neck link
400 mm
50 mm
36 mm
0.42 kg
LK004
Disconnecting link
125 mm
90 mm
90 mm
0.59 kg
LK205
Copper earth bar

NEW
Swan-neck link
400 mm
50 mm
36 mm
0.42 kg
LK004-T
NEW
Disconnecting link
125 mm
90 mm
90 mm
0.59 kg
LK205-T
LK205
Insulator
Height
(A)
Top Diameter
(B)
Maximum
diameter (C)
Insert
size (D)
For copper
bar size
Part
No.
Insulator
NEW
20 mm
14 mm
18 mm
M6
25 x 3 mm
IN020
NEW
30 mm
25 mm
33 mm
M6
25 x 6 mm
IN030
NEW
40 mm
31 mm
39 mm
M8
38 x 6 mm
IN040
50 x 6 mm
IN013
IN013
50 mm
27 mm
35 mm
M10
NEW
60 mm
38 mm
52 mm
M10
75 x 6 mm
IN060
NEW
70 mm
51 mm
55 mm
M12
100 x 6 mm
IN070
35 mm
M10
50 x 6 mm
IN005
Insulator with 2 studs and 3 nuts

50 mm
Insert size (D)
Top
diameter
(B)
27 mm
Insulator manufactured from grey GRP material with brass insert.
Max.
diameter
(C)
Height (A)
112
C shape connector
Conductor
range (Main)
Conductor
range (Tap)
Box
quantity
Weight
each
Part
No.
10 mm2
1.5-10 mm2
100
0.01 kg
CN1010
16 mm
1.5-16 mm2
100
0.02 kg
CN1616
16-25 mm2
1.5-10 mm2
50
0.02 kg
CN2510
25 mm
16-25 mm2
50
0.02 kg
CN2525
35 mm2
1.5-16 mm2
25
0.04 kg
CN3516
35 mm
25-35 mm2
25
0.04 kg
CN3535
50 mm2
4-25 mm2
25
0.09 kg
CN5025
50 mm
35-50 mm2
25
0.09 kg
CN5050
1.5-25 mm2
25
0.04 kg
CN7025
50-70 mm
4-35 mm
25
0.10 kg
CN7035
50-70 mm2
35-70 mm2
25
0.09 kg
CN7070
95 mm2
4-35 mm2
25
0.15 kg
CN9535
95 mm2
35-70 mm2
25
0.15 kg
CN9570
95 mm
70-95 mm2
25
0.14 kg
CN9595
120 mm2
25-120 mm2
25
0.17 kg
CN120120
150 mm
25-120 mm2
25
0.16 kg
CN150120
150 mm2
70-150 mm2
25
0.12 kg
CN150150
185 mm
16-95 mm2
25
0.13 kg
CN18595
120-185 mm2
120-185 mm2
15
0.23 kg
CN185185
150-240 mm2
95-120 mm2
15
0.24 kg
CN240120
240-150 mm
240-150 mm2
10
0.25 kg
CN240150
NEW
240-185 mm2
240-185 mm2
10
0.25 kg
CN240185
NEW
240-240 mm2
240-240 mm2
10
0.27 kg
CN240240
NEW
300-120 mm
300-120 mm2
10
0.30 kg
CN300120
NEW
300-300 mm2
300-300 mm2
10
0.28 kg
CN300300
NEW
10 mm2
1.5-10 mm2
100
0.01 kg
CN1010-T
NEW
16 mm2
1.5-16 mm2
100
0.02 kg
CN1616-T
NEW
16-25 mm2
1.5-10 mm2
50
0.02 kg
CN2510-T
NEW
25 mm2
16-25 mm2
50
0.02 kg
CN2525-T
NEW
35 mm2
1.5-16 mm2
25
0.04 kg
CN3516-T
NEW
35 mm2
25-35 mm2
25
0.04 kg
CN3535-T
NEW
50 mm2
4-25 mm2
25
0.09 kg
CN5025-T
NEW
50 mm2
35-50 mm2
25
0.09 kg
CN5050-T
NEW
70 mm2
1.5-25 mm2
25
0.04 kg
CN7025-T
NEW
50-70 mm2
4-35 mm2
25
0.10 kg
CN7035-T
NEW
50-70 mm2
35-70 mm2
25
0.09 kg
CN7070-T
NEW
95 mm2
4-35 mm2
25
0.15 kg
CN9535-T
NEW
95 mm2
35-70 mm2
25
0.15 kg
CN9570-T
NEW
95 mm2
70-95 mm2
25
0.14 kg
CN9595-T
NEW
120 mm2
25-120 mm2
25
0.17 kg
CN120120-T
NEW
150 mm2
25-120 mm2
25
0.16 kg
CN150120-T
NEW
150 mm2
70-150 mm2
25
0.12 kg
CN150150-T
NEW
185 mm2
16-95 mm2
25
0.13 kg
CN18595-T
NEW
120-185 mm2
120-185 mm2
15
0.23 kg
CN185185-T
NEW
150-240 mm2
95-120 mm2
15
0.24 kg
CN240120-T
NEW
240-150 mm2
240-150 mm2
10
0.25 kg
CN240150-T
NEW
240-185 mm2
240-185 mm2
10
0.25 kg
CN240185-T
NEW
240-240 mm2
240-240 mm2
10
0.27 kg
CN240240-T
NEW
300-120 mm2
300-120 mm2
10
0.30 kg
CN300120-T
NEW
300-300 mm2
300-300 mm2
10
0.28 kg
CN300300-T
NEW
Copper
2
70 mm2
2
CN7035
CN7035-T
Tinned copper
Manufactured from pure or

tinned copper. Ensure all
underground connections are
sealed/waterproofed using
Denso Tape (see page 74).
Additional sizes available on
request.
113
Tinned copper cable lug

Conductor
size
Screw
size (B)
Weight
each
Part
No.
16 mm2
6 mm
0.01 kg
FCT166
16 mm2
8 mm
0.01 kg
FCT168
mm2
10 mm
0.01 kg
FCT1610
16 mm2
12 mm
0.01 kg
FCT1612
25 mm2
6 mm
0.01 kg
FCT256
mm2
8 mm
0.01 kg
FCT258
25 mm2
10 mm
0.01 kg
FCT2510
25 mm2
12 mm
0.01 kg
FCT2512
mm2
6 mm
0.01 kg
FCT356
35 mm2
8 mm
0.01 kg
FCT358
mm2
10 mm
0.01 kg
FCT3510
35 mm2
12 mm
0.01 kg
FCT3512
50 mm2
6 mm
0.02 kg
FCT506
mm2
8 mm
0.02 kg
FCT508
50 mm2
10 mm
0.02 kg
FCT5010
50 mm2
FCT5012
16
FCT7012
25
35
35
50
12 mm
0.02 kg
mm2
8 mm
0.04 kg
FCT708
70 mm2
10 mm
0.04 kg
FCT7010
70 mm2
12 mm
0.04 kg
FCT7012
mm2
14 mm
0.04 kg
FCT7014
70 mm2
16 mm
0.04 kg
FCT7016
95 mm2
8 mm
0.06 kg
FCT958
mm2
10 mm
0.06 kg
FCT9510
95 mm2
12 mm
0.06 kg
FCT9512
mm2
14 mm
0.06 kg
FCT9514
95 mm2
16 mm
0.06 kg
FCT9516
120 mm2
10 mm
0.06 kg
FCT12010
120 mm2
12 mm
0.06 kg
FCT12012
120 mm2
14 mm
0.06 kg
FCT12014
120 mm2
16 mm
0.06 kg
FCT12016
mm2
10 mm
0.09 kg
FCT15010
150 mm2
12 mm
0.09 kg
FCT15012
150 mm2
14 mm
0.09 kg
FCT15014
mm2
16 mm
0.09 kg
FCT15016
185 mm2
12 mm
0.11 kg
FCT18512
mm2
14 mm
0.11 kg
FCT18514
185 mm2
16 mm
0.11 kg
FCT18516
240 mm2
12 mm
0.14 kg
FCT24012
mm2
14 mm
0.14 kg
FCT24014
240 mm2
16 mm
0.14 kg
FCT24016
300 mm2
12 mm
0.17 kg
FCT30012
mm2
14 mm
0.17 kg
FCT30014
300 mm2
16 mm
0.17 kg
FCT30016
400 mm2
12 mm
0.21 kg
FCT40012
mm2
14 mm
0.21 kg
FCT40014
400 mm2
16 mm
0.21 kg
FCT40016
70
70
95
95
150
150
185
240
114
BS EN 12449
BS 1872
BS 4579
300
400
Use with tool HT010, see page 116.
C shape connector die

Conductor
range (Main)
Conductor
range (Tap)
Weight
each
Part
No.
10 mm2
1.5-10 mm2
0.26 kg
HD100
16 mm2
1.5-16 mm2
0.26 kg
HD200
16-25 mm
1.5-10 mm
0.26 kg
HD200
25 mm
16-25 mm
0.26 kg
HD200
35 mm2
1.5-16 mm2
0.28 kg
HD300
35 mm
25-35 mm
0.28 kg
HD300
70 mm2
1.5-25 mm2
0.28 kg
HD300
50 mm
4-25 mm
0.27 kg
HD400
50 mm2
35-50 mm2
0.27 kg
HD400
50-70 mm
4-35 mm
0.27 kg
HD400
50-70 mm2
35-70 mm2
0.27 kg
HD400
95 mm
4-35 mm
0.27 kg
HD500
95 mm2
35-70 mm2
0.27 kg
HD500
95 mm
70-95 mm
0.27 kg
HD500
120 mm
25-120 mm
0.27 kg
HD600
150 mm2
25-120 mm2
0.27 kg
HD600
150 mm
70-150 mm
0.27 kg
HD600
185 mm2
16-95 mm2
0.27 kg
HD600
240 mm
95-120 mm
0.28 kg
HD800
120-185 mm2
120-185 mm2
0.22 kg
HD700
150-240 mm
95-120 mm
0.22 kg
HD700
HT010 and HT040 tooling
HD400
NEW
HT020 and HT030 tooling
Manufactured from high quality stainless steel.
115
Hydraulic crimping tool

Description
Weight
each
Part
No.
8 kg
HT010
Hand operated 13 ton tool with carrying case
Self-contained hydraulic crimping tool used for jointing and terminating

copper, aluminium and ACSR conductors.
HT010
Crimping force 130 kN
Two stage 'rapid-ram' advance mechanism for fast installation
Short fibreglass handle for combined work spaces
Accepts most U-Type dies of equivalent tonnage
180 degree head rotation
Includes carrying case
See page 115 for die details
(Dies are not included)
Hydraulic crimping head and pump

Description
HT020
Weight
each
Part
No.
15 ton hydraulic tool with carrying case
5.5 kg
HT020
Foot operated hydraulic pump with carrying case
16.5 kg
HT030
Self-contained hydraulic crimping tool used for jointing and terminating

copper, aluminium and ACSR conductors.
Crimping force 230 kN, maximum operating pressure 700 Bar
Hydraulic head complete with quick automatic coupler for connection

to pump
Pump supplied with 3 m long high pressure flexible hose
Each supplied with carrying case
116
Battery powered hydraulic crimping tool

Description
Weight
each
Part
No.
Battery powered, open head 14 ton tool
10.6 kg
HT040
This self-contained, compact, cordless hydraulic tool makes crimping easy

with its lightweight single handed design.
Crimping force 130 kN
HT040
The tool is supplied with:
Basic tool complete with battery
Shoulder strap
Spare battery (14.4 V 3.0 Ah)
Battery charger
Carrying case suitable for storing up to 14 sets of dies
Battery powered hydraulic cutting tool

Description
Battery powered 6 ton cutting tool
Weight
each
Part
No.
6.5 kg
HT050
This self-contained, compact, cordless hydraulic tool makes cutting copper,

aluminium, ACSR and steel earth rods easy with its lightweight single
handed design.
Maximum cutting diameter of 25 mm
Blades manufactured from high strength special steel, heat treated to

ensure a long service life
HT050
The tool is supplied with:
Basic tool complete with battery
Battery wrist strap and shoulder strap
Spare battery (14.4 V 3.0 Ah)
Battery charger
Carrying case suitable for storing tool and accessories
117
FurseWELD
FurseWELD
Introduction
FurseWELD
The FurseWELD process

FurseWELD exothermic welding is a cost efficient
method of making large or small numbers of
high quality electrical connections. It is a simple,
self-contained system that uses the high
temperature reaction of powdered copper oxide
and aluminium, within a mould, to form permanent
electrical connections.
Typical applications include:
Earthing for power plants and substations
Telecommunications
Transmission and power distribution lines
Cathodic protection
Rail connections
The FurseWELD system:
requires no external power or heat source
creates high quality electrical connections
is completely portable
can be used safely with minimum training
is cost effective
can be used for over 45 standard

connection configurations
The FurseWELD connection

FurseWELD connections have several advantages:
tolerant to repeated fault currents
highly conductive
do not loosen
excellent corrosion resistance
Most FurseWELD connections have at least twice the

cross-sectional area of the conductors being joined,
and an equivalent or greater current carrying capacity.
Corrosion resistance is exceptional because of the very
high copper content (> 90%) of the alloy.
119
FurseWELD
Introduction
Making a FurseWELD joint is a simple procedure as illustrated below:

1
Locate the
conductors (A) to be
joined in the weld
cavity (B) and close
the mould (C).
E
C
Locate the steel

retaining disc in the
base of the crucible (D).
Pour in the weld
powder (E) followed by
the starting powder (F).
Ignite starting powder
with a spark gun.
The resulting exothermic

reaction reduces the weld
powder to molten copper
alloy which melts the
retaining disc and flows
into the weld cavity where
it partially melts the
conductors (G).
The molten copper alloy cools to leave a

fusion weld of great mechanical and
electrical integrity.
Moulds
The FurseWELD system of exothermic welding uses
moulds to contain the exothermic reaction that creates
safe and robust connections. Different types of moulds
are available, whose use depends on the requirements
of the project.
Graphite Moulds
SureSHOT
The FurseWELD SureSHOT system is a single-use
ceramic mould supplied complete with retaining disc
and powders. It has been designed for use in
applications where only a few connections are
required. Details of the SureSHOT system can be
found on pages 160-161.
Market leading FurseWELD graphite moulds are

extremely robust and capable of producing over
75 connections each.
Mini-Moulds
FurseWELD mini-moulds are a cost effective alternative
to full-sized moulds, especially where lower numbers
of connections are required. They are smaller overall,
less robust and therefore lower priced.
120
Care is required in order to achieve similar service lives

to full-sized moulds.
Product selection
FurseWELD
Use the Connection Selector on pages 122-123 to choose your required joint type.
Conductors must be in the orientation shown to achieve the correct connection. Furse offers technical support to
assist with selection of joint type. If connections shown do not meet your requirements, please contact your local sales
office on +44 (0)115 964 3700 (UK), +971 (0)4 609 1635 (Dubai) or +65 6720 8828 (Singapore) for assistance.
Cable to earth rod CR17

A
mm
B
inches
C
mm2
16*
90P10
CR17-4-12716
HCPK4
CR17-3-12716
HCPK3
25
90P10
CR17-4-12725
HCPK4
CR17-3-12725
HCPK3
35
90P10
CR17-4-12735
HCPK4
CR17-3-12735
HCPK3
50
115P10
CR17-4-12750
HCPK4
CR17-3-12750
HCPK3
8 mm
115P10
CR17-4-1278SC
HCPK4
CR17-3-1278SC
HCPK3
70
150P10
CR17-4-12770
HCPK4
95
200P10
CR17-4-12795
HCPK4
120
250P10
CR17-4-127120
HCPK4
16*
90P10
CR17-4-14216
HCPK4
CR17-3-14216
HCPK3
A
mm
25
90P10
CR17-4-14225
HCPK4
CR17-3-14225
HCPK3
12.7
35
90P10
CR17-4-14235
HCPK4
CR17-3-14235
HCPK3
12.7
50
115P10
CR17-4-14250
HCPK4
CR17-3-14250
HCPK3
8 mm
115P10
CR17-4-1428SC
HCPK4
CR17-3-1428SC
HCPK3
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
Find the required

conductor sizes
C
A/B
B
inches
C
mm2
16*
25
FurseWELD products
A powder cartridge is
required for each joint to
be made
Less robust, more cost effective

versions of the mould and
handle clamp are available
A single mould is capable

of producing on average
75 joints
Sleeves are required when

joining conductors smaller
than 16 mm2
Handle clamps for handling

the mould, or clamping the
halves together
Packing is required when

welding to reinforcing bar
Accessories
Hammer die
Rail bond
Stud
Conductors
Flat tape
conductor
Stranded
conductor
Solid circular
conductor
121
FurseWELD
Connection selector
Bar to bar
BB1 Page 124
BB3 Page 125
BB7 Page 126
BR2 Page 130
BR7 Page 131
BB14 Page 127
BB41 Page 128
CC6 Page 141
CC7 Page 142
Bar to earth rod
BR1 Page 129
Bar to steel surface
BS2 Page 133
BS3 Page 134
CB4 Page 136
CB5 Page 137
CC1 Page 138
CC2 Page 139
CC4 Page 140
CC11 Page 143
CC14 Page 143
BS1 Page 132
Cable to bar
CB1 Page 135
Cable to cable
122
Connection selector
FurseWELD
Cable to earth rod
CR1 Page 144
CR2 Page 145
CR3 Page 146
CR17 Page 147
CR24 Page 148
CRE3 Page 151
CRE6 Page 152
CRE17 Page 152
Cable to reinforcing bar
CRE1 Page 149
CRE2 Page 150-151
Cable to steel surface & pipe
CS1 Page 153
CS2 Page 153
CS3 Page 154
CS7 Page 154
CS8 Page 155
CS9 Page 155
CS25 Page 156
CS27 Page 156
CS32 Page 157
CS34 Page 158
Stud to steel surface
RS1 Page 159
RS2 Page 159
SureSHOT
SS1 Page 161
SS2 Page 161
Conductors must be in the orientation shown to achieve the correct connection. Furse offers technical support to
assist with selection of joint type. If connections shown do not meet your requirements, please contact your local sales
office on +44 (0)115 964 3700 (UK), +971 (0)4 609 1635 (Dubai) or +65 6720 8828 (Singapore) for assistance.
123
FurseWELD
Bar to bar BB1

A
mm x
mm
20 x 3
45P10
BB1-4-203
HCPK4
BB1-3-203
HCPK3
25 x 3
65P10
BB1-4-253
HCPK4
BB1-3-253
HCPK3
25 x 4
90P10
BB1-4-254
HCPK4
BB1-3-254
HCPK3
25 x 6
150P10
BB1-4-256
HCPK4
30 x 2
65P10
BB1-4-302
HCPK4
BB1-3-302
HCPK3
30 x 3
90P10
BB1-4-303
HCPK4
BB1-3-303
HCPK3
30 x 4
115P10
BB1-4-304
HCPK4
BB1-3-304
HCPK3
30 x 5
115P10
BB1-4-305
HCPK4
BB1-3-305
HCPK3
31 x 3
90P10
BB1-4-313
HCPK4
BB1-3-313
HCPK3
31 x 6
150P10
BB1-4-316
HCPK4
38 x 3
115P10
BB1-4-383
HCPK4
38 x 5
150P10
BB1-4-385
HCPK4
38 x 6
200P10
BB1-4-386
HCPK4
40 x 3
115P10
BB1-4-403
HCPK4
40 x 4
150P10
BB1-4-404
HCPK4
40 x 5
150P10
BB1-4-405
HCPK4
40 x 6
200P10
BB1-4-406
HCPK4
50 x 3
150P10
BB1-4-503
HCPK4
50 x 4
200P10
BB1-4-504
HCPK4
50 x 5
200P10
BB1-4-505
HCPK4
50 x 6
250P10
BB1-4-506
HCPK4
124
Special moulds for all FurseWELD products can be manufactured to meet
specific customer applications on request.
FurseWELD
Bar to bar BB3

A
mm x
mm
B
mm x
mm
20 x 3
20 x 3
65P10
BB3-4-203203
HCPK4
BB3-3-203203
HCPK3
25 x 3
25 x 3
65P10
BB3-4-253253
HCPK4
BB3-3-253253
HCPK3
25 x 4
25 x 4
90P10
BB3-4-254254
HCPK4
BB3-3-254254
HCPK3
25 x 6
25 x 6
150P10
BB3-4-256256
HCPK4
30 x 2
30 x 2
65P10
BB3-4-302302
HCPK4
BB3-3-302302
HCPK3
30 x 3
30 x 3
90P10
BB3-4-303303
HCPK4
BB3-3-303303
HCPK3
30 x 4
30 x 4
115P10
BB3-4-304304
HCPK4
BB3-3-304304
HCPK3
30 x 5
30 x 5
115P10
BB3-4-305305
HCPK4
BB3-3-305305
HCPK3
31 x 3
31 x 3
115P10
BB3-4-313313
HCPK4
BB3-3-313313
HCPK3
31 x 6
31 x 6
200P10
BB3-4-316316
HCPK4
38 x 3
38 x 3
115P10
BB3-4-383383
HCPK4
38 x 5
38 x 5
150P10
BB3-4-385385
HCPK4
38 x 6
38 x 6
200P10
BB3-4-386386
HCPK4
40 x 3
40 x 3
115P10
BB3-4-403403
HCPK4
40 x 4
40 x 4
150P10
BB3-4-404404
HCPK4
40 x 5
40 x 5
150P10
BB3-4-405405
HCPK4
40 x 6
40 x 6
200P10
BB3-4-406406
HCPK4
50 x 3
50 x 3
200P10
BB3-4-503503
HCPK4
50 x 4
50 x 4
200P10
BB3-4-504504
HCPK4
50 x 5
50 x 5
200P10
BB3-4-505505
HCPK4
50 x 6
50 x 6
250P10
BB3-4-506506
HCPK4
125
FurseWELD
Bar to bar BB7

A
mm x
mm
20 x 3
45P10
BB7-4-203
HCPK4
BB7-3-203
HCPK3
25 x 3
65P10
BB7-4-253
HCPK4
BB7-3-253
HCPK3
25 x 4
90P10
BB7-4-254
HCPK4
BB7-3-254
HCPK3
25 x 6
115P10
BB7-4-256
HCPK4
BB7-3-256
HCPK3
30 x 2
65P10
BB7-4-302
HCPK4
BB7-3-302
HCPK3
30 x 3
65P10
BB7-4-303
HCPK4
BB7-3-303
HCPK3
30 x 4
90P10
BB7-4-304
HCPK4
BB7-3-304
HCPK3
30 x 5
115P10
BB7-4-305
HCPK4
BB7-3-305
HCPK3
31 x 3
65P10
BB7-4-313
HCPK4
BB7-3-313
HCPK3
31 x 6
150P10
BB7-4-316
HCPK4
38 x 3
90P10
BB7-4-383
HCPK4
38 x 5
150P10
BB7-4-385
HCPK4
38 x 6
200P10
BB7-4-386
HCPK4
40 x 3
90P10
BB7-4-403
HCPK4
40 x 4
115P10
BB7-4-404
HCPK4
40 x 5
150P10
BB7-4-405
HCPK4
40 x 6
200P10
BB7-4-406
HCPK4
50 x 3
150P10
BB7-5-503
HCPK5
50 x 4
200P10
BB7-5-504
HCPK5
50 x 5
200P10
BB7-5-505
HCPK5
50 x 6
250P10
BB7-5-506
HCPK5
126
FurseWELD
Bar to bar BB14

A
mm x
mm
B
mm x
mm
20 x 3
20 x 3
45P10
BB14-4-203203
HCPK4
BB14-3-203203
HCPK3
25 x 3
25 x 3
65P10
BB14-4-253253
HCPK4
BB14-3-253253
HCPK3
25 x 4
25 x 4
90P10
BB14-4-254254
HCPK4
BB14-3-254254
HCPK3
25 x 6
25 x 6
115P10
BB14-4-256256
HCPK4
BB14-3-256256
HCPK3
30 x 2
30 x 2
65P10
BB14-4-302302
HCPK4
BB14-3-302302
HCPK3
30 x 3
30 x 3
65P10
BB14-4-303303
HCPK4
BB14-3-303303
HCPK3
30 x 4
30 x 4
90P10
BB14-4-304304
HCPK4
BB14-3-304304
HCPK3
30 x 5
30 x 5
115P10
BB14-4-305305
HCPK4
BB14-3-305305
HCPK3
31 x 3
31 x 3
90P10
BB14-4-313313
HCPK4
BB14-3-313313
HCPK3
31 x 6
31 x 6
150P10
BB14-4-316316
HCPK4
38 x 3
38 x 3
90P10
BB14-4-383383
HCPK4
38 x 5
38 x 5
150P10
BB14-4-385385
HCPK4
38 x 6
38 x 6
200P10
BB14-4-386386
HCPK4
40 x 3
40 x 3
90P10
BB14-4-403403
HCPK4
40 x 4
40 x 4
115P10
BB14-4-404404
HCPK4
40 x 5
40 x 5
150P10
BB14-4-405405
HCPK4
40 x 6
40 x 6
200P10
BB14-4-406406
HCPK4
50 x 3
50 x 3
150P10
BB14-5-503503
HCPK5
50 x 4
50 x 4
200P10
BB14-5-504504
HCPK5
50 x 5
50 x 5
200P10
BB14-5-505505
HCPK5
50 x 6
50 x 6
250P10
BB14-5-506506
HCPK5
127
FurseWELD
Bar to bar BB41
A
mm x
mm
B
mm x
mm
20 x 3
20 x 3
65P10
BB41-4-203203
HCPK4
BB41-3-203203
HCPK3
25 x 3
25 x 3
65P10
BB41-4-253253
HCPK4
BB41-3-253253
HCPK3
25 x 4
25 x 4
90P10
BB41-4-254254
HCPK4
BB41-3-254254
HCPK3
25 x 6
25 x 6
115P10
BB41-4-256256
HCPK4
BB41-3-256256
HCPK3
30 x 2
30 x 2
65P10
BB41-4-302302
HCPK4
BB41-3-302302
HPCK3
30 x 3
30 x 3
115P10
BB41-4-303303
HCPK4
BB41-3-303303
HPCK3
30 x 4
30 x 4
115P10
BB41-4-304304
HCPK4
BB41-3-304304
HCPK3
30 x 5
30 x 5
115P10
BB41-4-305305
HCPK4
BB41-3-305305
HCPK3
31 x 3
31 x 3
115P10
BB41-4-313313
HCPK4
BB41-3-313313
HCPK3
31 x 6
31 x 6
115P10
BB41-4-316316
HCPK4
BB41-3-316316
HCPK3
38 x 3
38 x 3
150P10
BB41-4-383383
HCPK4
38 x 5
38 x 5
150P10
BB41-4-385385
HCPK4
38 x 6
38 x 6
200P10
BB41-4-386386
HCPK4
40 x 3
40 x 3
200P10
BB41-4-403403
HCPK4
40 x 4
40 x 4
200P10
BB41-4-404404
HCPK4
40 x 5
40 x 5
200P10
BB41-4-405405
HCPK4
40 x 6
40 x 6
200P10
BB41-4-406406
HCPK4
50 x 3
50 x 3
200P10
BB41-5-503503
HCPK5
50 x 4
50 x 4
200P10
BB41-5-504504
HCPK5
50 x 5
50 x 5
200P10
BB41-5-505505
HCPK5
50 x 6
50 x 6
200P10
BB41-5-506506
HCPK5
128
FurseWELD
Bar to earth rod BR1

A
mm
B
inches
C
mm x
mm
20 x 3
90P10
BR1-4-127203
HCPK4
BR1-3-128203
HCPK3
25 x 3
90P10
BR1-4-127253
HCPK4
BR1-3-128253
HCPK3
25 x 4
90P10
BR1-4-127254
HCPK4
BR1-3-128254
HCPK3
30 x 2
90P10
BR1-4-127302
HCPK4
BR1-3-128302
HCPK3
30 x 3
90P10
BR1-4-127303
HCPK4
BR1-3-128303
HCPK3
31 x 3
90P10
BR1-4-127313
HCPK4
BR1-3-128313
HCPK3
38 x 3
90P10
BR1-4-127383
HCPK4
40 x 3
90P10
BR1-4-127403
HCPK4
50 x 3
115P10
BR1-4-127503
HCPK4
50 x 6
115P10
BR1-4-127506
HCPK4
20 x 3
90P10
BR1-4-142203
HCPK4
BR1-3-142203
HCPK3
25 x 3
90P10
BR1-4-142253
HCPK4
BR1-3-142253
HCPK3
25 x 4
115P10
BR1-4-142254
HCPK4
BR1-3-142254
HCPK3
25 x 6
115P10
BR1-4-142256
HCPK4
BR1-3-142256
HCPK3
30 x 2
115P10
BR1-4-142302
HCPK4
BR1-3-142302
HCPK3
30 x 3
115P10
BR1-4-142303
HCPK4
BR1-3-142303
HCPK3
30 x 4
150P10
BR1-4-142304
HCPK4
30 x 5
150P10
BR1-4-142305
HCPK4
31 x 3
115P10
BR1-4-142313
HCPK4
BR1-3-142313
HCPK3
31 x 6
150P10
BR1-4-142316
HCPK4
38 x 3
115P10
BR1-4-142383
HCPK4
38 x 5
150P10
BR1-4-142385
HCPK4
38 x 6
200P10
BR1-4-142386
HCPK4
40 x 3
115P10
BR1-4-142403
HCPK4
40 x 4
150P10
BR1-4-142404
HCPK4
40 x 5
150P10
BR1-4-142405
HCPK4
40 x 6
200P10
BR1-4-142406
HCPK4
50 x 3
150P10
BR1-4-142503
HCPK4
50 x 4
200P10
BR1-4-142504
HCPK4
50 x 5
200P10
BR1-4-142505
HCPK4
50 x 6
200P10
BR1-4-142506
HCPK4
20 x 3
115P10
BR1-4-172203
HCPK4
BR1-3-172203
HCPK3
25 x 3
150P10
BR1-4-172253
HCPK4
25 x 4
150P10
BR1-4-172254
HCPK4
25 x 6
200P10
BR1-4-172256
HCPK4
30 x 2
150P10
BR1-4-172302
HCPK4
30 x 3
150P10
BR1-4-172303
HCPK4
30 x 4
250P10
BR1-4-172304
HCPK4
30 x 5
200P10
BR1-4-172305
HCPK4
31 x 3
150P10
BR1-4-172313
HCPK4
31 x 6
250P10
BR1-4-172316
HCPK4
38 x 3
200P10
BR1-4-172383
HCPK4
38 x 5
200P10
BR1-4-172385
HCPK4
38 x 6
2 x 150P10
BR1-5-172386
HCPK5
40 x 3
200P10
BR1-4-172403
HCPK4
40 x 4
200P10
BR1-4-172404
HCPK4
40 x 5
200P10
BR1-4-172405
HCPK4
40 x 6
2 x 150P10
BR1-5-172406
HCPK5
50 x 3
2 x 150P10
BR1-5-172503
HCPK5
50 x 4
2 x 150P10
BR1-5-172504
HCPK5
50 x 5
2 x 150P10
BR1-5-172505
HCPK5
50 x 6
2 x 200P10
BR1-5-172506
HCPK5
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
A/B
Suitable for connections to

copperbond rods - for
connections to solid copper
and stainless steel rods please
contact our sales office.
Threaded portion of
copperbond rods must be
removed prior to welding.
Special moulds for all FurseWELD
products can be manufactured to
meet specific customer
applications on request.
129
FurseWELD

A
mm
C
mm x
mm
20 x 3
90P10
BR2-4-127203
HCPK4
BR2-3-128203
HCPK3
25 x 3
90P10
BR2-4-127253
HCPK4
BR2-3-128253
HCPK3
25 x 4
90P10
BR2-4-127254
HCPK4
BR2-3-128254
HCPK3
30 x 2
90P10
BR2-4-127302
HCPK4
BR2-3-128302
HCPK3
30 x 3
90P10
BR2-4-127303
HCPK4
BR2-3-128303
HCPK3
31 x 3
90P10
BR2-4-127313
HCPK4
BR2-3-128313
HCPK3
38 x 3
90P10
BR2-4-127383
HCPK4
BR2-3-128383
HCPK3
40 x 3
90P10
BR2-4-127403
HCPK4
BR2-3-128403
HCPK3
50 x 3
115P10
BR2-4-127503
HCPK4
20 x 3
90P10
BR2-4-142203
HCPK4
BR2-3-142203
HCPK3
25 x 3
90P10
BR2-4-142253
HCPK4
BR2-3-142253
HCPK3
25 x 4
115P10
BR2-4-142254
HCPK4
BR2-3-142254
HCPK3
25 x 6
150P10
BR2-4-142256
HCPK4
30 x 2
90P10
BR2-4-142302
HCPK4
BR2-3-142302
HCPK3
30 x 3
115P10
BR2-4-142303
HCPK4
BR2-3-142303
HCPK3
30 x 4
150P10
BR2-4-142304
HCPK4
30 x 5
150P10
BR2-4-142305
HCPK4
31 x 3
115P10
BR2-4-142313
HCPK4
BR2-3-142313
HCPK3
31 x 6
150P10
BR2-4-142316
HCPK4
38 x 3
150P10
BR2-4-142383
HCPK4
38 x 5
150P10
BR2-4-142385
HCPK4
38 x 6
200P10
BR2-4-142386
HCPK4
40 x 3
150P10
BR2-4-142403
HCPK4
40 x 4
150P10
BR2-4-142404
HCPK4
40 x 5
150P10
BR2-4-142405
HCPK4
40 x 6
200P10
BR2-4-142406
HCPK4
50 x 3
200P10
BR2-4-142503
HCPK4
50 x 4
200P10
BR2-4-142504
HCPK4
50 x 5
200P10
BR2-4-142505
HCPK4
50 x 6
250P10
BR2-4-142506
HCPK4
20 x 3
150P10
BR2-4-172203
HCPK4
25 x 3
150P10
BR2-4-172253
HCPK4
25 x 4
200P10
BR2-4-172254
HCPK4
25 x 6
200P10
BR2-4-172256
HCPK4
30 x 2
150P10
BR2-4-172302
HCPK4
30 x 3
150P10
BR2-4-172303
HCPK4
30 x 4
250P10
BR2-4-172304
HCPK4
30 x 5
200P10
BR2-4-172305
HCPK4
31 x 3
200P10
BR2-4-172313
HCPK4
31 x 6
250P10
BR2-4-172316
HCPK4
38 x 3
200P10
BR2-4-172383
HCPK4
38 x 5
200P10
BR2-4-172385
HCPK4
38 x 6
250P10
BR2-4-172386
HCPK4
40 x 3
200P10
BR2-4-172403
HCPK4
40 x 4
200P10
BR2-4-172404
HCPK4
40 x 5
200P10
BR2-4-172405
HCPK4
40 x 6
250P10
BR2-4-172406
HCPK4
50 x 3
2 x 150P10
BR2-5-172503
HCPK5
50 x 4
2 x 150P10
BR2-5-172504
HCPK5
50 x 5
2 x 150P10
BR2-5-172505
HCPK5
50 x 6
2 x 150P10
BR2-5-172506
HCPK5
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2

17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
Threaded portion of
17.2
17.2
17.2

17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
A/B
130
B
inches
FurseWELD

A
mm
B
inches
C
mm x
mm
20 x 3
90P10
BR7-4-127203
HCPK4
BR7-3-127203
HCPK3
25 x 3
90P10
BR7-4-127253
HCPK4
BR7-3-127253
HCPK3
25 x 4
90P10
BR7-4-127254
HCPK4
BR7-3-127254
HCPK3
30 x 2
90P10
BR7-4-127302
HCPK4
BR7-3-127302
HCPK3
30 x 3
90P10
BR7-4-127303
HCPK4
BR7-3-127303
HCPK3
31 x 3
90P10
BR7-4-127313
HCPK4
BR7-3-127313
HCPK3
38 x 3
90P10
BR7-4-127383
HCPK4
40 x 3
90P10
BR7-4-127403
HCPK4
50 x 3
115P10
BR7-4-127503
HCPK4
50 x 6
115P10
BR7-4-127506
HCPK4
20 x 3
90P10
BR7-4-142203
HCPK4
BR7-3-142203
HCPK3
25 x 3
90P10
BR7-4-142253
HCPK4
BR7-3-142253
HCPK3
25 x 4
115P10
BR7-4-142254
HCPK4
BR7-3-142254
HCPK3
25 x 6
115P10
BR7-4-142256
HCPK4
BR7-3-142256
HCPK3
30 x 2
115P10
BR7-4-142302
HCPK4
BR7-3-142302
HCPK3
30 x 3
115P10
BR7-4-142303
HCPK4
BR7-3-142303
HCPK3
30 x 4
150P10
BR7-4-142304
HCPK4
30 x 5
150P10
BR7-4-142305
HCPK4
31 x 3
115P10
BR7-4-142313
HCPK4
BR7-3-142313
HCPK3
31 x 6
150P10
BR7-4-142316
HCPK4
38 x 3
115P10
BR7-4-142383
HCPK4
38 x 5
150P10
BR7-4-142385
HCPK4
38 x 6
200P10
BR7-4-142386
HCPK4
40 x 3
115P10
BR7-4-142403
HCPK4
40 x 4
150P10
BR7-4-142404
HCPK4
40 x 5
150P10
BR7-4-142405
HCPK4
40 x 6
200P10
BR7-4-142406
HCPK4
50 x 3
150P10
BR7-4-142503
HCPK4
50 x 4
200P10
BR7-4-142504
HCPK4
50 x 5
200P10
BR7-4-142505
HCPK4
50 x 6
200P10
BR7-4-142506
HCPK4
20 x 3
115P10
BR7-4-172203
HCPK4
BR7-3-172203
HCPK3
25 x 3
150P10
BR7-4-172253
HCPK4
25 x 4
150P10
BR7-4-172254
HCPK4
25 x 6
200P10
BR7-4-172256
HCPK4
30 x 2
150P10
BR7-4-172302
HCPK4
30 x 3
150P10
BR7-4-172303
HCPK4
30 x 4
250P10
BR7-4-172304
HCPK4
30 x 5
200P10
BR7-4-172305
HCPK4
31 x 3
200P10
BR7-4-172313
HCPK4
31 x 6
200P10
BR7-4-172316
HCPK4
38 x 3
200P10
BR7-4-172383
HCPK4
38 x 5
200P10
BR7-4-172385
HCPK4
38 x 6
250P10
BR7-5-172386
HCPK5
40 x 3
200P10
BR7-4-172403
HCPK4
40 x 4
200P10
BR7-4-172404
HCPK4
40 x 5
200P10
BR7-4-172405
HCPK4
40 x 6
250P10
BR7-5-172406
HCPK5
50 x 3
250P10
BR7-5-172503
HCPK5
50 x 4
250P10
BR7-5-172504
HCPK5
50 x 5
2 x 150P10
BR7-5-172505
HCPK5
50 x 6
2 x 200P10
BR7-5-172506
HCPK5
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
A/B

Threaded portion of
131
FurseWELD
Bar to steel surface BS1

A
mm x
mm
20 x 3
65P10
BS1-4-203
HCPK4
BS1-3-203
HCPK3
25 x 3
90P10
BS1-4-253
HCPK4
BS1-3-253
HCPK3
25 x 4
90P10
BS1-4-254
HCPK4
BS1-3-254
HCPK3
25 x 6
150P10
BS1-4-256
HCPK4
30 x 2
90P10
BS1-4-302
HCPK4
BS1-3-302
HCPK3
30 x 3
90P10
BS1-4-303
HCPK4
BS1-3-303
HCPK3
30 x 4
115P10
BS1-4-304
HCPK4
BS1-3-304
HCPK3
30 x 5
150P10
BS1-4-305
HCPK4
31 x 3
90P10
BS1-4-313
HCPK4
BS1-3-313
HCPK3
31 x 6
200P10
BS1-4-316
HCPK4
38 x 3
150P10
BS1-4-383
HCPK4
38 x 5
200P10
BS1-4-385
HCPK4
38 x 6
250P10
BS1-4-386
HCPK4
40 x 3
150P10
BS1-4-403
HCPK4
40 x 4
200P10
BS1-4-404
HCPK4
40 x 5
200P10
BS1-4-405
HCPK4
40 x 6
250P10
BS1-4-406
HCPK4
50 x 3
200P10
BS1-4-503
HCPK4
50 x 4
250P10
BS1-4-504
HCPK4
50 x 5
250P10
BS1-4-505
HCPK4
50 x 6
2 x 150P10
BS1-5-506
HCPK5
132
FurseWELD

A
mm x
mm
20 x 3
90P10
BS2-4-203
HCPK4
BS2-3-203
HCPK3
25 x 3
90P10
BS2-4-253
HCPK4
BS2-3-253
HCPK3
25 x 4
90P10
BS2-4-254
HCPK4
BS2-3-254
HCPK3
25 x 6
150P10
BS2-4-256
HCPK4
30 x 2
115P10
BS2-4-302
HCPK4
BS2-3-302
HCPK3
30 x 3
115P10
BS2-4-303
HCPK4
BS2-3-303
HCPK3
30 x 4
150P10
BS2-4-304
HCPK4
30 x 5
200P10
BS2-4-305
HCPK4
31 x 3
115P10
BS2-4-313
HCPK4
BS2-3-313
HCPK3
31 x 6
200P10
BS2-4-316
HCPK4
38 x 3
150P10
BS2-4-383
HCPK4
38 x 5
200P10
BS2-4-385
HCPK4
38 x 6
200P10
BS2-4-386
HCPK4
40 x 3
115P10
BS2-4-403
HCPK4
40 x 4
200P10
BS2-4-404
HCPK4
40 x 5
200P10
BS2-4-405
HCPK4
40 x 6
250P10
BS2-4-406
HCPK4
50 x 3
200P10
BS2-4-503
HCPK4
50 x 4
2 x 150P10
BS2-5-504
HCPK5
50 x 5
2 x 150P10
BS2-5-505
HCPK5
50 x 6
2 x 150P10
BS2-5-506
HCPK5
133
FurseWELD

A
mm x
mm
20 x 3
65P10
BS1-4-203
HCPK4
BS1-3-203
HCPK3
20 x 3
90P10
BS3-4-203
HCPK4
BS3-3-203
HCPK3
25 x 3
115P10
BS3-4-253
HCPK4
BS3-3-253
HCPK3
25 x 4
115P10
BS3-4-254
HCPK4
BS3-3-254
HCPK3
25 x 6
150P10
BS3-4-256
HCPK4
30 x 2
115P10
BS3-4-302
HCPK4
BS3-3-302
HCPK3
30 x 3
115P10
BS3-4-303
HCPK4
BS3-3-303
HCPK3
30 x 4
150P10
BS3-4-304
HCPK4
30 x 5
200P10
BS3-4-305
HCPK4
31 x 3
115P10
BS3-4-313
HCPK4
BS3-3-313
HCPK3
31 x 6
200P10
BS3-4-316
HCPK4
38 x 3
150P10
BS3-4-383
HCPK4
38 x 5
200P10
BS3-4-385
HCPK4
38 x 6
250P10
BS3-4-386
HCPK4
40 x 3
150P10
BS3-4-403
HCPK4
40 x 4
200P10
BS3-4-404
HCPK4
40 x 5
250P10
BS3-4-405
HCPK4
40 x 6
250P10
BS3-4-406
HCPK4
50 x 3
250P10
BS3-4-503
HCPK4
50 x 4
250P10
BS3-4-504
HCPK4
50 x 5
250P10
BS3-4-505
HCPK4
50 x 6
250P10
BS3-4-506
HCPK4
134
FurseWELD
Cable to bar CB1

A
mm2
B
mm x
mm
16*
20 x 3
45P10
CB1-4-16203
HCPK4
CB1-3-16203
HCPK3
16*
25 x 3
45P10
CB1-4-16253
HCPK4
CB1-3-16253
HCPK3
25
20 x 3
32P10
CB1-4-25203
HCPK4
CB1-3-25203
HCKP3
25
25 x 3
45P10
CB1-4-25253
HCPK4
CB1-3-25253
HCPK3
35
20 x 3
45P10
CB1-4-35203
HCPK4
CB1-3-35203
HCPK3
35
25 x 3
45P10
CB1-4-35253
HCPK4
CB1-3-35253
HCPK3
50
20 x 3
45P10
CB1-4-50203
HCPK4
CB1-3-50203
HCPK3
50
25 x 3
65P10
CB1-4-50253
HCPK4
CB1-3-50253
HCPK3
8 mm 20 x 3
45P10
CB1-4-8SC203
HCPK4
CB1-3-8SC203
HCPK3
8 mm 25 x 3
65P10
CB1-4-8SC253
HCPK4
CB1-3-8SC253
HCPK3
70
25 x 3
65P10
CB1-4-70253
HCPK4
CB1-3-70253
HCPK3
70
25 x 4
65P10
CB1-4-70254
HCPK4
CB1-3-70254
HCPK3
70
25 x 6
65P10
CB1-4-70256
HCPK4
CB1-3-70256
HCPK3
10 mm 25 x 3
65P10
CB1-4-10SC253
HCPK4
CB1-3-10SC253
HCPK3
10 mm 25 x 4
65P10
CB1-4-10SC254
HCPK4
CB1-3-10SC254
HCPK3
10 mm 25 x 6
65P10
CB1-4-10SC256
HCPK4
CB1-3-10SC256
HCPK3
95
25 x 4
90P10
CB1-4-95254
HCPK4
CB1-3-95254
HCPK3
95
25 x 6
90P10
CB1-4-95256
HCPK4
CB1-3-95256
HCPK3
120
25 x 6
90P10
CB1-4-120256
HCPK4
CB1-3-120256
HCPK3
120
30 x 5
115P10
CB1-4-120305
HCPK4
CB1-3-120305
HCPK3
150
25 x 6
115P10
CB1-4-150256
HCPK4
CB1-3-150256
HCPK3
150
30 x 5
115P10
CB1-4-150305
HCPK4
CB1-3-150305
HCPK3
150
40 x 5
150P10
CB1-4-150405
HCPK4
185
31 x 6
150P10
CB1-4-185316
HCPK4
185
40 x 5
150P10
CB1-4-185405
HCPK4
185
50 x 5
200P10
CB1-5-185505
HCPK5
240
50 x 5
200P10
CB1-5-240505
HCPK5
240
50 x 6
2 x 150P10
CB1-5-240506
HCPK5
300
50 x 6
2 x 150P10
CB1-5-300506
HCPK5
Terminal lugs - see page 162-163
1 x S103
135
FurseWELD
Cable to bar CB4
A
mm2
B
mm x
mm
16*
20 x 3
45P10
CB4-4-16203
HCPK4
CB4-3-16203
HCPK3
16*
25 x 3
45P10
CB4-4-16253
HCPK4
CB4-3-16253
HCPK3
25
20 x 3
45P10
CB4-4-25203
HCPK4
CB4-3-25203
HCPK3
25
25 x 3
45P10
CB4-4-25253
HCPK4
CB4-3-25253
HCPK3
35
20 x 3
45P10
CB4-4-35203
HCPK4
CB4-3-35203
HCPK3
35
25 x 3
45P10
CB4-4-35253
HCPK4
CB4-3-35253
HCPK3
50
20 x 3
45P10
CB4-4-50203
HCPK4
CB4-3-50203
HCPK3
50
25 x 3
45P10
CB4-4-50253
HCPK4
CB4-3-50253
HCPK3
8 mm 20 x 3
45P10
CB4-4-8SC203
HCPK4
CB4-3-8SC203
HCPK3
8 mm 25 x 3
45P10
CB4-4-8SC253
HCPK4
CB4-3-8SC253
HCPK3
70
25 x 3
65P10
CB4-4-70253
HCPK4
CB4-3-70253
HCPK3
70
25 x 4
65P10
CB4-4-70254
HCPK4
CB4-3-70254
HCPK3
70
25 x 6
90P10
CB4-4-70256
HCPK4
CB4-3-70256
HCPK3
10 mm 25 x 3
65P10
CB4-4-10SC253
HCPK4
CB4-3-10SC253
HCPK3
10 mm 25 x 4
65P10
CB4-4-10SC254
HCPK4
CB4-3-10SC254
HCPK3
10 mm 25 x 6
90P10
CB4-4-10SC256
HCPK4
CB4-3-10SC256
HCPK3
95
25 x 4
90P10
CB4-4-95254
HCPK4
CB4-3-95254
HCPK3
95
25 x 6
115P10
CB4-4-95256
HCPK4
CB4-3-95256
HCPK3
120
25 x 6
115P10
CB4-4-120256
HCPK4
CB4-3-120256
HCPK3
120
30 x 5
115P10
CB4-4-120305
HCPK4
CB4-3-120305
HCPK3
150
25 x 6
115P10
CB4-4-150256
HCPK4
CB4-3-150256
HCPK3
150
30 x 5
115P10
CB4-4-150305
HCPK4
CB4-3-150305
HCPK3
150
40 x 5
115P10
CB4-4-150405
HCPK4
185
31 x 6
150P10
CB4-4-185316
HCPK4
185
40 x 5
150P10
CB4-4-185405
HCPK4
185
50 x 5
150P10
CB4-4-185505
HCPK4
240
50 x 5
200P10
CB4-4-240505
HCPK4
240
50 x 6
250P10
CB4-4-240506
HCPK4
300
50 x 6
2 x 150P10
CB4-5-300506
HCPK5
1 x S103
136
FurseWELD
Cable to bar CB5

A
mm2
B
mm x
mm
16*
20 x 3
45P10
CB5-4-16203
HCPK4
CB5-3-16303
HCPK3
16*
25 x 3
65P10
CB5-4-16253
HCPK4
CB5-3-16253
HCPK3
25
20 x 3
45P10
CB5-4-25203
HCPK4
CB5-3-25203
HCPK3
25
25 x 3
65P10
CB5-4-25253
HCPK4
CB5-3-25253
HCPK3
35
20 x 3
45P10
CB5-4-35203
HCPK4
CB5-3-35203
HCPK3
35
25 x 3
65P10
CB5-4-35253
HCPK4
CB5-3-35253
HCPK3
50
20 x 3
65P10
CB5-4-50203
HCPK4
CB5-3-50203
HCPK3
50
25 x 3
65P10
CB5-4-50253
HCPK4
CB5-3-50253
HCPK3
8 mm 20 x 3
65P10
CB5-4-8SC203
HCPK4
CB5-3-8SC203
HCPK3
8 mm 25 x 3
65P10
CB5-4-8SC253
HCPK4
CB5-3-8SC253
HCPK3
70
25 x 3
90P10
CB5-4-70253
HCPK4
CB5-3-70253
HCPK3
70
25 x 4
115P10
CB5-4-70254
HCPK4
CB5-3-70254
HCPK3
70
25 x 6
115P10
CB5-4-70256
HCPK4
CB5-3-70256
HCPK3
10 mm 25 x 3
115P10
CB5-4-10SC253
HCPK4
CB5-3-10SC253
HCPK3
10 mm 25 x 4
150P10
CB5-4-10SC254
HCPK4
10 mm 25 x 6
150P10
CB5-4-10SC256
HCPK4
95
25 x 4
150P10
CB5-4-95254
HCPK4
95
25 x 6
150P10
CB5-4-95256
HCPK4
120
25 x 6
150P10
CB5-4-120256
HCPK4
120
30 x 5
200P10
CB5-4-120305
HCPK4
150
25 x 6
200P10
CB5-4-150256
HCPK4
150
30 x 5
200P10
CB5-4-150305
HCPK4
150
40 x 5
250P10
CB5-4-150405
HCPK4
185
31 x 6
250P10
CB5-4-185316
HCPK4
185
40 x 5
250P10
CB5-4-185405
HCPK4
185
50 x 5
2 x 150P10
CB5-5-185505
HCPK5
240
50 x 5
2 x 150P10
CB5-5-240505
HCPK5
240
50 x 6
2 x 200P10
CB5-5-240506
HCPK5
300
50 x 6
2 x 250P10
CB5-5-300506
HCPK5
2 x S103
137
FurseWELD
Cable to cable CC1

A
mm2
16*
32P10
CC1-4-16
HCPK4
CC1-3-16
HCPK3
25
32P10
CC1-4-25
HCPK4
CC1-3-25
HCPK3
35
32P10
CC1-4-35
HCPK4
CC1-3-35
HCPK3
50
45P10
CC1-4-50
HCPK4
CC1-3-50
HCPK3
8 mm
45P10
CC1-4-8SC
HCPK4
CC1-3-8SC
HCPK3
70
65P10
CC1-4-70
HCPK4
CC1-3-70
HCPK3
10 mm
65P10
CC1-4-10SC
HCPK4
CC1-3-10SC
HCPK3
95
90P10
CC1-4-95
HCPK4
CC1-3-95
HCPK3
120
115P10
CC1-4-120
HCPK4
CC1-3-120
HCPK3
150
115P10
CC1-4-150
HCPK4
CC1-3-150
HCPK3
185
150P10
CC1-4-185
HCPK4
240
200P10
CC1-4-240
HCPK4
300
250P10
CC1-4-300
HCPK4
400
2 x 150P10
CC1-5-400
HCPK5
2 x S103
138
FurseWELD
Cable to cable CC2

A
mm2
B
mm2
16*
16*
45P10
CC2-4-1616
HCPK4
CC2-3-1616
HCPK3
25
25
45P10
CC2-4-2525
HCPK4
CC2-3-2525
HCPK3
35
35
45P10
CC2-4-3535
HCPK4
CC2-3-3535
HCPK3
35
25
45P10
CC2-4-3525
HCPK4
CC2-3-3525
HCPK3
65P10
CC2-4-88SC
HCPK4
CC2-3-88SC
HCPK3
8 mm 8 mm
50
50
90P10
CC2-4-5050
HCPK4
CC2-3-5050
HCPK3
50
35
65P10
CC2-4-5035
HCPK4
CC2-3-5035
HCPK3
50
25
65P10
CC2-4-5025
HCPK4
CC2-3-5025
HCPK3
10 mm 10 mm
90P10
CC2-4-1010SC
HCPK4
CC2-3-1010SC
HCPK3
70
70
90P10
CC2-4-7070
HCPK4
CC2-3-7070
HCPK3
70
50
90P10
CC2-4-7050
HCPK4
CC2-3-7050
HCPK3
70
35
65P10
CC2-4-7035
HCPK4
CC2-3-7035
HCPK3
70
25
65P10
CC2-4-7025
HCPK4
CC2-3-7025
HCPK3
95
95
115P10
CC2-4-9595
HCPK4
CC2-3-9595
HCPK3
95
70
90P10
CC2-4-9570
HCPK4
CC2-3-9570
HCPK3
95
50
90P10
CC2-4-9550
HCPK4
CC2-3-9550
HCPK3
95
35
90P10
CC2-4-9535
HCPK4
CC2-3-9535
HCPK3
120
120
150P10
CC2-4-120120
HCPK4
120
95
150P10
CC2-4-12095
HCPK4
120
70
90P10
CC2-4-12070
HCPK4
CC2-3-12070
HCPK3
120
50
90P10
CC2-4-12050
HCPK4
CC2-3-12050
HCPK3
150
150
200P10
CC2-4-150150
HCPK4
150
120
150P10
CC2-4-150120
HCPK4
150
95
150P10
CC2-4-15095
HCPK4
150
70
90P10
CC2-4-15070
HCPK4
CC2-3-15070
HCPK3
185
185
200P10
CC2-4-185185
HCPK4
185
150
200P10
CC2-4-185150
HCPK4
185
120
200P10
CC2-4-185120
HCPK4
185
95
150P10
CC2-4-18595
HCPK4
240
240
2 x 150P10
CC2-4-240240
HCPK4
240
185
200P10
CC2-4-240185
HCPK4
240
150
200P10
CC2-4-240150
HCPK4
240
120
200P10
CC2-4-240120
HCPK4
300
300
2 x 200P10
CC2-5-300300
HCPK5
300
240
2 x 200P10
CC2-5-300240
HCPK5
300
185
250P10
CC2-4-300185
HCPK4
3 x S103
139
FurseWELD
Cable to cable CC4

A
mm2
B
mm2
16*
16*
65P10
CC4-4-1616
HCPK4
CC4-3-1616
HCPK3
25
25
45P10
CC4-4-2525
HCPK4
CC4-3-2525
HCPK3
35
35
65P10
CC4-4-3535
HCPK4
CC4-3-3535
HCPK3
35
25
65P10
CC4-4-3525
HCPK4
CC4-3-3525
HCPK3
90P10
CC4-4-88SC
HCPK4
CC4-3-88SC
HCPK3
8 mm 8 mm
50
50
90P10
CC4-4-5050
HCPK4
CC4-3-5050
HCPK3
50
35
90P10
CC4-4-5035
HCPK4
CC4-3-5035
HCPK3
50
25
10 mm 10 mm
90P10
CC4-4-5025
HCPK4
CC4-3-5025
HCPK3
115P10
CC4-4-1010SC
HCPK4
CC4-3-1010SC
HCPK3
70
70
115P10
CC4-4-7070
HCPK4
CC4-3-7070
HCPK3
70
50
115P10
CC4-4-7050
HCPK4
CC4-3-7050
HCPK3
70
35
115P10
CC4-4-7035
HCPK4
CC4-3-7035
HCPK3
70
25
115P10
CC4-4-7025
HCPK4
CC4-3-7025
HCPK3
95
95
150P10
CC4-4-9595
HCPK4
95
70
150P10
CC4-4-9570
HCPK4
95
50
115P10
CC4-4-9550
HCPK4
95
35
115P10
CC4-4-9535
HCPK4
120
120
200P10
CC4-4-120120
HCPK4
120
95
200P10
CC4-4-12095
HCPK4
120
70
150P10
CC4-4-12070
HCPK4
120
50
150P10
CC4-4-12050
HCPK4
150
150
250P10
CC4-4-150150
HCPK4
150
120
250P10
CC4-4-150120
HCPK4
150
95
200P10
CC4-4-15095
HCPK4
150
70
150P10
CC4-4-15070
HCPK4
185
185
2 x 150P10
CC4-4-185185
HCPK4
185
150
250P10
CC4-4-185150
HCPK4
185
120
250P10
CC4-4-185120
HCPK4
185
95
200P10
CC4-4-18595
HCPK4
185
70
200P10
CC4-4-18570
HCPK4
240
240
2 x 250P10
CC4-5-240240
HCPK5
240
185
2 x 200P10
CC4-5-240185
HCPK5
240
150
2 x 200P10
CC4-5-240150
HCPK5
240
120
2 x 150P10
CC4-5-240120
HCPK5
4 x S103
140
FurseWELD
Cable to cable CC6

A
mm2
B
mm2
16*
16*
65P10
CC6-4-1616
HCPK4
CC6-3-1616
HCPK3
25
25
45P10
CC6-4-2525
HCPK4
CC6-3-2525
HCPK3
35
35
65P10
CC6-4-3535
HCPK4
CC6-3-3535
HCPK3
35
25
65P10
CC6-4-3525
HCPK4
CC6-3-3525
HCPK3
50
50
90P10
CC6-4-5050
HCPK4
CC6-3-5050
HCPK3
50
35
65P10
CC6-4-5035
HCPK4
CC6-3-5035
HCPK3
50
25
65P10
CC6-4-5025
HCPK4
CC6-3-5025
HCPK3
70
70
115P10
CC6-4-7070
HCPK4
CC6-3-7070
HCPK3
70
50
115P10
CC6-4-7050
HCPK4
CC6-3-7050
HCPK3
70
35
90P10
CC6-4-7035
HCPK4
CC6-3-7035
HCPK3
70
25
90P10
CC6-4-7025
HCPK4
CC6-3-7025
HCPK3
95
95
150P10
CC6-4-9595
HCPK4
95
70
115P10
CC6-4-9570
HCPK4
CC6-3-9570
HCPK3
95
50
115P10
CC6-4-9550
HCPK4
CC6-3-9550
HCPK3
95
35
115P10
CC6-4-9535
HCPK4
CC6-3-9535
HCPK3
120
120
200P10
CC6-4-120120
HCPK4
120
95
200P10
CC6-4-12095
HCPK4
120
70
150P10
CC6-4-12070
HCPK4
120
50
115P10
CC6-4-12050
HCPK4
CC6-3-12050
HCPK3
3 x S103
141
FurseWELD
Cable to cable CC7

A
mm2
B
mm2
16*
16*
65P10
CC7-4-1616
HCPK4
CC7-3-1616
HCPK3
25
25
45P10
CC7-4-2525
HCPK4
CC7-3-2525
HCPK3
35
35
65P10
CC7-4-3535
HCPK4
CC7-3-3535
HCPK3
35
25
65P10
CC7-4-3525
HCPK4
CC7-3-3525
HCPK3
90P10
CC7-4-88SC
HCPK4
CC7-3-88SC
HCPK3
8 mm 8 mm
50
50
90P10
CC7-4-5050
HCPK4
CC7-3-5050
HCPK3
50
35
90P10
CC7-4-5035
HCPK4
CC7-3-5035
HCPK3
50
25
10 mm 10 mm
65P10
CC7-4-5025
HCPK4
CC7-3-5025
HCPK3
115P10
CC7-4-1010SC
HCPK4
CC7-3-1010SC
HCPK3
70
70
115P10
CC7-4-7070
HCPK4
CC7-3-7070
HCPK3
70
50
115P10
CC7-4-7050
HCPK4
CC7-3-7050
HCPK3
70
35
90P10
CC7-4-7035
HCPK4
CC7-3-7035
HCPK3
70
25
90P10
CC7-4-7025
HCPK4
CC7-3-7025
HCPK3
95
95
150P10
CC7-4-9595
HCPK4
95
70
115P10
CC7-4-9570
HCPK4
CC7-3-9570
HCPK3
95
50
115P10
CC7-4-9550
HCPK4
CC7-3-9550
HCPK3
95
35
115P10
CC7-4-9535
HCPK4
CC7-3-9535
HCPK3
120
120
200P10
CC7-4-120120
HCPK4
120
95
200P10
CC7-4-12095
HCPK4
120
70
150P10
CC7-4-12070
HCPK4
120
50
150P10
CC7-4-12050
HCPK4
150
150
2 x 150P10
CC7-5-150150
HCPK5
150
120
250P10
CC7-4-150120
HCPK4
150
95
200P10
CC7-4-15095
HCPK4
150
70
150P10
CC7-4-15070
HCPK4
185
185
2 x 150P10
CC7-5-185185
HCPK5
185
150
2 x 150P10
CC7-5-185150
HCPK5
185
120
250P10
CC7-4-185120
HCPK4
185
95
200P10
CC7-4-18595
HCPK4
240
240
2 x 200P10
CC7-5-240240
HCPK5
240
185
2 x 200P10
CC7-5-240185
HCPK5
240
150
2 x 150P10
CC7-5-240150
HCPK5
240
120
250P10
CC7-4-240120
HCPK4
300
300
2 x 250P10
CC7-5-300300
HCPK5
300
240
2 x 250P10
CC7-5-300240
HCPK5
300
185
2 x 200P10
CC7-5-300185
HCPK5
300
150
2 x 150P10
CC7-5-300150
HCPK5
4 x S103
142
FurseWELD
Cable to cable CC11

A
mm2
B
mm2
50
50
150P10
CC11-7-5050
HCPK7
70
70
200P10
CC11-7-7070
HCPK7
95
95
250P10
CC11-7-9595
HCPK7
120
120
2 x 150P10
CC11-7-120120
HCPK7
150
150
2 x 200P10
CC11-8-150150
HCPK8
185
185
2 x 250P10
CC11-8-185185
HCPK8
240
240
3 x 200P10
CC11-8-240240
HCPK8
8 mm
8 mm
150P10
CC11-7-8SC8SC
HCPK7
10 mm
10 mm
150P10
CC11-7-1010SC
HCPK7
Cable to cable CC14

A
mm2
B
mm2
16*
16*
65P10
CC14-4-1616
HCPK4
CC14-3-1616
HCPK3
25
25
45P10
CC14-4-2525
HCPK4
CC14-3-2525
HCPK3
35
35
65P10
CC14-4-3535
HCPK4
CC14-3-3535
HCPK3
35
25
65P10
CC14-4-3525
HCPK4
CC14-3-3525
HCPK3
90P10
CC14-4-88SC
HCPK4
CC14-3-88SC
HCPK3
8 mm 8 mm
50
50
90P10
CC14-4-5050
HCPK4
CC14-3-5050
HCPK3
50
35
90P10
CC14-4-5035
HCPK4
CC14-3-5035
HCPK3
50
25
90P10
CC14-4-5025
HCPK4
CC14-3-5025
HCPK3
115P10
CC14-4-1010SC
HCPK4
CC14-3-1010SC
HCPK3
10 mm 10 mm
70
70
115P10
CC14-4-7070
HCPK4
CC14-3-7070
HCPK3
70
50
115P10
CC14-4-7050
HCPK4
CC14-3-7050
HCPK3
70
35
90P10
CC14-4-7035
HCPK4
CC14-3-7035
HCPK3
70
25
90P10
CC14-4-7025
HCPK4
CC14-3-7025
HCPK3
95
95
150P10
CC14-4-9595
HCPK4
95
70
150P10
CC14-4-9570
HCPK4
95
50
150P10
CC14-4-9550
HCPK4
95
35
115P10
CC14-4-9535
HCPK4
CC14-3-9535
HCPK3
120
120
200P10
CC14-4-120120
HCPK4
120
95
200P10
CC14-4-12095
HCPK4
120
70
200P10
CC14-4-12070
HCPK4
120
50
150P10
CC14-4-12050
HCPK4
143
Special moulds for all FurseWELD products can be
manufactured to meet specific customer applications
on request.
4 x S103
FurseWELD

A
mm
A/B
B
inches
C
mm2
16*
65P10
CR1-4-12716
HCPK4
CR1-3-12716
HCPK3
25
65P10
CR1-4-12725
HCPK4
CR1-3-12725
HCPK3
35
65P10
CR1-4-12735
HCPK4
CR1-3-12735
HCPK3
50
65P10
CR1-4-12750
HCPK4
CR1-3-12750
HCPK3
8 mm
65P10
CR1-4-1278SC
HCPK4
CR1-3-1278SC
HCPK3
70
90P10
CR1-4-12770
HCPK4
CR1-3-12770
HCPK3
95
90P10
CR1-4-12795
HCPK4
CR1-3-12795
HCPK3
120
90P10
CR1-4-127120
HCPK4
CR1-3-127120
HCPK3
16*
65P10
CR1-4-14216
HCPK4
CR1-3-14216
HCPK3
25
65P10
CR1-4-14225
HCPK4
CR1-3-14225
HCPK3
35
65P10
CR1-4-14235
HCPK4
CR1-3-14235
HCPK3
50
90P10
CR1-4-14250
HCPK4
CR1-3-14250
HCPK3
8 mm
90P10
CR1-4-1428SC
HCPK4
CR1-3-1428SC
HCPK3
70
90P10
CR1-4-14270
HCPK4
CR1-3-14270
HCPK3
95
90P10
CR1-4-14295
HCPK4
CR1-3-14295
HCPK3
120
90P10
CR1-4-142120
HCPK4
CR1-3-142120
HCPK3
150
115P10
CR1-4-142150
HCPK4
CR1-3-142150
HCPK3
185
115P10
CR1-4-142185
HCPK4
CR1-3-142185
HCKP3
240
150P10
CR1-4-142240
HCPK4
16*
65P10
CR1-4-17216
HCPK4
CR1-3-17216
HCPK3
25
65P10
CR1-4-17225
HCPK4
CR1-3-17225
HCPK3
35
65P10
CR1-4-17235
HCPK4
CR1-3-17235
HCPK3
50
90P10
CR1-4-17250
HCPK4
CR1-3-17250
HCPK3
8 mm
90P10
CR1-4-1728SC
HCPK4
CR1-3-1728SC
HCPK3
70
90P10
CR1-4-17270
HCPK4
CR1-3-17270
HCPK3
95
90P10
CR1-4-17295
HCPK4
CR1-3-17295
HCPK3
120
90P10
CR1-4-172120
HCPK4
CR1-3-172120
HCPK3
150
115P10
CR1-4-172150
HCPK4
CR1-3-172150
HCPK3
185
115P10
CR1-4-172185
HCPK4
CR1-3-172185
HCPK3
240
150P10
CR1-4-172240
HCPK4
300
200P10
CR1-4-172300
HCPK4
1 x S103
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
Suitable for connections to copperbond rods for connections to solid copper and stainless steel
rods please contact our sales office.
Threaded portion of copperbond rods must be
144
FurseWELD

A
mm
B
inches
C
mm2
16*
90P10
CR2-4-12716
HCPK4
CR2-3-12716
HCPK3
25
90P10
CR2-4-12725
HCPK4
CR2-3-12725
HCPK3
35
90P10
CR2-4-12735
HCPK4
CR2-3-12735
HCPK3
50
90P10
CR2-4-12750
HCPK4
CR2-3-12750
HCPK3
8 mm
90P10
CR2-4-1278SC
HCPK4
CR2-3-1278SC
HCPK3
70
90P10
CR2-4-12770
HCPK4
CR2-3-12770
HCPK3
95
115P10
CR2-4-12795
HCPK4
CR2-3-12795
HCPK3
120
150P10
CR2-4-127120
HCPK4
16*
90P10
CR2-4-14216
HCPK4
CR2-3-14216
HCPK3
25
90P10
CR2-4-14225
HCPK4
CR2-3-14225
HCPK3
35
90P10
CR2-4-14235
HCPK4
CR2-3-14235
HCPK3
50
90P10
CR2-4-14250
HCPK4
CR2-3-14250
HCPK3
8 mm
90P10
CR2-4-1428SC
HCPK4
CR2-3-1428SC
HCPK3
70
115P10
CR2-4-14270
HCPK4
CR2-3-14270
HCPK3
95
115P10
CR2-4-14295
HCPK4
CR2-3-14295
HCPK3
120
150P10
CR2-4-142120
HCPK4
150
200P10
CR2-4-142150
HCPK4
185
200P10
CR2-4-142185
HCPK4
240
250P10
CR2-4-142240
HCPK4
16*
90P10
CR2-4-17216
HCPK4
CR2-3-17216
HCPK3
25
90P10
CR2-4-17225
HCPK4
CR2-3-17225
HCPK3
35
90P10
CR2-4-17235
HCPK4
CR2-3-17235
HCPK3
50
115P10
CR2-4-17250
HCPK4
CR2-3-17250
HCPK3
8 mm
115P10
CR2-4-1728SC
HCPK4
CR2-3-1728SC
HCPK3
70
115P10
CR2-4-17270
HCPK4
CR2-3-17270
HCPK3
95
115P10
CR2-4-17295
HCPK4
CR2-3-17295
HCPK3
120
150P10
CR2-4-172120
HCPK4
150
200P10
CR2-4-172150
HCPK4
185
200P10
CR2-4-172185
HCPK4
240
250P10
CR2-4-172240
HCPK4
300
2 x 150P10 CR2-5-172300
HCPK5
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
A/B
2 x S103

145
FurseWELD

A
mm
A/B
B
inches
C
mm2
16*
90P10
CR3-9-12716
HCPK4
25
90P10
CR3-9-12725
HCPK4
35
90P10
CR3-9-12735
HCPK4
50
115P10
CR3-9-12750
HCPK4
8 mm
115P10
CR3-9-1278SC
HCPK4
70
115P10
CR3-9-12770
HCPK4
95
115P10
CR3-9-12795
HCPK4
120
150P10
CR3-9-127120
HCPK4
16*
90P10
CR3-9-14216
HCPK4
25
90P10
CR3-9-14225
HCPK4
35
90P10
CR3-9-14235
HCPK4
50
115P10
CR3-9-14250
HCPK4
8 mm
115P10
CR3-9-1428SC
HCPK4
70
115P10
CR3-9-14270
HCPK4
95
115P10
CR3-9-14295
HCPK4
120
150P10
CR3-9-142120
HCPK4
150
150P10
CR3-9-142150
HCPK4
185
200P10
CR3-9-142185
HCPK4
240
2 x 200P10
CR3-10-142240
HCPK5
16*
90P10
CR3-9-17216
HCPK4
25
90P10
CR3-9-17225
HCPK4
35
90P10
CR3-9-17235
HCPK4
50
115P10
CR3-9-17250
HCPK4
8 mm
115P10
CR3-9-1728SC
HCPK4
70
150P10
CR3-9-17270
HCPK4
95
150P10
CR3-9-17295
HCPK4
120
200P10
CR3-9-172120
HCPK4
150
250P10
CR3-9-172150
HCPK4
185
2 x 200P10
CR3-10-172185
HCPK5
240
2 x 250P10
CR3-10-172240
HCPK5
300
3 x 200P10
CR3-10-172300
HCPK5
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
2 x S103

Frames
The CR3 joint type utilises a 3 part mould. For this reason, a Frame is
required in addition to the standard Handle Clamp.
146
Description
Part
No.
Frame for use with Handle Clamp HCPK4
F1-FU
F2-FU

FurseWELD

A
mm
B
inches
C
mm2
16*
90P10
CR17-4-12716
HCPK4
CR17-3-12716
HCPK3
25
90P10
CR17-4-12725
HCPK4
CR17-3-12725
HCPK3
35
90P10
CR17-4-12735
HCPK4
CR17-3-12735
HCPK3
50
115P10
CR17-4-12750
HCPK4
CR17-3-12750
HCPK3
8 mm
115P10
CR17-4-1278SC
HCPK4
CR17-3-1278SC
HCPK3
70
150P10
CR17-4-12770
HCPK4
95
200P10
CR17-4-12795
HCPK4
120
250P10
CR17-4-127120
HCPK4
16*
90P10
CR17-4-14216
HCPK4
CR17-3-14216
HCPK3
25
90P10
CR17-4-14225
HCPK4
CR17-3-14225
HCPK3
35
90P10
CR17-4-14235
HCPK4
CR17-3-14235
HCPK3
50
115P10
CR17-4-14250
HCPK4
CR17-3-14250
HCPK3
8 mm
115P10
CR17-4-1428SC
HCPK4
CR17-3-1428SC
HCPK3
70
200P10
CR17-4-14270
HCPK4
95
250P10
CR17-4-14295
HCPK4
120
250P10
CR17-4-142120
HCPK4
150
250P10
CR17-4-142150
HCPK4
185
2 x 150P10 CR17-4-142185
HCPK4
240
2 x 200P10 CR17-4-142240
HCPK4
16*
115P10
CR17-4-17216
HCPK4
CR17-3-17216
HCPK3
25
115P10
CR17-4-17225
HCPK4
CR17-3-17225
HCPK3
35
115P10
CR17-4-17235
HCPK4
CR17-3-17235
HCPK3
50
150P10
CR17-4-17250
HCPK4
8 mm
150P10
CR17-4-1728SC
HCPK4
70
200P10
CR17-4-17270
HCPK4
95
250P10
CR17-4-17295
HCPK4
120
250P10
CR17-4-172120
HCPK4
150
2 x 150P10 CR17-4-172150
HCPK4
185
2 x 150P10 CR17-4-172185
HCPK4
240
2 x 200P10 CR17-4-172240
HCPK4
300
2 x 250P10 CR17-5-172300
HCPK5
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
A/B
3 x S103

147
FurseWELD

A
mm
A/B
B
inches
C
mm2
16*
90P10
CR24-4-12716
HCPK4
CR24-3-12716
HCPK3
25
90P10
CR24-4-12725
HCPK4
CR24-3-12725
HCPK3
35
90P10
CR24-4-12735
HCPK4
CR24-3-12735
HCPK3
50
115P10
CR24-4-12750
HCPK4
CR24-3-12750
HCPK3
8 mm
115P10
CR24-4-1278SC
HCPK4
CR24-3-1278SC
HCPK3
70
150P10
CR24-4-12770
HCPK4
95
200P10
CR24-4-12795
HCPK4
120
250P10
CR24-4-127120
HCPK4
16*
115P10
CR24-4-14216
HCPK4
CR24-3-14216
HCPK3
25
115P10
CR24-4-14225
HCPK4
CR24-3-14225
HCPK3
35
115P10
CR24-4-14235
HCPK4
CR24-3-14235
HCPK3
50
200P10
CR24-4-14250
HCPK4
8 mm
200P10
CR24-4-1428SC
HCPK4
70
250P10
CR24-4-14270
HCPK4
250P10
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
95
CR24-4-14295
HCPK4
120
2 x 150P10 CR24-4-142120
HCPK4
150
2 x 150P10 CR24-4-142150
HCPK4
185
2 x 200P10 CR24-4-142185
HCPK4
240
2 x 200P10 CR24-4-142240
HCPK4
16*
115P10
CR24-4-17216
HCPK4
CR24-3-17216
HCPK3
25
115P10
CR24-4-17225
HCPK4
CR24-3-17225
HCPK3
35
115P10
CR24-4-17235
HCPK4
CR24-3-17235
HCPK3
50
250P10
CR24-4-17250
HCPK4
8 mm
250P10
CR24-4-1728SC
HCPK4
70
2 x 150P10 CR24-4-17270
HCPK4
95
2 x 150P10 CR24-4-17295
HCPK4
120
2 x 150P10 CR24-4-172120
HCPK4
150
2 x 200P10 CR24-4-172150
HCPK4
185
2 x 200P10 CR24-4-172185
HCPK4
240
2 x 250P10 CR24-4-172240
HCPK4
300
2 x 250P10 CR24-5-172300
HCPK5
4 x S103

148
FurseWELD
Cable to reinforcing bar CRE1

A
mm
B
mm2
10-40
16*
45P10
CRE1-3-16
HCPK3-B
PACK-A
10-40
25
45P10
CRE1-3-25
HCPK3-B
PACK-A
10-40
35
45P10
CRE1-3-35
HCPK3-B
PACK-A
10-40
8 mm
90P10
CRE1-3-8SC
HCPK3-B
PACK-A
10-40
50
90P10
CRE1-3-50
HCPK3-B
PACK-A
10-40
10 mm
90P10
CRE1-3-10SC
HCPK3-B
PACK-A
10-40
70
90P10
CRE1-3-70
HCPK3-B
PACK-A
10-40
95
90P10
CRE1-3-95
HCPK3-B
PACK-A
10-40
120
90P10
CRE1-3-120
HCPK3-B
PACK-A
1 x S103
149
FurseWELD
150
1 x S103

A
mm
B
mm2
16
16*
90P10
CRE2-4-16R16
HCPK4
16
25
90P10
CRE2-4-16R25
HCPK4
16
35
90P10
CRE2-4-16R35
HCPK4
16
8 mm
115P10
CRE2-4-16R8SC
HCPK4
16
50
115P10
CRE2-4-16R50
HCPK4
16
10 mm
115P10
CRE2-4-16R10SC
HCPK4
16
70
115P10
CRE2-4-16R70
HCPK4
16
95
150P10
CRE2-4-16R95
HCPK4
16
120
150P10
CRE2-4-16R120
HCPK4
16
150
200P10
CRE2-4-16R150
HCPK4
16
185
200P10
CRE2-4-16R185
HCPK4
16
240
250P10
CRE2-4-16R240
HCPK4
16
300
2 x 150P10
CRE2-4-16R300
HCPK4
18
16*
115P10
CRE2-4-18R16
HCPK4
18
25
115P10
CRE2-4-18R25
HCPK4
18
35
115P10
CRE2-4-18R35
HCPK4
18
8 mm
150P10
CRE2-4-18R8SC
HCPK4
18
50
150P10
CRE2-4-18R50
HCPK4
18
10 mm
150P10
CRE2-4-18R10SC
HCPK4
18
70
150P10
CRE2-4-18R70
HCPK4
18
95
150P10
CRE2-4-18R95
HCPK4
18
120
200P10
CRE2-4-18R120
HCPK4
18
150
200P10
CRE2-4-18R150
HCPK4
18
185
200P10
CRE2-4-18R185
HCPK4
18
240
250P10
CRE2-4-18R240
HCPK4
18
300
2 x 150P10
CRE2-4-18R300
HCPK4
20
16*
115P10
CRE2-4-20R16
HCPK4
20
25
115P10
CRE2-4-20R25
HCPK4
20
35
115P10
CRE2-4-20R35
HCPK4
20
8 mm
150P10
CRE2-4-20R8SC
HCPK4
20
50
150P10
CRE2-4-20R50
HCPK4
20
10 mm
150P10
CRE2-4-20R10SC
HCPK4
20
70
200P10
CRE2-4-20R70
HCPK4
20
95
200P10
CRE2-4-20R95
HCPK4
20
120
200P10
CRE2-4-20R120
HCPK4
20
150
200P10
CRE2-4-20R150
HCPK4
20
185
250P10
CRE2-4-20R185
HCPK4
20
240
2 x 150P10
CRE2-4-20R240
HCPK4
20
300
2 x 200P10
CRE2-5-20R300
HCPK5
25
16*
200P10
CRE2-4-25R16
HCPK4
25
25
200P10
CRE2-4-25R25
HCPK4
25
35
200P10
CRE2-4-25R35
HCPK4
25
8 mm
200P10
CRE2-4-25R8SC
HCPK4
FurseWELD
Cable to reinforcing bar CRE2 continued

A
mm
B
mm2
25
50
200P10
CRE2-4-25R50
HCPK4
25
10 mm
250P10
CRE2-4-25R10SC
HCPK4
25
70
250P10
CRE2-4-25R70
HCPK4
25
95
250P10
CRE2-4-25R95
HCPK4
25
120
250P10
CRE2-4-25R120
HCPK4
25
150
2 x 150P10
CRE2-4-25R150
HCPK4
25
185
2 x 150P10
CRE2-5-25R185
HCPK5
25
240
2 x 200P10
CRE2-5-25R240
HCPK5
25
300
2 x 200P10
CRE2-5-25R300
HCPK5
30
16*
250P10
CRE2-4-30R16
HCPK4
30
25
250P10
CRE2-4-30R25
HCPK4
30
35
250P10
CRE2-4-30R35
HCPK4
30
8 mm
2 x 150P10
CRE2-4-30R8SC
HCPK4
30
50
2 x 150P10
CRE2-4-30R50
HCPK4
30
10 mm
2 x 150P10
CRE2-4-30R10SC
HCPK4
30
70
2 x 150P10
CRE2-4-30R70
HCPK4
30
95
2 x 150P10
CRE2-5-30R95
HCPK5
30
120
2 x 200P10
CRE2-5-30R120
HCPK5
30
150
2 x 200P10
CRE2-5-30R150
HCPK5
30
185
2 x 250P10
CRE2-5-30R185
HCPK5
30
240
3 x 200P10
CRE2-5-30R240
HCPK5
30
300
3 x 200P10
CRE2-5-30R300
HCPK5
1 x S103

A
mm
B
mm2
10-40
16*
45P10
CRE3-3-16
HCPK3-A
PACK-A
10-40
25
45P10
CRE3-3-25
HCPK3-A
PACK-A
10-40
35
45P10
CRE3-3-35
HCPK3-A
PACK-A
10-40
8 mm
90P10
CRE3-3-8SC
HCPK3-A
PACK-A
10-40
50
90P10
CRE3-3-50
HCPK3-A
PACK-A
10-40
10 mm
90P10
CRE3-3-10SC
HCPK3-A
PACK-A
10-40
70
90P10
CRE3-3-70
HCPK3-A
PACK-A
10-40
95
90P10
CRE3-3-95
HCPK3-A
PACK-A
10-40
120
90P10
CRE3-3-120
HCPK3-A
PACK-A
2 x S103
151
FurseWELD
A
mm
B
mm2
10-40
16*
45P10
CRE6-3-16
HCPK3-A
PACK-A
10-40
25
45P10
CRE6-3-25
HCPK3-A
PACK-A
10-40
35
45P10
CRE6-3-35
HCPK3-A
PACK-A
10-40
8 mm
65P10
CRE6-3-8SC
HCPK3-A
PACK-A
10-40
50
65P10
CRE6-3-50
HCPK3-A
PACK-A
10-40
10 mm
90P10
CRE6-3-10SC
HCPK3-A
PACK-A
10-40
70
90P10
CRE6-3-70
HCPK3-A
PACK-A
10-40
95
90P10
CRE6-4-95
HCPK3-A
PACK-A
10-40
120
115P10
CRE6-4-120
HCPK3-A
PACK-A
1 x S103
A
mm
B
mm2
10-40
16*
45P10
CRE17-3-16
HCPK3-B
PACK-A
10-40
25
45P10
CRE17-3-25
HCPK3-B
PACK-A
10-40
35
45P10
CRE17-3-35
HCPK3-B
PACK-A
10-40
8 mm
90P10
CRE17-3-8SC
HCPK3-B
PACK-A
10-40
50
90P10
CRE17-3-50
HCPK3-B
PACK-A
10-40
10 mm
90P10
CRE17-3-10SC
HCPK3-B
PACK-A
10-40
70
90P10
CRE17-3-70
HCPK3-B
PACK-A
10-40
95
90P10
CRE17-3-95
HCPK3-B
PACK-A
10-40
120
90P10
CRE17-3-120
HCPK3-B
PACK-A
1 x S103
152
FurseWELD
Cable to steel surface & pipe CS1

A
mm2
16
USE CS8 PAGE 155
25
35
8 mm
90P10
CS1-4-8SC
HCPK4
50
90P10
CS1-4-50-FU
HCPK4
10 mm
90P10
CS1-4-10SC
HCPK4
70
90P10
CS1-4-70
HCPK4
95
115P10
CS1-4-95
HCPK4
120
115P10
CS1-4-120
HCPK4
150
150P10
CS1-4-150
HCPK4
185
200P10
CS1-4-185
HCPK4
240
200P10
CS1-4-240
HCPK4
300
250P10
CS1-4-300
HCPK4

A
mm2
16
USE CS9 PAGE 155
25
35
8 mm
90P10
CS2-4-8SC
HCPK4
50
90P10
CS2-4-50
HCPK4
10 mm
115P10
CS2-4-10SC
HCPK4
70
115P10
CS2-4-70
HCPK4
95
115P10
CS2-4-95
HCPK4
120
150P10
CS2-4-120
HCPK4
150
200P10
CS2-4-150
HCPK4
185
250P10
CS2-4-185
HCPK4
240
2 x 150P10
CS2-5-240
HCPK5
300
2 x 200P10
CS2-5-300
HCPK5
153
FurseWELD

A
mm2
16*
45P10
CS3-4-16
HCPK4
CS3-3-16
HCPK3
25
45P10
CS3-4-25
HCPK4
CS3-3-25
HCPK3
35
45P10
CS3-4-35
HCPK4
CS3-3-35
HCPK3
8 mm
65P10
CS3-4-8SC
HCPK4
CS3-3-8SC
HCPK3
50
65P10
CS3-4-50
HCPK4
CS3-3-50
HCPK3
10 mm
90P10
CS3-4-10SC
HCPK4
CS3-3-10SC
HCPK3
70
90P10
CS3-4-70
HCPK4
CS3-3-70
HCPK3
95
115P10
CS3-4-95
HCPK4
CS3-3-95
HCPK3
120
115P10
CS3-4-120
HCPK4
CS3-3-120
HCPK3
150
115P10
CS3-4-150
HCPK4
CS3-3-150
HCPK3
185
200P10
CS3-4-185
HCPK4
240
200P10
CS3-4-240
HCPK4
300
250P10
CS3-4-300
HCPK4
1 x S103

A
A
mm2
16*
65P10
CS7-4-16
HCPK4
CS7-3-16
HCPK3
25
65P10
CS7-4-25
HCPK4
CS7-3-25
HCPK3
35
65P10
CS7-4-35
HCPK4
CS7-3-35
HCPK3
8 mm
90P10
CS7-4-8SC
HCPK4
CS7-3-8SC
HCPK3
50
90P10
CS7-4-50
HCPK4
CS7-3-50
HCPK3
10 mm
150P10
CS7-4-10SC
HCPK4
70
150P10
CS7-4-70
HCPK4
95
200P10
CS7-5-95
HCPK4
120
200P10
CS7-5-120
HCPK4
150
250P10
CS7-5-150
HCPK4
185
2 x 150P10
CS7-9-185
HCPK4
240
2 x 150P10
CS7-9-240
HCPK4
300
2 x 200P10
CS7-10-300
HCPK5
1 x S103
154
FurseWELD

A
mm2
16*
45P10
CS8-2-16
HCPK2
25
45P10
CS8-2-25
HCPK2
35
45P10
CS8-2-35
HCPK2
8 mm
45P10
CS8-2-8SC
HCPK2
50
45P10
CS8-2-50
HCPK2
10 mm
65P10
CS8-2-10SC
HCPK2
70
65P10
CS8-2-70
HCPK2
95
90P10
CS8-2-95
HCPK2
120
115P10
CS8-4-120
HCPK4
150
150P10
CS8-4-150
HCPK4
185
200P10
CS8-4-185
HCPK4
240
200P10
CS8-4-240
HCPK4
300
250P10
CS8-4-300
HCPK4
1 x S103

A
mm2
16*
45P10
CS9-2-16
HCPK2
25
45P10
CS9-2-25
HCPK2
35
45P10
CS9-2-35
HCPK2
8 mm
90P10
CS9-4-8SC
HCPK4
50
90P10
CS9-4-50
HCPK4
10 mm
115P10
CS9-4-10SC
HCPK4
70
115P10
CS9-4-70
HCPK4
95
115P10
CS9-4-95
HCPK4
120
150P10
CS9-4-120
HCPK4
150
200P10
CS9-4-150
HCPK4
185
250P10
CS9-4-185
HCPK4
240
2 x 150P10
CS9-5-240
HCPK5
1 x S103
155
FurseWELD

A
mm2
16*
45P10
CS25-4-16
HCPK4
CS25-3-16
HCPK3
25
45P10
CS25-4-25
HCPK4
CS25-3-25
HCPK3
35
45P10
CS25-4-35
HCPK4
CS25-3-35
HCPK3
8 mm
65P10
CS25-4-8SC
HCPK4
CS25-3-8SC
HCPK3
50
65P10
CS25-4-50
HCPK4
CS25-3-50
HCPK3
10 mm
90P10
CS25-4-10SC
HCPK4
70
90P10
CS25-4-70
HCPK4
CS25-3-70
HCPK3
95
115P10
CS25-4-95
HCPK4
120
115P10
CS25-4-120
HCPK4
150
150P10
CS25-4-150
HCPK4
185
200P10
CS25-4-185
HCPK4
240
200P10
CS25-4-240
HCPK4
300
250P10
CS25-4-300
HCPK4
1 x S103

A
mm2
16*
45P10
CS27-4-16
HCPK4
25
45P10
CS27-4-25
HCPK4
35
45P10
CS27-4-35
HCPK4
8 mm
65P10
CS27-4-8SC
HCPK4
50
65P10
CS27-4-50
HCPK4
10 mm
115P10
CS27-4-10SC
HCPK4
70
115P10
CS27-4-70
HCPK4
95
150P10
CS27-4-95
HCPK4
120
150P10
CS27-4-120
HCPK4
150
200P10
CS27-5-150
HCPK5
185
250P10
CS27-5-185
HCPK5
240
2 x 150P10
CS27-5-240
HCPK5
300
2 x 200P10
CS27-5-300
HCPK5
1 x S103
156
FurseWELD

A
mm2
B
mm
2.5
< 125
15P10
CS32-1-2.5-A
HCPK1
1 x S105
2.5
> 125
15P10
CS32-1-2.5-B
HCPK1
1 x S105
< 125
15P10
CS32-1-4-A
HCPK1
1 x S105
> 125
15P10
CS32-1-4-B
HCPK1
1 x S105
< 125
15P10
CS32-1-6-A
HCPK1
1 x S105
> 125
15P10
CS32-1-6-B
HCPK1
1 x S105
10
< 125
25P10
CS32-1-10-A
HCPK1
1 x S102
10
> 125
25P10
CS32-1-10-B
HCPK1
1 x S102
16
< 125
45P10
CS32-2-16-A
HCPK2
1 x S103
16
> 125
45P10
CS32-2-16-B
HCPK2
1 x S103
25
< 70
25P10
CS32-1-25-C
HCPK1
25
70-165
25P10
CS32-1-25-D
HCPK1
25
> 165
25P10
CS32-1-25-E
HCPK1
35
< 70
45P10
CS32-2-35-C
HCPK2
35
70-165
45P10
CS32-2-35-D
HCPK2
35
165-250
45P10
CS32-2-35-F
HCPK2
35
> 250
45P10
CS32-2-35-G
HCPK2
50
< 70
45P10
CS32-2-50-C
HCPK2
50
70-165
45P10
CS32-2-50-D
HCPK2
50
165-250
45P10
CS32-2-50-F
HCPK2
50
> 250
45P10
CS32-2-50-G
HCPK2
70
< 70
65P10
CS32-2-70-C
HCPK2
70
70-165
65P10
CS32-2-70-D
HCPK2
70
165-250
65P10
CS32-2-70-F
HCPK2
70
> 250
65P10
CS32-2-70-G
HCPK2
157
FurseWELD
A
mm2
B
mm
2.5
< 125
15P10
CS34-2-2.5-A
HCPK2
2 x S105
2.5
> 125
15P10
CS34-2-2.5-B
HCPK2
2 x S105
< 125
15P10
CS34-2-4-A
HCPK2
2 x S105
> 125
15P10
CS34-2-4-B
HCPK2
2 x S105
< 125
15P10
CS34-2-6-A
HCPK2
2 x S105
> 125
15P10
CS34-2-6-B
HCPK2
2 x S105
10
< 125
32P10
CS34-2-10-A
HCPK2
2 x S102
10
> 125
32P10
CS34-2-10-B
HCPK2
2 x S102
16
< 125
45P10
CS34-2-16-A
HCPK2
2 x S103
16
> 125
45P10
CS34-2-16-B
HCPK2
2 x S103
25
< 70
32P10
CS34-2-25-C
HCPK2
25
70-165
32P10
CS34-2-25-D
HCPK2
25
> 165
32P10
CS34-2-25-E
HCPK2
35
< 70
45P10
CS34-2-35-C
HCPK2
35
70-165
45P10
CS34-2-35-D
HCPK2
35
165-250
45P10
CS34-2-35-F
HCPK2
35
> 250
45P10
CS34-2-35-G
HCPK2
50
< 70
65P10
CS34-2-50-C
HCPK2
50
70-165
65P10
CS34-2-50-D
HCPK2
50
165-250
65P10
CS34-2-50-F
HCPK2
50
> 250
65P10
CS34-2-50-G
HCPK2
158
FurseWELD
Stud to steel surface RS1

A
M6
25P10
RS1-4-M6
HCPK4
RSSM6
M8
32P10
RS1-4-M8
HCPK4
RSSM8
M10
45P10
RS1-4-M10
HCPK4
RSSM10
M12
65P10
RS1-4-M12
HCPK4
RSSM12
M16
115P10
RS1-4-M16
HCPK4
RSSM16
Stud to steel surface RS2

A
M6
25P10
RS2-4-M6
HCPK4
RSSM6
M8
32P10
RS2-4-M8
HCPK4
RSSM8
M10
45P10
RS2-4-M10
HCPK4
RSSM10
M12
65P10
RS2-4-M12
HCPK4
RSSM12
M16
115P10
RS2-5-M16
HCPK5
RSSM16
159
FurseWELD
The FurseWELD SureSHOT system is a cost effective solution for applications requiring only a small number of high
quality electrical connections.
Like all FurseWELD products, SureSHOT uses the high temperature reaction
between powdered copper oxide and aluminium to create fault tolerant
electrical connections without any external power or heat source.
SureSHOT connections have the same benefits as FurseWELD connections:
tolerant to repeated fault currents
highly conductive
do not loosen
excellent corrosion resistance
Unlike the graphite FurseWELD moulds, the SureSHOT moulds are ceramic
and specifically designed to be used only once. They are disposed of or
buried in place with the joint once it has been completed.
SureSHOT moulds are supplied complete with powders and retaining disc.
Insert the rod and conductor into the mould, locate the retaining disc and
pour in the weld powder.
Place the lid on top of the mould, add starting powder and ignite with
spark gun.
The resulting exothermic reaction reduces the weld powder to molten

copper alloy which melts the retaining disc and flows into the weld cavity
where it partially melts the conductors. The molten copper alloy cools to
leave a fusion weld of great mechanical and electrical integrity.
Once the joint is completed, the ceramic mould can either be disposed of
or buried in place.
160
FurseWELD
SureSHOT SS1
A
mm
B
inches
C
mm2
16
SS1-14216
25
SS1-14225
35
SS1-14235
50
SS1-14250
70
SS1-14270
95
SS1-14295
16
SS1-17216
25
SS1-17225
35
SS1-17235
50
SS1-17250
70
SS1-17270
95
SS1-17295
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
A/B
Suitable for connections to copperbond rods - for connections to solid

copper and stainless steel rods please contact our sales office.
Threaded portion of copperbond rods must be removed prior to welding.
B
SureSHOT SS2
A
mm
B
inches
C
mm2
16
SS2-14216
25
SS2-14225
35
SS2-14235
50
SS2-14250
70
SS2-14270
95
SS2-14295
16
SS2-17216
25
SS2-17225
35
SS2-17235
50
SS2-17250
70
SS2-17270
95
SS2-17295
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
14.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
A/B
Suitable for connections to copperbond rods - for connections to solid

copper and stainless steel rods please contact our sales office.
Threaded portion of copperbond rods must be removed prior to welding.
161
B
FurseWELD
Straight type lug
A
mm
B
mm
C
mm
D
mm
E
mm
Part
No.
20
45
10
8.5
LS101-FU
25
50
12
8.5
LS102-FU
25
50
12
10.5
LS103-FU
31
75
15
10.5
LS104-FU
31
75
15
12.5
LS105-FU
38
75
18
10.5
LS106-FU
38
75
18
10.5
LS107-FU
38
75
20
12.5
LS108-FU
50
95
25
10.5
LS109-FU
50
95
25
12.5
LS110-FU
For suitable FurseWELD connection see page 135.
Cranked type lug
A
mm
B
mm
C
mm
D
mm
E
mm
F
mm
G
mm
Part
No.
20
40
10
8.5
40
10
LC101-FU
25
45
12
8.5
40
10
LC102-FU
25
45
12
10.5
40
10
LC103-FU
31
50
15
10.5
40
15
LC104-FU
31
50
16
12.5
40
15
LC105-FU
38
55
18
10.5
40
15
LC106-FU
38
55
18
10.5
40
15
LC107-FU
38
55
20
12.5
40
15
LC108-FU
50
75
25
10.5
60
20
LC109-FU
50
75
25
12.5
60
20
LC110-FU
G
45
B
C
162
FurseWELD
Offset type lug

A
mm
B
mm
C
mm
D
mm
E
mm
F
mm
Part
No.
20
40
10
8.5
40
LO101
25
45
12
8.5
40
LO102-FU
25
45
12
10.5
40
LO103-FU
31
50
15
10.5
40
LO104
31
50
16
12.5
40
LO105
38
55
18
10.5
40
LO106
38
55
18
10.5
40
LO107
38
55
20
12.5
40
LO108
50
75
25
10.5
60
LO109
50
75
25
12.5
60
LO110
45
B
F
163
FurseWELD
Handle clamps
Description
Part
No.
Single part moulds (Price Key 1)
HCPK1
Single part moulds (Price Key 2)
HCPK2
Two part moulds (Price Key 3)
HCPK3
With chain grip, two part moulds (Price Key 3)
HCPK3A
Sprung, single part moulds (Price Key 3)
HCPK3B
Two-part moulds (Price Key 4)
HCPK4
With chain grip, multi-part moulds (Price Key 4)

HCPK4
HCPK4A
Multi-part moulds (Price Key 5)
HCPK5
HCPK7
HCPK8
Single block rail moulds
HCR1
Double block rail moulds
HCR2
Frames
F1-FU
F2-FU
Handle clamps with chain grip enable location and fixing of the mould on to
uneven surfaces such as pipes and rebars.
HCPK2
HCPK4 and HCPK5
HCPK3
HCPK3A
HCPK7
HCR1
Note: Drawings for illustration only. Product supplied may vary from illustration shown.
164
FurseWELD
Accessories
Description
Part
No.
Cable cleaning brush
B135
Mould cleaning brush
BCM
Tape cleaning brush

Duxseal sealing compound (1 lb)
BFC
DUXSEAL
Flint gun
FGUN
Replacement flints (pack of 100)
FLINTS
Hammer die
Packing
Rail bonds
DUXSEAL
S102-S111/
S108A-S111A
HD35-HD150
PACK-A
RB25-RB120
Rail head scraper
RCH01
Rail web scraper
RCW01
Rail foot scraper
RCF01
Copper sleeve
S102-S111
Copper sleeve
S108A-S111A
Mould cleaning scraper
STM1-FU
Welding toolbox
TB100-FU
Standard toolkit for bar to bar joints

Includes flint gun (FGUN), tape cleaning brush (BFC), mould cleaning brush and
scraper (BCM & STM1-FU)
TK100
Standard toolkit for cable to cable joints

Includes flint gun (FGUN), cable cleaning brush (B135), mould cleaning brush and
scraper (BCM & STM1-FU)
TK200
B135
BFC
BCM
PACK-A
FGUN
Mould jacket (Price Key 3 & 4)
MJ4
Mould jacket (Price Key 5)
MJ5
The Furse mould jacket is designed to permit safe and secure transportation
and storage of FurseWELD moulds. Manufactured from woven Kevlar
synthetic material with silicate padding and Velcro lined edges, the jacket
protects against splashing of hot metal sparks, and prevents moisture
ingress and damage to the mould.
STM1-FU
MJ5
TB100-FU
165
Electronic systems
protection
Introduction to electronic systems protection

Introduction to transient overvoltages
Effective protection against transient overvoltages
Simplified product selection
How to apply protection
168 - 179
168 - 172
172 - 175
176 - 177
178 - 179
Protectors for mains power supplies
180 - 201
ESP 240/XXX Series Combined Type 1+2 SPDs

ESP 415/XXX Series Combined Type 1+2 SPDs
ESP D1 Series Combined Type 1+2+3 SPDs
ESP M2/M4 Series Combined Type 1+2+3 SPDs
ESP M1 Series Combined Type 1+2+3 SPDs
ESP M1R, M2R, M4R Series Combined Type 1+2+3 SPDs
ESP DC Series Combined Type 2+3 SPDs
ESP 5A/BX & 16A/BX Series Combined Type 2+3 SPDs
ESP MC Series Combined Type 2+3 SPDs
182 - 183
184 - 185
186 - 189
190 - 191
192 - 193
194 - 195
196 - 197
198 - 199
200 - 201
Protectors for data & signal lines

ESP D, E, H Series Combined Type D+C+B SPDs
ESP D/BX Series Combined Type D+C+B SPDs
ESP SL Series Combined Type D+C+B SPDs
ESP SL X Series ATEX/IECEx Approved Combined Type D+C+B SPDs
ESP SL LED 4-20 mA Series Combined Type D+C+B SPDs
ESP SL 3-wire Series Combined Type D+C+B SPDs
ESP Q Series Combined Type D+C+B SPDs
ESP KS & KE Series Combined Type D+C+B SPDs
ESP PCB Series Combined Type D+C+B SPDs
ESP RTD Series Combined Type D+C+B SPDs
ESP RS485 Series Combined Type D+C+B SPDs
Protectors for telephone lines & computer networks

ESP TN & ISDN Series Combined Type D+C+B SPDs
ESP KT & KE Series Combined Type D+C+B SPDs
ESP Cat-5 & Cat-6 Series Combined Type D+C+B SPDs
ESP LA & LB Series Combined Type C+B SPDs
ESP LN Series Combined Type C+B SPDs

ESP WT Series Combined Type 1+2 SPDs
ESP PV Series Combined Type 1+2 SPDs
ESP SSI Series Combined Type 2+3 and Combined Type C+B SPDs
ESP TV Series Combined Type C+B SPDs
ESP CCTV Series Combined Type D+C+B SPDs
ESP RF Series Combined Type D+C+B SPDs
Accessories
WBX Series enclosures
CME Series mounting & earthing kits
ESP Accessories
202 - 231
204 - 209
210 - 211
212 - 213
214 - 215
216 - 217
218 - 219
220 - 221
222 - 223
224 - 227
228 - 229
230 - 231
232 - 243
234 - 235
236 - 237
238 - 239
240 - 241
242 - 243
244 - 261
248 - 249
250 - 251
252 - 253
254 - 255
256 - 257
258 - 261
262 - 266
263
264
265 - 266
167
What transients are and why you need protection
The information provided in these introductory

pages follows the requirements for transient
overvoltage (surge) protection provided by both
BS EN/IEC 62305 and the latest amendment
of the IET Wiring Regulations 17th Edition,
BS 7671:2008(+A1:2011).
Transient overvoltage
damage to the circuit
board, left, is clear to
see, but most damage
is barely visible, as
below.
Transient overvoltages
Transient overvoltages are short duration, high
magnitude voltages peaks with fast rising edges,
commonly referred to as surges. Often described as a
spike, transient voltages can reach up to 6000 V on a
low-voltage consumer network, with no more than
millisecond duration.
However, electrical and electronic equipment is also

continually stressed by hundreds of transients that
occur every day on the power supply network through
switching operations of inductive loads such as
air-conditioning units, lift motors and transformers.
Switching transients may also occur as a result
of interrupting short-circuit currents (such as
fuses blowing).
Although switching transients are of a lower magnitude
than lightning transients, they occur more frequently
and equipment failures unexpectedly occur often after a
time delay; degradation of electronic components within
the equipment is accelerated due to the continual stress
caused by these switching transients.
Transient overvoltages, whether caused by lightning or
by electrical switching, have similar effects: disruption
(e.g. data loss, RCD tripping), degradation (reduced
equipment lifespan), damage (outright equipment
failure, particularly concerning for essential services
such as fire and security alarm systems) and downtime the biggest cost to any business such as lost
productivity and product spoilage, staff overtime,
delays to customers and sales lost to competitors.
Although these waveforms may differ from actual

transients, the standardized forms are based upon
years of observation and measurement (and in some
cases simulation). In general they provide a fair
approximation of the real world transient.
Transient waveforms have a fast rising edge and a
longer tail. They are described through their peak
value (or magnitude), rise time and their duration (or
fall time). The duration is measured as the time taken
for the test transient to decay to half its peak value.
The figures below illustrate the common current and
voltage waveforms that are used to test SPDs for
mains, signal and telecom lines.
30
Surge Current (kA)
Lightning strikes are the most common source of

extreme transient overvoltages where total outage of
an unprotected system can occur with damage to
cabling insulation through flashover potentially
resulting in loss of life through fire and electric shock.
Imax @t = 8 s
Iimp @t = 10 s
20
10/350 s Waveform
Iimp @t = 350 s
2
Imax @t = 20 s
2
10
8/20 s Waveform
0
0
Protection against lightning and

switching transients
200
400
600
Time t (s)
800
1000
Vpeak @t = 1.2 s
Vpeak @t = 10 s
4
168
Standards such as BS EN 61643 series define the

characteristics of lightning currents and voltages to
enable reliable and repeatable testing of SPDs (as well
as lightning protection components).
10/700 s Waveform
Surge Voltage (kA)
BS EN/IEC 62305 takes account of protection measures

on metallic service lines (typically power, signal and
telecom lines) using transient overvoltage or surge
protective devices (SPDs) against both direct lightning
strikes as well as the more common indirect lightning
strikes (often described as the secondary effects of
lightning) and switching transients.
Vpeak @t = 50 s
2
Vpeak @t = 700 s
2
1
1.2/50 s Waveform
0
0
300
600
900
Time t (s)
1200
1500
Figures 1 & 2: The common current and voltage waveforms used to

test SPDs for mains, signal and telecom lines
Lightning currents as a result of direct lightning strikes

are represented by the simulated 10/350 s waveform
with a fast rise time and long decay that replicates the
high energy content of direct lightning.
Direct lightning can inject partial lightning currents
of the 10/350 s waveform into a system where a
structure with a structural Lightning Protection
System (LPS) receives a direct strike (Source S1) or
where lightning directly strikes an overhead service
line (Source S3).
8/20 s
surge
current
Ground Level
Structural
LPS
10/350 s
surge current
(Iimp)
Damped current
waveshape
(8/20 s)
Figure 5: Illustration of lightning current flow from a direct strike near

the structure (Source S2)
BS EN/IEC 62305-1 recognises that failure of internal

systems (Damage Type D3) due to Lightning
Electromagnetic Impulse (LEMP) is possible from all
points of strike to the structure or service - direct or
indirect (all Sources: S1, S2, S3 and S4).
Ground Level
Figure 3: Illustration of lightning current flow from a direct strike to a

structure (Source S1)
Remote or indirect lightning flashes near the

structure (Source S2) or near a connected service
to the structure (Source S4) of up to 1 km radius
away (and hence far more common) are represented
by the 8/20 s waveform.
Induced Surges/
Overvoltages
Induced surges from direct lightning flashes and

switching sources are also represented by this
waveform.
With a much shorter decay or fall time relative to the
10/350 s waveform, the 8/20 s waveform presents
significantly less energy (for an equivalent peak
current) but is still devastating enough to damage
electrical and electronic equipment.
8/20 s
Ground
Level
8/20 s surge current
Strike up to 1 km away
Figure 6: Illustration of lightning current flow from lightning flashes

near connected services (Source S4)
To ensure continuous operation of critical systems even

in the event of a direct strike, SPDs are essential and
are suitably deployed, based on the source of surge
and its intensity using the Lightning Protection Zones
(LPZ) concept within BS EN/IEC 62305-4.
10/350 s
surge current
(Iimp)
(Iimp)
2
(Iimp)
2
Ground Level
Figure 4: Illustration of lightning current flow from a direct strike to a

nearby service (Source S3)
A series of zones is created within the structure

according to the level of threat posed by the LEMP
with each zone to have successively less exposure to
the effects of lightning - for example LPZ 0A (outside
the structure) where the threat of lightning currents
and fields is most severe being more onerous than
LPZ 3 (within the structure) where the threat of
lightning is considerably reduced such that electronics
can be safely located within this zone.
169
What transients are and why you need protection
Figure 7 illustrates the basic LPZ concept defined by

protection measures against LEMP as detailed in
BS EN/IEC 62305-4.
Equipment is protected against both direct and
indirect lightning strikes to the structure and
connected services, through the use of Surge
Protection Measures (SPM), formerly referred to as a
LEMP Protection Measures System (LPMS).
To achieve this reduction in LEMP severity, from
conducted surge currents and transient overvoltages,
as well as radiated magnetic field effects, successive
zones use a combination of shielding measures,
bonding of incoming metallic services such as water
and gas and the use of coordinated SPDs (further
details can be found in the Furse Guide to BS EN 62305
Protection against Lightning).
Given that the live cores of metallic electrical services
such as mains power, data and telecom cables cannot
be bonded directly to earth wherever a line penetrates
each LPZ, a suitable SPD is therefore needed.
The SPDs characteristics at the boundary of each given
zone or installation location need to take account of
the surge energy they are to be subject to as well as
ensure the transient overvoltages are limited to safe
levels for equipment within the respective zone.
Boundary Antenna
LPZ 0
of LPZ 1
(LPS)
Electrical
Mast or
power line
railing
Boundary
of LPZ 2
(shielded room) B
LPZ 0/1
LPZ 1/2
LPZ 2/3
Service Entrance
(e.g. Main
distribution board
or telecom NTP)
Sub-distribution
board
or telecom PBX
frame
Terminal
Equipment
(e.g. socket
outlet)
I/1
II/2
III/3
10/350 current
8/20 current
Combination
8/20 current and
1.2/50 voltage
25 kA2
40 kA
3 kA (with 6 kV)
D13
C23
C1
10/350 current
Combination
8/20 current and
1.2/50 voltage
Combination
8/20 current and
1.2/50 voltage
Mains Test
Class/SPD Type1
Surge test
waveform
Typical peak
test current
(per mode)
Signal/Telecom
Test Category1
Surge test
waveform
Typical peak
2.5 kA
2 kA (with 4 kV) 0.5 kA (with 1 kV)
test current
(per mode)
1
Tests to BS EN 61643 series
2
Peak current (per mode) for a 3 phase SPD to protect a TN-S mains system
3
Test category B2 10/700 voltage waveform (also within ITU-T standards)
up to 4 kV peak also permissible
Table 1: Standardized test waveforms with peak currents used to test
SPDs at each LPZ boundary
Table 1, above, details the standardized test

waveforms with peak currents used to test SPDs
typically located at each zone boundary.
Types of SPD
Direct lightning strikes are protected by lightning

current or equipotential bonding SPDs (Mains Type
1 SPDs & Signal/Telecom SPDs to Test Category D)
Indirect lightning strikes and switching transients

are protected by transient overvoltage SPDs (Mains
Type 2 and Type 3 SPDs and Signal/Telecom SPDs to
Test Category C)
Critical
equipment
Equipment
LPZ 1
Water pipe
Typical SPD
installation
point
BS EN/IEC 62305 deals with the provision of SPDs to

protect against both the effects of indirect lightning
strikes and high-energy direct lightning strikes.
LPZ 2
Equipment
SPD location/LPZ boundary
Telecoms
line
Gas pipe
SPD 0/1 - Lightning current protection
SPD 1/2 - Overvoltage protection
B Connected service directly bonded
Figure 7: Basic LPZ concept - BS EN/IEC 62305-4
Lightning current or equipotential bonding SPDs

Lightning current/equipotential bonding SPDs
are designed to prevent dangerous sparking caused
by flashover.
Flashover is caused when the extremely high voltages
associated with a direct lightning strike breaks down
cable insulation. This can occur between the structural
LPS and electrical services and presents a potential fire
hazard and risk from electric shock.
170
Transient overvoltage SPDs
If the risk evaluation shows that a structural LPS is

not required but there is an indirect risk, any
electrical services feeding the structure via an overhead
line will require lightning current SPDs typically
installed at the service entrance, with coordinated
transient overvoltage SPDs downstream to protect
electronic equipment.
Transient overvoltage SPDs are designed to protect

electrical/electronic equipment from the secondary
effects of indirect lightning and against switching
transients. SPDs should be installed at sub-distribution
boards and at equipment level for critical equipment.
BS EN/IEC 62305 refers to the correct application of
lightning current and transient overvoltage SPDs as a
coordinated set where the service entrance lightning
current SPD handles the majority of surge energy and
prevents flashover whilst the downstream transient
overvoltage SPDs ensure equipment protection by
sufficiently limiting the overvoltages.
In order to provide effective protection, a transient

overvoltage protector/SPD must:
be compatible with the system it is protecting
survive repeated transients
have a low let-through voltage, for all

combinations of conductors (enhanced SPDs to
BS EN 62305)
not leave the user unprotected, at the end of its

life, and
be properly installed
For further information, please refer to the Furse

Guide to BS EN 62305 Protection Against Lightning.
BS EN/IEC 62305-2 Risk Management is used to
evaluate the required level of lightning protection
measures necessary to lower the risk of damage to a
particular structure, its contents and occupants to a
defined tolerable level.
IMPORTANT
If the risk evaluation demands that a structural LPS is

required, then lightning current or equipotential
bonding SPDs are always required for any metallic
electrical services entering the structure.
The primary purpose of lightning current or

equipotential bonding SPDs is to prevent dangerous
sparking caused by flashover to protect against the
loss of human life.
These SPDs are necessary to divert the partial lightning

currents safely to earth and limit the transient
overvoltage to prevent possible flashover.
In order to protect electronic equipment and ensure

the continual operation of systems, transient
overvoltage SPDs are required. BS EN/IEC 62305-4
specifically states that a lightning protection system
which only employs equipotential bonding SPDs
provides no effective protection against failure of
sensitive electrical or electronic systems.
They are therefore an integral part of the structural

LPS and typically form the first part of a coordinated
SPD set for effective protection of electronic
equipment.
Protectors for mains supplies
Nominal operating voltage

Maximum operating voltage
Leakage current
Nominal current rating
Max continuous current rating
In-line impedance
Shunt capacitance
Bandwidth
Voltage standing wave ratio
Protectors for data lines
Parallel protectors
In-line
protectors
Low frequency
protectors
Network
protectors
Radio frequency
protectors
Table 2: General indication of system impairments, of which manufacturers of transient overvoltage protectors should provide details
171
How to get effective protection
Compatibility
The protector must not interfere with the systems
normal operation:
mains power supply SPDs should not disrupt the

normal power supply such as creating follow
current that could blow supply fuses, or cause high
leakage currents to earth
SPDs for data communication, signal and
telephone lines should not impair or restrict the
systems data or signal transmission
Survival
It is vital that the protector is capable of surviving the
worst case transients expected at its installation
point/LPZ boundary.
More importantly, since lightning is a multiple event,
the protector must be able to withstand repeated
transients.
The highest surge currents occur at the service
entrance (boundary LPZ 0A to LPZ 1). For buildings with
a structural LPS, the lightning current SPD could be
subject to as high as 25 kA 10/350 s surge currents per
mode on a 3-phase TN-S/TN-C-S mains system (up to
2.5 kA 10/350 s per mode on a signal or telecom line)
for a worst-case lightning strike of 200,000 A.
However, this 200 kA level of lightning current itself is
extremely rare (approx. 1% probability of occurring)
and the peak current the SPD would be subject to
further assumes that a structure is only fed with one
metallic service.
Almost all structures have several metallic services
connected to them such as gas, water, mains, data &
telecoms.
Each service shares a portion of the lightning current
when the protected building receives a strike, greatly
reducing the overall current seen by any single service,
and as such any SPD fitted to the electric service lines.
Transient overvoltages caused by the secondary effects
of lightning are considerably more common (lightning
flash near a connected service up to 1 km away from
the structure) and therefore are unlikely to have
currents exceeding 10 kA 8/20 s.
Let-through voltage
The larger the transient overvoltage, the greater the
risk of flashover, equipment interference, physical
damage and hence system downtime.
Therefore, the transient overvoltage let through the
protector (also known as the voltage protection level
Up of the SPD) should be as low as possible and
certainly lower than the level at which flashover,
interference or component degradation may occur.
Transient overvoltages can exist between any pair of

conductors:
phase to neutral, phase to earth and neutral to

earth on mains power supplies
line to line and line(s) to earth on data

communication, signal and telephone lines
Thus, a good protector (enhanced SPDs to

BS EN 62305) must have a low let-through voltage
between every pair of conductors.
Enhanced performance SPDs - SPD*
BS EN 62305-2 details the application of improved
performance SPDs to further lower the risk from
damage.
The lower the sparkover voltage, the lower the chance
of flashover causing insulation breakdown, electric
shock and fire.
SPDs that offer lower let-through voltages further
reduce the risks of injury to living beings, physical
damage as well as failure and malfunction of internal
systems.
All Furse ESP protectors offer such superior protection
and are termed as enhanced performance SPDs (SPD*)
in line with BS EN 62305.
Enhanced SPDs can also satisfy more than one test
class/category by handling both high-energy partial
lightning currents of 10/350 s waveshape whilst
offering very low let-through voltages.
Such enhanced SPDs may be suitable for changing a
lightning protection zone from LPZ 0A right through to
LPZ 3 at a single boundary or installation point.
As such they provide both technical and economic
advantages over standard SPDs.
End of life
When an SPD comes to the end of its working life it
should not leave equipment unprotected.
Thus in-line protectors should take the line out of
commission, preventing subsequent transients from
damaging equipment.
SPDs for data communication, signal and telephone
lines and protectors for low current mains power
supplies are usually in-line devices.
Where SPDs are installed at mains power distribution
boards it is usually unacceptable for these to suddenly
fail, cutting the power supply.
Consequently, to prevent equipment being left
unprotected, the SPD should have a clear pre
end-of-life warning, which allows plenty of time
for it to be replaced.
172
Installation
How to apply protection
The performance of SPDs is heavily dependent upon

their correct installation. Thus, it is vital that SPDs are
supplied with clear installation instructions.
Transient overvoltages are conducted into the sensitive

circuitry of electronic equipment on power and data
communication, signal and telephone lines. Protection
is recommended for:
The following is intended to supplement the detailed

guidance given with each product in order to give a
general overview of installation.
all cables which enter or leave the building (except

fibre optic)
This should not be viewed as a substitute for the

Installation Instructions supplied with the SPD. Copies
of these are available separately on request.
the power supply local to important equipment
electronic equipment outside the main building(s)
Installing parallel connected SPDs for mains

power supplies:
Protect incoming and outgoing

electrical services
SPDs should be installed very close to the power

supply to be protected, either within the
distribution panel or directly alongside of it (in
an enclosure to the required IP rating)
Connections between the SPD and phase(s), neutral
and earth of the supply should be kept very short
(ideally 25 cm or less, but no more than 50 cm)
SPD performance is further enhanced by tightly
binding connecting leads together (simply using
cable ties or similar), over their entire length
For safety and convenient means of isolation, the
phase/live connecting leads should be suitably
fused using HRC fuses or switchfuse, MCB or MCCB
Installing in-line SPDs for data, signal, telephone

or power:
SPDs are usually installed between where cabling

enters or leaves buildings and the equipment being
protected (or actually within its control panel)
The installation position should be close to the
systems earth star point (usually the mains power
earth) to enable a short and direct connection
to earth
In-line, or series, connected SPDs generally have
connections marked line and clean.
The line end of the SPD should be connected to the
incoming or dirty line (from where the transient
is expected).
The clean end of the SPD should be connected to
the line or cable feeding the equipment
Cables connected to the SPDs clean end should
never be routed next to dirty line cables or the
SPDs earth bond
Unless ready-boxed, SPDs should be installed
within an existing cabinet/cubicle or in an
enclosure to the required IP rating
Note: further information on the satisfactory

installation of SPDs on mains power supplies, to
meet the requirements of IET Wiring Regulations
17th Edition, BS 7671:2008(+A1:2011), can be found
on page 288.
Lightning strikes between clouds or to ground (and

objects upon it) can cause transient overvoltages to be
coupled on to electrical cables, and hence into the
sensitive electronic equipment connected to them.
To protect the electronic equipment inside a building,
all cables that enter or leave the building must be
protected. Cables leaving the building can also provide
a route back into the building for transients.
For each building protect incoming/outgoing:
mains power supplies (including UPS supplies)
data communication and local area network cables
signal, control, instrumentation and alarm lines
CCTV, satellite, TV and antenna cables
telephone and telemetry lines
Protect the power supply locally to

important equipment
In addition to installing protection on the mains power
supply as it enters/leaves the building, protection
should also be installed locally to important
equipment. Protection at the main LV (low voltage)
incomer(s) is necessary to prevent large transients from
entering the buildings power distribution system,
where they could have farreaching effects.
However, where the cable run to equipment exceeds
10 metres (to BS 7671 Clause 534.2.3.1.1), transient
overvoltages may appear on the mains after the
protector at the main LV incomer. These transients can
result from:
the electrical switching of large inductive loads

within the building
a lightning strike to the building - as lightning

currents flow through down conductors transient
overvoltages can be induced on to nearby power
cables
the natural inductance and capacitance of long

cable runs, `amplifying the voltage `let-through
the protector at the main LV incomer
Additionally, local protection guards against the

possibility of a supply which enters/leaves the building
being overlooked and left unprotected.
173
When & where to protect
Protect data lines locally

Generally, the biggest risk to data, signal, telecom and
network wiring is associated with cables that enter and
leave the building.
These should always be protected. However, data
cables within a building can additionally have
transients induced on to them when loops between
data and power cables pick up voltages from the
magnetic field caused by a lightning strike.
As part of the overall SPM, BS EN/IEC 62305 advocates
the use of metal in the structure, and a Faraday cage
lightning protection system to help exclude magnetic
fields.
Cable management practices eliminate loops by
routeing data and power cables along the same
general path.
In these cases, the need for local data line protection is
minimal. However, where these steps are not possible,
data line protection, local to the equipment requiring
protection, should be considered.
Protect electronic equipment outside

the building
Onsite or field-based electronic equipment with mains
power, data communication, video, signal or telephone
line inputs will need to be protected against transient
overvoltages. It may be helpful to think of each
equipment cabinet or cubicle as a separate building
with incoming/outgoing cables to be protected.
Complementary techniques
As well as the use of transient overvoltage protectors,
BS EN/IEC 62305 outlines additional protection
techniques (e.g. shielding measures), which can be
used to help reduce the transient threat as part of the
overall SPM.
These are described further in the Furse Guide to
BS EN 62305 Protection Against Lightning. Where
these can be used, principally on new build or
refurbishment projects, they need to be supported by
the use of SPDs.
Special product development

Whilst this catalogue focuses on our standard product
range which meets a wide variety of applications, on
occasion a customer will have a special requirement
which needs transient overvoltage protection.
In these circumstances we have the technical capability
in-house to design and propose a specific solution to
meet the customers special requirement.
Following our proposal, technical and performance
parameters of the SPD can be finalised, and the special
product manufactured to order.
Special products completed to date include:
Low-current supply protection to industrial

microwave ovens
Media distribution protection (TV/Radio/DAB on

19 rack)
Integrated photovoltaic inverter protection
Overvoltage disconnect for battery-charger

installations within substations
For more information about special product

development, or to discuss a particular project,
please contact us.
174
SPD terminology
Common terminology and definitions

The following common terminologies, as recognised by BS EN/IEC 61643, are used throughout SPD specifications in
order to aid correct selection and are defined as follows:
Nominal Voltage Uo is the phase to neutral AC RMS
voltage of the mains system (derived from the
nominal system voltage) for which the SPD is designed.
Uo is the voltage by which the power system is
designated - e.g. 230 V.
Maximum Discharge Current Imax is the peak current

value through the SPD, with an 8/20 s waveshape.
Imax is declared for mains Type 2 SPDs in accordance to
the test sequence of the Class II operating duty test. In
general, Imax is greater than In.
Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage Uc is the

maximum RMS voltage that may be continuously
applied to the SPDs mode of protection e.g. phase to
neutral mode. This is equivalent to the SPDs rated
peak voltage.
Combined Impulse Test with Open Circuit Voltage Uoc

is a hybrid 1.2/50 s voltage test combined with an
8/20 s current.
Temporary Overvoltage UT is the stated test value of

momentary voltage increase or overvoltage that the
power SPD must withstand safely for a defined time.
Temporary overvoltages, typically lasting up to several
seconds, usually originate from switching operations or
wiring faults (for example, sudden load rejection,
single-phase faults) as well as mains abnormalities such
as ferro-resonance effects and harmonics.
Impulse Current Iimp is defined by three parameters, a

current peak with a charge and a specific energy
typically simulated with the 10/350 s waveform to
represent partial lightning currents.
This waveform is used, with peak Iimp current value
stated, for the mains Type 1 SPD Class I test and
typically for data/telecom SPD Test Category D.
Nominal Discharge Current In is a defined nominal

peak current value through the SPD, with an 8/20 s
current waveshape. This is used for classification of
mains SPDs (Class II test) and also for preconditioning
of SPDs in Class I and Class II tests. (Note: within
BS 7671, In is referred to as Inspd).
The test is performed using a combination wave

generator where its open circuit voltage is defined as
Uoc, typically 6 kV 1.2/50 s for the mains Class III test
and up to 4 kV 1.2/50 s for signal/telecom Test
Category C.
With an impedance of 2 , the generator also

produces a peak short circuit current (sometimes
referred to as Isc) at half the value of Uoc (3 kA 8/20 s
for the mains Class III test and up to 2 kA 8/20 s for
signal/telecom Test Category C).
With both voltage and current test waveforms, the
combined impulse test is designed to stress all
technologies used within SPDs.
Voltage Protection Level Up is the key parameter that

characterizes the performance of the SPD in limiting
the transient overvoltage across its terminals. A low
protection level value (also known as let-through
voltage) is therefore particularly critical for the
effective protection and continued operation of
The peak voltage protection level Up is declared when
the SPD is tested with its stated nominal discharge
current In (or the peak current (Ipeak) of Iimp) and is also
declared when the SPD is subject to combined impulse
test (mains Class III test for Type 3 SPDs) as well as
data/telecom Test Categories C and B.
175

All Furse ESP products are designed to provide simple
system integration whilst achieving highest levels of
effective protection against transients.
Tested in line with the BS EN 61643 standards series, ESP
protection can be selected and applied to BS EN 62305
and BS 7671 easily using the SPD product application
tables and data sheets. Key product and application
features are represented using the following symbols:
Lightning Protection Zone (LPZ) details the
boundary (to BS EN/IEC 62305-4) or installation
point of the SPD. For example, LPZ 0A 3 signifies
that the SPD can be installed at the service entrance
boundary and create an immediate LPZ 3 suitable
for protecting electronic equipment close to the
SPD installation.
Equipment further downstream of this location may
require additional protection, against switching
transients for example.
Full Mode means that the SPD protects in all

possible modes; common mode (live conductors
with respect to earth) and differential mode
(between live conductors). For example, full mode
mains SPDs offer protection between phase(s) to
earth, phase(s) to neutral and neutral to earth.
Whilst common mode protection ensures flashover
is prevented, differential mode protection is critical
to ensure sensitive electronics are protected as well
as operational during surge activity.
Mains Test Type defines the Type of mains SPD

(BS EN 61643 Type 1, 2, 3 or I, II, III to IEC 61643)
tested with the respective test Class I (high
energy 10/350 s current waveform), II (8/20 s
current waveform) or III (combined 8/20 s
current and 1.2/50 s voltage waveform) from the
BS EN/IEC 61643 series.
Where more than one Type is stated (for combined,
enhanced Type SPDs), the SPD has been tested to
each respective test Class, with the results detailed
on its transient performance specification.
Enhanced SPDs (SPD* within BS EN 62305 series)

have lower (better) let-through voltage or
protection levels (Up) and therefore further reduce
the risk of injury to living beings, physical damage
and failure of internal electronic systems.
Enhanced Type 1 mains SPDs (for a 230/400 V
system) should have a protection level Up of no
more than 1600 V whilst Type 2 and Type 3 mains
SPDs should have a protection level Up of no more
than 600 V in all modes when tested in accordance
with BS EN 61643 series. Enhanced signal/telecom
SPDs should typically have a protection level Up no
more than twice the peak operating voltage of the
protected system.
Signal/Telecom Test Category indicates the Test

Categories (as defined in BS EN/IEC 61643 series)
that SPDs for signal and telecom systems have been
subject to, with the results detailed on the transient
performance specification.
Test Category D is a high-energy test typically using
the 10/350 s current waveform. Test Category C is a
fast rate of rise test using the 1.2/50 s voltage
waveform combined with 8/20 s current waveform.
Test Category B is a slow rate of rise test using the
10/700 s waveform, also used within ITU standards.
Enhanced SPDs tested with categories D, C and B
can offer up to LPZ 0A 3 protection.
176
Common Mode signifies that the SPD specifically

offers protection on conductors with respect to
earth. For a mains system, this would be between
phases and earth or neutral and earth. For a
data/telecom line this would be between signal
line(s) to earth.
Common mode surges can result in flashover if the
insulation withstand voltage of connected wiring or
equipment is exceeded. Flashover could lead to
dangerous sparking potentially causing fire or
electric shock risks. Equipotentially bonding Type 1
mains SPDs or Test Cat D tested signal/telecom SPDs
reduce the risk of flashover by limiting common
mode surges.
Status Indication for mains wire-in power

distribution SPDs is essential as they are installed in
parallel or shunt with the supply and as such could
potentially leave the system unprotected should the
SPD fail. 3-way status indication of the SPDs
condition provides simple and clear visual inspection
and further provides advanced pre-failure warning
such that the system is never unprotected.
Furthermore warning of potentially fatal neutral to
earth faults due to incorrect earthing and wiring
faults for example is provided with additional
flashing indication.
Remote Indication is an innovative feature that
further optimizes mains wire-in SPD protection.
A parallel or shunt installed SPD has additive
let-through voltage because of its connecting leads
that need to be kept as short as possible - ideally no
more than 25 cm. Often an SPD cannot be mounted
in its optimum position without compromising the
visibility of its status indication.
Innovative remote status indication displays
overcome this by allowing the SPD to be mounted
with short connecting leads with the separate status
display being conveniently mounted in a visible
position such as the front of a power distribution
cabinet providing convenient and effective
equipment protection.
Active Volt-free Contact is an essential addition to

the visual 3-way status indication.
The changeover volt-free contact is simply
connected or linked to an existing building
management system, buzzer or light and should the
SPD have a pre-failure condition, this would be
remotely indicated - particularly important for
remote installations where the building
management system would be connected to a
telecom modem.
Active contacts further enable the SPD to also
conveniently warn of phase loss from a power
failure or blown fuse.
Intelligent Display iD is an innovation from Furse
that encompasses existing features of 3-way SPD
status indication with Neutral to Earth voltage
warning but through clear easy to read text on an
illuminated LCD display.
Often SPDs should be mounted on their side in
order to facilitate short connecting leads for better
protection levels but as this compromises the
position and appearance of the status indication, it
is not widely practiced.
Also available in a remote display option, the iD
feature enhances mains wire-in SPD installation as
the status indication text can easily be rotated (in
90 steps, clockwise) at the push of a button to aid
good installation practice.
Current Rating indicates the maximum continuous
current rating of in-line SPDs for data communication,
signal and telephone lines.
The SPDs quoted maximum continuous current rating
should always exceed the peak running current of the
protected system to ensure normal system operation
is not impaired.
Damage, through overheating, would result if its
quoted current rating were exceeded.
Low In-line Resistance states the resistance value in
Ohms () per line of SPDs for data communication,
signal and telephone lines.
A low in-line resistance is desirable; particularly for
systems with high running currents in order to
reduce any voltage drops across the SPD and ensure
normal system operation is not impaired.
Consideration should be made for additional SPDs
installed on the same line to protect connected
equipment at each end of the line (e.g. CCTV
camera and connected monitoring equipment) as
the in-line resistance of each SPD is introduced into
the system.
Replaceable Protection Module indicates that the

SPD component providing protection can be easily
removed and replaced following end-of-life with an
appropriate replacement module, saving on
reinstallation time and protector cost.
The replaceable module includes a quick release
mechanism allowing partial removal, which
facilitates line commissioning and maintenance.
LED Optional Indication is an additional feature
where an SPD can be supplied with an integral LED
which indicates performance or fault when installed
in low current DC power applications.
This enables rapid assessment and replacement of
SPDs in situations where a considerable number of
SPDs are installed.
High Bandwidth SPDs ensure the full system
frequency range of transmission signals, for
protected data communication, signal and
telephone lines, is not impaired.
Signal frequencies outside the stated SPD
bandwidth may potentially be distorted causing
information loss or corruption.
As the SPD should accommodate the characteristics
of the protected system, the stated SPD bandwidth
(typically quoted for a 50 system) should always
exceed the protected systems bandwidth.
BX IP is an International Protection (IP) rating (to
BS EN/IEC 60529) for ready-boxed (BX) SPDs
typically used in dusty and damp environments.
The IP rating system (also interpreted as Ingress
Protection) classifies the degrees of protection
provided against the intrusion of solid objects
(including body parts like hands and fingers), dust,
accidental contact and water in electrical
enclosures. For example, an IP66 rated enclosure
provides no ingress of dust and therefore complete
protection against contact as well as against water
projected in powerful jets against the enclosure
from any direction with no harmful effects.
Unboxed SPDs should be installed within
distribution panels/cabinets or within external
enclosures to the required IP rating (such as the
Furse weatherproof WBX enclosure range).
Ultra Slim 7 mm Width highlights the Slim Line
feature of our new ESP SL range which permits
installation in tight spaces, or multiple installation
where a high number of lines require protection.
ATEX/IECex Approved indicates that this SPD has
undergone the relevant testing and approval
process defined by ATEX/IECex, and has proven
suitable for use in the hazardous environment as
defined on the SPD datasheet.
177
Product selector
Weve described in the ESP introduction how protection should be installed on all cables which enter or leave the
building (except fibre optic), the power supply local to important equipment and electronic equipment outside the
main building(s). With the aid of the illustration we can see how this might be applied in practice.
Protect incoming and outgoing

electrical services
Well start by considering the main (office) building
in isolation.
Incoming mains power supplies

Install protection on the incoming
mains power supply at the incoming
distribution board(s).
If, as in this example, there are any

other power supplies entering the
building install protection on these
near where they enter the building.
Data & signal lines

Protectors are installed on CCTV video
cables from outdoor cameras to
prevent damage to the control desk.
A protector is installed at the network

hub to protect it from transients on
the between building data link.
Equipment such as our RF receiver,

with antenna (or satellite) links will
also need protecting.
Outgoing mains power supplies

Outgoing supplies can provide
transient overvoltages with a route
back into the buildings power
distribution system.
Install protection on supplies to other
buildings. (Note how, if correctly
positioned, the protector at the
incoming distribution board (1), also
protects against transients from the
outgoing supply to the UPS building).
Install protection on outgoing supplies
to site services, such as CCTV systems
and site lighting.
Protect all incoming/outgoing data communication,
signal and telephone lines (unless fibre optic).
Telephone lines
Incoming telephone lines and
extensions that leave the building
have protectors installed on them at
the PBXs distribution frame.
178
In our example, there is a direct (i.e.

not via the PBX) telephone line to an
alarm panel, which also needs
protecting.
Product selector
Protect the power supply

locally to important equipment
Within the building transient overvoltages can be
injected on to the mains power supply (downstream
of the protector at the incomer). Consequently,
protectors should be installed close to important pieces
of equipment.
Protection is installed on the local
distribution board feeding the servers
and network hub. (Note how the top
floor PC network and RF receiver is
protected by the protector on the
distribution board (2)).
The telephone PBX is protected locally
by a plug-in protector.

individual components of an electronic systems protection solution.
It is not intended to represent an actual scheme conforming to a
particular code of practice. The drawing is not to scale.
Protect electronic equipment

outside the building
Electronic equipment outside the main building in
ancillary buildings, on site or in the field should also
be protected.
Protect outdoor CCTV cameras with
protectors on the power supply, and
video cable (and, if relevant, telemetry
control line).
If the UPS is housed in a separate

building with a separate earth,
incoming and outgoing supplies will
need to be protected. This is because
most modern UPS systems contain
electronics that make them vulnerable
to being disabled by transient overvoltages. To prevent
transient overvoltage damage to the UPS it must have
a protector installed on both its input and output
(outgoing the building). A protector will also need to
be installed on the power supply into the main
building (2).
Protection is also installed on mains
power, data communication and
telephone lines entering the
neighbouring building. Additional
protection (not shown) may be
required within this building (whether
its a computer-controlled warehouse or automated
manufacturing operation with PLCs, drives and
computer controls).
Product selector
(1)
(2)
Mains power
RF
Computer network
Telephone line(s)
individual components of a system of Surge Protection Measures
(SPM). It is not intended to represent an actual Signal
schemeline
conforming
to a particular code of practice. The drawing is CCTV
not tovideo
scale.
Mains wire-in protectors

Mains wire-in protectors
p182-195
p186-189,
192-193
(3) Mains wire-in protectors
p182-195
p182-195
(5) PBX telephone/ISDN line protection p236-237
(6) Plug-in telephone line protection, or p234-235
Wire-in telephone line protection
p204-205,
210-211
(7) CCTV video protectors
p256-257
(8) Computer network protector
p238-239
(9) RF signal protector
p258-261
(10) Mains wire-in protector
p186-189,
192-193
(11) Plug-in mains protector
p200-201
(12) Protectors for
low current mains power supplies,
p198-199
CCTV video and
p256-257
telemetry lines
p204-209
p182-195
p182-195
Computer network protector
p238-239
PBX telephone/ISDN line protection p236-237
179
Mains power protection

ESP 240/XXX Series
ESP 415/XXX Series
ESP D1 Series
ESP M2/M4 Series
ESP M1 Series
ESP M1R, M2R, M4R Series
ESP DC Series
ESP 5A/BX & 16A/BX Series
ESP MC Series
182-183
184-185
186-189
190-191
192-193
194-195
196-197
198-199
200-201
Mains protector product selection - service entrance to terminal equipment

Structure configuration Typical
Installation Locations
Service entrance - after meter
Main Distribution Board (MDB)
Sub Distribution Board (SDB) located > 10m from MDB
Critical terminal equipment located > 10 m from SDB
No external lightning protection

system LPS fitted, 3 Phase 415 V
TN-S or TN-C-S mains supply
- underground supply feed
Ground
Level
Power
ESP 415 D1 range or ESP 415 M1

for 3 phase 415 V supplies
See pages 188 & 192
No external lightning protection

system LPS fitted, 3 Phase 415 V
TN-S or TN-C-S mains supply
- exposed overhead supply feed
ESP 415/III/TNS
Power
Ground
Level
ESP 415 M2 where electronics are

located near MDB before SDB
See pages 184 & 190
External lightning protection system
LPS fitted, mulitple connected
metallic services (gas/water/data/
telecom), 3 Phase 415 V TN-S or
TN-C-S mains supply
ESP MC
(e.g. Hospital/Laboratory/
Server Equipment)
See page 200
ESP 415 D1 range
or ESP 415 M1
See page 188 & 192
ESP MC/TN/RJ11
(e.g. fax machines/modems)
See page 200
LPS
Ground
Level
Power
Data
Telecom
ESP 415 D1 range or ESP 415 M1

See pages 188 & 192
Water
Gas
External lightning protection system

LPS fitted, metallic gas/water/data/
telecom services - unknown
3 Phase 415 V TN-S or TN-C-S
mains supply
ESP 415/I/TNS for LPS to LPL level I and II
ESP 415/III/TNS for LPS to LPL level III and IV
LPS
Ground
Level
ESP 240 D1 or ESP 240 M1

for single phase 240 V supplies
See page 186 & 192
ESP MC/Cat-5e
(e.g. computer network hubs)
See page 200
See page 154
Power
Unknown
ESP 415 M4 for LPS level I and II where

electronics are located near MDB before SDB
ESP 415 M2 for LPS level III and IV where
electronics are located near MDB before SDB
See page 184 & 190
Mains protectors for specific systems

Fire/intruder alarm panels and CCTV systems
Photovoltaic (solar) panels
181
ESP 240-5A (or -16A) series
See page 198
ESP PV series
See page 250
ESP 240/XXX Series
Installation
Protector to be installed in the
main distribution board with
connecting leads of minimal
length. The protector should
be fused and is suitable for
attachment to a 35 mm top hat
DIN rail.
The diagrams below illustrate
how to wire the appropriate
ESP protector according to your
chosen electrical system.
Combined Type 1 and 2 tested protector (to BS EN 61643) for use on

the main distribution board, particularly where a structural
Lightning Protection System (LPS) is employed, for equipotential
bonding. For use at boundaries up to LPZ 0A to protect against
flashover (typically the main distribution board location) through to
LPZ 2 to protect electrical equipment from damage.
Features and benefits
Enhanced protection (to BS EN 62305) offering low let-through voltage

further minimizing the risk of flashover creating dangerous sparking or
electric shock
Repeated protection in lightning intense environments
The varistor based design eliminates the high follow current (If)
associated with spark gap based surge protection
Compact, space saving design
Indicator shows when the protector requires replacement
Remote signal contact can indicate the protectors status through

interfacing with a building management system
TN-S earthing system
Application
Use on single phase mains supplies and power distribution systems for
protection against partial direct or indirect lightning strikes
ESP 240/I/XXX versions for use with Class I or II LPS
ESP 240/III/XXX versions for use with Class III or IV LPS; or exposed
overhead single phase power lines where no LPS is fitted
ESP 240/X/TNS versions also cover TN-C-S earthing systems
TN-C earthing system
IMPORTANT
182
The primary purpose of lightning current or equipotential bonding mains Type 1 Surge
Protective Devices (SPDs) is to prevent dangerous sparking caused by flashover to protect
against the loss of human life. In order to protect electronic equipment and ensure the
continual operation of systems, transient overvoltage mains Type 2 and 3 SPDs such as the
ESP M1 Series or ESP D1 Series are further required, typically installed at downstream subdistribution boards feeding sensitive equipment. BS EN/IEC 62305 refers to the correct
application of mains Type 1, 2 and 3 SPDs as a coordinated set.
For further information, please refer to the Furse Guide to BS EN 62305 Protection
against Lightning.
TT earthing system
Accessories
Weatherproof enclosure
WBX D4
ESP 240/XXX Series
Technical specification
Electrical specification
ESP 240/I/TNS
ESP 240/III/TNS
ESP 240/I/TNC
Nominal voltage - Phase-Neutral Uo (RMS)
ESP 240/III/TNC
ESP 240/I/TT
ESP 240/III/TT
ESP 240/I/TT
ESP 240/III/TT
240 V
Maximum voltage - Phase-Neutral Uc

(RMS/DC)
320 V/420 V
Temporary Overvoltage TOV UT1
350 V
Short circuit withstand capability
25 kA/50 Hz
Frequency range
47-63 Hz
Max. back-up fuse (see installation instructions)

Leakage current (to earth)
250 A
< 2.5 mA
< 2.5 mA
< 2.5 mA
Volt free contact

- current rating
- nominal voltage (RMS)
Transient specification
< 2.5 mA
Screw terminal
0.5 A
250 V
ESP 240/I/TNS
ESP 240/III/TNS
ESP 240/I/TNC
ESP 240/III/TNC
50 kA
25 kA
50 kA
25 kA
< 1.5 kV
< 1.4 kV
< 1.5 kV
< 1.4 kV
< 1.5 kV
< 1.4 kV
50 kA
25 kA
50 kA
25 kA
50 kA/100 kA
(N-E)
25 kA/50 kA
(N-E)
< 1.2 kV
< 1.2 kV
< 1.2 kV
< 1.2 kV
< 1.2 kV
< 1.2 kV
< 1.2 kV
< 1.2 kV
50 kA
25 kA
50 kA
25 kA
Let-through voltage Up at In
< 1.5 kV
< 1.4 kV
< 1.5 kV
< 1.4 kV
< 1.5 kV
< 1.4 kV
Maximum discharge current Imax (per mode)3
100 kA
100 kA
100 kA
100 kA
100 kA/160 kA
(N-E)
100 kA/100 kA
(N-E)
ESP 240/I/TNS
ESP 240/III/TNS
ESP 240/I/TNC
ESP 240/III/TNC
ESP 240/I/TT
ESP 240/III/TT
Type 1 (BS EN/EN), Class I (IEC)

Nominal discharge current 8/20 s (per mode) In
Impulse discharge current 10/350 s Iimp

(per mode)3
Let-through voltage Up at Iimp2
Let-through voltage Up at 1.2/50 s
(N-E, TT system)
50 kA/100 kA (N-E) 25 kA/50 kA (N-E)
Type 2 (BS EN/EN), Class II (IEC)

2
Mechanical specification
Temperature range
-40 to +80 C
Connection type
Screw terminal
Conductor size (stranded)
25 mm2
Earth connection
Screw terminal
Volt free contact
Connect via screw terminal with conductor up to 1.5 mm2 (stranded)
Degree of protection (IEC 60529)
IP20
Case material
Thermoplastic, UL 94 V-0
Mounting
Weight - unit
- packaged
Dimensions to DIN 43880 - HxDxW4
Temporary Overvoltage rating is for a maximum duration of

5 seconds tested to BS EN/EN/IEC 61643.
The maximum transient voltage let-through of the protector
throughout the test, phase to earth and neutral to earth.
3
The electrical system, external to the unit, may constrain the
actual current rating achieved in a particular installation.
4
The remote signal contact (removable) adds 10 mm
to height.
1
50 kA/100 kA (N-E) 25 kA/50 kA (N-E)
Indoor, 35 mm top hat DIN rail

0.84 kg
0.94 kg
0.44 kg
0.54 kg
0.44 kg
0.54 kg
0.29 kg
0.39 kg
0.68 kg
0.78 kg
0.44 kg
0.54 kg
90 mm x 68 mm 90 mm x 68 mm 90 mm x 68 mm 90 mm x 68 mm 90 mm x 68 mm 90 mm x 68 mm
x 72 mm (4TE)
x 36 mm (2TE)
x 36 mm (2TE)
x 36 mm (2TE)
x 72 mm (4TE)
x 54 mm (3TE)
36 mm
54 mm
72 mm
ESP 240/III/TT
ESP 240/I/TNS
ESP 240/I/TT
51 mm
ESP 240/III/TNS
90 mm ESP240/I/TNC
ESP240/III/TNC
45 mm
Standard
depth
68 mm
183
ESP 415/XXX Series
Installation
Protector to be installed in the
main distribution board with
DIN rail.
Combined Type 1 and 2 tested protector (to BS EN 61643) for use

on the main distribution board, particularly where a structural
Lightning Protection System (LPS) is employed, for equipotential
flashover (typically the main distribution board location) through
to LPZ 2 to protect electrical equipment from damage.

electric shock

TN-S earthing system
TN-C earthing system
Application
Use on three phase mains supplies and power distribution systems for
protection against partial direct or indirect lightning strikes
ESP 415/I/XXX versions for use with Class I or II LPS
ESP 415/III/XXX versions for use with Class III or IV LPS; or exposed
overhead three phase power lines where no LPS is fitted
ESP 415/X/TNS versions also cover TN-C-S earthing systems
TT earthing system
IMPORTANT
184
against Lightning.
Accessories
Weatherproof enclosures
WBX D4
Use with TN-S, TN-C versions and
ESP 415/III/TT
WBX D8
Use with ESP 415/I/TT
ESP 415/XXX Series
ESP 415/I/TNS
ESP 415/III/TNS
ESP 415/I/TNC
ESP 415/III/TNC
Maximum voltage - Phase-Neutral Uc

(RMS/DC)
350 V
25 kA/50 Hz
Frequency range
ESP 415/I/TT
ESP 415/III/TT
47-63 Hz
250 A
< 2.5 mA
< 2.5 mA
< 2.5 mA
Volt free contact

- current rating
ESP 415/III/TT
320 V/420 V
ESP 415/I/TT
240 V
< 2.5 mA
Screw terminal
0.5 A
250 V
ESP 415/I/TNS
ESP 415/III/TNS
ESP 415/I/TNC
ESP 415/III/TNC

Let-through voltage Up at In2
(per mode)3
Let-through voltage Up at 1.2/50 s
(N-E, TT system)
25 kA
20 kA
25 kA
20 kA
< 1.4 kV
< 1.5 kV
< 1.4 kV
< 1.5 kV
25 kA/100 kA (N-E) 20 kA/50 kA (N-E)

< 1.4 kV
< 1.5 kV
25 kA
12.5 kA
25 kA
12.5 kA
25 kA/100 kA
(N-E)
12.5 kA/50 kA
(N-E)
< 1.3 kV
< 1.2 kV
< 1.3 kV
< 1.2 kV
< 1.3 kV
< 1.2 kV
< 1.2 kV
< 1.2 kV

25 kA
20 kA
25 kA
20 kA
< 1.4 kV
< 1.5 kV
< 1.4 kV
< 1.5 kV
< 1.4 kV
< 1.5 kV
100 kA
50 kA
100 kA
50 kA
100 kA/160 kA
(N-E)
50 kA/100 kA
(N-E)
ESP 415/I/TNS
ESP 415/III/TNS
ESP 415/I/TNC
ESP 415/III/TNC
ESP 415/I/TT
ESP 415/III/TT
Temperature range
-40 to +80 C
Connection type
Screw terminal
25 kA/100 kA (N-E) 20 kA/50kA (N-E)
25 mm2
Earth connection
Screw terminal
Volt free contact
IP20
Case material
Thermoplastic, UL 94 V-0
Mounting
Weight - unit
- packaged
Temporary Overvoltage rating is for a maximum duration

of 5 seconds tested to BS EN/EN/IEC 61643.
The maximum transient voltage let-through of the
protector throughout the test, phase to earth and
neutral to earth.
3
The electrical system, external to the unit, may
constrain the actual current rating achieved in a
particular installation.
4
to height.

0.84 kg
0.94 kg
0.59 kg
0.69 kg
0.64 kg
0.74 kg
0.44 kg
0.54 kg
0.9 kg
1.0 kg
0.67 kg
0.77 kg
90 mm x 68 mm 90 mm x 68 mm 90 mm x 68 mm 90 mm x 68 mm 90 mm x 68 mm 90 mm x 68 mm
x 72 mm (4TE)
x 72 mm (4TE)
x 54 mm (3TE)
x 54 mm (3TE)
x 90 mm (5TE)
x 72 mm (4TE)
54 mm
72 mm
90 mm
ESP 415/I/TNC
ESP 415/III/TNC
ESP 415/I/TNS
ESP 415/III/TNS
ESP 415/III/TT
ESP 415/I/TT
51 mm
90 mm
45 mm
Standard
depth
68 mm
185
ESP D1 Series (Single Phase)
Installation
Install in parallel, within the power
distribution board or directly (via
fuses) on to the supply feeding
equipment. Can be installed in
series for low current supplies - see
installation instructions.
L1
N
L
PATENT
APPLIED
FOR
L1
ESP 240D1
Very low let-through voltage (enhanced protection to BS EN 62305)

between all sets of conductors (phase to neutral, phase to earth, neutral
to earth - Full Mode protection)
Full mode design capable of handling partial lightning currents as well

as allowing continual operation of protected equipment
Innovative multiple thermal disconnect technology for safe

disconnection from faulty or abnormal supplies (without compromising
protective performance)
Three way visual indication of protection status and advanced

pre-failure warning so you need never be unprotected
Remote indication facility allows pre-failure warning to be linked to a

building management system, buzzer or light
Changeover active volt-free contact enables the protector to be used to

warn of phase loss (i.e. power failure, blown fuses etc)
Flashing warning of potentially fatal neutral to earth supply faults (due

to incorrect earthing, wiring errors or unbalanced conditions)
Through terminal facility allows series connection on low current

supplies to eliminate high additive voltage associated with connecting
leads on units installed in parallel
Compact space saving DIN housing
T1 Iimp 4kA
GREEN FULL PROTECTION

GREEN & RED
EN/IEC 61643
RED
REDUCED
PROTECTION
(replace unit)
NO PROTECTION
WARNING: If lit /
flashing disconnect
unit & check Neutral
to Earth voltage
In 20kA
T2 Imax 40kA C
T3 Uoc 6kV D
14
11
12
STATUS
Parallel connection of ESP 120 D1,

ESP 240 D1 and ESP 277 D1 series to single
phase supplies (fuses not shown for clarity)
L1
N
L
PATENT
APPLIED
FOR
L1
ESP 240D1
125 AgL
STATUS INDICATION
L
Uc 280Vac 47-63Hz
N1
GREEN FULL PROTECTION

GREEN & RED
EN/IEC 61643
RED
REDUCED
PROTECTION
(replace unit)
NO PROTECTION
WARNING: If lit /
flashing disconnect
unit & check Neutral
to Earth voltage
T1 Iimp 4kA
In 20kA
T2 Imax 40kA C
T3 Uoc 6kV D
STATUS
14
11
12
Combined Type 1, 2 and 3 tested protector (to BS EN 61643) for use

on single phase mains power distribution systems primarily to
protect connected electronic equipment from transient overvoltages
on the mains supply, e.g. computer, communications or control
equipment. For use at boundaries up to LPZ 0B to protect against
flashover (typically the main distribution board location, with
multiple metallic services entering) through to LPZ 3 to protect
sensitive electronic equipment.
125 AgL
STATUS INDICATION
L
Uc 280Vac 47-63Hz
N1
Series connection of ESP 120 D1, ESP 240 D1

and ESP 277 D1 to single phase supplies up
to 125 A (fuses not shown for clarity)
At distribution boards, the

protector can be installed either
on the load side of the incoming
isolator, or on the closest outgoing
way to the incoming supply.
Connect, with very short
connecting leads, to phase,
neutral and earth.
For TT installations, contact Furse.
186
Accessories
If you desire a protector with an extra high maximum surge current use the ESP M2 or
ESP M4 series. If your supply is fused at 16 Amps, or less, the in-line protectors (and their
ready-boxed derivatives) may be more suitable.
WBX D4
ESP D1 Series (Single Phase)
ESP 120 D1
ESP 240 D1
ESP 277 D1
120 V
240 V
277 V
Maximum voltage - Phase-Neutral Uc (RMS)
150 V
280 V
350 V
175 V
350 V
402 V

Working voltage (RMS)
25 kA, 50 Hz
90-150 V
200-280 V
Frequency range
47-63 Hz
125 A
< 250 A
Indicator circuit current
< 10 mA
Volt free contact

- current rating
Screw terminal
1A
250 V
232-350 V
ESP 120 D1
ESP 240 D1
ESP 277 D1

20 kA
600 V
900 V

(per mode)4
1 kV
4 kA
500 V
750 V
Impulse discharge current (per phase) Iimp5
850V
6.25 kA

20 kA
600 V
900 V
40 kA
Maximum discharge current Imax (per phase)
80 kA
1 kV
Type 3 (BS EN/EN), Class III (IEC)

Let-through voltage at Uoc of 6 kV 1.2/50 s and
Isc of 3 kA 8/20 s (per mode)6
390 V
600 V
680 V
ESP 120 D1
ESP 240 D1
ESP 277 D1
Temperature range
-40 to +80 C
Connection type
Screw terminal
25 mm2
Earth connection
Screw terminal
Volt free contact
IP20
Case material
FR ABS UL-94 V-0
Weight - unit
Weight - packaged
0.4 kg
0.5 kg

Minimum permissable load is 5 V DC, 10 mA to ensure
reliable operation.
3
throughout the test (5%), phase to neutral, phase to earth
and neutral to earth.
4
5
Rating is considered as the current capability of the protector
for equipotential bonding near the service entrance.
6
Combination wave test within BS EN/IEC 61643,
IEEE C62.41-2002 Location Cats C1 & B3, SS 555:2010,
AS/NZS 1768-2007, UL 1449 mains wire-in.
7
to height.
90 mm x 88 mm x 72 mm (4TE)
72 mm
50 mm
38 mm
90 mm
45 mm
Standard
depth
88 mm
187
ESP D1 Series (Three Phase)
Installation
equipment. Can be installed in
series for low current supplies - see
For ESP D1R or D1R/LCD units,
position remote display, making
sure that the cable is long enough,
is unimpeded within the cabinet,
and allows a minimum of 60 mm
behind the panel front (for the
interconnection cable).

on three phase mains power distribution systems primarily to
protect connected electronic equipment from transient overvoltages
on the mains supply, e.g. computer, communications or control
equipment. Innovative remote display options allow both protector
and display to be mounted in their optimum position. For use at
boundaries up to LPZ 0B to protect against flashover (typically the
main distribution board location, with multiple metallic services
entering) through to LPZ 3 to protect sensitive electronic equipment.
L'
L2
L2'
L3
L3'
N'
PATENT
APPLIED
FOR
EN/IEC 61643
Enhanced
Mains
Protector
PE
14
11
12
STATUS




ESP XXX D1R or ESP XXX D1R/LCD units (where XXX = 208, or 415, or
480) have a remote display that allows the protector to be mounted
close to the incoming feed or distribution board with the display being
mounted in a visible position e.g. at the front of the panel
ESP XXX D1/LCD or ESP XXX D1R/LCD units have backlit LCD intelligent
display offering clear status information that can be rotated for side
mounting to facilitate short connecting leads


ESP RLA HD-1

Spare 1 m cable assembly for
ESP XXX D1R or ESP XXX D1R/LCD

ESP RLA HD-2

Through terminal facility allows series connection on low current

supplies to eliminate high additive voltage associated with connecting
leads on units installed in parallel
ESP RLA HD-4

Compact space saving DIN housing
For spare displays, see page 265.
188
Parallel connection of ESP 415 D1,

ESP 208 D1 and ESP 480 D1 series to
three phase star (4 wire and earth) supplies
(fuses not shown for clarity)

connecting leads, to phases,
neutral and earth.
Accessories
WBX D8
ESP D1 Series (Three Phase)
ESP 208 D1 Series1
ESP 415 D1 Series1
ESP 480 D1 Series1
120 V
240 V
277 V
150 V
280 V
350 V
175 V
350 V
402 V
25 kA, 50 Hz
156-260 V
346-484 V
Frequency range
402-600 V
47-63 Hz
125 A
< 250 A
< 10 mA
Volt free contact3

- current rating
Screw terminal
1A
250 V
ESP 208 D1 Series
ESP 415 D1 Series
ESP 480 D1 Series

20 kA
600 V
900 V

(per mode)5
1 kV
4 kA
500 V
750 V
Impulse discharge current (per phase) Iimp6
850V
6.25 kA

20 kA
600 V
900 V
40 kA
80 kA
1 kV

390 V
600 V
680 V
ESP 208 D1 Series
ESP 415 D1 Series
ESP 480 D1 Series
Temperature range
-40 to +80 C
Connection type
Screw terminal
25 mm2
Earth connection
Screw terminal
Volt free contact
Display connection (D1R & D1R/LCD versions)
HD-D Type 1 metre interconnection cable

2 metre cable (ESP RLA HD-2) or 4 metre cable (ESP RLA HD-4) optional
IP20
Case material
FR ABS UL-94 V-0
Weight - unit
- packaged
0.85 kg
0.95 kg

Three phase series (208 V, 415 V or 480 V) include fixed
(D1) or remote (D1R) LED or LCD options e.g. ESP 415 D1,
ESP 415 D1/LCD, ESP 415 D1R, ESP 415 D1R/LCD.
2
3
reliable operation.
4
5
6
7
8
to height.
90 mm x 88 mm x 144 mm (8TE)
144 mm
50 mm
38 mm
Display Unit
72 mm
36 mm
90 mm
Standard
depth
88 mm
DIN 72x36 cutout (68 x 33 mm)

Depth 20 mm
(60 mm depth required
behind panel for plug)
189
If you desire a protector with an extra high maximum surge current use the ESP M2 or
ESP M4 series. If your supply is fused at 16 Amps, or less, the in-line protectors (and their
ready-boxed derivatives) may be more suitable.
ESP M2/M4 Series
Application
Use ESP M2 versions on main
distribution board for buildings
with a Class III or IV structural LPS
fitted or exposed 3 phase power
lines where no LPS is fitted. Use
ESP M4 versions on main
with a Class I or II LPS fitted.
Installation
Combined Type 1, 2 and 3 tested protector (to BS EN 61643)

for use on the main distribution board directly feeding
electronic equipment such as computers, communication and
control equipment, particularly where a structural Lightning
Protection System (LPS) is employed. For use at boundaries
up to LPZ 0A to protect against flashover (typically the main
distribution board location) through to LPZ 3 to protect sensitive

distribution board, either on the
load side of the incoming isolator,
or on the closest outgoing way to
the incoming supply.

between all sets of conductors (phase to neutral, phase to earth and
neutral to earth - Full Mode protection)
Full mode design capable of handling high energy partial

lightning currents as well as allowing continual operation of
protected equipment
Innovative multiple thermal disconnect technology, for safe

Three way visual indication of protection status
Advanced pre-failure warning so you need never be unprotected


warn of phase loss (i.e. power failure, blown fuses, etc)
Unique flashing warning of potentially fatal neutral to earth

supply faults (caused by incorrect earthing, wiring errors or
unbalanced conditions)
Robust steel housing
Protector base provides ultra low inductance earth bond to

metal panels
Convenient holes for flat mounting
Live connecting leads should be

fused accordingly

connecting leads, to phase(s),
neutral and earth. Phase/live
connecting leads should be fused
with HRC fuses, a switchfuse,
MCCB or type C MCB.
DIRTY
CLEAN
From
supply
To
load
Parallel connection to three phase star

(4 wire and earth) supplies
Accessories
190
For main distribution boards with multiple metallic services (gas, water, telecom/data lines)
entering and for sub-distribution boards, the ESP M1 Series are more suited. If your supply is
fused at 16 Amps, or less, the in-line protection (ESP 240 or 120-5A (or -16A) and ready-boxed
derivatives) may be suitable. If you need to mount the display panel separately from the
main protector unit, use the ESP XXX M2R or ESP XXX M4R.
WBX M2
For use with the ESP XXX M2
WBX M4
For use with the ESP XXX M4
ESP M2/M4 Series
ESP 415 M2
ESP 415 M4
ESP 480 M2
ESP 480 M4
240 V
240 V
277 V
277 V
280 V
280 V
350 V
350 V
350 V
350 V
402 V
402 V
402-600 V
402-600 V

25 kA, 50 Hz
346-484 V
346-484 V
Frequency range
47-63 Hz
200 A
315 A
200 A
315 A
< 500 A
< 1000 A
< 500 A
< 1000 A
< 20 mA
< 40 mA
< 20 mA
< 40 mA
Volt free contact2

- current rating
Screw terminal
1A
250 V
ESP 415 M2
ESP 415 M4
ESP 480 M2
ESP 480 M4
40 kA
80 kA
40 kA
80 kA
900 V
900 V
1 kV
1 kV

(per mode)4
8 kA
16 kA
8 kA
16 kA
750 V
750 V
850 V
850 V
12.5 kA
25 kA
12.5 kA
25 kA
40 kA
80 kA
40 kA
80 kA
900 V
900 V
1 kV
1 kV
80 kA
160 kA
80 kA
160 kA
160 kA
320 kA
160 kA
320 kA
590 V
570 V
670 V
650 V
ESP 415 M2
ESP 415 M4
ESP 480 M2
ESP 480 M4
25 mm2
50 mm2
Impulse discharge current (per phase) limp5


Temperature range
-40 to +80 C
Connection type
Screw terminal
25 mm2
50 mm2
Earth connection
Screw terminal
Volt free contact
IP20
Case material
Steel
Weight - unit
Weight - packaged
2.35 kg
2.5 kg
3.9 kg
4.2 kg
2.35 kg
2.5 kg
3.9 kg
4.2 kg
Dimensions
Temporary Overvoltage rating is for a maximum duration of 5 seconds tested to BS EN/EN/IEC 61643.
Minimum permissable load is 5 V DC, 10 mA to ensure reliable operation.
The maximum transient voltage let-through of the protector throughout the test (5%), phase to neutral, phase to
earth and neutral to earth.
4
The electrical system, external to the unit, may constrain the actual current rating achieved in a particular installation.
5
Rating is considered as the current capability of the protector for equipotential bonding near the service entrance.
6
Combination wave test within BS EN/IEC 61643, IEEE C62.41-2002 Location Cats C1 & B3, SS 555:2010,
1
226 mm
2
3
Depth:
78 mm (ESP M2)
125 mm (ESP M4)
204 mm
ESP XXX M2/M4
186.5 mm
M5 Clearance
176 mm
Note: The unit

takes up 25 mm
of the length of
the fixing screw
191
ESP M1 Series
Installation
equipment.

on mains power distribution systems primarily to protect connected
electronic equipment from transient overvoltages on the mains
supply, e.g. computer, communications or control equipment. For use
at boundaries up to LPZ 0B to protect against flashover (typically the
main distribution board location, with multiple metallic services
entering) through to LPZ 3 to protect sensitive electronic equipment.
Parallel connection of single phase protectors

ESP 240 M1, ESP 120 M1 or ESP 277 M1







Base provides ultra-low inductance earth bond to metal panels
Compact size for installation in the power distribution board
ESP 120 M1 and ESP 240 M1 have Network Rail Approval PA05/02700
and PA05/01832 respectively. NRS PADS reference 086/000556
(ESP 120 M1) and 086/047149 (ESP 240 M1)
Parallel connection of ESP 415 M1,

ESP 208 M1 or ESP 480 M1 to three phase
star (4 wire and earth) supplies

isolator, or on the closest
outgoing way to the incoming
supply. Connect, with very short
connecting leads, to phase(s),
neutral and earth.
Accessories
WBX 3
Use with single phase protectors
192
ESP 415 M1 installed within a control panel on the
mains input to protect the panels control systems.
Note the remote indication connection (top of protector)
WBX 4
Use with three phase protectors
ESP M1 Series
ESP 120 M1
ESP 208 M1
ESP 240 M1
ESP 415 M1
ESP 277 M1
ESP 480 M1
120 V
120 V
240 V
240 V
277 V
277 V
150 V
150 V
280 V
280 V
350 V
350 V
Temporary Overvoltage TOV UT
175 V
175 V
350 V
350 V
402 V
402 V
232-350 V
402-600 V
ESP 415 M1
ESP 277 M1
ESP 480 M1
900 V
1 kV
1 kV
750 V
850 V
850 V
900 V
1 kV
1 kV
25 kA, 50 Hz
90-150 V
156-260 V
200-280 V
Frequency range
346-484 V
47-63 Hz
125 A
< 250 A
< 10 mA
Volt free contact2

- current rating
Screw terminal
1A
250 V
ESP 120 M1
ESP 208 M1
ESP 240 M1
600 V
600 V
900 V

20 kA

(per mode)4
4 kA
500 V
500 V
750 V
6.25 kA

20 kA
600 V
600 V
900 V
Maximum discharge current Imax (per mode)
40 kA
80 kA

390 V
390 V
600 V
600 V
680 V
680 V
ESP 120 M1
ESP 208 M1
ESP 240 M1
ESP 415 M1
ESP 277 M1
ESP 480 M1
Temperature range
-40 to +80 C
Connection type
Screw terminal
16 mm2
Earth connection
Screw terminal
Volt free contact
IP20
Case material
Steel
Weight - unit
Weight - packaged
0.6 kg
0.7 kg
1.0 kg
1.1 kg
0.6 kg
0.7 kg
1.0 kg
1.1 kg
0.6 kg
0.7 kg
1.0 kg
1.1 kg
Dimensions
Temporary Overvoltage rating is for a maximum duration of 5 seconds tested to BS EN/EN/IEC 61643.
Minimum permissable load is 5 V DC, 10 mA to ensure reliable operation.
The maximum transient voltage let-through of the protector throughout the test (5%), phase to neutral, phase
to earth and neutral to earth.
4
The electrical system, external to the unit, may constrain the actual current rating achieved in a particular
installation.
5
Rating is considered as the current capability of the protector for equipotential bonding near the service entrance.
6
Combination wave test within BS EN/IEC 61643, IEEE C62.41-2002 Location Cats C1 & B3, SS 555:2010,
1
60 mm
110 mm
Depth:
73 mm
180 mm
Single
Phase
Three
Phase
165 mm
M5 Clearance
If you desire a protector with an extra high maximum surge current use
the ESP M2 or ESP M4 series. If your supply is fused at 16 amps, or less, the
in-line protectors (ESP 240 or 120-5A (or -16A) and their ready-boxed
derivatives) may be more suitable. If you need to mount the display panel
separately from the main protector unit, use the ESP M1R series.
45.5 mm
70 mm
Note: The unit

takes up 20 mm
of the length of
the fixing screw
193
Application
ESP M1R: main distribution board
for buildings with multiple
metallic services (e.g. gas, water,
telecoms) & sub-distribution
boards feeding sensitive
equipment. ESP M2R: main
with Class III or IV LPS fitted or
exposed 3-ph power lines where
no LPS is fitted. ESP M4R: main
with a Class I or II LPS.
Installation
on mains power distribution systems primarily to protect connected
electronic equipment from transient overvoltages on the mains
supply, e.g. computer, communications or control equipment.
Remote display allows both display and protector unit to be
mounted in their optimum positions. For use at boundaries up to
LPZ 0A to protect against flashover (typically the main distribution
board location, with multiple metallic services entering) through to
LPZ 3 to protect sensitive electronic equipment.
Installation of the protector unit is

identical to the ESP M1, M2 or M4.
Position remote display, making
sure that the cable is long enough,
is unimpeded within the cabinet,
and allows a minimum of 60 mm
behind the panel front (for the
interconnection cable).
The remote display means the protector can be mounted close to the
incoming feed or first way on the distribution board and the display in
an easily visible position, e.g. on front of cabinet
disconnection from abnormal or faulty supplies
Remote display gives three way visual indication of protection status
Plug-in cable connections between protector and display enable easy
connection (1 m cable supplied as standard)
warn of phase loss (i.e. power failure, blown fuses, etc)
Unique flashing warning of potentially fatal neutral to earth supply faults
(caused by incorrect earthing, wiring errors or unbalanced conditions)
Robust steel housing (protector), and sturdy ABS housing (display)
Remote display comes with integral fixings and a panel drilling template
Parallel
connection of
ESP 415 M1R
to three phase
star (4 wire
and earth)
supplies (fuses
not shown for
clarity)
DIRTY
Simple plug and

socket connection
between the
protector unit
and the remote
display
CLEAN
From
supply
To
load
Accessories
ESP RLA-1
Spare 1 metre cable assembly
ESP RLA-2
ESP RLA-4
For spare displays, see page 265.
194
Front view of a cabinet with the display unit, easily visible,
mounted on the front of the door, whilst the protector unit is
installed deep within
For three phase applications where a

remote display is unnecessary, use the
respective ESP M1, M2 or M4 Series.
ESP 415 M1R
ESP 480 M1R
ESP 415 M2R
ESP 480 M2R
ESP 415 M4R
ESP 480 M4R
240 V
277 V
240 V
277 V
240 V
277 V
280 V
350 V
280 V
350 V
280 V
350 V
Temporary Overvoltage TOV UT
350 V
402 V
350 V
402 V
350 V
402 V
346-484 V
402-600 V

25 kA, 50 Hz
346-484 V
402-600 V
346-484 V
Frequency range
402-600 V
47-63 Hz
125 A
125 A
200 A
200 A
315 A
315 A
< 250 A
< 250 A
< 500 A
<500 A
< 1000 A
< 1000 A
< 10 mA
< 10 mA
< 20 mA
< 20 mA
< 40 mA
< 40 mA
Volt free contact2

- current rating
Screw terminal
1A
250 V
ESP 415 M1R
ESP 480 M1R
ESP 415 M2R
ESP 480 M2R
ESP 415 M4R
ESP 480 M4R
20 kA
20 kA
40 kA
40 kA
80 kA
80 kA
900 V
1 kV
900 V
1 kV
900 V
1 kV

(per mode)4
4 kA
4 kA
8 kA
8 kA
16 kA
16 kA
750 V
850 V
750 V
850 V
750 V
850 V
6.25 kA
6.25 kA
12.5 kA
12.5 kA
25 kA
25 kA
20 kA
20 kA
40 kA
40 kA
80 kA
80 kA
900 V
1 kV
900 V
1 kV
900 V
1 kV
40 kA
40 kA
80 kA
80 kA
160 kA
160 kA
80 kA
80 kA
160 kA
160 kA
320 kA
320 kA
600 V
680 V
590 V
670 V
570 V
650 V
ESP 415 M1R
ESP 480 M1R
ESP 415 M2R
ESP 480 M2R
ESP 415 M4R
ESP 480 M4R
50 mm2
50 mm2


Temperature range
-40 to +80 C
Connection type
Screw terminal
16 mm2
16 mm2
25 mm2
25 mm2
Earth connection
Screw terminal
Volt free contact
IP20
Display connection
6 way 1 metre interconnection cable - 2 or 4 metre cable optional
Case material
Unit - Steel, Display - ABS
Weight - unit
- packaged
1.1 kg
1.2 kg
1.1 kg
1.2 kg
2.45 kg
2.55 kg
2.45 kg
2.55 kg
4 kg
4.3 kg
4 kg
4.3 kg
Dimensions
2
reliable operation. Under fault conditions, the remote display
will go blank if the L1 phase loses power or becomes faulty.
This is due to the isolation requirements needed for circuitry
mounted externally to the main protector unit.
3
4
5
6
1
90 mm
55 mm
110 mm
226 mm
Depth:
73 mm (ESP M1R)
78 mm (ESP M2R)
125 mm (ESP M4R)
35.5 mm
15 mm
70.5 mm
180 mm
ESP XXX M1R
165 mm 204 mm
ESP XXX M2R/M4R
Depth: 12 mm
(60 mm depth required
behind panel for plug)
186.5 mm
M5 Clearance
Display unit (rear view)

M3 threaded
70 mm
176 mm
Note: The unit takes

up 20 mm (ESP M1),
or 25 mm (ESP M2/M4)
of the length of the
fixing screw
195
ESP DC Series
Application
Use on DC power distribution
systems to protect connected
electronic equipment from
transient overvoltages on the DC
supply, e.g. DC fed communications
or control equipment.
Installation
distribution board or directly on
the supply feeding the equipment.

DC systems to protect connected electronic equipment from
transient overvoltages on the mains supply, e.g. control equipment.
Available for 12, 24, 36 and 48 V DC systems. For use at boundaries
LPZ 1 through to LPZ 3 to protect sensitive electronic equipment.
DIRTY
CLEAN
Low let-through voltage (enhanced protection to BS EN 62305) between

all sets of conductors (positive to negative, positive to earth and
negative to earth - Full Mode protection) allowing continuous
operation of equipment
Visual indication of protector status

Simple parallel connection
Compact size for installation in the power distribution board
Maintenance free
From
supply
Parallel connection of ESP 48 DC

connecting leads, to positive,
negative and earth.
Accessories
WBX 3
196
To
load
For low current applications, the ESP H Series (4 A), ESP E Series (1.25 A) or ESP D Series
(300 mA) protectors may be suitable. For protection of photovoltaic (PV) systems up to
1000 Vdc, see our ESP PV Series.
ESP DC Series
ESP 12 DC
ESP 24 DC
ESP 36 DC
ESP 48 DC
Nominal voltage (RMS)
12 V
24 V
36 V
48 V
Maximum voltage (RMS)
15 V
30 V
45 V
60 V
9-15 V
18-30 V
27-45 V
36-60 V
ESP 36 DC
ESP 48 DC
250 V
250 V

63 A
< 250 A
< 10 mA
Volt free contact

- current rating
Screw terminal
1A
250 V
ESP 12 DC
ESP 24 DC
250 V
250 V

5 kA
Maximum discharge current Imax (per mode)
20 kA

190 V
190 V
190 V
190 V
ESP 12 DC
ESP 24 DC
ESP 36 DC
ESP 48 DC
Temperature range
-40 to +80 C
Connection type
Screw terminal
16 mm2
Earth connection
Screw terminal
Volt free contact
IP20
Case material
Weight - unit
Weight - packaged
Steel
0.6 kg
0.7 kg
0.6 kg
0.7 kg
0.6 kg
0.7 kg
0.6 kg
0.7 kg
Dimensions
reliable operation.
throughout the test (5%) per mode.
3
4
1
60 mm
Depth:
73 mm
180 mm
165 mm
M5 Clearance
Note: The unit takes
up 20 mm of the length
of the fixing screw
45.5 mm
197
Application
Use these protectors on low
current mains power supplies, e.g.
CCTV cameras, alarm panels and
telemetry equipment.
Installation
Connect in-line with the power
supply usually either within the
equipment panel (or for CCTV
cameras, in an enclosure close by),
or on the fused connection that
supplies equipment.
Earth
DIRTY
Combined Type 2 and 3 tested protector (to BS EN 61643) for use

on low current (up to 5 or 16 A) single phase systems to protect
connected electronic equipment from transient overvoltages on
the mains supply, e.g. fire/intruder alarm panels. Protectors with
/BX suffix come ready-boxed, to IP66, for use in dirty or damp
environments. Available for 90-150 Volts, 200-280 Volts and
232-350 Volts supplies. For use at boundaries LPZ 1 through to
CLEAN
To
equipment
From line
Connect in-line on supplies fused up to 5 A

(ESP 120-5A, ESP 240-5A or ESP 277-5A) or
16 A (ESP 120-16A, ESP 240-16A or
ESP 277-16A). Note how the protector can
also be earthed from its earth stud
DIRTY
CLEAN

between all sets of conductors (phase to neutral, phase to earth,
neutral to earth - Full Mode protection) allowing continuous operation
of equipment
Compact size for easy incorporation in the protected system
Removable DIN rail foot for simple clip-on mounting to

top hat DIN rails (unboxed versions)
Colour coded terminals give a quick and easy installation

check - grey for the dirty (line) end and green for the
clean end
Available ready-boxed to IP66 for use in dirty or damp

environments (protectors with /BX suffix)
Robust housing and substantial earth stud
Fixing holes ready for flat mounting
Maintenance free
ESP 240-5A/BX has Network Rail Approval PA05/02896. NRS PADS

reference 087/037285
198
Ready boxed protector (here an ESP 240-5A/BX)
installed on the fused connection (spur) to an
alarm panel
Earth
47-63Hz
From line
To
equipment
Connect in-line on supplies fused up to 5 A

(ESP 120-5A/BX, ESP 240-5A/BX or
ESP 277-5A/BX) or 16 A (ESP 120-16A/BX,
ESP 240-16A/BX or ESP 277-16A/BX).
Note how the protector can also be earthed
from its earth stud
To protect equipment inside a

building from transients entering
on an outgoing feed (e.g. to CCTV
cameras or to site lighting) the
protector should be installed as
close to where the cable leaves the
building as possible. Unless readyboxed, protectors should be
installed either within an existing
cabinet/cubicle or in a separate
enclosure.
Accessories
If several ESP 120-5A or 16A,
ESP 240-5A or 16A or ESP 277-5A
or 16A protectors are to be
installed together, or if one is in
use alongside Lightning Barriers
for video or signal lines, these can
be simultaneously mounted and
earthed on a CME kit and housed
in a suitable WBX enclosure (see
pages 263 & 264).
ESP 120-5A
ESP 120-16A
ESP 240-5A
ESP 240-16A
ESP 277-5A
ESP 277-16A
ESP 120-5A/BX ESP 120-16A/BX ESP 240-5A/BX ESP 240-16A/BX ESP 277-5A/BX ESP 277-16A/BX
120 V
120 V
240 V
240 V
277 V
277 V
150 V
150 V
280 V
280 V
350 V
350 V
90-150 V
90-150 V
200-280 V
200-280 V
232-350 V
232-350 V

Frequency range
47-63 Hz
Current rating (supply)

5 A or less
16 A or less
5 A or less
16 A or less
5 A or less
16 A or less
5A
16 A
5A
16 A
5A
16 A
< 0.5 mA
120 Volt protectors
240 Volt protectors
277 Volt protectors

5 kA
450 V
750 V
790 V
10 kA

390 V
ESP 120-5A
ESP 240-16A
590 V
ESP 120-16A
ESP 277-5A
ESP 240-5A
ESP 277-16A
670 V
ESP 120-5A/BX ESP 120-16A/BX ESP 240-5A/BX

ESP 240-16A/BX ESP 277-5A/BX ESP 277-16A/BX
Temperature range
-40 to +80 C
-40 to +80 C
Connection type
Screw terminal
Screw terminal
4 mm2
4 mm2
Via earth terminal or M6 stud
Via earth terminal or M6 stud
-5A/BX 4.8-8 mm cable (PG9)

-16A/BX 8-12 mm cable (PG13.5)
IP20
IP66
Conductor size (solid)

Earth connection
Cable glands

Case material
Weight - unit
Weight - packaged
Steel
PVC
0.23 kg
0.25 kg
0.26 kg
0.31 kg
Dimensions
2
3
1
38 mm
109 mm centrally
M4 clearance
26 mm
54 mm
39 mm
105 mm
M3 clearance
120 mm
120 mm
Depth:
56 mm
108 x 50 mm
M4 clearance
80 mm
25 mm max.
25 mm
199
If your supply is fused at more than 16 Amps the ESP 120 M1, ESP 240 M1 or ESP 277 M1 are suitable.
ESP MC Series
Installation
Simply plug the ESP MC series into
the mains and your equipment
into the ESP MC.
ESP MC installed within a network rack,

protecting the externally-fed
network switch
Combined Type 2 and 3 tested protector (to BS EN 61643) with

telecom or network protection options. Suitable for use on
220/230/240 Volts supplies. Available with British style (three
square pin) plugs and sockets with double-pole action. For use
at boundaries LPZ 1 through to LPZ 3 to protect sensitive
Low let-through voltage between all sets of conductors
Three way visual indication of protection status
Protects against radio frequency interference
TN and Cat-5e versions can conveniently protect both mains and

telecom/data lines in one unit
Rugged, heavy duty construction
Bracket kit ESP MC/19BK available for rear or 19 rack mounting
Maintenance free
Application
RFI performance
Per CISPR 17:
A = 50 /50 sym, B = 50 /50
asym, C = 0.1 /100 sym,
D = 100 /0.1 sym
Accessories
ESP MC series can be used to protect all sorts of plug-in equipment,

including hospital laboratory equipment, modems, fax machines and PCs.
ESP MC/19BK bracket kit can be

used for rear mounting, or
reversed for use in 19 cabinets.
All fixings supplied.
For wire-in applications up to 16 amps,
the ESP 16A/BX Series may be more
suitable. For all other supplies, consider
the ESP M1 Series.
Dimensions
422 mm
(as a free standing unit)
Lead Length 1.35 m

76.2 mm
88 mm (2U)
Depth 42 mm
200
Ethernet RJ45 connections
482.6 mm
(19 inch, when fitted with ESP MC/19BK brackets)
T
Telephone RJ11 connections
ESP MC Series
Electrical specification - mains
ESP MC
ESP MC/TN/RJ11
ESP MC/Cat-5e
220/230/240 V
280 V
Frequency range
47-63 Hz
Current rating (supply)
13 A
< 0.5 mA
Electrical specification - telecom/data

Nominal voltage
296 V
5V
Maximum working voltage Uc1
296 V
5 V2
Current rating (signal)
300 mA
4.4
300 mA
In-line resistance (per line 10%)
20 MHz
100 Mbps
ESP MC
ESP MC/TN/RJ11
ESP MC/Cat-5e
Bandwidth (-3 dB 50 system)

Maximum data rate
Transient specification - mains

5 kA
850V
10 kA

Let-through voltage at Uoc of 6 kV 1.2/50 and Isc of
3 kA 8/20 (per mode)5
680 V
Let-through voltage at Uoc of 6 kV 1.2/50 and Isc of

500 A 8/20 (per mode)
555 V
Transient specification - telecom/data

Let-through voltage (all conductors)6 Up
C2 test 4 kV 1.2/50 s, 2 kA 8/20 s to
BS EN/EN/IEC 61643-21 - line to line / line to earth
390 V/390 V
120 V/700 V8
C1 test 1 kV, 1.2/50 s, 0.5 kA 8/20 s to

BS EN/EN/IEC 61643-21 - line to line / line to earth
395 V/395 V
74 V/600 V8
B2 test 4 kV 10/700 s to BS EN/EN/IEC 61643-21

- line to line / line to earth
295 V/295 V
21 V/550 V8
5 kV, 10/700 s7
- line to line / line to earth
300 V/300 V
25 V/600 V8
Maximum surge current
D1 test 10/350 s to BS EN/EN/IEC 61643-21
1 kA
1 kA
8/20 s to ITU (formerly CCITT), BS 6651:1999 Appendix C
10 kA
10 kA
ESP MC
ESP MC/TN/RJ11
ESP MC/Cat-5e
Mechnical specification
Temperature range
-25 C to +80 C
Connection type
Connection type - telecom/data
Via British style three square pin plug and socket to BS 1363
-
Earth connection
Case material
Weight - unit
Weight - packaged
RJ11
RJ45
Via plug and socket

Steel
1.70 kg
1.75 kg
1.75 kg
1.8 kg
Maximum working voltage (DC or AC peak) of telecom/data protection measured at <10 A leakage for ESP MC/TN/RJ11 and 1 mA for ESP MC/Cat-5e.
Maximum working voltage is 5 V for data pairs 1/2 & 3/6.
The maximum transient voltage let-through of the protector throughout the test (5%), phase to neutral, phase to earth and neutral to earth.
4
The electrical system, external to the unit, may constrain the actual current rating achieved in a particular installation.
5
Combination wave test within BS EN/IEC 61643, IEEE C62.41-2002 Location Cats C1 & B3, SS 555:2010, AS/NZS 1768-2007, UL 1449 mains wire-in.
6
The maximum transient voltage let-through the protector throughout the test (10%), line to line & line to earth. Response time < 10 ns.
7
Test to BS EN/IEC 61643, IEC 61000-4-5:2006, ITU-T (formerly CCITT) K.20, K.21 and K.45,Telcordia GR-1089-CORE, Issue 2:2002, ANSI TIA/EIA/IS-968-A:2002 (formerly FCC Part 68).
8
The interfaces used in Cat-5/5e systems incorporate an isolation transformer that inherently provides an inbuilt immunity to transients between line and earth of 1,500 Volts or more.
9
The installation and connectors external to the protector may limit the capability of the protector.
1.75 kg
1.8 kg
1
2
3
201
Data & signal protection

ESP D & TN Series
ESP E Series
ESP H Series
ESP D/BX Series
ESP SL Series
ESP SL X Series
ESP SL LED 4-20 mA Series
ESP SL 3-Wire Series
ESP Q Series
ESP KS & KE Series
ESP PCB Series
ESP RTD Series
ESP RS485 Series
204-205
206-207
208-209
210-211
212-213
214-215
216-217
218-219
220-221
222-223
224-227
228-229
230-231
Product selector for data/signal line protection

Selection guide - data/signal systems
Common applications
Service entrance
RS 232 Data interfaces

- Twisted pair data protection
Critical terminal equipment - located

> 20 m from service entrance
ESP 15D & ESP 15D/BX

See pages 204 & 210
- Compact, for limited space
ESP SL15
See page 212
- Multiple line protection
ESP 15Q
See page 220
ESP LA Series
See page 240
RS 422 & RS 423 Data interfaces
RS 485 Data interfaces & Profibus DP
ESP 06E & ESP SL06

See page 206 & 212
ESP LB Series
See page 240
ESP RS485, ESP SL RS485

& ESP RS485Q
See page 230
ESP LB Series
See page 240
ESP KS & KE Series

See page 222
ESP Cat-5 & Cat-6 Series

See page 238
ESP LN Series,
ESP MC/Cat-5e
See pages 200 & 242
PBX systems terminating on LSA-Plus

disconnection modules
Computer networks
(see Furse Application Note AN004)

System
Protector
4-20 mA loops and low current

telemetry systems
ESP SL Series &

ESP SL LED 4-20 mA
See pages 212
& 216
- Multiple line & PBX protection
ESP D, Q & KS
Series
See pages 204, 220
& 222
Hazardous areas (process control,

fire & gas detectors, 4-20 mA
loops, shut down systems)
ESP SL X Series
See page 214
System
Protector
DC systems up to 110 V, 4 A
ESP H Series
See page 208
DC systems up to 110 V, 0.75 A

3-wire systems
RTD systems
Data interfaces at PCB level

RF radio and antenna

communication systems
ESP SL LED Series

See page 212
ESP SL/3W Series

See page 218
ESP RTD, ESP SL RTD

& ESP RTDQ
See page 228
ESP PCB Series

See page 224
& 226
ESP RF Series
See page 258
& 260
203
ESP D & TN Series
Application
Use on twisted pair lines, e.g.
those found in process control
equipment, modems and
computer communications
interfaces.
Installation
Combined Category D, C, B tested protector (to BS EN 61643)

suitable for most twisted pair signalling applications. Available for
working voltages of up to 6, 15, 30, 50 and 110 Volts. ESP TN
suitable for Broadband, POTS, dial-up, T1/E1, lease line and *DSL
telephone applications. For use at boundaries up to LPZ 0A to
protect against flashover (typically the service entrance location)
through to LPZ 3 to protect sensitive electronic equipment.
Connect in series with the data

communication or signal line
either near where it enters or
leaves the building or close to the
equipment being protected (e.g.
within its control panel). Either
way, it must be very close to the
systems earth star point. Install
protectors either within an
existing cabinet/cubicle or in a
separate enclosure.
DIRTY
CLEAN
From line
Earth
To
equipment
Install in series (in-line)

between all lines - Full Mode protection

CME 4
Mount & earth up to 4 protectors
Low in-line resistance minimises unnecessary reductions in

signal strength
CME 8
Strong, flame retardant, ABS housing
Supplied ready for flat mounting on base or side
CME 16
Built-in DIN rail foot for simple clip-on mounting to top hat DIN rails
Colour coded terminals give a quick and easy installation check grey for the dirty (line) end and green for the clean end
Screen terminal enables easy connection of cable screen to earth
Substantial earth stud to enable effective earthing
Integral earthing plate for enhanced connection to earth via a CME kit
WBX 2/G
For use with up to 2 protectors
ESP 06D and ESP 50D have PADS reference 086/000551 (ESP 06D) and
086/000553 (ESP 50D)
ESP TN is suitable for telecommunication applications in accordance

with Telcordia and ANSI Standards (see Application Note AN005)
Accessories
Combined Mounting/Earthing kits
CME 32
WBX 3, WBX 3/G

WBX 4, WBX 4/GS
For use with a CME 4 and up to
4 protectors
WBX 8, WBX 8/GS
8 protectors
WBX 16/2/G
For use with one or two CME 16
and up to 32 protectors
204
Protectors can be flat mounted via their base (left)
or side, or mounted on top hat DIN rail (right) via
an integral spring loaded DIN rail foot
ESP D & TN Series
ESP 06D
ESP 15D
ESP 30D
ESP 50D
ESP 110D
ESP TN
6V
15 V
30 V
50 V
110 V
7.79 V
19 V
37.1 V
58 V
132 V
296 V
9.4
9.4
9.4
9.4
9.4
4.4
800 kHz
2.5 MHz
4 MHz
6 MHz
9 MHz
20 MHz
ESP 06D
ESP 15D
ESP 30D
ESP 50D
ESP 110D
ESP TN
C2 test 4 kV 1.2/50 s, 2 kA 8/20 s to

BS EN/EN/IEC 61643-21
12.0 V
25.0 V
44.0 V
78.0 V
155 V
395 V
C1 test 1 kV, 1.2/50 s, 0.5 kA 8/20 s to

11.5 V
24.5 V
43.5 V
76.0 V
150 V
390 V
10.0 V
23.0 V
42.5 V
73.0 V
145 V
298 V
5 kV, 10/700 s4
10.5 V
23.8 V
43.4 V
74.9 V
150 V
300 V
ESP 50D
ESP 110D
ESP TN
Nominal voltage1
Maximum working voltage Uc
300 mA

Let-through voltage (all conductors) Up
3

D1 test 10/350 s to
- per signal wire

- per pair
2.5 kA
5 kA
8/20 s to ITU-T K.45:2003,

IEEE C62.41.2:2002
- per signal wire

- per pair
10 kA
20 kA
ESP 06D
ESP 15D
ESP 30D
Temperature range
-40 to +80 C
Connection type
Screw terminal
2.5 mm2
Earth connection
M6 stud
Case material
ABS UL94 V-0
Weight - unit
Weight - packaged (per 10)
0.08 kg
0.85 kg
Dimensions
Nominal voltage (DC or AC peak) measured at < 5 A
(ESP 15D, ESP 30D, ESP 50D, ESP 110D) and <200 A
(ESP 06D).
2
Maximum working voltage (DC or AC peak) measured at
< 1 mA leakage (ESP 15D, ESP 30D, ESP 50D, ESP 110D),
< 10 mA (ESP 06D) and < 10 A (ESP TN).
3
throughout the test (10%), line to line & line to earth, both
polarities. Response time < 10 ns.
4
Test to IEC 61000-4-5:2006, ITU-T (formerly CCITT) K.20,
K.21 and K.45,Telcordia GR-1089-CORE, Issue 2:2002,
ANSI TIA/EIA/IS-968-A:2002 (formerly FCC Part 68).
1
54 mm
38 mm
105 mm
M4 clearance
120 mm
19 mm
109 mm
M4 clearance
Derivatives of these protectors are available ready-boxed to IP66, for use in damp or dirty environments. Slim Line (ESP SL), ATEX (ESP SLX)
and PCB mount (ESP PCB) versions are also available. If your system requires a protector with a very low resistance or higher current, see the
ESP E & H Series. Also use the ESP E Series for systems needing a higher bandwidth. Protectors for 3-wire (ESP SL/3W) and RTD (ESP RTD,
ESP SL RTD) are available, as are the space saving protectors (ESP Q, ESP SL Series). The ESP KT and TN Series are additional protectors
specifically for telephone lines. The ESP KS Series are protectors for data and signal lines on an LSA-PLUS module.
205
ESP E Series
Application
Use these units to protect
resistance sensitive, higher
frequency or running current
systems, e.g. high speed digital
communications equipment or
systems with long signal lines.
Installation

suitable for twisted pair signalling applications which require either
a lower in-line resistance, an increased current or a higher
bandwidth than the ESP D Series. Also suitable for DC power
applications less than 1.25 Amps. Available for working voltages of
up to 6, 15, 30, 50 and 110 Volts. For use at boundaries up to LPZ 0A
to protect against flashover (typically the service entrance location)

separate enclosure.
DIRTY
CLEAN
From line


Very low (1 ) in-line resistance allows resistance critical applications

(e.g. alarm loops) to be protected
High (1.25 A) maximum running current
High bandwidth enables higher frequency (high traffic or bit rate)

data communications
Built-in DIN rail foot for simple clip-on mounting to top

hat DIN rails
Colour coded terminals give a quick and easy installation

check - grey for the dirty (line) end and green for clean
Integral earthing plate for enhanced connection to earth via CME kit
ESP 06E and ESP 15E have Network Rail Approval PA05/02047.
NRS PADS reference 086/000201 (ESP 06E) and 086/000200 (ESP 15E)
Earth
To
equipment
Accessories
CME 4
CME 8
CME 16
CME 32
WBX 2/G
WBX 3, WBX 3/G
WBX 4, WBX 4/GS
4 protectors
WBX 8, WBX 8/GS
8 protectors
WBX 16/2/G
206
Protectors installed on a combined mounting and earthing kit

(CME 8) within a WBX 8 enclosure
ESP E Series
Nominal voltage1
ESP 06E
ESP 15E
ESP 30E
ESP 50E
ESP 110E
6V
15 V
30 V
50 V
110 V
7.79 V
16.7 V
36.7 V
56.7 V
132 V
1.25 A
1.0
45 MHz
ESP 06E
ESP 15E
ESP 30E
ESP 50E
ESP 110E
C2 test 4 kV 1.2/50 s, 2 kA 8/20 s to

36.0 V
39.0 V
60.0 V
86.0 V
180 V
C1 test 1 kV, 1.2/50 s, 0.5 kA 8/20 s to

26.2 V
28.0 V
49.0 V
73.5 V
170 V
16.0 V
25.5 V
43.5 V
65.0 V
160 V
5 kV, 10/700 s4
17.0 V
26.2 V
44.3 V
65.8 V
165 V
ESP 50E
ESP 110E

3

D1 test 10/350 s to
- per signal wire

- per pair
2.5 kA
5 kA
8/20 s to ITU-T K.45:2003,

IEEE C62.41.2:2002
- per signal wire

- per pair
10 kA
20 kA
ESP 06E
ESP 15E
ESP 30E
Temperature range
-40 to +80 C
Connection type
Screw terminal
2.5 mm2
Earth connection
M6 stud
Case material
ABS UL94 V-0
Weight - unit
0.08 kg
0.85 kg
Dimensions
(ESP 15E, ESP 30E, ESP 50E, ESP 110E) and < 200 A
(ESP 06E).
2
< 5 mA leakage (ESP 15E, ESP 30E, ESP 50E, ESP 110E) and
< 10 mA (ESP 06E).
3
4
1
54 mm
38 mm
105 mm
M4 clearance
120 mm
19 mm
109 mm
M4 clearance
Slim Line (ESP SL), ATEX (ESP SLX) and PCB mount (ESP PCB) are available. For many twisted pair data and signal applications, the lower cost
ESP D Series may be suitable. For applications requiring higher current (1.25 A to 4 A) or ultra-low in-line resistance, the ESP H Series protectors
may be more suitable. For data and signal lines on LSA-PLUS modules, use the ESP KS Series.
207
ESP H Series
Application
Use these applications to protect
resistance sensitive or higher
running current systems, e.g.
systems with long signal lines, or
DC power applications.
Installation

suitable for twisted pair signalling applications which require either
a lower in-line resistance or an increased current than the ESP D or
E Series. Also suitable for DC power applications less than 4 Amps.
Available for working voltages of up to 6, 15, 30, 50 and 110 Volts.
For use at boundaries up to LPZ 0A to protect against flashover
(typically the service entrance location) through to LPZ 3 to protect


Ultra-low (< 0.05 ) in-line resistance allows resistance critical

applications (e.g. alarm loops) to be protected
Very high (4 A) maximum running current
Strong, flame retardant ABS housing
Built-in DIN rail foot for simple clip-on mounting to top hat DIN rails
Colour coded terminals give a quick and easy installation check grey for the dirty (line) end and green for clean
Integral earth plate enables enhanced connection to earth via CME kit

within the control panel). Either
separate enclosure.
DIRTY
CLEAN
From line
Earth
To
equipment
Accessories
CME 4
CME 8
CME 16
CME 32
WBX 2/G
WBX 3, WBX 3/G
WBX 4, WBX 4/GS
4 protectors
WBX 8, WBX 8/GS
8 protectors
WBX 16/2/G
208
Two ESP 15H protectors mounted in a control cabinet
and earthed via the cabinets earthed chassis
ESP H Series
Nominal voltage1
ESP 06H
ESP 15H
ESP 30H
ESP 50H
ESP 110H
6V
15 V
30 V
50 V
110 V
7.79 V
16.7 V
36.7 V
56.7 V
132 V
4A
0.05

160 KHz
140 KHz
130 KHz
120 KHz
120 KHz
ESP 06H
ESP 15H
ESP 30H
ESP 50H
ESP 110H
C2 test 4 kV 1.2/50 s, 2 kA 8/20 s to

12.0 V
27.5 V
46.0 V
67.0 V
150 V
C1 test 1 kV, 1.2/50 s, 0.5 kA 8/20 s to

11.0 V
26.5 V
45.0 V
66.5 V
145 V
10.5 V
25.5 V
43.5 V
65.0 V
140 V
5 kV, 10/700 s4
10.8 V
26.2 V
44.3 V
65.8 V
145 V
ESP 50H
ESP 110H
3

D1 test 10/350 s to
- per signal wire

- per pair
2.5 kA
5 kA
8/20 s to ITU-T K.45:2003,

IEEE C62.41.2:2002
- per signal wire

- per pair
10 kA
20 kA
ESP 06H
ESP 15H
ESP 30H
Temperature range
-40 to +80 C
Connection type
Screw terminal
2.5 mm2
Earth connection
M6 stud
Case material
ABS UL94 V-0
Weight - unit
0.08 kg
0.85 kg
Dimensions
(ESP 15H, ESP 30H, ESP 50H, ESP 110H) and < 200 A
(ESP 06H).
2
< 5 mA leakage (ESP 15H, ESP 30H, ESP 50H, ESP 110H) and
< 10 mA (ESP 06H).
3
4
1
54 mm
38 mm
105 mm
M4 clearance
120 mm
19 mm
109 mm
M4 clearance
For some data and signal applications with lower current, higher in-line resistance or higher bandwidth requirements, the ESP D or E Series
protectors or the Slim Line ESP SL Series may be more suitable. If the protector is to be mounted directly onto a PCB, use the ESP PCB/**D or
ESP PCB/**E protectors.
209
ESP D/BX Series
Application
Use these ready-boxed protectors
on twisted pair lines in dirty or
damp environments.
For two wire lines, use /BX
versions. For four wire lines,
use /2BX versions.
Installation
Combined Category D, C, B tested protector (to BS EN 61643) based

on the ESP D Series and ESP TN but ready-boxed to IP66 for use in
damp or dirty environments. Suitable for most twisted pair
signalling applications. Available for working voltages of up to 6,
15, 30, 50 and 110 Volts. ESP TN suitable for Broadband, POTS,
dial-up, T1/E1, lease line and *DSL telephone applications. For use
at boundaries up to LPZ 0A to protect against flashover (typically
the service entrance location) through to LPZ 3 to protect sensitive

communication, signal or
telephone line either near where it
enters/leaves the building or close
to the equipment being protected.
Either way, it must be very close to
the systems earth star point.
DIRTY
CLEAN
LINE
A
CLEAN
B
LIGHTNING BARRIER
ESP 06D/BX
Earth
EARTH
STUD
From line
To
equipment
210


Low in-line resistance minimises unnecessary reductions in

signal strength
Ready-boxed to IP66 and supplied ready for flat mounting
Available with screw terminals or with IDC terminals (by adding /I suffix
to part number)
Colour coded terminals for quick and easy installation check grey for the dirty (line) end and green for clean
ESP TN/BX and ESP TN/2BX are suitable for telecommunication

applications in accordance with Telcordia and ANSI Standards (see
Application Note AN005)
Supplied as standard with screw terminals - for IDC terminals order part
code plus /I (e.g. ESP TN/BX/I)
ESP TN/BX has Network Rail Approval PA05/02877. NRS PADS reference
087/037286
For installation in the equipment panel, protectors which are not boxed may be more
suitable. If your system requires a protector with a very low resistance, higher current or
higher bandwidth use the ESP E or H Series. Unboxed protectors for 3-wire RTD systems are
available - as are plug-in protectors for telephone lines and compact Slim Line protectors.
ESP 30D/2BX with lid removed to show

internal connections. Note the colour coded,
grey and green, terminals
Security alarm panel with ESP TN/BX

(bottom) providing protection from
transient overvoltages on the dial-up
telephone line. Note how the ESP TN/BX is
earthed via a bond to the ESP 240-16A/BX
(top) installed on the mains power supply to
the panel
ESP D/BX Series
ESP 06D/BX
ESP 06D/2BX
ESP 15D/BX
ESP 15D/2BX
ESP 30D/BX
ESP 30D/2BX
ESP 50D/BX
ESP 50D/2BX
ESP 110D/BX
ESP 110D/2BX
ESP TN/BX
ESP TN/2BX
6V
15 V
30 V
50 V
110 V
7.79 V
19 V
37.1 V
58 V
132 V
296 V
9.4
9.4
9.4
9.4
9.4
4.4
800 kHz
2.5 MHz
4 MHz
6 MHz
9 MHz
20 MHz
ESP 06D/BX
ESP 06D/2BX
ESP 15D/BX
ESP 15D/2BX
ESP 30D/BX
ESP 30D/2BX
ESP 50D/BX
ESP 50D/2BX
ESP 110D/BX
ESP 110D/2BX
ESP TN/BX
ESP TN/2BX
C2 test 4 kV 1.2/50 s, 2 kA 8/20 s to

12.0 V
25.0 V
44.0 V
78.0 V
155 V
395 V
C1 test 1 kV, 1.2/50 s, 0.5 kA 8/20 s to

11.5 V
24.5 V
43.5 V
76.0 V
150 V
390 V
10.0 V
23.0 V
42.5 V
73.0 V
145 V
298 V
5 kV, 10/700 s4
10.5 V
23.8 V
43.4 V
74.9 V
150 V
300 V
ESP 50D/BX
ESP 50D/2BX
ESP 110D/BX
ESP 110D/2BX
ESP TN/BX
ESP TN/2BX
Nominal voltage1
300 mA


D1 test 10/350 s to
- per signal wire

- per pair
2.5 kA
5 kA
8/20 s to ITU-T K.45:2003,

IEEE C62.41.2:2002
- per signal wire

- per pair
10 kA
20 kA
ESP 06D/BX
ESP 06D/2BX
ESP 15D/BX
ESP 15D/2BX
ESP 30D/BX
ESP 30D/2BX
Temperature range
Connection type
-40 to +80 C
Screw terminal - for IDC terminal use part number with /I
1.5 mm2
Earth connection
Cable glands
M6 stud
Accommodate 2.3-6.7 mm diameter cable (PG7)
IP66
Case material
PVC
Weight - unit
0.3 kg
Weight - packaged
0.35 kg
Dimensions
(ESP 15D/BX, ESP 15D/2BX, ESP 30D/BX, ESP 30D/2BX,
ESP 50D/BX, ESP 50D/2BX, ESP 110D/BX, ESP 110D/2BX)
and < 200 A (ESP 06D/BX & ESP 06D/2BX).
2
< 1 mA leakage (ESP 15D/BX, ESP 15D/2BX, ESP 30D/BX,
ESP 30D/2BX, ESP 50D/BX, ESP 50D/2BX, ESP 110D/BX,
ESP 110D/2BX), < 10 mA (ESP 06D/BX, ESP 06D/2BX) and
< 10 A (ESP TN/BX, ESP TN/2BX).
3
4
1
120 mm
Depth:
56 mm
108 x 50 mm
M4 clearance
80 mm
25 mm max.
25 mm
211
ESP SL Series
NEW
Application
Use these protectors where
installation space is at a premium
and large numbers of lines require
protection (e.g. process control,
high speed digital communication
equipment or systems with long
signal lines).
Installation

Full mode design capable of handling partial lightning currents as

well as allowing continual operation of protected equipment
Ultra slim 7 mm width ideal for compact protection of large numbers

of lines (e.g. process control installations)
Optional LED status indication versions available for low current DC

power applications - add L suffix to part number - e.g. ESP SL30L
Two stage removable protection module with simple quick release

mechanism allowing partial removal for easy line commissioning and
maintenance as well as full removal for protection replacement

High (750 mA) maximum running current

data communications
Suitable for earthed or isolated screen systems - add /I suffix to part

number for versions that require isolated screens - e.g. ESP SL30/I
Strong, flame retardant, polycarbonate housing
Built-in innovative DIN rail foot with locking feature for simple
positioning and clip-on mounting to top hat DIN rails
4 mm2 terminals allow for larger cross section wiring, stranded wires
terminated with ferrules or fitting two wires into a single terminal
Convenient earthing through DIN foot and/or earth terminal
212
LINE
Lightning Barrier
CLEAN
Nominal voltage
30V
Max working voltage, Uc 36.7V
Current rating
750mA
In-line resistance
1.0
1.0
Max surge current

Let-through voltage, Up
Line
1
S
2
3
S
4
20kA
63V
Furse
Wilford Road,
Nottingham,
NG2 1EB, UK
Clean

suitable for twisted pair signalling applications which require
either a lower in-line resistance, an increased current and/or
higher bandwidth. Also suitable for DC power applications less
than 0.75 Amps. Available for working voltages of up to 6, 15, 30,
50 and 110 Volts. For use at boundaries up to LPZ 0B to protect
against flashover (typically the service entrance location) through
to LPZ 3 to protect sensitive electronic equipment.

leaves the building or close to
the equipment being protected
(e.g. within its control panel).
Either way, it must be very close
to the systems earth star point.
Install protectors either within
an existing cabinet/cubicle or in
a separate enclosure.
To equipment
From line
Earth
Accessories
Replacement modules
ESP SLXX/M
Standard module replacement
where XX is voltage rating (06,
15, 30, 50 or 110)
ESP SLXXL/M
LED module replacement where
XX is voltage rating, as above
ESP SL/B
Base replacement (common for
standard and LED modules)
ESP SL/I/B
Base replacement with isolated
screen from earth
For suitable enclosures for the
ESP SL Series, please contact us.
NEW
ESP SL Series
Nominal voltage1
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
ESP SL06
ESP SL15
ESP SL30
ESP SL50
ESP SL110
ESP SL TN
6V
15 V
30 V
7.79 V
16.7 V
36.7 V
50 V
110 V
56.7 V
132 V
296 V
750 mA
1.0

45 MHz
45 MHz
45 MHz
45 MHz
45 MHz
20 MHz
ESP SL06
ESP SL15
ESP SL30
ESP SL50
ESP SL110
ESP SL TN
C2 test 4 kV 1.2/50 s, 2 kA 8/20 s to

36.0 V
38.4 V
63.0 V
90.3 V
185 V
395 V
C1 test 1 kV, 1.2/50 s, 0.5 kA 8/20 s to

26.2 V
29.4 V
51.3 V
77.2 V
175 V
390 V
16.0 V
26.8 V
45.4 V
68.3 V
165 V
298 V
5 kV, 10/700 s
17.0 V
27.5 V
46.3 V
69.1 V
170 V
300 V
3

D1 test 10/350 s to
- per signal wire

- per pair
1.25 kA
2.5 kA
8/20 s to ITU-T K.45:2003,

IEEE C62.41.2:2002
- per signal wire

- per pair
10 kA
20 kA
ESP SL06
ESP SL15
ESP SL30
ESP SL50
Temperature range
-40 to +80 C
Connection type
Screw terminal
ESP SL110
ESP SL TN
4 mm2
Earth connection
Via DIN rail or 4 mm2 earth terminal
Case material
FR polycarbonate UL94 V-0
Weight - unit
0.08 kg
0.85 kg
Dimensions
(ESP SL15, ESP SL30, ESP SL50, ESP SL110 and LED variants)
and < 200 A (ESP SL06 and ESP SL06L).
2
< 1 mA leakage.
3
4
K.21 and K.45, Telcordia GR-1089-CORE, Issue 2:2002,
1
104.6 mm
106.5 mm
7 mm
213
The ESP SL Slim Line Series is also available for protection of 3-wire, RS 485 and RTD applications (ESP SL/3W, ESP SL RS485 & ESP SL RTD).
The ESP SL X Series has approvals for use in hazardous areas.
ESP SL X Series
NEW
Application
Use these protectors in hazardous
environments where installation
space is at a premium and large
numbers of lines require
protection (e.g. process control,
4-20 mA loops, fire and gas
detectors and shut-down systems).
Suitable for high speed digital
communication equipment or
systems with long signal lines. See
Furse Application Note AN013.
Installation
214
Approved for use in hazardous environments for the protection of

Intrinsically Safe circuits (Classification: II 2(1)G, Ex ia (ia Ga) IIC T4 Gb)



Optional LED status indication versions available for low current DC

power applications - add L suffix to part number - e.g. ESP SL30XL
Negligible self-capacitance and self-inductance offering minimal

interference when protecting Intrinsically Safe circuits

LINE
II 2 (1) G
Ex ia [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gb
1
S
2
CLEAN
Lightning Barrier
Nominal voltage
Max working voltage, Uc
30V
36.7V
IECEx SIR 10.0030X

Sira 10ATEX2063X
Li = 0H, Ci = 0H
Pi = 1.3W (-40C < Ta < 40C)
Pi = 1.2W (-40C < Ta < 60C)
Pi = 1W (-40C < Ta < 80C)
3
S
4
WARNING Electrostatic Hazard

Clean ONLY with a damp cloth
Line
Furse
Wilford Road,
Nottingham, 0518
NG2 1EB, UK
Clean

suitable for twisted pair signalling applications within hazardous
environments (ATEX/IECEx approved). Available for working
voltages of up to 15 and 30 Volts. For use at boundaries up to LPZ 0B
to protect against flashover through to LPZ 3 to protect sensitive

leaves the building or close to
(e.g. within its control panel).
Either way, it must be very close
to the systems earth star point.
Install protectors either within
an existing cabinet/cubicle or in
a separate enclosure.
To equipment
From line
Earth
Accessories
Replacement modules
ESP SL15X/M, ESP30X/M
Standard module replacement for
15 and 30 V protectors respectively


data communications
Suitable for earthed or isolated screen systems - add /I suffix to part

number for versions that require isolated screens - e.g. ESP SL30X/I
ESP SLX/I/B
Base replacement with isolated
screen from earth

ESP SL X Series, please contact us.
Approval references for ESP SL X Series: IECEx SIR 10.0030X,

Sira 10ATEX2063X
ESP SL15XL/M, ESP30XL/M

LED module replacement for 15
and 30 V protectors respectively
ESP SLX/B
Base replacement (common for
standard and LED modules)
NEW
ESP SL X Series
NEW
NEW
ESP SL15X
ESP SL30X
15 V
30 V
Nominal voltage1
16.7 V
36.7 V
750 mA
1.0

45 MHz
45 MHz
Intrinsically Safe specification
ESP SL15X
ESP SL30X
Maximum voltage Ui
30 V
Maximum power Pi
- per -40 C < Ta < 40 C
- per -40 C < Ta < 60 C
- per -40 C < Ta < 80 C
1.3 W
1.2 W
1.0 W
Capacitance Ci
0 F
Inductance Li
0 H
Certificate number
IECEx SIR 10.0030X, Sira 10ATEX2063X
Classification
II 2 (1) G, Ex ia (ia Ga) IIC T4 Gb
ESP SL15X
ESP SL30X
C2 test 4 kV 1.2/50 s, 2 kA 8/20 s to

38.4 V
63.0 V
C1 test 1 kV, 1.2/50 s, 0.5 kA 8/20 s to

29.4 V
51.3 V
26.8 V
45.4 V
5 kV, 10/700 s4
27.5 V
46.3 V

D1 test 10/350 s to
- per signal wire

- per pair
1.25 kA
2.5 kA
8/20 s to ITU-T K.45:2003,

IEEE C62.41.2:2002
- per signal wire

- per pair
10 kA
20 kA
ESP SL15X
ESP SL30X
Temperature range
-40 to +80 C
Connection type
Screw terminal
4 mm2
Earth connection
Case material
Weight - unit
0.08 kg
0.85 kg
Dimensions
Nominal voltage (DC or AC peak) measured at < 10 A.
< 1 mA leakage.
3
4
1
2
104.6 mm
106.5 mm
7 mm
Use the standard ESP SL Slim Line Series for non-hazardous areas. The ESP SL Series is also available for protection of 3-wire, RS 485, RTD &
telecommunication applications (ESP SL/3W, ESP SL RS485, ESP SL RTD & ESP SL TN).
215
NEW
Application
Use these protectors on 4-20 mA
loop systems - ideal where
protection, or for systems with
long signal lines.
Installation

suitable for twisted pair 4-20 mA loop systems with innovative LED
protector status indication. For use at boundaries up to LPZ 0B to
through to LPZ 3 to protect sensitive electronic equipment (e.g.
transmitters, monitors, controllers).
Connect in series with the 4-20 mA

current loop either near where it
enters or leaves the building or
close to the equipment being
protected (e.g. within its control
panel). Either way, it must be
very close to the systems earth
star point.
Install protectors either within an
separate enclosure.


Innovative LED indication of protection status provides easy visual

checking and quick maintenance


Very low (1 ) in-line resistance for minimal system interference
High (75 mA) maximum running current - can also be used on 10-50 mA
systems (e.g. process control)
4 mm terminals allow for larger cross section wiring, stranded wires

Accessories
ESP SL30L/4-20/M
Module replacement
ESP SL/B
Base replacement
ESP SL LED 4-20 mA Series, please
contact us.
Technical note
216
4-20 mA current loops can serve multiple devices over a long distance. The devices and wiring produce a voltage
drop (also known as loop drops) but these do not reduce the 4-20 mA current as long as the power supply
voltage is greater than the sum of the voltage drops around the loop at the maximum signalling current of 20 mA.
For design considerations, each ESP SL30L/4-20 device installed within the loop introduces a 1.7 V loop drop.
NEW
NEW
ESP SL30L/4-20
Nominal voltage1
30 V
36.7 V
75 mA
1.0
Series voltage drop
1.7 V
ESP SL30L/4-20

5
C2 test 4 kV 1.2/50 s, 2 kA 8/20 s to

63.0 V
C1 test 1 kV, 1.2/50 s, 0.5 kA 8/20 s to

51.3 V
45.4 V
5 kV, 10/700 s6
46.3 V

D1 test 10/350 s to
- per signal wire

- per pair
1.25 kA
2.5 kA
8/20 s to ITU-T K.45:2003,

IEEE C62.41.2:2002
- per signal wire

- per pair
10 kA
20 kA
ESP SL30L/4-20
Temperature range
-40 to +80 C
Connection type
Screw terminal
4 mm2
Earth connection
Case material
Weight - unit
0.08 kg
0.85 kg
Dimensions
< 1 mA leakage.
3
The minimum current for LED indicator operation is 2 mA.
4
At 20 mA.
5
6
1
2
104.6 mm
106.5 mm
7 mm
217
The ESP SL Slim Line Series is also available for protection of systems up to 110 V as well as 3-wire, RS 485, RTD & telecommunication
applications (ESP SL/3W, ESP SL RS485, ESP SL RTD & ESP SL TN). The ESP SL X Series has approvals for use in hazardous areas.
NEW
Application
Use these protectors for 3-wire
systems where installation space is
at a premium and large numbers
of lines require protection (e.g.
process control, high speed digital
communication equipment or
systems with long signal lines).


Ultra slim 7 mm width ideal for compact protection of large numbers of

lines (e.g. process control installations)


High bandwidth enables higher frequency (high traffic or bit rate) data
communications

separate enclosure.
LINE
1
2
3
CLEAN
Lightning Barrier
Nominal voltage
Current rating
In-line resistance
30V
37.8V
750mA
1.0
Max surge current

Let-through voltage, U
Upp
10kA
43.5V
Line

suitable for 3-wire signalling applications which require either a
lower in-line resistance, an increased current and/or higher
bandwidth. Also suitable for DC power applications less than
0.5 Amps. Available for working voltages of up to 6, 15, 30, 50
and 110 Volts. For use at boundaries up to LPZ 0B to protect against
flashover (typically the service entrance location) through to LPZ 3
to protect sensitive electronic equipment.
Installation
Furse
Wilford Road,
Nottingham,
NG2 1EB, UK
4
5
6
Clean
500 mA
To equipment
From line
Earth
Accessories
Replacement modules
ESP SLXX/3W/M
where XX is voltage rating (06,
15, 30, 50 or 110)
ESP SL/3W/B
Base replacement
ESP SL 3-wire Series, please
contact us.
218
NEW
Nominal voltage1
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
ESP SL06/3W
ESP SL15/3W
ESP SL30/3W
ESP SL50/3W
ESP SL110/3W
6V
15 V
30 V
50 V
110 V
7.79 V
16.7 V
36.7 V
56.7 V
132 V
500 mA
1.0

45 MHz
ESP SL06/3W
ESP SL15/3W
ESP SL30/3W
ESP SL50/3W
ESP SL110/3W
C2 test 4 kV 1.2/50 s, 2 kA 8/20 s to

36.0 V
38.4 V
63.0 V
90.3 V
185 V
C1 test 1 kV, 1.2/50 s, 0.5 kA 8/20 s to

26.2 V
29.4 V
51.3 V
77.2 V
175 V
16.0 V
26.8 V
45.4 V
68.3 V
165 V
5 kV, 10/700 s4
17.0 V
27.5 V
46.3 V
69.1 V
170 V
ESP SL50/3W
ESP SL110/3W

3

D1 test 10/350 s to
- per signal wire

- per pair
1.25 kA
2.5 kA
8/20 s to ITU-T K.45:2003,

IEEE C62.41.2:2002
- per signal wire

- per pair
10 kA
20 kA
ESP SL06/3W
ESP SL15/3W
ESP SL30/3W
Temperature range
-40 to +80 C
Connection type
Screw terminal
4 mm2
Earth connection
Case material
Weight - unit
0.08 kg
0.85 kg
Dimensions
(ESP SL15/3W, ESP SL30/3W, ESP SL50/3W, ESP SL110/3W)
and < 200 A (ESP SL06/3W).
2
< 1 mA leakage
3
4
1
104.6 mm
106.5 mm
7 mm
219
The ESP SL Slim Line Series is also available for protection of 2-wire systems up to 110 V, RS 485, RTD and telecommunication applications
(ESP SL Series, ESP SL RS485, ESP SL RTD and ESP SL TN). The ESP SL X Series has approvals for use in hazardous areas.
ESP Q & TNQ Series
Application
Use these protectors where
protection.
Installation
Connect in series with the signal or
data line either near where it
enters or leaves the building or
protected. Install in a cabinet/
cubicle close to the systems earth
star point.

suitable for 4 twisted pair lines. Available for working voltages of up
to 6, 15, 30, 50 and 110 Volts. ESP TNQ suitable for Broadband, POTS,
dial-up, T1/E1, lease line and *DSL telephone applications. For use at
boundaries up to LPZ 0A to protect against flashover (typically the
service entrance location) through to LPZ 3 to protect sensitive
DIRTY
From
line
CLEAN
Earth
To
equipment
ESP 06Q, ESP 15Q, ESP 30Q, ESP 50Q,

ESP 110Q and ESP TNQ installed in series
(in-line)


Almost twice as space efficient as smallest competitor
Standard DIN module (18 mm) depth
Removable (plug-in) terminals allow pre-wiring of cable looms, for

easier installation
Suitable for earthed or isolated screen systems
Built-in DIN rail foot for clip-on mounting to top hat or G DIN rails
Optional flat mounting on side
2.5 mm2 terminals allow for larger cross section wiring, stranded wires
Very low resistance to minimise unwanted signal strength reductions
Colour coded terminals (grey for line, green for clean) give a quick and
easy installation check
Simple, yet substantial, connection to earth via DIN rail
ESP TNQ is suitable for telecommunication applications in accordance

Available as a UL Listed version, add /UL to part code (ESP 06Q,

ESP 15Q, ESP 30Q and ESP 50Q only)
An ESP Q Series protector mounted on a top

hat DIN rail. Note the plug-in terminals for
easier installation in confined spaces
The ESP Q Series can be earthed via DIN rail,

or via the M5 threaded hole in its base
Accessories
ESP Q & TNQ Series, please
contact us.
220
ESP Q & TNQ Series
ESP 06Q
ESP 15Q
ESP 30Q
ESP 50Q
ESP 110Q
ESP TNQ
6V
15 V
30 V
50 V
110 V
7.79 V
18.8 V
37.8 V
57.8 V
132 V
296 V
750 mA
750 mA
750 mA
750 mA
750 mA
300 mA
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
4.3
1 MHz
2.5 MHz
6 MHz
5 MHz
15 MHz
20 MHz
ESP 06Q
ESP 15Q
ESP 30Q
ESP 50Q
ESP 110Q
ESP TNQ
C2 test 4 kV 1.2/50 s, 2 kA 8/20 s to

15.0 V
28.0 V
53.0 V
84.0 V
188 V
395 V
C1 test 1 kV, 1.2/50 s, 0.5 kA 8/20 s to

12.5 V
26.5 V
48.0 V
76.0 V
175 V
390 V
10.0 V
23.0 V
43.5 V
64.5 V
145 V
298 V
5 kV, 10/700 s4
10.8 V
26.2 V
44.3 V
65.8 V
150 V
300 V
ESP 50Q
ESP 110Q
ESP TNQ
Nominal voltage1

3

D1 test 10/350 s to
- per signal wire

- per pair
2.5 kA
5 kA
8/20 s to ITU-T K.45:2003,

IEEE C62.41.2:2002
- per signal wire

- per pair
10 kA
20 kA
ESP 06Q
ESP 15Q
ESP 30Q
Temperature range
-40 to +80 C
Connection type
Pluggable 12 way screw terminal

Earth connection
2.5 mm2
Via DIN rail or M5 threaded hole in base of unit
Case material
ABS UL94 V-0
Weight - unit
0.1 kg
Weight - packaged (each)
0.12 kg
1.3 kg
Dimensions
(ESP 15Q, ESP 30Q, ESP 50Q, ESP 110Q) and < 200 A
(ESP 06Q).
2
< 5 mA leakage (ESP 15Q, ESP 30Q, ESP 50Q, ESP 110Q) and
< 10 A (ESP TNQ).
3
throughout the test (10%), line to line & line to earth,
both polarities. Response time < 10 ns.
4
1
95 mm
M3 clearance
Depth: 18 mm
87 mm
69 mm
42 mm
The ESP Q Series is also available for protection of RS 485 and RTD applications (ESP RS485Q, ESP RTDQ). Protectors for individual data and signal
lines are available (ESP D Series and Slim Line ESP SL Series), or ready-boxed to IP66 (ESP **D/BX etc). Alternatively, for individual protectors with
higher current or bandwidth use the ESP E and ESP H Series.
221
ESP KS & KE Series
Application
Use these units to protect signal,
data, control and instrumentation
systems with LSA-PLUS
disconnection modules.
Installation
Install protectors on all data
communication and signal lines
that enter or leave each building.

suitable for use on ten line LSA-PLUS disconnection modules to
protect individual twisted pair data or signal lines. For use at
All protectors must be installed via

the ESP KE10 earth bar. Identify
the lines requiring protection and
clip the ESP KE10 on to the
disconnection modules earth
points. Plug the protector directly
into each disconnection module
requiring protection (ensuring
the correct orientation) for a
series connection.
222
Low cost protection for large numbers of data and signal lines


Colour of housing distinguishes electrically different protectors to

help avoid confusion when installed with other protectors (e.g. the
ESP KT1/2) on the same distribution frame
Quick and easy plug-in installation
Protect only the lines you need
Ridged finger holds make it easy to obtain a firm grip for installation
or removal
Use the ESP KE10 to provide trouble free earthing for up to

ten protectors (per disconnection module)
For PSTN and U interface ISDN lines on LSA-PLUS modules, use the ESP KT1 or ESP K10T1. For
S/T interface ISDN lines on LSA-PLUS modules, use the ESP KT2 or ESP K10T2. For individual
twisted pair data or signal lines, use the ESP D, E or H Series Lightning Barriers. The ESP SL
and ESP Q Series Lightning Barriers are suitable for high density data and signal lines.
Having pushed the ESP KE10 earth bar on

to the disconnection modules earth points,
firmly push an ESP KS06 (or ESP KS15,
ESP KS30 or ESP KS50) into each line/pair
requiring protection
In the unlikely situation that the

protector is damaged, it will
sacrifice itself and fail short circuit,
taking the line out of commission.
In addition to indicating that the
protector needs replacing, this will
also prevent subsequent transients
from damaging the equipment.
Single line protectors installed on LSA-PLUS

disconnection modules, via ESP KE10 earth
bars, on all incoming signal and data lines
ESP KS & KE Series
ESP KS06
ESP KS15
ESP KS30
ESP KS50
6V
15 V
30 V
50 V
7.79 V
16.7 V
33.4 V
58 V
22
22
22
2 MHz
5 MHz
5 MHz
5 MHz
ESP KS06
ESP KS15
ESP KS30
ESP KS50
C2 test 4 kV 1.2/50 s, 2 kA 8/20 s to

16.0 V
26.5 V
48.0 V
98.0 V
C1 test 1 kV, 1.2/50 s, 0.5 kA 8/20 s to

14.5 V
24.0 V
46.5 V
84.5 V
11.5 V
23.0 V
45.0 V
75.0 V
5 kV, 10/700 s4
12.0 V
24.4 V
48.8 V
80.0 V
Nominal voltage1
150 mA

3
Maximum surge current5

D1 test 10/350 s to
- per signal wire

- per pair
1 kA
2 kA
8/20 s to ITU-T K.45:2003,

IEEE C62.41.2:2002
- per signal wire

- per pair
5 kA
10 kA
ESP KS06, ESP KS15, ESP KS30, ESP KS50
ESP KE10
-40 to +80 C
Temperature range
Connection type
Earth connection
To LSA-PLUS disconnection modules (BT part number 237A)

Via ESP KE10 earth bar
ABS UL94 V-0
Stainless Steel
0.01 kg
0.10 kg (per 10)
0.01 kg
0.12 kg (per 10)
Material
Weight - unit
- packaged
Dimensions
Nominal voltage (DC or AC peak) at 200 A for ESP KS06
and at 5 A for ESP KS15, ESP KS30 and ESP KS50.
Maximum working voltage (DC or AC peak) at 10 mA for
ESP KS06, at 1 mA for ESP KS15 and ESP KS30, and at
5 A for ESP KS50.
3 The maximum transient voltage let-through of the protector
4 Test to IEC 61000-4-5:2006, ITU-T (formerly CCITT) K.20,
5 The installation and connections external to the protector
may limit the capability of the protector.
1
22 mm
110 mm
52 mm
40 mm
20 mm
9.5 mm
Depth: 21 mm
223
ESP PCB/D & PCB/TN Series
Installation
Connect in series, soldering pins
direct onto PCB. Tracks to line and
earth pins should be as wide as
practical (see Furse Application
Note AN003).
Combined Category D, C, B tested protector (to BS EN 61643) for

through hole mounting directly onto the PCB of data
communication, signal or telephone equipment. Available for
working voltages of up to 110 Volts. ESP PCB/TN suitable for
Broadband, POTS, dial-up, T1/E1, lease line and *DSL telephone
applications. For use at boundaries up to LPZ 0A to protect against
flashover (typically the service entrance location) through to LPZ 3
to protect sensitive electronic equipment.
Dirty (line) tracks should be

routed parallel and as close
together as possible. This should
also be implemented on clean
tracks, however clean tracks
should never be routed close and
parallel to line tracks or dirty
barrier earth connections as
transients can be re-introduced
after the protector due to
electromagnetic coupling.
The use of an earth layer or
plane is highly recommended as
this reduces the electromagnetic
field produced by a transient
discharging to earth considerably,
and hence the chance of the
transient being picked up on
clean tracks.
Suitable for wave soldering


Low in-line resistance minimises unnecessary reductions in signal strength
2 pin clean end and 3 pin line end to ensure correct insertion
ESP PCB/TN is suitable for telecommunication applications in accordance

3
4
Line
Clean
Maximum line to clean separation. Large input

tracks and pads (using top and bottom copper
layers). Earth pin is bonded to an earth
layer/plane.
3
4
3
4
ESP PCB/**
3
4
1
2
Line
3
4
ESP PCB/**
Clean
Clean
All dirty (line) incoming tracks are separated from

the clean output tracks, individual line and clean
tracks are routed close together. Earth pins are
bonded to an earth layer/plane.
224
Nominal voltage
ESP PCB/06D
ESP PCB/15D
ESP PCB/30D
ESP PCB/50D
ESP PCB/110D
6V
7.79 V
15 V
30 V
50 V
110 V
19 V
37.1 V
58 V
132 V
296 V
ESP PCB/TN
300 mA
9.4
9.4
9.4
9.4
9.4
4.4
800 kHz
2.5 MHz
4 MHz
6 MHz
9 MHz
20 MHz
ESP PCB/06D
ESP PCB/15D
ESP PCB/30D
ESP PCB/50D
ESP PCB/110D
ESP PCB/TN
C2 test 4 kV 1.2/50 s, 2 kA 8/20 s to

12.0 V
25.0 V
44.0 V
78.0 V
155 V
395 V
C1 test 1 kV, 1.2/50 s, 0.5 kA 8/20 s to

11.5 V
24.5 V
43.5 V
76.0 V
150 V
390 V
10.0 V
23.0 V
42.5 V
73.0 V
145 V
298 V
5 kV, 10/700 s
10.5 V
23.8 V
43.4 V
74.9 V
150 V
300 V

3

D1 test 10/350 s to
- per signal wire

- per pair
2.5 kA
5 kA
8/20 s to ITU-T K.45:2003,

IEEE C62.41.2:2002
- per signal wire

- per pair
10 kA
20 kA
Temperature range
Connection type
-40 to +80 C
0.64 mm (0.025) square PCB pins, 1.2 mm diameter PCB holes recommended
Case material
ABS UL94 V-0
Dimensions
(ESP PCB/15D, ESP PCB/30D, ESP PCB/50D, ESP PCB/110D)
and <200 A (ESP PCB/06D).
2 Maximum working voltage (DC or AC peak) measured at
< 1 mA leakage (ESP PCB/15D, ESP PCB/30D, ESP PCB/50D,
ESP PCB/110D), < 10 mA (ESP PCB/06D) and < 10 A
(ESP PCB/TN).
30 mm
(~1 1/2)
5.08 mm
(0.2)
5.08 mm
(0.2)
30 mm
(~1 1/2)
Depth: 20 mm (~0.8)
Weight: 35 g
22.86 mm
(0.9)
5.08 mm
(0.2)
Pins are positioned centrally

Pin 1 connects through Pin 3
(Underside pin view)
225
ESP PCB/E Series
Installation
Connect in series, soldering pins
direct onto PCB. Tracks to line and
earth pins should be as wide as
practical (see Furse Application
Note AN003).
Combined Category D, C, B tested protector (to BS EN 61643) for

through hole mounting directly onto the PCB of data communication,
signal or telephone equipment which require a lower in-line resistance,
an increased current or a higher bandwidth than the PCB/**D Series.
Available for working voltages of up to 110 Volts for AC & DC power
applications up to 125 Amps. For use at boundaries up to LPZ 0A to
Dirty (line) tracks should be

routed parallel and as close
together as possible. This should
also be implemented on clean
tracks, however clean tracks
should never be routed close and
parallel to line tracks or dirty
barrier earth connections as
transients can be re-introduced
after the protector due to
electromagnetic coupling.
The use of an earth layer or
plane is highly recommended as
this reduces the electromagnetic
field produced by a transient
discharging to earth considerably,
and hence the chance of the
transient being picked up on
clean tracks.
Suitable for wave soldering


Very low (1 ) in-line resistance for resistance critical applications
High (1.25 A) maximum running current
Higher bandwidth enables higher frequency data communications
2 pin clean end and 3 pin line end to ensure correct insertion
3
4
Line
Clean
Maximum line to clean separation. Large input

tracks and pads (using top and bottom copper
layers). Earth pin is bonded to an earth
layer/plane.
3
4
3
4
ESP PCB/**
3
4
1
2
Line
3
4
ESP PCB/**
Clean
Clean
All dirty (line) incoming tracks are separated from

the clean output tracks, individual line and clean
tracks are routed close together. Earth pins are
bonded to an earth layer/plane.
226
ESP PCB/E Series
ESP PCB/06E
Nominal voltage
ESP PCB/15E
ESP PCB/30E
ESP PCB/50E
ESP PCB/110E
6V
15 V
30 V
50 V
110 V
7.79 V
16.7 V
36.7 V
56.7 V
132 V
1.25 A
1.0

45 MHz
ESP PCB/06E
ESP PCB/15E
ESP PCB/30E
ESP PCB/50E
ESP PCB/110E
C2 test 4 kV 1.2/50 s, 2 kA 8/20 s to

36.0 V
39.0 V
60.0 V
86.0 V
180 V
C1 test 1 kV, 1.2/50 s, 0.5 kA 8/20 s to

26.2 V
28.0 V
49.0 V
73.5 V
170 V
16.0 V
25.5 V
43.5 V
65.0 V
160 V
5 kV, 10/700 s
17.0 V
26.2 V
44.3 V
65.8 V
165 V

3

D1 test 10/350 s to
- per signal wire

- per pair
2.5 kA
5 kA
8/20 s to ITU-T K.45:2003,

IEEE C62.41.2:2002
- per signal wire

- per pair
10 kA
20 kA
ESP PCB/E Series
Temperature range
Connection type
-40 to +80 C
0.64 mm (0.025) square PCB pins, 1.2 mm diameter PCB holes recommended
Case material
ABS UL94 V-0
Dimensions
(ESP PCB/15E, ESP PCB/30E, ESP PCB/50E, ESP PCB/110E) and
< 200 A (ESP PCB/06E).
< 5 mA leakage (ESP PCB/15E, ESP PCB/30E, ESP PCB/50E,
ESP PCB/110E), < 10 mA (ESP PCB/06E).
1
30 mm
(~1 1/2)
5.08 mm
(0.2)
5.08 mm
(0.2)
30 mm
(~1 1/2)
Depth: 20 mm (~0.8)
Weight: 35 g
22.86 mm
(0.9)
5.08 mm
(0.2)
Pins are positioned centrally

(Underside pin view)
227
ESP RTD, RTDQ & SL RTD Series
LPZ
0
RTD
RTDQ
0A
SL RTD 0B
3
3
3
Installation
Connect in series with the signal
line either near where it enters or
equipment being protected
ensuring it is very close to the
separate enclosure.
DIRTY
CLEAN
From
line
Earth
To
equipment
ESP RTD installed in series
Protects all three wires on a 3-wire RTD system with a single protector


Low in-line resistance minimises reductions in signal strength
Built-in DIN rail foot for simple mounting to top hat DIN rails
ESP RTD can be flat mounted on base or side
ESP RTD and ESP RTDQ have colour coded terminals for quick and easy
installation check
ESP SL RTD has ultra slim 7 mm width ideal for compact protection of
large numbers of lines (e.g. process control installations)
ESP SL RTD includes two stage removable protection module with simple
quick release mechanism allowing partial removal for easy line
commissioning and maintenance as well as full removal for protection
replacement
For further information on RTD applications, see separate Application Note

AN001 (contact us for a copy).
LINE
CLEAN
Lightning Barrier
30V
37.8V
750mA
1.0
Max surge current

Let-through voltage, U
Upp
10kA
43.5V
Line
1
2
3
Nominal voltage
Current rating
In-line resistance
Furse
Wilford Road,
Nottingham,
NG2 1EB, UK
4
5
6
Clean

suitable for 3-wire RTD systems to protect monitoring equipment.
For use at boundaries up to LPZ 0A (ESP RTD & ESP RTDQ) or LPZ 0B
(ESP SL RTD) to protect against flashover (typically the service
entrance location) through to LPZ 3. Available as standard ESP RTD
format, or compact ESP RTDQ and Slim Line ESP SL RTD versions for
installations where a high number of lines require protection.
To equipment
From line
Earth
ESP SL RTD installed in series
DIRTY
CLEAN
From
line
Earth
To
equipment
ESP RTDQ installed in series (in-line)
Accessories
Replacement module for
ESP SL RTD
ESP SLRTD/M
ESP SLRTD/B
Base replacement
for ESP RTD
CME 4
For up to 4 x ESP RTD
CME 8
For up to 8 x ESP RTD
CME 16 For up to 16 x ESP RTD

CME 32 For up to 32 x ESP RTD
For weatherproof enclosures, see
page 263, or contact us.
228
For 2-wire or 4-wire RTD applications, use one or two ESP 06D or ESP SL06 protectors
respectively.
ESP RTD, RTDQ & SL RTD Series
NEW
Nominal voltage
ESP RTD
ESP SL RTD
6V
6V
ESP RTDQ
6V
7.79 V
7.79 V
7.79 V
200 mA
500 mA
700 mA
10
1.0
1.0
800 kHz
1.5 MHz
800 kHz
ESP RTD
ESP SL RTD
C2 test 4 kV 1.2/50 s, 2 kA 8/20 s to

12.0 V
17.9 V
15.0 V
C1 test 1 kV, 1.2/50 s, 0.5 kA 8/20 s to

11.5 V
12.1 V
12.5 V
10.0 V
11.0 V
10.0 V
5 kV, 10/700 s
10.5 V
11.3 V
10.5 V
2.5 kA
5 kA
1.25 kA
2.5 kA
2.5 kA
5 kA

ESP RTDQ

D1 test 10/350 s to
8/20 s to ITU-T K.45:2003,
IEEE C62.41.2:2002
- per signal wire

- per pair
- per signal wire
- per pair
10 kA
20 kA
ESP RTD
ESP SL RTD
Temperature range
ESP RTDQ
-40 to +80 C
Connection type
Screw terminal
Screw terminal
2.5 mm2
4 mm2
2.5 mm2
M6 stud
Via DIN rail or 4 mm earth terminal
Via DIN rail or M5 threaded hole

in base of unit
Case material
ABS UL94 V-0
ABS UL94 V-0
Weight - unit
0.08 kg
0.08 kg
0.1 kg
0.85 kg
0.85 kg
1.3 kg

Earth connection
Dimensions
< 10 mA.
1
95 mm
54 mm
M3 clearance
38 mm
Depth: 18 mm
105 mm
M4 clearance
87 mm
69 mm
42 mm
120 mm
19 mm
ESP RTDQ
109 mm
M4 clearance
ESP RTD
104.6 mm
229
106.5 mm
7 mm
ESP SL RTD
ESP RS485, RS485Q & SL RS485 Series
LPZ0
RS485
RS485Q
0A 3
SL RS485 0B 3
NEW
Installation
Connect in series with the signal
line either near where it enters or
equipment being protected
ensuring it is very close to the
separate enclosure.
CLEAN
ESP RS485
ESP RS485
DIRTY
From
line
Earth
To
equipment
ESP RS485 installed in series
LINE
1
S
2
Line
Max surge current

Let-through voltage, Up
To equipment
Earth


45 MHz bandwidth greatly exceeds 12 Mbps maximum speeds
Low in-line resistance minimises reductions in signal strength
Suitable for earthed or isolated screen systems
Built-in DIN rail foot for simple mounting to top hat DIN rails
ESP RS485 can be flat mounted on base or side
ESP RS485 and ESP RS485Q have colour coded terminals for quick and
easy installation check
ESP SL RS485 has ultra slim 7 mm width ideal for compact protection of
large numbers of lines (e.g. process control installations)
ESP SL RS485 includes two stage removable protection module with

simple quick release mechanism allowing partial removal for easy line
commissioning and maintenance as well as full removal for protection
replacement
ESP SL RS485 includes optional LED status indication - add L suffix to

part number - i.e. ESP SL RS485L
3
S
4
20kA
63V
Furse
Wilford Road,
Nottingham,
NG2 1EB, UK
From line
CLEAN
Lightning Barrier
Nominal voltage
30V
Max working voltage, Uc 36.7V
Current rating
750mA
In-line resistance
1.0
1.0
Clean

specifically designed for RS 485 and Fieldbus applications, such as
Profibus DP. For use at boundaries up to LPZ 0A (ESP RS485 &
ESP RS485Q), or LPZ 0B (ESP SL RS485) protect against flashover
(typically the service entrance location) through to LPZ 3. Available
as standard ESP RS485 format, or compact ESP RS485Q and Slim Line
ESP SL RS485 versions for installations where a high number of lines
require protection.
ESP SL RS485 installed in series
DIRTY
CLEAN
From
line
Earth
To
equipment
ESP RS485Q installed in series (in-line)
Accessories
Replacement module for
ESP SL RS485
ESP SLRS485/M
ESP SLRS485/B
Base replacement
for ESP RS485
CME 4
For up to 4 x ESP RS485
CME 8
For up to 8 x ESP RS485
CME 16 For up to 16 x ESP RS485

CME 32 For up to 32 x ESP RS485
For weatherproof enclosures, see
page 263, or contact us.
230
The ESP SL Slim Line Series is also available for protection of 3-wire and RTD applications
(ESP SL/3W & ESP SL RTD). The ESP SL X Series has approvals for use in hazardous areas.
NEW
ESP RS485, RS485Q & SL RS485 Series
NEW
NEW
NEW
ESP RS485
ESP SL RS485
ESP RS485Q
Nominal voltage1
15 V
16.7 V
300 mA
1

45 MHz
ESP RS485
ESP SL RS485
ESP RS485Q

C2 test 4 kV 1.2/50 s, 2 kA 8/20 s to
55.0 V
C1 test 1 kV, 1.2/50 s, 0.5 kA 8/20 s to

42.0 V
27.2 V
5 kV, 10/700 s
28.2 V

D1 test 10/350 s to
8/20 s to ITU-T K.45:2003,
IEEE C62.41.2:2002
- per signal wire

- per pair
2.5 kA
5 kA
1.25 kA
2.5 kA
- per signal wire

- per pair
2.5 kA
5 kA
10 kA
20 kA
ESP RS485
ESP SL RS485
Temperature range
ESP RS485Q
-40 to +80 C
Connection type
Screw terminal
Screw terminal
2.5 mm2
4 mm2
2.5 mm2
Earth connection
M6 stud
Via DIN rail or 4 mm earth terminal
Via DIN rail or M5 threaded hole

in base of unit
Case material
ABS UL94 V-0
ABS UL94 V-0
Weight - unit
0.08 kg
0.08 kg
0.1 kg
0.85 kg
0.85 kg
1.3 kg
Dimensions
< 5 mA.
1
95 mm
54 mm
M3 clearance
38 mm
Depth: 18 mm
105 mm
M4 clearance
87 mm
69 mm
42 mm
120 mm
19 mm
ESP RS485Q
109 mm
M4 clearance
ESP RS485
104.6 mm
231
106.5 mm
7 mm
ESP SL RS485
Telecoms & computer line protection
Telecoms & computer

line protection
ESP TN & ISDN Series
ESP KT & KE Series
ESP LA & LB Series
ESP LN Series
234-235
236-237
238-239
240-241
242-243
Telecoms & computer line protection
Product selector for telecommunications line protection

Selection guide - telecommunications/computer systems
Common applications
Service entrance
Critical terminal equipment - located

> 20 m from service entrance
Analogue Telecom systems

- Standard, for twisted pair lines
ESP TN, ESP TN/BX,

ESP TN/2BX
See pages 204 & 210
- Compact, ideal where space is a premium
ESP SL TN
See page 212
- Multiple line protection in a single unit
ESP TNQ
See page 220
- For BT type socket systems
ESP TN/JP
See page 234
- For PBX systems terminating of LSA-Plus

disconnection modules
ESP KT Series
See page 236
ESP MC/TN/RJ11
(e.g. fax machines/modems)
See page 200

System
ISDN telecom systems
(see Furse Application Note AN002, AN005)
Protector
ESP KT2 Series,
ESP ISDN Series
See pages 234 & 236
Coaxial CCTV systems
ESP CCTV/B
See page 256
Cable TV systems
ESP TV Series
See page 254
Telecom interfaces at PCB level

ESP PCB Series

See page 224 & 226
233
ESP TN/JP, TN/RJ11 & ISDN/RJ45 Series
Installation
Connect in series with the
telephone or ISDN line. These
units are usually installed close to
and within a short distance of a
good electrical earth.
DIRTY
CLEAN
ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS PROTECTION
Plug-in Lightning Barrier
To
phone
socket

suitable to protect telephony equipment plugged into a BT
telephone (BS 6312), Modem (RJ11) or ISDN (RJ45) socket. For use at


Supplied in a sturdy ABS housing ready for flat mounting, or vertically

via TS35 Top Hat DIN rail
Substantial earth connection to enable effective earthing
ESP TN/JP, ESP TN/RJ11-2/6, ESP TN/RJ11-4/6 and ESP TN/RJ11-6/6 are
suitable for telecommunication applications in accordance with
Telcordia and ANSI Standards (see Application Note AN005)
Earth
From
equipment
Plug-in series connection for ESP TN/JP

(above) and ESP TN/RJ11-2/6, 4/6 & 6/6
(below) and ESP ISDN/RJ45-4/8 & 8/8
(bottom)
DIRTY
CLEAN
To
phone
socket
Wilford Road,
Nottingham,
NG2 1EB, UK
Wilford Road,
Nottingham,
NG2 1EB, UK
Earth
DIRTY
From
equipment
CLEAN

Wilford Road,
Nottingham,
NG2 1EB, UK
To
Earth
ISDN line
From
equipment
Application
234
For PSTN (e.g. POTS, dial-up, lease line, T1/E1, *DSL and Broadband) use
ESP TN/JP or TN/RJ11
ESP TN/JP and ESP TN/RJ11 are suitable for use on telephone lines with
a maximum (or ringing) voltage of up to 296 Volts
An ESP TN/RJ11-4/6 protecting an external

fax line. Note the short earth connection
made to the local ring main
For telephone lines with a British style, jack plug and socket connection,
use ESP TN/JP
Accessories
For telephone lines with RJ11 connections protect the middle 2 (of 6)
conductors with ESP TN/RJ11-2/6, the middle 4 (of 6) with ESP TN/RJ11-4/6
or all 6 with ESP TN/RJ11-6/6
For S/T interface ISDN lines, use ESP ISDN/RJ45-4/8 and ESP ISDN/RJ45-8/8
For S/T interface ISDN lines with RJ45 connections protect the middle
4 (of 8) conductors (paired 3&6, 4&5) with ESP ISDN/RJ45-4/8, or all
8 (outside pairs 1&2, 7&8) with ESP ISDN/RJ45-8/8
For further information on RJ45 ISDN applications, see separate Application

Note AN002 and for global telephony applications, see separate Application
Note AN005 (contact us for a copy).
ESP CAT5e/UTP-1
1 metre cable with RJ45
connections
For non-ISDN wire-in applications the

high performance ESP TN or readyboxed derivative ESP TN/BX or
ESP TN/2BX can be used. Protect PBX
telephone exchanges and other
equipment with LSA-PLUS connections.
ESP TN/JP, TN/RJ11 & ISDN/RJ45 Series
ESP TN/JP
ESP TN/
RJ11-2/6
ESP TN/
RJ11-4/6
ESP TN/
RJ11-6/6
ESP ISDN/
RJ45-4/8
ESP ISDN/
RJ45-8/8
Nominal voltage
296 V
296 V
296 V
296 V
5V
5 V/58 V2
296 V
296 V
296 V
296 V
58 V
58 V
300 mA
4.4

20 MHz
20 MHz
20 MHz
20 MHz
19 MHz
19 MHz
ESP TN/JP
ESP TN/
RJ11-2/6
ESP TN/
RJ11-4/6
ESP TN/
RJ11-6/6
ESP ISDN/
RJ45-4/8
ESP ISDN/
RJ45-8/8

C2 test 4 kV 1.2/50 s,
2 kA 8/20 s to
- line to line
- line to earth
395 V
395 V
395 V
395 V
395 V
395 V
395 V
395 V
28 V
88 V
28 V/88 V5
88 V
C1 test 1 kV, 1.2/50 s,

0.5 kA 8/20 s to
- line to line
- line to earth
390 V
390 V
390 V
390 V
390 V
390 V
390 V
390 V
23 V
63 V
23 V/63 V5
63 V
B2 test 4 kV 10/700 s to
- line to line
- line to earth
298 V
298 V
298 V
298 V
298 V
298 V
298 V
298 V
26 V
65 V
26 V/65 V5
65 V
5 kV, 10/700 s4
- line to line
- line to earth
300 V
300 V
300 V
300 V
300 V
300 V
300 V
300 V
27 V
80 V
27 V/80 V5
80 V
ESP TN/
RJ11-6/6
ESP ISDN/
RJ45-4/8
ESP ISDN/
RJ45-8/8
RJ45 plug
and socket
RJ45 plug
and socket

1 kA
ITU-T K.45:2003, IEEE C62.41.2:2002
10 kA
ESP TN/JP
ESP TN/
RJ11-2/6
ESP TN/
RJ11-4/6
Standard BT jack
plug and socket
(to BS 6312)
RJ11 plug
and socket
RJ11 plug
and socket
Temperature range
Connection type
-40 to +80 C
Earth connection
RJ11 plug
and socket
M4/DIN rail
Case material
ABS UL94 V-0
Weight - unit
- packaged
0.15 kg
0.2 kg
Dimensions
< 10 A leakage for ESP TN/JP and ESP TN/RJ11 products and
5 A for ESP ISDN/RJ45 products.
2 Maximum working voltage is 5 V for pairs 3/6 & 4/5, and
58 V for pairs 1/2 & 7/8.
5 The first let-through voltage value is for pairs 3/4 & 5/6, and
the second value is for pairs 1/2 & 7/8.
6 The installation and connectors external to the protector may
limit the capability of the protector.
1
106 mm
ESP TN/JP
cable length: 1 m
ESP ISDN/RJ45-4/8, 8/8

cable length: 0.5 m
54 mm
60 mm
49 mm
E
ESP TN/RJ11-2/6, 4/6, 6/6

cable length: 1 m
Depth: 24 mm
Fixing centres 49 x 54 mm, M3 clearance
235
ESP KT & KE Series
Installation
Install protectors on all lines that
enter or leave each building
(including extensions to other
buildings).
Identify the lines requiring
protection and plug-in the
protector (ensuring the correct
orientation) for a series
connection. Plug ESP K10T1/2
directly into each disconnection
module requiring protection.

suitable for use on ten line LSA-PLUS disconnection modules to
PBX telephone exchanges, ISDN and other telecoms equipment with
LSA-PLUS disconnection modules. For use at boundaries up to
LPZ 0B to protect against flashover (typically the service entrance
location) through to LPZ 3 to protect sensitive electronic equipment.
Low cost protection for large numbers of data and signal lines


Colour of housing distinguishes electrically different protectors - avoids

confusion when installed together on the same distribution frame
Quick and easy plug-in installation, with bump location feedback
Under power line cross conditions /PTC versions offer safe disconnection
during fault duration. Unit auto-resets once fault corrected
At larger installations ESP K10T1/2 and ESP K10T1/PTC provide all in one
protection for all ten lines on LSA-PLUS disconnection modules
Use the ESP KE10 to provide trouble free earthing for up to ten
ESP KT1/2 and ESP KT1/PTC (per disconnection module)
ESP K10T1/2 and ESP K10T1/PTC have an integral earth connection, and
an external M4 earth bush for use with non-metallic LSA-Plus frames
ESP KT1/PTC and ESP K10T1/PTC have resettable overcurrent protection

and are rated for power cross faults
ESP KT1, ESP KT1/PTC, ESP K10T1 & ESP K10T1/PTC are suitable for
telecoms applications in accordance with Telcordia & ANSI Standards
Application
236
For PSTN (e.g POTS, dial-up, lease line, T1/E1, *DSL and Broadband) and
U interface ISDN lines, use ESP KT1 (or ESP KT1/PTC) and ESP K10T1 (or
ESP K10T1/PTC)
For S/T interface ISDN lines, use ESP KT2 & ESP K10T2
Protect single lines with ESP KT1, ESP KT2 or ESP KT1/PTC
Protect all ten lines on a disconnection module with ESP K10T1/2
Firmly push an ESP K10T1 (or ESP K10T2) into

each disconnection module requiring
protection, so that it clips securely into the
earth point, at each end of the module
ESP KT1/2 and ESP KT1/PTC must

be installed via the ESP KE10 earth
bar. Clip an ESP KE10 on to the
disconnection module and plug an
ESP KT1/2 or ESP KT1/PTC in to
each line on the module that
needs protecting.
Having pushed the ESP KE10 earth bar on to

the disconnection modules earth points,
firmly push an ESP KT1 (or ESP KT2) into
each line/pair requiring protection
In the unlikely situation that the

protector is damaged, it will
sacrifice itself and fail short circuit,
taking the line out of commission indicating it needs replacing and
preventing subsequent transients
from damaging equipment.
For further information on global
telephony applications, see
separate Application Note AN005
(contact us for a copy).
ESP KT & KE Series
Maximum working
voltage Uc1
- line to line
- line to earth
IMPROVED
IMPROVED
IMPROVED
ESP KT1
ESP KT1/PTC
ESP KT2
ESP K10T1
ESP K10T1/PTC
ESP K10T2
296 V
296 V
296 V
296 V
5V
58 V
296 V
296 V
296 V
296 V
5V
58 V
300 mA
145 mA
300 mA
300 mA
145 mA
300 mA
> 20 MHz
> 40 MHz
> 19 MHz
> 20 MHz
> 40 MHz
> 19 MHz
ESP KT1
ESP KT1/PTC
ESP KT2
ESP K10T1
ESP K10T1/PTC
ESP K10T2
4.4

C2 test 4 kV 1.2/50 s,
2 kA 8/20 s to
- line to line
- line to earth
395 V
395 V
395 V
395 V
28 V
88 V
395 V
395 V
395 V
395 V
28 V
88 V
C1 test 1 kV, 1.2/50 s,

0.5 kA 8/20 s to
- line to line
- line to earth
390 V
390 V
390 V
390 V
23 V
63 V
390 V
390 V
390 V
390 V
23 V
63 V
- line to line
- line to earth
298 V
298 V
298 V
298 V
26 V
65 V
298 V
298 V
298 V
298 V
26 V
65 V
5 kV, 10/700 s3
- line to line
- line to earth
300 V
300 V
300 V
300 V
27 V
80 V
300 V
300 V
300 V
300 V
27 V
80 V

D1 test 10/350 s to
- line to line
- line to earth
1 kA
2 kA
8/20 s to ITU-T K.45:2003,

IEEE C62.41.2:2002
- line to line
- line to earth
5 kA
10 kA
Power faults specification
ESP KT1
ESP KT1/PTC
ESP KT2
ESP K10T1
ESP K10T1/PTC
ESP K10T2
Power/Line Cross and Power Induction - tests to: ITU-T (formerly CCITT) K.20, K.21 and K.45, Telcordia GR-1089-CORE, Issue 2:2002, UL 60950/IEC 950
- power/line cross
- power induction
110/230 Vac
(15 min)
600 V, 1 A
(0.2 sec)
ESP KT1, ESP KT2,

ESP KT1/PTC
Temperature range
110/230 Vac
(15 min)
600 V, 1 A
(0.2 sec)
ESP K10T1, ESP K10T2,

ESP K10T1/PTC
ESP KE10
-40 to +80 C
Connection type
To LSA-PLUS disconnection modules (BT part number 237A)
Earth connection
Via ESP KE10 earth bar
Material
Via integral earth clip/external

M4 bush
ABS UL94 V-0
Weight - unit
- packaged
0.01 kg
0.12 kg (per 10)
Stainless Steel
0.10 kg
0.12 kg
0.01 kg
0.10 kg (per 10)
Dimensions
Maximum working voltage (DC or AC peak) at 10 A for
ESP KT1, ESP KT1/PTC, ESP K10T1, ESP K10T1/PTC and at
5 A for ESP KT2 and ESP K10T2.
1
22 mm
110 mm
40 mm
40 mm
52 mm
59 mm
9.5 mm
110 mm
20 mm
22 mm
Depth: 21 mm
237
For individual telephone lines and lines at unmanned sites the high performance ESP TN, ready-boxed derivative ESP TN/BX or ESP TN/2BX, or
plug-in ESP TN/JP or ESP TN/RJ11 Series should be used. For plug-in S/T interface ISDN protection, use the ESP TN or ISDN Series protectors.
NEW
Installation
Connect in series with the network
cable, either:
a)
near to where it enters or

leaves the building, or
b) as it enters the network hub,

or
c)

protected
This should be close to the systems

earth star point (to enable a good
connection to earth).
DIRTY
CLEAN

suitable to protect twisted pair Ethernet networks, including
Power over Ethernet (PoE), with RJ45 connections. For use at
Wilford Road,
Nottingham,
NG2 1EB, UK
From
line
Earth
To
equipment
Plug-in series connection
Suitable for systems signalling on up to eight wires of either shielded

or unshielded twisted pair cable


Unlike some competing devices, the ethernet SPDs provide effective

protection without impairing the systems normal operation
Low capacitance circuitry prevents the start-up signal degradation

associated with other types of network protector
Low in-line resistance minimises unnecessary reductions in signal

strength to maximise signalling distance
Sturdy ABS housing with convenient holes for flat mounting, or

vertically via TS35 Top Hat DIN rail
Substantial earth connection to enable effective earthing
Supplied with short (50 cm) Cat-5e UTP or Cat-6 STP cable to enable
neat installation
A Furse ESP Cat-5e/Gb protecting a hub from

transient overvoltages on a network
connection with another building
Technical note
The interfaces used in Ethernet
networks incorporate an
isolation transformer which
gives these systems an inbuilt
immunity to transients
between line and earth of
1,500 Volts or more.
Application
Use these protectors on network cables that travel between buildings to
prevent damage to equipment, e.g. computers, servers, repeaters and hubs.
Suitable for computer networks up to Cat-6 cabling.
238
To protect up to 100baseT and up to 1000baseT networks with

Cat-5/Cat-5e cabling use ESP Cat-5e and ESP Cat-5e/Gb respectively
To protect up to 10GbaseT networks with Cat-6 cabling use ESP Cat-6
To protect up to 100baseT, 1000baseT and 10GbaseT Power over

Ethernet (PoE) networks use ESP Cat-5e/PoE, ESP Cat-5e/Gb/PoE and
ESP Cat-6/PoE respectively
Accessories
ESP CAT5e/UTP-1
1 metre cable with unshielded
RJ45 connections
ESP CAT6/STP-1
1 metre screened cable with
shielded RJ45 connections
For further application information, see separate Application Note AN004

(contact us for a copy).
NEW
Maximum working
voltage Uc1
IMPROVED
IMPROVED
NEW
NEW
NEW
ESP Cat-5e
ESP Cat-5e/PoE
ESP Cat-5e/Gb
ESP Cat-5e/Gb/PoE
ESP Cat-6
ESP Cat-6/PoE
5V
-
5V
58 V
5V
-
5V
58 V
5V
-
5V
58 V
300 mA
400 mA4
300 mA
400 mA4
300 mA
400 mA4
1
-
1
4.4
1
-
1
-
1
-
1
-
100 Mbps
100 Mbps
1000 Mbps
1000 Mbps
1000 Mbps
1000 Mbps
10/100baseT
10/100baseT
TIA Cat-5e
IEEE 802.3i
IEEE 802.3u
TIA Cat-5/PoE
IEEE 802.3i
IEEE 802.3u
IEEE 802.3af
TIA Cat-5e
IEEE 802.3i
IEEE 802.3u
IEEE 802.3ab
TIA Cat-5e
IEEE 802.3i
IEEE 802.3u
IEEE 802.3ab
IEEE 802.3af
10/100/1000/
10GbaseT
TIA Cat-6
IEEE 802.3i
IEEE 802.3u
IEEE 802.3ab
IEEE 802.3an
10/100/1000/
10GbaseT
TIA Cat-6
IEEE 802.3i
IEEE 802.3u
IEEE 802.3ab
IEEE 802.3an
IEEE 802.3af
ESP Cat-5e
ESP Cat-5e/PoE
ESP Cat-5e/Gb
ESP Cat-5e/Gb/PoE
ESP Cat-6
ESP Cat-6/PoE
- data2
- power3
Current rating
In-line resistance
(per line 10%)
- data2
- power3
Maximum data rate

Networking standards
10/100/1000baseT 10/100/1000baseT

C2 test 4 kV 1.2/50 s,
2 kA 8/20 s to
- line to line
- line to earth6
120 V
700 V
120 V/88 V8
700 V
120 V
700 V
120 V/86 V8
700 V
120 V
700 V
120 V/86 V8
700 V
C1 test 1 kV, 1.2/50 s,

0.5 kA 8/20 s to
- line to line
- line to earth6
74 V
600 V
74 V/63 V8
600 V
74 V
600 V
74 V/73.5 V8
600 V
74 V
600 V
74 V/73.5 V8
600 V
- line to line
- line to earth6
21 V
550 V
21 V/65 V8
550 V
21 V
550 V
21 V/65 V8
550 V
21 V
550 V
21 V/65 V8
550 V
5 kV, 10/700 s7
- line to line
- line to earth6
25 V
600 V
25 V/80 V8
600 V
25 V
600 V
25 V/65.8 V8
600 V
25 V
600 V
25 V/65.8 V8
600 V

1 kA
8/20 s to ITU-T K.45:2003,

IEEE C62.41.2:2002
10 kA
Temperature range
Connection type
ESP Cat-5e, ESP Cat-5e/PoE, ESP Cat-5e/Gb, ESP Cat-5e/Gb/PoE
ESP Cat-6, ESP Cat-6/PoE
-40 to +80 C
-40 to +80 C
RJ45 sockets
RJ45 sockets
0.5 m Cat-5e UTP patch lead
0.5 m Cat-6 STP patch lead
M4/DIN rail
M4/DIN rail
Case material
ABS UL94 V-0
ABS UL94 V-0
Weight - unit
0.15 kg
0.15 kg
Weight - packaged
0.2 kg
0.2 kg
Cable (supplied)
Earth connection
Dimensions
1 mA leakage.
Data pairs 1/2 and 3/6 are protected as standard. Pairs 4/5 and
7/8 are also protected on Gigabit (Gb) & Cat-6 barriers.
3 PoE protectors transmit power to IEEE 802.3af.
ESP Cat-5e/PoE using Mode A (combined phantom power/data)
and Mode B (power on spare pairs 4/5 and 7/8),
ESP Cat-5e/Gb/PoE and ESP Cat-6/PoE using Mode A (combined
phantom power/data) only.
4 Based on 15.4 W of transmitted PSE power, to IEEE 802.3af.
throughout the test (10%), line to line & line to earth. Response
time <10 ns (on all protected pairs).
6 The interfaces used in Cat-5/5e systems incorporate an isolation
transformer that inherently provides an inbuilt immunity to
transients between line and earth of 1,500 Volts or more.
7 Test to IEC 61000-4-5:2006, ITU-T (formerly CCITT) K.20, K.21
and K.45,Telcordia GR-1089-CORE, Issue 2:2002,
8 The first number is for the data pair, with the second number for
the power pair.
1
106 mm
54 mm
49 mm
60 mm
Depth: 24 mm
Fixing centres
49 x 54 mm,
M3 clearance
To protect datacomms systems based on twisted pairs, use the ESP D, E or H Series. Local
protection for networked equipment is also available. For protection of legacy coaxial Ethernet
networks, please contact us for details of our ESP ThinNet and ESP ThickNet protectors.
239
ESP LA & LB Series
Installation
Simple plug-in connection to the
communication port, between the
equipment to be protected and its
incoming data cable. Make
suitable attachment to earth.
Technical note
Combined Category C, B tested protector (to BS EN 61643) suitable

to protect PCs and other computer equipment on systems using
9, 15 or 25 pins. For use on lines running within buildings at
boundaries up to LPZ 2 through to LPZ 3 to protect sensitive
Let-through voltage below equipment susceptibility levels
Negligible in-line resistance
Suitable for equipment using D connectors - DB-9, DB-15 and DB-25
ESP LA-5/25 protects pins 1, 2, 3, 7 & 20 to earth/shell. Note pin 1 is

connected to earth
ESP LA-25/25 and ESP LB-25/25 protects all pins. Note pin 1 is connected
to earth/shell
ESP LA-9/9, ESP LB-9/9, ESP LA-15/15 and ESP LB-15/15 protect all pins
Sturdy plastic housing
Male/female connectors allow easy plug-in installation without rewiring
Earthed via shell and supplementary earth strap
ESP LA and ESP LB

protectors are designed only for
use on cables running within a
building (typically LPZ 2) to
offer local protection to
equipment. They therefore will
not be able to handle the
higher level transients that
occur when lines between
buildings are protected. ESP
LA... and ESP LB... protectors
should not be used in such an
application (up to LPZ 0A)
where high energy ESP
lightning barriers (such as ESP E
Series) should be employed. If
they are used in lines between
buildings, there is a high risk of
the protector being overloaded
and destroyed during transient
activity. Connected equipment
will, in most cases, still be
protected, but there is a small
risk that equipment will suffer
damage in such circumstances.
Application
Use on cables running within a building to protect equipment locally from
transients induced on to data cables from the magnetic field caused by a
lightning strike.
For Asynchronous RS 232 systems, use ESP LA-5/25
For RS 232 systems, use ESP LA-25/25, ESP LA-9/9 or ESP LA-15/15
For RS 422, RS 423 and RS 485 systems, use ESP LB-9/9, ESP LB-15/15 or
ESP LB-25/25
ESP LA-5/25 installed on the parallel port

of a PC, protecting the printer connection
240
For cabling up to Cat-6 with RJ45 connections (running external to the building) and local protection for up to Cat-6 with RJ45 connections,
(running within a building) products are also available. For protection of legacy coaxial Ethernet networks, please contact us for details of our
ESP ThinNet and ESP ThickNet protectors.
ESP LA & LB Series
ESP LA-9/9
ESP LB-9/9
Nominal voltage1
23.1 V
23.1 V
23.1 V
5.8 V
15.3 V
6.4 V
5.8 V
25.7 V
25.7 V
25.7 V
6.4 V
17.1 V
7.13 V
6.4 V
< 500 pF
< 500 pF
< 500 pF
< 2000 pF
< 50 pF
< 50 pF
< 2000 pF
Capacitance
ESP LA-5/25 ESP LA-25/25
Current rating
300 mA
~0
In-line resistance
ESP LA-15/15 ESP LB-15/15 ESP LB-25/25
ESP LA-5/25
ESP LA-25/25
ESP LA-9/9
ESP LB-9/9
12.5 V
31.5 V
16.0 V
12.5 V
36.5 V
36.5 V
36.5 V
10.0 V
27.5 V
14.0 V
10.0 V
1.5 kV, 10/700 s4
37.5 V
37.5 V
37.5 V
10.5 V
28.5 V
14.6 V
Pins 1, 2, 3, 7
and 20 to
earth/shell5
Pins 1-25 to
earth/shell5
Pins 1-9 to
earth/shell
Pins 1-9 to
earth/shell
200 A
200 A
200 A
300 A
ESP LA-9/9
ESP LB-9/9
Let-through voltage3 Up
C1 test 0.5 kV 1.2/50 s, 0.25 kA 8/020 s to
Protection provided
Pins 1-15 to
Pins 1-15 to
earth and each earth and each
other
other
10.5 V
Pins 1-25 to
earth/shell5

8/20 s to ITU-T K.45:2003, IEEE C62.41.2:2002
ESP LA-5/25 ESP LA-25/25
Temperature range
Connection type
700 A
300 A
-40 to +80 C
DB-25 m-f
DB-25 m-f
DB-9 m-f
Earth connection
DB-9 m-f
DB-15 m-f
DB-15 m-f
DB-25 m-f
50 g
60 g
50 g
70 g
Shell or 150 mm earth lead (supplied)
Casing material
Weight - unit
- packaged
350 A
ABS UL94 V-0

50 g
70 g
50 g
70 g
40 g
50 g
40 g
50 g
50 g
60 g
Dimensions
Nominal voltage (DC or AC peak) measured at 5 A
(ESP LA-5/25, ESP LA-9/9, ESP LA-25/25, ESP LA-15/15),
0.5 mA (ESP LB-15/15) and 1 mA (ESP LB-9/9, ESP LB-25/25).
1 mA leakage (ESP LA-5/25, ESP LA-9/9, ESP LA-25/25,
ESP LA-15/15) and 10 mA (ESP LB-15/15, ESP LB-9/9 and
ESP LB-25/25).
throughout the test (10%). Response time < 10 ns.
5 Pin 1 connected to earth/shell.
1
54 mm
56 mm
ESP LA-5/25
ESP LA-25/25
ESP LB-25/25
32 mm
68 mm
ESP LA-9/9
ESP LB-9/9
41 mm
57 mm
ESP LA-15/15
ESP LB-15/15
Depth (all units): 18 mm
241
ESP LN Series
Installation
Plug-in connection between
incoming data cables and
equipment to be protected. Make
suitable attachment to earth.
Technical note
Combined Category C, B tested protector (to BS EN 61643) suitable

to protect equipment on twisted pair applications using Cat-5
wiring with RJ45 connectors. For use on lines running within
buildings at boundaries up to LPZ 2 through to LPZ 3 to protect
Suitable for systems signalling on up to 8 wires of unshielded twisted

pair cable - protects all 8 pins in each line
Use to protect 1, 4, 8 or 16 lines
Suitable for RS 422/423, 10baseT, 100baseT, Token Ring and Fast

Ethernet systems
Available for individual connections or for multiport applications
Free standing or 19 rack mounted versions available for multiport

applications
Let-through voltage below equipment susceptibility levels
Protects twisted pair lines operating at speeds up to 100 Mbps
Available as 4 or 8 port free standing versions (ESP LN-4 and ESP LN-8)
and 8 or 16 port 19 rack mounted panels (ESP LN-8/16 and
ESP LN-16/16)
Negligible in-line resistance
Sturdy housing and simple plug-in installation
Simple earthing via single braided metal strap
ESP LN range of protectors

are designed only for use on
cables running within a
building (typically LPZ 2) to
offer local protection to
equipment. They therefore will
not be able to handle the
higher level transients that
occur when lines between
buildings are protected.
ESP LN... range of protectors
should not be used in such an
application (up to LPZ 0A)
where high energy ESP
lightning barriers (such as ESP E
and ESP Cat-5 & Cat-6 Series)
should be employed. If they are
used in lines between buildings,
there is a high risk of the
protector being overloaded and
destroyed during transient
activity. Connected equipment
will, in most cases, still be
protected, but there is a small
risk that equipment will suffer
damage in such circumstances.
Application
Use on network cables running within a building to protect systems locally
from transients induced on to data cables from the magnetic field caused by
a lightning strike. Suitable for internal cabling Cat-5.
242
Protect the network connection to individual pieces of equipment with

the ESP LN
Protect multiport applications such as hubs, switches and patch panels

with the ESP LN-4, ESP LN-8, ESP LN-8/16 or ESP LN-16/16
ESP LN installed on the network connection

to a PC. Note the black earth lead
connection to the chassis of the PC
Protectors for up to Cat-6 cabling with RJ45 connections running external to the building and local protection for PCs and computer
communications with D connectors (cables running within a building), are also available. For protection of legacy coaxial Ethernet networks,
please contact us for details of our ESP ThinNet and ESP ThickNet protectors.
ESP LN Series
ESP LN
ESP LN-4
ESP LN-8

Current rating
ESP LN-16/16
ESP LN-8/16
ESP LN-16/16
ESP LN-8/16
ESP LN-16/16
300 mA
~0
In-line resistance
Data rate (TIA Cat-5)
ESP LN-8/16
4V
100 Mbps
ESP LN
ESP LN-4
ESP LN-8
Let-through voltage2 Up
C1 test 0.5 kV, 1.2/50 s, 0.25 kA 8/20 s to
13.5 V
12.0 V
1.5 kV, 10/700 s3
12.5 V

8/20 s to ITU-T K.45:2003, IEEE C62.41.2:2002
350 A
ESP LN
ESP LN-4
ESP LN-8
Temperature range
-40 to +80 C
Connection type
RJ45 sockets
Earth connection
External earth
strap
External earth
strap on front
fascia panel
External earth
strap on front
fascia panel
External earth
strap through
mounting screws
External earth
strap through
mounting screws
Casing material
ABS UL94 V-0
ABS UL94 V-0
ABS UL94 V-0
Steel
Steel
0.05 kg
0.09 kg
0.29 kg
0.58 kg
0.32 kg
0.61 kg
0.75 kg
1.1 kg
1 kg
1.35 kg
Weight - unit
- packaged
Dimensions
1 mA leakage.
throughout the test (10%). Response time < 10 ns.
1
43 mm
492.6 mm (19)
88.3 mm
(2U)
ESP LN-8/16
ESP LN-16/16
Depth: 67 mm
ESP LN
52 mm
185 mm
Depth: 21 mm
87 mm
ESP LN-4
ESP LN-8
Depth: 41 mm
243
Specific systems protection
Specific systems
protection
ESP WT Series
ESP PV Series
ESP SSI Series
ESP TV Series
ESP CCTV Series
ESP RF Series
248-249
250-251
252-253
254-255
256-257
258-261
Protecting wind turbines
Wind turbines contain a vast array of electronic

systems, including power, control and telecoms,
which require transient overvoltage protection.
Aviation
warning
lights
Anemometer
Protection follows the Lightning Protection Zones (LPZ)

concept established in BS EN/IEC 62305 and IEC 61400,
with equipment sited in internal zones up to LPZ 2 (see
Figure 8 & Table 3 for specific locations).
Generator
SPD
SPD
SPD
SPD
LPZ 2
LPZ 0
Hub controls
Power line protection
SPD
SPD
LPZ 1
SPD SPD
Control
cabinet
Gearbox
Lightning current/equipotential bonding SPDs

(minimum Type 1) are required at LPZ boundary LPZ 0
to LPZ 1 to counter partial lightning currents resulting
from a direct lightning strike.
Transient overvoltage SPDs (minimum Type 2) are
required at LPZ boundary LPZ 1 to LPZ 2 to protect
critical electronic systems.
The SPD selected should be suitable for the voltage of
the line. Furse ESP WT Series protectors apply at 690 V
with Furse ESP D1 Series or Furse ESP M1 Series
protectors covering 230 V/400 V lines (see Table 3).
These power line protectors offer low let-through
voltage protection creating a safe area downstream of
minimum LPZ 2, meeting the requirements for wind
turbines.
Data line
Power line 690 V
SPD
Power line SPD 690 V
SPD
Power line SPD 230 V
SPD
Data line SPD
Power line 230 V
Wind
turbine
control
system
LPZ 1
SPD
SPD
SPDs should be installed on the line side, as close as

possible to the equipment being protected.
Frequency
converter
SPD
SPD
Where connected downstream equipment is > 10 m

away, a second SPD should be installed at the
subsequent equipment (in line with guidance in
DD CLC/TS 50539-22:2010).
If the main HV transformer is housed separately from
the wind turbine, incoming/outgoing lines from the
turbine and the HV transformer should be protected
(minimum LPZ 0 to LPZ 1, or where control system
electronics are installed LPZ 0 to LPZ 2).
Modem
Transformer
>10 m
LPZ 1
Auxilliary
transformer
690 V to
230 V
SPD
SPD
LPZ 2
LPZ 0
Figure 8: Application of SPDs within a typical wind turbine

environment
Location
LPZ
Data/signal/telecoms line protection
Generator
(690 V)
LPZ 0 to LPZ 1
ESP WT Series protector

See pages 248-249
SPD
SPDs should be installed to protect data, signal

and telecoms lines in the wind turbine and where
appropriate, the HV transformer.
Frequency converter
(690 V)
LPZ 0 to LPZ 2
ESP WT Series protector

See pages 248-249
SPD
Transformer
(690 V)
LPZ 0 to LPZ 1* ESP WT Series protector

See pages 248-249
SPD
Control system
(230 V)
LPZ 0 to LPZ 1

See pages 186-189, 192-193
SPD
Aviation warning
light (230 V)
LPZ 0 to LPZ 1

See pages 186-187, 192-193
SPD
Hub control (230 V)
LPZ 0 to LPZ 1

See pages 186-187, 192-193
SPD
(4-20 mA loop)
LPZ 0 to LPZ 1
ESP SL30L/4-20
See pages 216-217
SPD
(RS 485 line)
LPZ 0 to LPZ 1
ESP SL RS485
See pages 228-229
SPD
Anemometer
(24 V)
LPZ 0 to LPZ 1
ESP SL30
See pages 212-213
SPD
Modem
LPZ 0 to LPZ 1
ESP TN or ESP SL TN
See pages 204-205, 212-213
SPD
A wide range of Furse SPDs is available for this

purpose, including the the ESP SL Series and
ESP D, E, H Series protectors (see Table 3 for specific
application).
The SPD selected should be compatible with the system
to be protected, and offer sufficient protection to
reduce overvoltages below the immunity threshold of
the protected equipment. The SPD must not impede
system performance and must be able to survive
repeated transients.
The SPD should be installed as close as possible to the
point of entry/exit of the incoming/outgoing line.
Where connected equipment is > 10 m from the
incoming/outgoing line, a second SPD should be
installed at any subsequent connected equipment.
SPD required
* Where the transformer includes process control/data lines, protect to LPZ 2.

Table 3: SPD requirement according to component to be protected.
245
Protecting photovoltaic systems
Photovoltaic (PV) systems are at risk from

transient overvoltages which may enter the
system following a direct lightning strike to a
structural LPS, or via the wider electrical
network.
SPD for PV systems

(ESP DC550/12.5/PV or
ESP DC1000/12.5/PV)
SPD for AC mains
power (Type 2)
Protection against transient overvoltages is achieved

through installation of appropriate SPDs on the DC
and AC side of the DC-AC inverter in the PV system.
AC
Output
Figure 9: Roof
mounted PV
array, no
external LPS
SPD
SPD
DC
Input
Earthing
conductor
Equipotential
bonding bar
Meter/main
distribution
Installation should follow the guidance provided in

Technical Specification DD CLC/TS 50539-12.
kWh
kWh
SPD
LV Incomer
Installation on the DC side of the DC-AC inverter

An SPD specifically designed for use on the DC side of a
PV system should be installed.
Where the distance between the PV array and the
inverter is < 10 m, a single SPD suffices, mounted as
close as possible to the inverter. Where the distance
> 10 m, two SPDs should be installed, one close to the
inverter and the other close to the PV array. The
minimum Type of SPD is dependent on presence of
structural LPS/separation distance (see Table 4, below).
Earth
termination
system
SPD for AC mains power (Type 2)
Figure 10:
Roof mounted
PV array,
external LPS
SPD for PV systems

(ESP DC550/12.5/PV or
ESP DC1000/12.5/PV)
External LPS
SPD for AC mains power

(Type 2 - separation distance kept)
(Type 1 - separation distance
not kept)
AC
Output
Note: Furse ESP PV Series SPDs (see pages 250-251)

offer combined Type 1+2 protection, and therefore
apply across all scenarios.
SPD
SPD
DC
Input
Equipotential
bonding bar
Meter/main
distribution
SPD for AC
mains power
(Type 1)
kWh
Where the distance between service entrance

(Main Distribution Board (MDB)) and inverter is
< 10 m, a single SPD should be installed at the
service entrance (MDB). Where > 10 m, two
SPDs should be installed, one at the MDB and
the other close to the inverter.
Furse Combined Type SPDs for AC mains
power circuits are applicable here. The SPD to
be installed will be dependent on the Class of
LPS around the structure, and the location of
the metallic services connected to it (i.e.
underground/exposed overhead supply).
SPD
Earth
termination
system
LV Incomer
s = separation distance. This installation shows the separation distance is kept. Where the
separation distance is not kept, the PV array should be bonded directly to the external LPS.
Generator junction box - SPD for

PV systems (ESP DC550/12.5/PV)
SPD for AC mains

power (Combined
Type 1+2)
LPZ 0
PV units
Operation building - SPD

for PV systems (ESP DC1000/12.5/PV)
Selection of the appropriate Furse SPD

therefore follows the product selection chart
shown on page 181.
Figure 11: Protection of solar park/PV array

SPD requirement
Status of
structural LPS
Earthing
conductor
kWh
Installation on the AC side of the DC-AC inverter

The presence (or lack) of a structural LPS, plus whether
sufficient separation distance has been kept between
the LPS and the PV array, defines the SPD requirement
on the AC side of the inverter (see Table 4).
Important note:
DC side, distance PV array to inverter

AC side of inverter
< 10 m
> 10 m
No structural LPS
ESP PV Series protector

See pages 250-251
(min. Type 2 performance)

ESP AC mains power protector

See pages 182-195
Structural LPS (separation

distance kept)



(min. Type 2 performance - inverter)
(min. Type 1 performance - MDB)
Structural LPS (separation

distance not kept)



246
PV arrays should
be protected by a
structural LPS
in line with
BS EN/IEC 62305.
This page refers to

protection of PV power
circuits only. Ensure any
data/signal/telecoms lines
connected to the PV system
are also appropriately
protected.
Table 4: SPD requirement

according to structural LPS
configuration.
Protecting rail networks
Outright damage to electronic systems causes service

interruptions and network downtime leading to
customer dissatisfaction and maintenance costs.
Degradation leads to reduced equipment reliability
and lower equipment lifetimes, risking sudden,
unpredictable or intermittent failures.
Installing protection against transient overvoltages
throughout the network is therefore critical.
Transient overvoltage protection should be applied on
(but not limited to):
Power supplies throughout the network, including

trackside cabinets, level crossings and at stations
and terminals
Safety, reliability and availability of service are

essential prerequisites for a rail network.
Signalling networks including trackside Solid State

Interlocking (SSI) systems
For all types of network, from mass transit systems and

mainline services to metros, airport links and light rail,
this has clear implications for the sensitive and critical
electronic systems installed throughout.
Telecommunications equipment and trackside

telephones
CCTV monitoring systems
Passenger information systems, ticketing and

gating operations
Security systems and critical safety equipment such

as fire detection and fire alarm systems
These systems manage network performance, and

ensure its continuous safe and practical operation. Yet
they can easily be damaged or degraded by transient
overvoltages, caused by:
Partial lightning currents entering an electrical

system following a direct lightning strike to a
network location
Indirect lightning (nearby lightning strikes) to the

rail network, leading to transient overvoltages
entering an electrical system via a local earthing
arrangement (resistive coupling), or via overhead
metallic service lines (inductive coupling)
Effective, repeat protection against transient

overvoltages can be achieved through installation of
Furse Surge Protective Devices as part of an overall
Lightning Protection System to BS EN/IEC 62305.
Key protection locations together with the appropriate
Furse SPD are shown in the table below.
Many of these SPDs have Network Rail approval (see
individual product pages for further reference).
Transient overvoltage protection for rail networks

Location
Requirement
Protection measure (SPD)
Main terminals & stations
Protect 3-phase & 1-phase power supplies
ESP M1 Series
See page 192
ESP D1 Series
See pages 186 & 188
ESP M2/M4 Series
See page 190
ESP 415/XXX Series
See page 184
Protect critical systems (e.g. fire fighting equipment)
ESP 5A/BX & ESP 16A/BX Series
See page 198
Protect telecoms systems
ESP D, E, H Series
See pages 204-209
Trackside location
Cabinets (LOCS)
Level crossings
ESP SL Series
See page 212
Protect trackside signalling equipment (SSI systems)

& radio network
ESP SSI/M & ESP SSI/B
See page 252
ESP RF Series
See pages 258-261
Protect power supplies
SSI/120AC & ESP SSI/140AC
See page 252
ESP M1 Series
See page 192
ESP D1 Series
See pages 186 & 188
Maintain TFMs/SSI datalinks
ESP PTE002 Tester
See page 266
Protect CCTV systems
ESP 5A/BX & ESP 16A/BX Series
See page 198
ESP CCTV Series
See page 256
ESP D Series
See page 204
ESP SSI Series
See page 252
ESP RF Series
See pages 258-261
Signalling equipment & radio network
Note: list of Surge Protection Measures shown above is not exhaustive. Additional electronic systems may require transient overvoltage protection on a case-by-case
basis. Please contact us to discuss particular project requirements.
247
ESP WT Series
NEW
Installation
Protector should be installed in
the main distribution board with
DIN rail.

the main distribution board within wind turbines, for equipotential
flashover (typically the main distribution board location) through to
LPZ 2 to protect electrical equipment from damage.

electric shock

Application
Use on 690 V three phase mains power supplies and power distribution
boards for protection against partial direct and indirect lightning strikes.
The services (typically 3 phase 400 V mains, UPS, data, signal and telecom
lines) to the cabinet within the wind turbine nacelle will require
additional protection.
For a 3 phase TN-S supply, install 4 ESP WT units together with ESP CE10
or ESP CE13 connecting and earthing bar (see installation)
For a 3 phase TN-C supply, install 3 ESP WT units together with ESP CE7
or ESP CE9 connecting and earthing bar (see installation)
TN-S earthing system (ESP WT x 4) with

ESP CE10 or ESP CE13 earthing bars
TN-C earthing system (ESP WT x 3) with

ESP CE7 or ESP CE9 earthing bars
Accessories
Connecting and earthing bars
ESP CE7
Use with 3 of ESP 690/12.5/WT for
TN-C supplies
ESP CE9
Use with 3 of ESP 690/25/WT for
TN-C supplies
ESP CE10
Use with 4 of ESP 690/12.5/WT for
TN-S supplies
IMPORTANT
248
ESP CE13
Use with 4 of ESP 690/25/WT for
TN-S supplies
ESP WT series, please contact us.
against Lightning.
NEW
ESP WT Series
NEW
NEW
ESP 690/25/WT
ESP 690/12.5/WT
690 V
Maximum voltage - Phase-Neutral Uc (RMS/DC)
750 V/1000 V
25 kA/50 Hz
250 A
< 3.5 mA
Volt free contact

- current rating
< 2.5 mA
Screw terminal
0.5 A
250 V
ESP 690/25/WT
ESP 690/12.5/WT


(per mode)2
40 kA
20 kA
< 2.5 kV
< 2.5 kV
25 kA
12.5 kA
< 2.0 kV
< 2.0 kV
40 kA
20 kA
< 2.5 kV
< 2.5 kV
80 kA
40 kA

ESP 690/25/WT
ESP 690/12.5/WT
Temperature range
-40 to +80 C
Connection type
Screw terminal
25 mm2
Earth connection
Screw terminal
Volt free contact
IP20
Case material
Thermoplastic, UL94 V-0
Mounting
Weight - unit
- packaged
- per module
- for 3ph TN-C supplies
- for 3ph TN-S supplies
0.5 kg
0.6 kg
0.33 kg
0.43 kg
90 mm x 68 mm x 72 mm (4TE)
90 mm x 68 mm x 54 mm (3TE)
90 mm x 68 mm x 216 mm (total: 3 x ESP690/25/WT) 90 mm x 68 mm x 162 mm (total: 3 x ESP690/12.5/WT)
90 mm x 68 mm x 288 mm (total: 4 x ESP 690/25/WT) 90 mm x 68 mm x 216 mm (total: 4 x ESP 690/12.5/WT)

throughout the test, per mode.
3 The remote signal contact (removable) adds 10 mm
to height.
1
72 mm
54 mm
51 mm
90 mm
ESP 690/25/WT
90 mm
ESP 690/12.5/WT
45 mm
Standard
depth 68 mm
249
ESP PV Series
NEW
Installation
Protector should be installed in
the main distribution board with
DIN rail.
Install in parallel to the DC supply
of the DC-AC inverter via fuses.
Combined Type 1 and 2 tested protector (to BS EN 61643) for a

Photovoltaic PV solar panel system that is on a building where a
structural Lightning Protection System (LPS) is employed, for
equipotential bonding. For use at boundaries up to LPZ 0A to
protect against flashover (on the DC side of the DC-AC inverter)
through to LPZ 2 to protect the PV system from damage.
From PV Panel

electric shock

Accessories
WBX D4
Application
Use on the DC side of the DC-AC inverter for protection against partial
direct or indirect lightning strikes. ESP Type 1 AC mains protectors (e.g.
ESP 415/III/TNS) are further required at the AC side of the DC-AC inverter.
IMPORTANT
250
ESP M1 or ESP D1 Series are further required, typically installed at downstream sub-distribution
boards feeding sensitive equipment. BS EN/IEC 62305 refers to the correct application of mains
Type 1, 2 and 3 SPDs as a coordinated set.
against Lightning.
To DC
input of
inverter
NEW
ESP PV Series
Maximum DC voltage (RMS/DC)
NEW
NEW
ESP DC550/12.5/PV
ESP DC1000/12.5/PV
550 V
1000 V
25 kA/50 Hz
< 2.5 mA
Volt free contact

- current rating
Back up fuse
Screw terminal
0.5 A
250 V
Fuses specifically designed for use on PV systems are recommended. Determine the most appropriate back up
fuse from assessment of the nominal current of the PV module, and the open circuit voltage of the PV array:
1. multiply the nominal current of the photovoltaic module by a factor of 1.4 and select the closest, higher
value fuse to the calculated figure.
2. multiply the open circuit voltage of the PV array by a factor of 1.2 and ensure that the selected fuse has a
higher voltage withstand than the calculated figure.
ESP DC550/12.5/PV
ESP DC1000/12.5/PV

20 kA
< 2.0 kV
< 2.6 kV

(per mode)2
12.5 kA
< 1.7 kV
< 2.4 kV

20 kA
< 2.0 kV
< 2.6 kV
40 kA
ESP DC550/12.5/PV
ESP DC1000/12.5/PV
Temperature range
-40 to +80 C
Connection type
Screw terminal
25 mm2

Earth connection
Screw terminal
Volt free contact
IP20
Case material
Thermoplastic, UL94 V-0
Mounting
Weight - unit
- packaged

0.38 kg
0.48 kg
0.59 kg
0.69 kg
90 mm x 68 mm x 72 mm (4TE)
72 mm

throughout the test, per mode.
3 The remote signal contact (removable) adds 10 mm
to height.
1
51 mm
90 mm
4 TE
45 mm
Standard
depth 68 mm
251
ESP SSI Series
Network certification
All the products on this page
have Network Rail Certificates
of Acceptance, allowing them
to be used on Network Rail
infrastructure.
Installation
ESP SSI/B: Connect in series with
the data link either near where it
enters the trackside location
cabinet or the equipment room.
1 Earth in
Line
2 Primary signal in + Line
3 Secondary signal
in +
Line
4 Not connected
5 Signal out +
(to DLM)
Clean
6 Signal out (to DLM)
Clean
7 Not connected
8 100 terminating Clean
resistor
9 Primary signal in - Line
10 Secondary signal
in Line
11 Earth in
Line
Combined Category C, B tested data link protector and Combined

Type 2 and Type 3 tested mains protector (to BS EN 61643) suitable for
Solid State Interlocking (SSI) mains power and data links. Protectors
are Network Rail approved. For use on lines running within buildings
at boundaries up to LPZ 1 through to LPZ 3 to protect sensitive
Accepted for use on Network Rail infrastructure. NRS PADS

references: ESP SSI/M - 086/047066; ESP SSI/B - 086/047067;
ESP SSI/120AC - 086/047058 and ESP SSI/140AC - 086/047059
(Network Rail Approval PA05/00471)

between all sets of conductors - Full Mode protection (ESP SSI/120AC
and ESP SSI/140AC) and all signal lines (ESP SSI/M)
ESP SSI/B (or ESP SSI/B/G) modified base can be permanently wired into
the system
ESP SSI/120AC and ESP SSI/140AC:

Install in parallel, within the
trackside cabinet or equipment
room. The protector should be
installed on the load side of the
fuses, at the secondary side of the
step-down transformer. Connect,
with very short leads, to phase (BX),
neutral (NX or CNX) and earth.
Parallel
connection of
single phase
protectors
ESP SSI/120AC
and
ESP SSI/140AC
(fuses not
shown for
clarity)
ESP SSI/M plug-in protection module can be replaced without

interfering with the operation of the system
ESP SSI/B (or ESP SSI/B/G) incorporates a 100 terminating resistance

that can be connected if required
ESP SSI/B (or ESP SSI/B/G) can be flat mounted, or a built-in DIN rail
foot allows simple clip-on mounting to top-hat (ESP SSI/B) or G DIN rails
(ESP SSI/B/G)
ESP SSI/120AC and ESP SSI/140AC are a compact size for easy installation
in trackside cabinets and control rooms
ESP SSI/120AC and ESP SSI/140AC have three way visual indication of
protector status and advanced pre-failure warning
Application
To prevent transient overvoltage damage to Solid State Interlocking (SSI)
systems, protectors should be fitted in trackside cabinets and equipment
rooms, on both the data link and the mains power lines.
252
For single phase mains power supplies of 90-150 Volts, use the
ESP SSI/120AC (formerly ESP 120X)
For single phase mains power supplies of 90-165 Volts, use the
ESP SSI/140AC (formerly S065)
For SSI data links, use the ESP SSI/B (or ESP SSI/B/G) base unit with the
ESP SSI/M protection module
Furse transient overvoltage protectors are

maintenance free and have long lifetimes essential criteria for trackside equipment
Use ESP PTE002 SSI tester for line-side testing of SSI/M modules.
ESP SSI Series
ESP SSI/M
Maximum signal voltage1
7V
Maximum common mode

stand-off voltage
90 Vrms
Current rating
100 mA
4.5
In-line resistance (per line, 10%)
> 1 M
> 10 k
Differential bandwidth
(50 system)
10 MHz
120 V
140 V
Maximum working voltage Phase - Neutral Uc (RMS)
150 V
165 V
90-150 V
Frequency range
90-165 V
47-63 Hz
Current rating (supply) see installation instructions
ESP SSI/B
This is a modified 11 pin relay type socket containing a 100 5%
wire-wound 2.5 W resistor connected between terminals 8 and 9.
Internal links between terminals 2 & 3, 9 & 10, and 1 & 11.
ESP SSI/M
Nominal voltage - Phase - Neutral

Uo (RMS)
Leakage (Line to line impedance)

(Line to earth impedance)
ESP SSI/120AC ESP SSI/140AC
ESP SSI/B
100 A
< 60 A
< 10 mA
Volt free contact4

- current rating
Screw terminal
200 mA
250 V
ESP SSI/B
Transverse (Differential)
let-through voltage2 Up
15 V
Let-through voltage (all conductors)

Common mode let-through

voltage3 Up
250 V
Nominal discharge current 8/20 s

(per mode) In
5 kA
460 V
Maximum discharge current Imax

(per mode)6
540 V
20 kA

Let-through voltage at Uoc of 6 kV 1.2/50 s
and Isc of 3 kA 8/20 s (per mode)7
ESP SSI/M
Temperature range
500 V
ESP SSI/B
-40 to +80 C
400 V
Temperature range
-40 to +80 C
Connection type
Screw terminal
Connection type
Screw terminal
Fixing connection
- Flat mount
Two M4 fixing
holes with
35 mm centres
Earth connection
Screw terminal
- Top Hat Din rail mount (ESP SSI/B)
An integral clip
Volt free contact
Connect via screw terminal with

conductor up to 2.5 mm2 (stranded)
- G Din rail mount (ESP SSI/B/G)
Two mounting
clips with screws
Max load
10 A, 250 V
Casing material
Weight - unit
ABS UL94 V-0

0.065 kg
3.25 kg
16 mm2
Case material
Weight - unit
- packaged
0.5 kg
0.6 kg
Dimensions
0.075 kg
3.9 kg
40 mm
Dimensions
Maximum signal voltage (DC or AC peak) measured
at 200 A.
Let-through voltage is the maximum transient
voltage let-through to the equipment to be
protected. C2 test (to BS EN/EN/IEC 61643-21)
2 kV 1.2/50 s. 1 kA 8/20 s. Let-through voltage
(10%).
3 Let-through voltage is the maximum transient
voltage let-through to the equipment to be
protected. C2 test (to BS EN/EN/IEC 61643-21)
4 kV 1.2/50 s. 2 kA 8/20 s. Let-through voltage
(20%).
4 Minimum permissible load is 5 V DC, 10 mA to ensure
reliable contact operation.
5 The maximum transient voltage let-through of the
protector throughout the test (5%), per mode.
6 The electrical system, external to the unit, may
constrain the actual current rating achieved in a
particular installation.
7 Combination wave test within IEEE C62.41-2002
Location Cats C1 & B3, SS CP 33:1996 App. F, AS
1768-1991 App. B, Cat B, UL1449 mains wire-in.
Steel
50 mm
50 mm
ESP SSI/M
176 mm
ESP SSI
120/AC
or
ESP SSI
140/AC
165 mm
Depth: 44 mm
5
Depth: 70 mm
M5 clearance
ESP SSI/B
253
56 mm
35 mm
43 mm
Depth: 69 mm
ESP TV Series
Installation
Connect in series with the coaxial
cable either near where it enters
or leaves each building or close to
equipment being protected.
CLEAN
To
equipment
From
line
Combined Category C, B tested protector (to BS EN 61643) suitable to

protect Cable, Terrestrial and Satellite TV systems. For use on lines
running within buildings at boundaries up to LPZ 1 to through to
Earth
DIRTY

Low attenuation and high return loss over a wide range of frequencies
ensures the protectors do not impair system performance
Substantial earth termination
Supplied ready for flat mounting
Strong metal housing
Application
Use to protect analogue and digital Cable, Terrestrial and Satellite TV
installations. ESP CATV/F, ESP MATV/F, ESP SMATV/F and ESP TV/F are suitable
for systems using F connectors. ESP TV/EURO is suitable for systems using
EURO-TV connectors.
For protecting terrestrial antenna feeds use ESP TV/F or ESP TV/EURO
For protecting satellite feeds use ESP SMATV/F
For protecting distributed combined TV feeds use ESP MATV/F
For protecting cable TV feeds use ESP CATV/F
Protectors for coaxial (or twisted pair)

CCTV Lines are available. For coaxial RF
lines, use the ESP RF Series. Transients
can also be conduced into TV systems
via the mains power supplies - use
suitable ESP mains protection.
For further information on TV applications, see separate Application Note

AN006 (contact us for a copy).
254
ESP TV Series
ESP CATV/F
ESP MATV/F
ESP SMATV/F
ESP TV/F
ESP TV/EURO
Maximum working voltage1
140 V
18.9 V
18.9 V
6.4 V
6.4 V
Maximum operating current
4A
800 mA
800 mA
300 mA
300 mA
5-860 MHz
5-2450 MHz
860-2450 MHz
5-860 MHz
5-860 MHz
< 0.5 dB
-
< 0.3 dB
< 1.5 dB
< 2.2 dB
< 1.5 dB
< 2.2 dB
< 0.3 dB
-
< 0.3 dB
-
> 20 dB (< 1.2:1)

-
> 32 dB (< 1.05:1)

> 20 dB (< 1.2:1)
> 20 dB (< 1.2:1)
> 20 dB (< 1.2:1)

> 20 dB (< 1.2:1)
> 32 dB (< 1.05:1)

-
> 32 dB (< 1.05:1)

-
ESP CATV/F
ESP MATV/F
ESP SMATV/F
ESP TV/F
ESP TV/EURO
C2 test 4 kV 1.2/50 s, 2 kA 8/20 s to

270 V
70 V
70 V
65 V
65 V
C1 test 1 kV 1.2/50 s, 0.5 kA 8/20 s to

265 V
60 V
60 V
50 V
50 V
245 V
45 V
45 V
30 V
30 V
5 kV, 10/700 s3
250 V
50 V
50 V
35 V
35 V
3 kA
3 kA
3 kA
3 kA
3 kA
75
Characteristic impedance
Bandwidth
Insertion loss:
5-860 MHz
860-2150 MHz
2150-2450 MHz
Return loss (VSWR): 5-860 MHz

860-2150 MHz
2150-2450 MHz
2

8/20 s to ITU-T K.45:2003, IEEE C62.41.2:2002
Temperature range
ESP CATV/F, ESP MATV/F, ESP SMATV/F, ESP TV/F
ESP TV/EURO
-40 to +80 C
-40 to +80 C
Connection type
F female
Euro-TV
Earth connection
~ 9.5 mm ( 8) diameter earth stud
~ 9.5 mm (38)
diameter earth stud
Case material
Diecast
Diecast
Weight - unit
- packaged
0.14 kg
0.15 kg
0.14 kg
0.15 kg
Dimensions
< 5 A (ESP CATV/F) and < 50 mA (ESP MATV/F,
ESP SMATV/F, ESP TV/EURO, ESP TV/F).
throughout the test (10%), line to line & line to earth.
Response time < 10 ns.
1
75 mm
M4 clearance holes,
Depth = 23 mm
58 mm
64.5 mm
255
ESP CCTV Series
Application
Use these protectors on the video
cable to outdoor CCTV cameras
and central control and
monitoring equipment.
Installation

suitable for coaxial CCTV cables with BNC connectors (ESP CCTV/B)
or twisted pair CCTV lines (ESP CCTV/T) on systems with either an
earthed or an isolated screen. Not suitable for use on broadcast,
satellite or cable TV systems. For use at boundaries up to LPZ 0A to
256
Connect in series with the CCTV

cable in a convenient place close
to the equipment being protected.
For outdoor CCTV cameras,
protectors should be mounted in
the junction box, or in a separate
enclosure, close to the camera.
Protect central control and
monitoring equipment inside the
building by installing protectors on
all incoming or outgoing lines,
either:
a)
near where they enter or leave

the building, or
b) close to the equipment being

protected (or actually within
its control panel)

DIRTY

From line
100 MHz bandwidth prevents the degradation of high frequency signals
Low in-line resistance to minimise unnecessary reductions in signal

strength and maximise signalling distance
DIRTY
Very low reflection coefficient/VSWR ensure that the protector doesnt

disrupt system operations
From line
Suitable for either earthed or isolated screen systems
Sturdy, conductive ABS housing for 2 way shielding - preventing

emissions & providing signals with immunity from external interference
Convenient holes for flat mounting on base or side
Built-in DIN rail foot for easy installation on a top hat DIN rail
ESP CCTV/T has colour coded terminals for a quick and easy installation
check - grey for the dirty (line) end and green for the clean end
Integral earthing plate for enhanced connection to earth via CME kit
ESP CCTV/B has Network Rail Approval PA05/02510.

NRS PADS reference 086/023410
Protectors for the video (ESP CCTV/B, left), camera telemetry

(ESP 06E, centre) and the low current mains power
(ESP 240-5A, right) inputs to a camera, installed together
on a CME 4 mounting and earthing kit. Note that the
protectors have been cross bonded to the metalwork of
the pole (out of shot)
CLEAN
To equipment
Earth
Series connection for ESP CCTV/B
CLEAN
To equipment
Earth
Series connection for ESP CCTV/T
Accessories
When CCTV protectors are
installed in groups, or alongside
protectors for signal and mains
power lines, these can be
mounted and earthed
simultaneously on a CME kit.
A CME 4 will accommodate the
video, telemetry and power
protectors to a camera.
If protectors cannot be
incorporated within an existing
panel or enclosure, WBX
enclosures are available for up
to 4, 8, 16 or 32 protectors and
their associated CME kit. The
WBX 4/GS is a secure IP66
enclosure suitable for a CME 4
and associated protectors.
ESP CCTV Series
NEW
ESP CCTV/B
NEW
NEW
NEW
ESP CCTV/B-15V ESP CCTV/B-30V ESP CCTV/B-50V
Nominal voltage1 (peak-peak)
ESP CCTV/T
NEW
1V
Maximum working voltage Uc (peak)

2
7.79 V
16.7 V
NEW
ESP CCTV/T-15V ESP CCTV/T-30V ESP CCTV/T-50V
2V
36.7 V
56.7 V
7.79 V
16.7 V
36.7 V
56.7 V
300 mA
1 inserted in coax inner
In-line resistance (10%)

1 per line
> 100 MHz
< 1.2:1
ESP CCTV/B
ESP CCTV/B-15V ESP CCTV/B-30V ESP CCTV/B-50V
ESP CCTV/T
ESP CCTV/T-15V ESP CCTV/T-30V ESP CCTV/T-50V

4
C2 test 4 kV 1.2/50 s, 2 kA 8/20 s to

39.5 V
55.0 V
78.0 V
105.0 V
39.5 V
55.0 V
78.0 V
105.0 V
C1 test 1 kV, 1.2/50 s, 0.5 kA 8/20 s to

26.0 V
42.0 V
66.5 V
93.5 V
26.0 V
42.0 V
66.5 V
93.5 V
16.0 V
27.2 V
47.5 V
73.6 V
16.0 V
27.2 V
47.5 V
73.6 V
17.0 V
28.2 V
49.5 V
76.2 V
17.0 V
28.2 V
49.5 V
76.2 V
5 kV, 10/700 s5
D1 test 10/350 s to
- per signal wire
- per pair
2.5 kA
-
2.5 kA
5 kA
8/20 s to ITU (formerly CCITT),

- per signal wire
- per pair
10 kA
-
10 kA
20 kA
ESP CCTV/B variants
ESP CCTV/T variants
Temperature range
-40 to +80 C
Connection type
Coaxial BNC female
Screw terminal
Not applicable
2.5 mm2
Earth connection
M6 stud
Casing material
Conductive ABS UL94 V-0
Weight - unit
0.08 kg
0.9 kg
Dimensions
Nominal voltage (DC or AC peak) measured at
<10 A leakage.
Maximum working voltage (DC or AC peak) measured
at 5 mA leakage.
3 Capacitance < 30 pF.
4 The maximum transient voltage let-through of the
protector throughout the test (10%), line to line &
line to earth. Screen to earth let-through voltage will
be up to 600 V (with 5 kV 10/700 test), when
protector is configured for use with non-earthed or
isolated screen systems. Response time < 10 ns.
5 Test to IEC 61000-4-5:2006, ITU-T (formerly CCITT)
K.20, K.21 and K.45,Telcordia GR-1089-CORE,
Issue 2:2002, ANSI TIA/EIA/IS-968-A:2002 (formerly
FCC Part 68).
6 The installation and connectors external to the
protector may limit the capability of the protector.
1
54 mm
54 mm
38 mm
38 mm
105 mm
M4 clearance
105 mm
M4 clearance
144 mm
120 mm
19 mm
109 mm
M4 clearance
109 mm
M4 clearance
CCTV/B
CCTV/T
Camera telemetry or control lines should be protected with a suitable Lightning Barrier from the ESP D or E Series. Protectors for the power supply
to individual cameras (e.g. ESP 240-16A) and the mains supply to the control room (e.g. ESP 240 D1) are available. For coaxial RF (ESP RF Series)
cable protectors and CATV systems (ESP CATV/F) are also available.
257
ESP RF Series
Installation
In a building, connect in series
with the coaxial cable near where
it enters or leaves the structure, or
protected. On a mast, connect in
series with the coaxial cable near
the antenna/dish being protected.
Install in a radio communications
room, an existing cabinet or a
suitable enclosure.
Combined Category D, C, B tested protector (to BS EN 61643) suitable

for RF systems using coaxial cables at frequencies between DC and
2.7 GHz and where DC power is present. Suitable for RF systems
with power up to 2.3 kW. For use at boundaries up to LPZ 0A to
Restricts let-through voltage below damage levels of interface circuitry
Very low attenuation and near unity VSWR over a wide range of
frequencies ensure the protectors do not impair system performance
Wide bandwidth means a single product is suitable for a range of

applications, including the transmission of DC power
Easily mounted and earthed via fixtures on the base of the unit
Available with N, 7/16 DIN and BNC connectors
Additional mounting plates give increased flexibility
Robust white bronze plated aluminium housing (silver plate option)
Application
Use on coaxial cables to protect RF transmitter and receiver systems, including
electronics located at the antenna or dish. Typical examples include cell sites,
military communications, satellite earth stations and pager systems. They can
be used in applications where DC power is required to pass to the equipment.
Part numbering system
258
Furse RF protectors have six digit part codes, prefixed with ESP RF. The selected
digits define the exact specification of the required protector, e.g. ESP RF AABCDE
Connector type - ESP RF AAxxxx The first 2 digits refer to the connector type:
11 - N type female AA - 7/16 DIN type female 44 - BNC female
Line impedance - ESP RF xxBxxx 3rd digit refers to the line impedance. Currently
only one option:
1 - 50 transmission line.
Gas Discharge Tube (GDT) selection - ESP RF xxxCxx Select the 4th digit from the
table at the bottom of page 259.
Selection of the correct GDT is critical in the effectiveness of using these protectors.
For the correct GDT, take the maximum RF power or voltage of the system and
select a GDT with a voltage/power handling greater than the system.
Important note: When using the peak RF voltage to select the GDT, if the system is
a multi-carrier system the (in phase) peak RF voltage can be calculated as the total
of all the single carrier peak voltages on the transmission line.
Protector rating - ESP RF xxxxDx 5th digit specifies the protector rating.
1 - Higher specification (see pages 260-261)
2 - Standard specification (see pages 258-259)
Case plating - ESP RF xxxxxE 6th digit specifies the case plating.
1 - White bronze 2 - Silver
DIRTY
CLEAN
From line
Earth
To
equipment
ESP RF 111A21 with N female connectors

installed in series
ESP RF 111121 on a coaxial cable running

between an antenna and an RF receiver
Accessories
ESP RF BK1
Straight mounting plates
ESP RF BK2
90 angled mounting plates
ESP RF BK3
Bulkhead through mounting plate
(single)
ESP RF BK4
(for 4 products)
ESP RF GDT-x
Replacement gas discharge tubes
(Where x is the correct GDT part
code digit for your system.
See GDT selection, page 259).
Technical note
These protectors are based on a
continuous transmission line
with a GDT connected between
this line and screen/earth, and
are suited for applications
where DC is required to pass to
the equipment.
ESP RF Series
IMPROVED
ESP RF xx1x21
Gas Discharge Tube voltage

Maximum working voltage Uc (RMS)
90 V
150 V
230 V
51 V
85 V
130 V
350 V
470 V
600 V
200 V
265 V
340 V
650 W
1.15 kW
1.90 kW
50
Bandwidth
DC-2.7 GHz
1.1
0.1 dB
Insertion loss over bandwidth

Maximum power1
40 W
120 W
280 W
ESP RF xx1x21

2
C2 test 4 kV 1.2/50 s, 2 kA 8/20 s to

< 700 V
< 650 V
< 700 V
< 800 V
< 900 V
< 1050 V
C1 test 1 kV, 1.2/50 s, 0.5 kA 8/20 s to

< 550 V
< 450 V
< 550 V
< 650 V
< 800 V
< 950 V
< 400 V
< 350 V
< 450 V
< 550 V
< 730 V
< 800 V
5 kV, 10/700 s3
< 430 V
< 370 V
< 470 V
< 580 V
< 750 V
< 830 V
2.5 kA
8/20 s to ITU-T K.45:2003, IEEE C62.41.2:2002
20 kA
ESP RF 111x21
ESP RF AA1x21
Temperature range
ESP RF 441x21
-40 to +80 C
Connection type
N female
716 DIN female
Earth connection
BNC female
Via mounting fixtures
Case material
Aluminium, white bronze plated
Weight - unit
- packaged
120 g
140 g
190 g
210 g
90 g
110 g
Dimensions
The maximum RF working voltage and maximum power for
the protectors is dependent on the GDT selected. See Gas
Discharge Tube selection below.
throughout the test (10%). Response time < 10 ns. This
let-through voltage represents a deviation from the applied
signal voltage, present at the time of the test.
1
24 mm
24 mm
40 mm
40 mm
17.3 mm
17.3 mm
58 mm
56 mm
24 mm
24 mm
40 mm
25.8 mm
17.3 m
18 mm
78 mm
Gas Discharge Tube selection

Max RF voltage
VPeak
VRMS
Max RF power
50 system (PRMS)
with VSWR = 2:1
GDT voltage
code
GDT part
digit
72 V
51 V
40 W
90 V
120 V
85 V
120 W
150 V
185 V
130 V
280 W
230 V
280 V
200 V
650 W
350 V
375 V
265 V
1.15 kW
470 V
480 V
340 V
1.90 kW
600 V
Power levels have been de-rated to allow for real life worst case conditions, calculated with VSWR as 2:1
M3 threaded
channel,
5 mm deep
19.3 mm
M3 threaded
channel,
5 mm deep
ESP RF BK1
Straight mounting bracket,
53 x 26.3 x 3 mm
Two M4 clearance mounting holes,
16.3 mm apart
ESP RF BK2
90 mounting bracket, 33 x 26.3 x 3 mm,
20 x 26.3 x 3 mm
16.3 mm apart, 14 mm from fold line
ESP RF BK3
90 mounting bracket, 50 x 24 x 1.5 mm,
60 x 24 x 1.5 mm
40 mm apart
ESP RF BK4
90 quad mounting bracket,
50 x 24 x 1.5 mm, 210 x 24 x 1.5 mm
Five M5 clearance mounting holes,
various spacings
(Mounting brackets supplied with screws
for fixing to protector)
For RF applications where the connected
equipment is very sensitive to transient
overvoltages, use the higher
specification RF protectors. ESP CCTV/B
and ESP CCTV/T are suitable for use on
coaxial (or twisted pair) CCTV lines. For
coaxial CATV lines, use the CATV/F.
259
ESP RF Series
Installation

suitable for RF systems (of power up to 150 W) using coaxial cables
at frequencies between 50 MHz and 2.7 GHz to provide effective
protection without impairing system performance. For use at
In a building, connect in series

with the coaxial cable near where
it enters or leaves the structure, or
protected. This should be as close
as possible to the systems earth
star point (to enable a good
connection to earth). On a mast,
connect in series with the coaxial
cable near the antenna/dish being
protected.
Install in a radio communications
room, an existing cabinet or a
suitable enclosure.
DIRTY
CLEAN
From line
Earth


Superior transient protection to both Gas Discharge Tube (GDT) and

Quarter Wave Stub (QWS) based protectors
Very low attenuation and near unity VSWR over a wide range of
frequencies ensure the protectors do not impair system performance
Wide bandwidth means a single product is suitable for a range

of applications
Available with N, 7/16 DIN and BNC connectors
Easily mounted and earthed via fixtures on the base of the unit that
accept M3 and M5 screws or via mounting brackets
Additional mounting plates give increased flexibility
Robust white bronze plated aluminium housing (silver plate option)
Application
To
equipment
ESP RF 111A11 with N female connectors

installed in series
DIRTY
From line
CLEAN
Earth
To
equipment
ESP RF AA1A11 with 7/16 DIN female

connectors installed in series
DIRTY
CLEAN
From line
Earth
To
equipment
ESP RF 441A11 with BNC female connectors

installed in series
Accessories
Use on coaxial cables to protect RF transmitter and receiver systems,

including electronics located at the antenna or dish. Typical examples
include cell sites, military communications, satellite earth stations, pager
systems and emergency services communications systems.
ESP RF BK1
Straight mounting plates
ESP RF BK2
90 angled mounting plates
ESP RF BK3
(single)
ESP RF 111A11 installed on a coaxial cable

running between an antenna and an RF receiver.
Note the earth lead (behind the cable tray)
attached to the mounting fixture
260
ESP RF BK4
(for 4 products)
ESP RF GDT-A
Replacement gas discharge tube
ESP RF Series
IMPROVED
IMPROVED
IMPROVED
ESP RF 111A11
ESP RF AA1A11
ESP RF 441A11
Maximum working voltage Uc (RMS)
86 V
Maximum transmitted power (RMS)
150 W
50
Bandwidth
50-2700 MHz
1.2
0.4 dB
0.2 dB
0.4 dB
Insertion loss over bandwidth - 50-500 MHz

Insertion loss over bandwidth - 500-1,600 MHz
Insertion loss over bandwidth - 1.6-2.7 GHz
Maximum power
150 W
ESP RF 111A11
ESP RF AA1A11
ESP RF 441A11

1
C2 test 4 kV 1.2/50 s, 2 kA 8/20 s to

24 V
C1 test 1 kV, 1.2/50 s, 0.5 kA 8/20 s to

15 V
15 V
5 kV, 10/700 s2
20 V

1 kA
8/20 s to ITU-T K.45:2003, IEEE C62.41.2:2002
10 kA
ESP RF 111A11
ESP RF AA1A11
N female
716 DIN female
Temperature range
ESP RF 441A11
-40 to +80 C
Connection type
Earth connection
BNC female
Via mounting fixtures
Case material, finish
Aluminium, white bronze plated
Weight - unit
- packaged
150 g
170 g
220 g
240 g
120 g
160 g
Dimensions
throughout the test (10%). Response time < 10 ns. This
let-through voltage represents a deviation from the applied
signal voltage, present at the time of the test.
1
ESP RF BK1
Straight mounting bracket, 53 x 26.3 x 3 mm
Two M4 clearance mounting holes, 16.3 mm apart
ESP RF BK2
90 mounting bracket, 33 x 26.3 x 3 mm,
20 x 26.3 x 3 mm
Two M4 clearance mounting holes, 16.3 mm apart, 14 mm from
fold line
ESP RF BK3
90 mounting bracket, 50 x 24 x 1.5 mm, 60 x 24 x 1.5 mm
Two M5 clearance mounting holes, 40 mm apart
ESP RF BK4
90 quad mounting bracket, 50 x 24 x 1.5 mm,
210 x 24 x 1.5 mm
Five M5 clearance mounting holes, various spacings
43 mm
40 mm
17.3 mm
77 mm
43 mm
40 mm
17.3 mm
95 mm
Technical note
The high level of protection
offered by these units comes from
the addition of a high pass filter
circuit which gives a very low letthrough voltage. It should be
noted that due to this high pass
filter circuit no DC power can pass
along the transmission line. This is
referred to as DC blocked.
Protectors with other connectors
are available.
43 mm
40 mm
(Mounting brackets supplied with screws for fixing to protector)
17.3 mm
77 mm
43 mm
37 mm
25.8 mm
7 mm
min.
M3 threaded
channel,
5 mm deep
19.3 mm
9-13 mm
M3 threaded
channel,
5 mm deep
For RF applications where DC power is

present on the coaxial cable, use the
alternative RF protectors. The ESP
CCTV/B and ESP CCTV/T are suitable for
use on coaxial (or twisted pair) CCTV
lines. For coaxial CATV lines, use the
ESP CATV/F.
261
Protector accessories
Protector accessories
WBX enclosures
CME earthing & mounting kits
Replacement remote displays
Cable assemblies
Slim Line replacement modules and bases
Connecting and earthing bars
RF mounting plates
Gas discharge tubes
SSI portable tester
263
264
265
265
266
266
266
266
266
WBX Series
Application
Use WBX enclosures when your
ESP protector(s) cant be installed
within the existing equipment
panel or enclosure and for added
protection in damp and dirty
environments.
For additional enclosure options,
please contact us.
Installation
The protector(s), or CME kit, are
mounted on the metal base plate,
which in turn mounts in the
enclosure.
A range of moisture and dirt resistant enclosures for the convenient

installation of ESP protectors and their associated CME with grey
base and either a see-through or grey (part number /G or /GS) lid.
For added security, /GS versions

(e.g. WBX 4/GS) are supplied with an
opaque lid and optional secure
head screws (plus tool)
Tough polycarbonate enclosures (except ABS WBX 2/G)
Weatherproof with IP resistance to dirt and water of IP56 or more
Clear lid enables easy visual inspection of the protectors visual status
indication (WBX 3, WBX 4, WBX D4, WBX 8, WBX D8, WBX M2, WBX M4)
Grey lid for applications not needing regular protector inspection

(WBX 2/G, WBX 3/G, WBX 4/GS, WBX 8/GS and WBX 16/2/G)
For external CCTV and other installations requiring added security the
WBX 4/GS and WBX 8/GS are supplied with an opaque lid and special
secure head screws (plus tool)
Supplied complete with metal base (mounting) plate with pre-prepared

mounting positions and fixing hardware for easy installation (except
WBX 2/G which has a plain metal base)
Specification
If youve got . . .
. . . use this enclosure If youve got . . .
. . . use this enclosure
1 ESP 240 or 415/XXX/TNS or TNC protector, or

single phase D1 series protector
WBX D4 1 ESP M4 series protector

1 CME 4 and associated protectors
WBX M4
1 ESP 415/XXX/TT protector, or three phase D1 series

protector
WBX D8 1 CME 8 and associated protectors

1 or 2 CME 16 and associated protectors
WBX 4 or the secure WBX 4/GS

WBX 8 or the secure WBX 8/GS
WBX 16/2/G
1 single phase M1 series protector
WBX 3 1 or 2 single earth stud protectors
WBX 2/G
1 three phase M1 series protector
WBX 4 up to 3 single earth stud protectors
WBX 3/G
1 ESP M2 series protector
WBX M2 1 double earth stud protector
WBX 3/G
WBX 2/G
WBX 3
WBX 3/G
WBX 4
WBX 4/GS
WBX D4
WBX 8
WBX 8/GS
WBX D8
WBX 16/2/G
WBX M2
WBX M4
0.45 kg
0.5 kg
0.5 kg
0.55 kg
0.9 kg
0.95 kg
0.4 kg
0.45 kg
1.3 kg
1.35 kg
0.55 kg
0.6 kg
6.4 kg
7.6 kg
1.9 kg
2.3 kg
2.2 kg
3.0 kg
Length - internal
- external
150 mm
160 mm
222 mm
230 mm
225 mm
235 mm
200 mm
225 mm
235 mm
200 mm
460 mm
474 mm
254 mm
280 mm
254 mm
280 mm
Width - internal
- external
110 mm
120 mm
72 mm
80 mm
150 mm
160 mm
123 mm
225 mm
235 mm
195 mm
380 mm
396 mm
254 mm
280 mm
254 mm
280 mm
Depth - internal
- external
71 mm
90 mm
79 mm
85 mm
100 mm
117 mm
112 mm
100 mm
117 mm
112 mm
120 mm
128 mm
115 mm
130 mm
165 mm
180 mm
148 x 90
210 x 60
215 x 140
140 centrally
215 x 215
140 x 88
380 x 310
254 x 254
254 x 254
IP66
IP67
IP66
IP65
IP66
IP65
IP56
IP67
IP67
Weight - unit
- packaged
Dimensions
Fixing centres (mm)

IP rating
263
CME Series
Enables quick and easy

installation of protectors for
added convenience
Speedy installation of groups

of protectors saves time and
money
Individual protectors can be

changed without needing to
remove others
Sturdy construction
Supplied with a choice of flat

and round ended fixing screws
to suit your application
Enables groups of protectors to be simultaneously mounted and

earthed via their earth stud. Suitable for installing protectors with
one or two earth studs on their top face. Available with 4, 8, 16 and
32 mounting holes.
Application
Use CME kits to simultaneously mount and earth groups of single and
double earth stud protectors. Each single earth stud protector requires one
CME mounting position and each double earth stud protector requires two
CME mounting positions.
High conductivity copper with electro-tin plating and nylon insulating

pillars, for low impedance to earth
Single earth stud protectors are

ESP 06D
ESP 06E
ESP 06H
ESP 15D
ESP 15E
ESP 15H
ESP 30D
ESP 30E
ESP 30H
ESP 50D
ESP 50E
ESP 50H
ESP 110D
ESP 110E
ESP 110H
ESP TN
ESP RTD
ESP CCTV/B
ESP CCTV/T
ESP RS485
Installation
Double earth stud protectors are

ESP 120-5A
ESP 120-16A ESP 240-16A
ESP 240-5A
ESP 277-5A
ESP 277-16A
Once you know how many CME mounting positions you require choose a
CME kit to suit:
CME 4 has 4 mounting positions
Specification
CME 4
The earth bar is supported by a

series of mounting pillars (which
are fixed to the cubicle or box
base). Protectors are attached to
the CMEs earth bar via their earth
stud(s) and earthed with shared
connections to earth. We suggest
one earth connection per
mounting pillar.
Earth
connection
(not supplied)
CME 8
Hole size
CME kits allow the simultaneous mounting

and earthing of protectors through their
central earth stud. Once installed, single
protectors can be changed without
removing others
CME 16
CME 32
6.5 mm with 20 mm spacings
Weight
0.1 kg
0.15 kg
0.3 kg
0.6 kg
Assembly of CME kit
Dimensions
120 mm
25 mm
CME 4
200 mm
CME 8
100 mm
264
180 mm
380 mm
3 mm
CME 16
90 mm
180 mm
180 mm
740 mm
End view
(all products)
CME 32
180 mm
180 mm
180 mm
Accessories
Enclosures suitable for a CME 4
and its associated protectors
(WBX 4/GS), CME 8 and protectors
(WBX 8/GS) or one or two CME 16
and protectors (WBX 16/2/G).
180 mm
Accessories
ESP Remote display unit

Remote display unit for use with
the ESP M1R, M2R and M4R
Series (pages 194-195).
Description
Part No.
Remote display unit for use

with the ESP D1R variants
(pages 188-189).
Description
Part No.
Remote LED display for 3 phase 415 V

M1R protector
ESP RDU/415M1R

D1R protector
ESP RDU D1R/208

M2R protector
ESP RDU/415M2R

D1R protector
ESP RDU D1R/415

M4R protector
ESP RDU/415M4R

D1R protector
ESP RDU D1R/480

M1R protector
ESP RDU/480M1R
Remote LCD display for 3 phase 208 V

D1R protector
ESP RDU D1R/LCD/208

M2R protector
ESP RDU/480M2R

D1R protector
ESP RDU D1R/LCD/415

M4R protector
ESP RDU/480M4R

D1R protector
ESP RDU D1R/LCD/480
IP64 rated seal for remote displays
ESP RDU-SEAL
Cable assembly
Cable assemblies for connecting
display units to suitable three
phase protectors.
Description
Length
Part No.
Cable assembly for connecting ESP

Remote Display Unit to ESP M1R, M2R
and M4R series
1m
ESP RLA-1

and M4R series
2m
ESP RLA-2

and M4R series
4m
ESP RLA-4
Cable assembly for connecting display

unit to three phase ESP XXX D1R or
ESP XXX D1R/LCD protectors
1m
ESP RLA HD-1

2m
ESP RLA HD-2

4m
ESP RLA HD-4
Cable assembly with RJ45

connections for the ESP ISDN/
RJ45-4/8 or ESP ISDN/RJ45-8/8
plug-in ISDN protectors for use
if the standard 0.5 m cable is
insufficient. See pages 236-237.
Description
Length
Part No.
Cable assembly for ESP Cat-5e with

unshielded RJ45 connections
1m
ESP
CAT5e/UTP-1
Cable assembly for ESP Cat-6 with

shielded RJ45 connections
1m
ESP
CAT6/STP-1
265
Accessories
Slim Line replacement base/module
ESP PTE002
Base and module replacements

for the Slim Line Series of
protectors (see pages 212-219,
228-231).
Use to test the ESP SSI/M

protector. See pages 252-253.
ESP PTE002 has Network Rail
Approval PA05/02216. NRS PADS
reference 094/020033.
NEW
Description
Annual calibration is required,

which is processed as
ESP PTE002/CAL.
Part No.
Slim Line protector replacement base

For use with standard and 4-20 mA Slim Line Series
ESP SL/B
Isolated screen version for use with standard and

4-20 mA Slim Line Series
ESP SL/I/B
For use with Slim Line Intrinsically Safe (ATEX) Series
ESP SLX/B
Isolated screen version for use with Slim Line

Intrinsically Safe (ATEX) Series
SSI Portable Tester
ESP PTE002
ESP RF mounting plates

ESP SL/3W/B
For use with Slim Line RTD Series
ESP SLRTD/B
Use with any ESP RF

protector to assist
installation.
See pages 258-261.
ESP SL RS485/B
Slim Line protector replacement module

For use with Slim Line Series - replace XX with
relevant voltage, i.e. 06, 15, 30, 50, 110
ESP SLXX/M
For use with Slim Line TN Series
ESP SLTN/M
For use with Slim Line Instrinsically Safe (ATEX)

Series, 15 V
ESP SL15X/M
For use with Slim Line Instrinsically Safe (ATEX)

Series, 30 V
ESP SL30X/M
For use with Slim Line RTD Series
ESP SLRTD/M
For use with Slim Line RS485 Series
Part No.
ESP SLX/I/B
For use with Slim Line 3-wire Series
For use with Slim Line RS485 Series
Description
Description
Part No.
Straight Mounting plate
ESP RF BK1
90 Mounting plate
ESP RF BK2
Bulkhead through mounting plate (single)
ESP RF BK3
Bulkhead through mounting plate (4 protectors)
ESP RF BK4
ESP SLRS485/M
ESP RF GDT-x
Slim Line LED protector replacement module

For use with Slim Line LED Series - replace XX with
relevant voltage, i.e. 06, 15, 30, 50, 110
For use with Slim Line LED Series, 4-20 mA
ESP SLXXL/M
Replacement Gas Discharge

Tubes for use with standard RF
protectors. See pages 258-259.
ESP SL30L/4-20/M
For use with Slim Line Instrinsically Safe (ATEX) LED

Series, 15 V
ESP SL15XL/M
For use with Slim Line Instrinsically Safe (ATEX) LED

Series, 30 V
ESP SL30XL/M
For use with Slim Line 3-wire LED Series replace

XX with relevant voltage, i.e. 06, 15, 30, 50, 110
ESP SLXX/3W/M
Replacement Gas Discharge Tube

for use with the ESP RF 111A11,
ESP RF AA1A11 and
ESP RF 441A11 protectors
(pages 260-261).
Description
Connecting and earthing bar

Connecting and earthing
bars for use with
ESP WT protectors (see
pages 248-249).
NEW
266
Voltage
Part No.
Gas Discharge Tube
90 V
ESP RF GDT-1
Gas Discharge Tube
150 V
ESP RF GDT-2
Gas Discharge Tube
230 V
ESP RF GDT-3
Gas Discharge Tube
350 V
ESP RF GDT-4
Gas Discharge Tube
470 V
ESP RF GDT-5
Gas Discharge Tube
600 V
ESP RF GDT-6
GDT Voltage
Part No.
600 V
ESP RF GDT-A
Description
Part No.
Description
For use with 3 x ESP 690/12.5/WT for TN-C supplies
ESP CE7
Gas Discharge Tube
For use with 3 x ESP 690/25/WT for TN-C supplies
ESP CE9
For use with 4 x ESP 690/12.5/WT for TN-S supplies
ESP CE10
For use with 4 x ESP 690/25/WT for TN-S supplies
ESP CE13
Technical reference
Technical reference
BS EN/IEC 62305 standard series
BS EN 50164 standard series
Earthing standards
UL96, UL 467 & NFPA standards
Lightning protection of
hazardous areas
268-283
284-285
286
287
288
289
290-291
Guide to BS EN/IEC 62305
BS EN/IEC 62305
standard
Introduction
General
Principles
BS EN/IEC 62305-1
The BS EN/IEC 62305 Standard for lightning protection

was originally published in September 2006, to
supercede the previous standard, BS 6651:1999.
For a finite period, BS EN/IEC 62305 and BS 6651
ran in parallel, but as of August 2008, BS 6651 has
been withdrawn and now BS EN/IEC 62305 is the
recognised standard for lightning protection.
The BS EN/IEC 62305 standard reflects increased
scientific understanding of lightning and its effects
over the last twenty years, and takes stock of the
growing impact of technology and electronic systems
on our daily activities. More complex and exacting
than its predecessor, BS EN/IEC 62305 includes four
distinct parts - general principles, risk management,
physical damage to structures and life hazard, and
electronic systems protection.
Risk
Management
BS EN/IEC 62305-2
These parts to the standard are introduced here. In

2010 these parts underwent periodic technical review,
with updated parts 1, 3 and 4 released in 2011.
Updated part 2 is currently under discussion and is
expected to be published in late 2012.
Key to BS EN/IEC 62305 is that all considerations for
lightning protection are driven by a comprehensive
and complex risk assessment and that this assessment
not only takes into account the structure to be
protected, but also the services to which the structure
is connected. In essence, structural lightning protection
can no longer be considered in isolation, protection
against transient overvoltages or electrical surges is
integral to BS EN/IEC 62305.
Structure of BS EN/IEC 62305

The BS EN/IEC 62305 series consists of four parts,
all of which need to be taken into consideration.
These four parts are outlined below:
Part 1: General principles
BS EN/IEC 62305-1 (part 1) is an introduction to the
other parts of the standard and essentially describes
how to design a Lightning Protection System (LPS) in
accordance with the accompanying parts of the
standard.
Part 2: Risk management
268
BS EN/IEC 62305-2 (part 2) risk management approach,

does not concentrate so much on the purely physical
damage to a structure caused by a lightning discharge,
but more on the risk of loss of human life, loss of
service to the public, loss of cultural heritage and
economic loss.
Protection
of the
Structure
Electronic
Systems
Protection
BS EN/IEC
62305-3
BS EN/IEC
62305-4
Part 3: Physical damage to structures and

life hazard
BS EN/IEC 62305-3 (part 3) relates directly to the major
part of BS 6651. It differs from BS 6651 in as much that
this new part has four Classes or protection levels of
LPS, as opposed to the basic two (ordinary and
high-risk) levels in BS 6651.
Part 4: Electrical and electronic systems
within structures
BS EN/IEC 62305-4 (part 4) covers the protection of
electrical and electronic systems housed within
structures. It embodies what Annex C in BS 6651
conveyed, but with a new zonal approach referred to
as Lightning Protection Zones (LPZs). It provides
information for the design, installation, maintenance &
testing of a Lightning Electromagnetic Impulse (LEMP)
protection system (now referred to as Surge Protection
Measures - SPM) for electrical/electronic systems within
a structure.
Key points
The following table gives a broad outline as to the key variances between the previous standard,
BS 6651, and the BS EN/IEC 62305.
BS 6651 standard (withdrawn August 2008)
BS EN/IEC 62305 standard
Document structure
118 page document, including 9 pages devoted to
risk assessment
Over 470 pages in 4 parts, including over 150 pages

devoted to risk assessment (BS EN/IEC 62305-2)
Focus on Protection of Structures against Lightning
Broader focus on Protection against Lightning including

the structure and services connected to the structure
Specific tables relating to choice and dimension of

LPS components and conductors
Specific tables relating to sizes and types of conductor

and earth electrodes.
LPS components - specifically related to BS EN 50164/
IEC 62561 testing regimes
Annex B - guidance on application of BS 6651
BS EN/IEC 62305-3 Annex E - extensive guidance given

on application of installation techniques complete with
illustrations
Annex C - general advice (recommendation) for

protection of electronic equipment with separate risk
assessment
BS EN/IEC 62305-4 is devoted entirely to protection of

electrical and electronic systems within the structure
(integral part of standard) and is implemented through
single separate risk assessment (BS EN/IEC 62305-2)
Definition of risk
Risk (of death/injury) level set at 1 in 100,000
(1 x 10-5) based on comparable exposures
(smoking, traffic accidents, drowning etc)
3 primary risk levels defined (BS EN 62305):

R1 loss of human life 1 in 100,000 (1 x 10-5)
R2 loss of service to the public 1 in 10,000 (1 x 10-4)
R3 loss of cultural heritage 1 in 10,000 (1 x 10-4)
Protection measures
Mesh arrangement is promoted as the commonly
used means of air termination network
Mesh arrangement, protective angle method, catenary

system, extensive use of air finials, all form part of or all
of air termination network
2 levels of Lightning Protection mesh design:

(20 m x 10 m; 10 m x 5 m)
4 sizes of mesh defined according to structural class

of Lightning Protection System:
Class I
5mx5m
Class II 10 m x 10 m
Class III 15 m x 15 m
Class IV 20 m x 20 m
2 levels of down conductor spacing:

20 m & 10 m
4 levels of down conductor spacing dependent on

structural class of Lightning Protection System:
Class I 10 m
Class II
10 m
Class III 15 m
Class IV
20 m
Use of bonds promoted to minimise side flashing
Extensive sections/explanations provided on

equipotential bonding
10 ohm overall earthing requirement, achieved by

10 x number of down conductors
10 ohms overall earthing requirement achieved either

by Type A arrangement (rods) or Type B arrangement
(ring conductor)
Requirement to bond all metallic services, (gas, water,

Requirement to bond all metallic services to main
electricity etc) to main earth terminal along with external equipotential bonding bar. Live electrical conductors
down conductor
(e.g. power, data, telecoms) bonded via Surge
Protective Devices (SPDs)
Rolling sphere concept on structures over 20 m tall:
20 m sphere used on highly flammable contents/
electronic equipment within building
60 m sphere all other buildings
4 sizes of rolling sphere concept defined according to

structural class of Lightning Protection System:
Class I 20 m
Class II
30 m
Class III 45 m
Class IV
60 m
269
BS EN/IEC 62305-1
BS EN/IEC 62305-1 General principles

This opening part of the BS EN/IEC 62305 suite of standards serves as an introduction to the further parts
of the standard. It classifies the sources and types of damage to be evaluated and introduces the risks or
types of loss to be anticipated as a result of lightning activity.
Furthermore, It defines the relationships between damage and loss that form the basis for the risk
assessment calculations in part 2 of the standard.
Lightning current parameters are defined. These are used as the basis for the selection and
implementation of the appropriate protection measures detailed in parts 3 and 4 of the standard.
Part 1 of the standard also introduces new concepts for consideration when preparing a lightning
protection scheme, such as Lightning Protection Zones (LPZs) and separation distance.
Damage and loss
Point of strike
BS EN/IEC 62305 identifies four main sources of

damage:
S1
Flashes to the structure
S2
Flashes near to the structure
S3
Flashes to a service
S4
Flashes near to a service
Each source of damage may result in one or more of

three types of damage:
D1
Injury of living beings due to step and

touch voltages
D2
Physical damage (fire, explosion, mechanical

destruction, chemical release) due to lightning
current effects including sparking
D3
Failure of internal systems due to Lightning

Electromagnetic Impulse (LEMP)
The following types of loss may result from damage

due to lightning:
L1
Loss of human life
L2
Loss of service to the public
L3
Loss of cultural heritage
L4
Loss of economic value
The relationships of all of the above parameters are

summarised in Table 5.
Figure 12 on page 271 depicts the types of damage
and loss resulting from lightning.
For a more detailed explanation of the general
principles forming part 1 of the BS EN 62305 standard,
please refer to our full reference guide A Guide to
BS EN 62305. Although focused on the BS EN
standard, this guide may provide supporting
information of interest to consultants designing to the
IEC equivalent. Please see page 283 for more details
about this guide.
Source of
damage
Type of
damage
Type of
loss
Structure
S1
D1
D2
D3
L1, L4**
L1, L2, L3, L4
L1*, L2, L4
Near a
structure
S2
D3
L1*, L2, L4
Service
connected to
the structure
S3
D1
D2
D3
L1, L4**
L1, L2, L3, L4
L1*, L2, L4
Near a service
S4
D3
L1*, L2, L4
* Only for structures with risk of explosion and for hospitals or other
structures where failures of internal systems immediately endangers
human life.
** Only for properties where animals may be lost.
Table 5: Damage and loss in a structure according to different points of
lightning strike (BS EN/IEC 62305-1 Table 2)
Scheme design criteria

The ideal lightning protection for a structure and its
connected services would be to enclose the structure
within an earthed and perfectly conducting metallic
shield (box), and in addition provide adequate
bonding of any connected services at the entrance
point into the shield.
This in essence would prevent the penetration of the
lightning current and the induced electromagnetic
field into the structure.
However, in practice it is not possible or indeed cost
effective to go to such lengths.
This standard thus sets out a defined set of lightning
current parameters where protection measures,
adopted in accordance with its recommendations, will
reduce any damage and consequential loss as a result
of a lightning strike. This reduction in damage and
consequential loss is valid provided the lightning strike
parameters fall within defined limits, established as
Lightning Protection Levels (LPL).
270
BS EN/IEC 62305-1
Lightning Protection Levels (LPL)
LPL
Four protection levels have been determined

based on parameters obtained from previously
published technical papers. Each level has a fixed
set of maximum and minimum lightning current
parameters. These parameters are shown in
Table 6.
The maximum values have been used in the design of
products such as lightning protection components and
Surge Protective Devices (SPDs).
The minimum values of lightning current have been
used to derive the rolling sphere radius for each level.
S1 Flash to the structure
II
III
IV
Maximum
current (kA)
200
150
100
100
Minimum
current (kA)
10
16
Table 6: Lightning current for each LPL based on

10/350 s waveform
For a more detailed explanation of Lightning

Protection Levels and maximum/minimum current
parameters please see the Furse Guide to BS EN 62305.
S3 Flash to a
service connected
to the structure
Fire and/or explosion due to the hot

lightning arc itself, due to the resultant
ohmic heating of conductors, or due to arc
erosion ie. melted metal (Source S1)
Fire and/or explosion triggered by sparks
caused by overvoltages resulting from resistive
and inductive coupling and to passage of part
of the lightning current (Source S1)
Fire and/or explosion triggered by sparks due to
overvoltages and lightning currents transmitted
through the connected service (Source S3)
LEMP
Immediate mechanical
damage (Source S1)
Lightning
current
LEMP
Induced
overvoltage
S4 Flash near a
service connected
to the structure
Injury to people by step

and touch voltages resulting
from resistive and inductive
coupling (Source S1)
Injury to people due to touch

voltages inside the structure
caused by lightning currents
transmitted through the
connected service (Source S3)
Failure or malfunction of internal
systems due to overvoltages induced
on connected lines and transmitted
to the structure (Source S3 & S4)
or by LEMP (Source S1 & S2)
Induced
overvoltage
LEMP
S2 Flash near to
the structure
LEMP
271
Figure 12: The types of damage and loss resulting from a lightning
strike on or near a structure
Lightning Protection Zones (LPZ)

The concept of Lightning Protection Zones (LPZ)
was introduced within BS EN/IEC 62305
particularly to assist in determining the protection
measures required to establish protection
measures to counter Lightning Electromagnetic
Impulse (LEMP) within a structure.
The general principle is that the equipment requiring
protection should be located in an LPZ whose
electromagnetic characteristics are compatible with the
equipment stress withstand or immunity capability.
The concept caters for external zones, with risk of direct
lightning stroke (LPZ 0A), or risk of partial lightning
current occurring (LPZ 0B), and levels of protection
within internal zones (LPZ 1 & LPZ 2).
BS EN/IEC 62305-1
In general the higher the number of the zone (LPZ 2;

LPZ 3 etc) the lower the electromagnetic effects
expected. Typically, any sensitive electronic equipment
should be located in higher numbered LPZs and be
protected against LEMP by relevant Surge Protection
Measures (SPM as defined in BS EN 62305:2011).
SPM were previously referred to as a LEMP Protection
Measures System (LPMS) in BS EN/IEC 62305:2006.
Figure 13 highlights the LPZ concept as applied to
the structure and to SPM. The concept is expanded
upon in BS EN/IEC 62305-3 and BS EN/IEC 62305-4.
Selection of the most suitable SPM is made using the
risk assessment in accordance with BS EN/IEC 62305-2.

Rolling sphere radius
LPZ 0A
Direct flash, full lightning
current, full magnetic field
SPD 0B/1
LPZ 1
LPZ 0B
No direct flash,
partial lightning
or induced current,
full magnetic field
No direct flash, partial

lightning or induced
current, damped
magnetic field
SPD 0B/1
LPZ 2
No direct flash,
induced currents,
further damped
magnetic field
LPZ 3
SPD 0B/1
Down conductor
network
LPZ 0B
SPD 0B/1
by means of SPD
272
Figure 13: The LPZ concept
BS EN/IEC 62305-2
BS EN/IEC 62305-2 Risk management

BS EN/IEC 62305-2 is key to the correct
implementation of BS EN/IEC 62305-3 and
BS EN/IEC 62305-4. The assessment and
management of risk is now significantly more in
depth and extensive than the approach of BS 6651.
BS EN/IEC 62305-2 specifically deals with making a risk
assessment, the results of which define the level of
Lightning Protection System (LPS) required. While
BS 6651 devoted 9 pages (including figures) to the
subject of risk assessment, BS EN/IEC 62305-2 currently
contains over 150 pages.
The first stage of the risk assessment is to identify
which of the four types of loss (as identified in
BS EN/IEC 62305-1) the structure and its contents can
incur. The ultimate aim of the risk assessment is to
quantify and if necessary reduce the relevant primary
risks i.e.:
R1 risk of loss of human life
R2 risk of loss of service to the public

R3 risk of loss of cultural heritage
R4 risk of loss of economic value
For each of the first three primary risks, a tolerable risk

(RT) is set. This data can be sourced in Table 7 of
IEC 62305-2 or Table NK.1 of the National Annex
of BS EN 62305-2.
Each primary risk (Rn) is determined through a long
series of calculations as defined within the standard. If
the actual risk (Rn) is less than or equal to the tolerable
risk (RT), then no protection measures are needed. If
the actual risk (Rn) is greater than its corresponding
tolerable risk (RT), then protection measures must be
instigated. The above process is repeated (using new
values that relate to the chosen protection measures)
until Rn is less than or equal to its corresponding RT.
It is this iterative process as shown in Figure 14 that
decides the choice or indeed Lightning Protection Level
(LPL) of Lightning Protection System (LPS) and Surge
Protective Measures (SPM) to counter Lightning
Electromagnetic impulse (LEMP).
R n < RT
NO
YE
YES
Figure 14: Procedure for deciding the need for protection

(BS EN/IEC 62305-1 Figure 1)
StrikeRisk risk management

software
An invaluable tool for those involved in undertaking
the complex risk assessment calculations required by
BS EN 62305-2, StrikeRisk facilitates the assessment of
risk of loss due to lightning strikes and transient
overvoltages caused by lightning.
Quick & easy to use, with full reporting capability,
StrikeRisk automates risk assessment calculations and
delivers results in minutes, rather than the hours or
days it would take to do the same calculations
by hand.
Contact Furse for more details about StrikeRisk.
273
BS EN/IEC 62305-3
BS EN/IEC 62305-3 Physical damage

to structures and life hazard
This part of the suite of standards deals with
protection measures in and around a structure
and as such relates directly to the major part of
BS 6651.
The main body of this part of the standard gives
guidance on the design of an external Lightning
Protection System (LPS), internal LPS and maintenance
and inspection programmes.
Lightning Protection System (LPS)

BS EN/IEC 62305-1 has defined four Lightning
Protection Levels (LPLs) based on probable minimum
and maximum lightning currents. These LPLs equate
directly to classes of Lightning Protection System (LPS).
The correlation between the four levels of LPL and LPS
is identified in Table 7. In essence, the greater the LPL,
the higher class of LPS is required.
LPL
Class of LPS
II
II
III
III
IV
IV
Table 7: Relation between Lightning Protection Level (LPL)

and Class of LPS (BS EN/IEC 62305-3 Table 1)
The class of LPS to be installed is governed by the

result of the risk assessment calculation highlighted
in BS EN/IEC 62305-2.
An external LPS consists of:
Air termination system
Down conductor system
Earth termination system
These individual elements of an LPS should be

connected together using appropriate lightning
protection components (LPC) complying (in the case of
BS EN 62305) with BS EN 50164 series (note this BS EN
series is due to be superceded by the BS EN/IEC 62561
series). This will ensure that in the event of a lightning
current discharge to the structure, the correct design
and choice of components will minimize any
potential damage.
Air termination system

The role of an air termination system is to capture the
lightning discharge current and dissipate it harmlessly
to earth via the down conductor and earth termination
system. Therefore it is vitally important to use a
correctly designed air termination system.
BS EN/IEC 62305-3 advocates the following, in any
combination, for the design of the air termination:
Air rods (or finials) whether they are free standing

masts or linked with conductors to form a mesh on
the roof
Catenary (or suspended) conductors, whether they

are supported by free standing masts or linked
with conductors to form a mesh on the roof
Meshed conductor network that may lie in direct

contact with the roof or be suspended above it (in
the event that it is of paramount importance that
the roof is not exposed to a direct lightning
discharge)
External LPS design considerations

The lightning protection designer must initially
consider the thermal and explosive effects caused at
the point of a lightning strike and the consequences to
the structure under consideration. Depending upon
the consequences the designer may choose either of
the following types of external LPS:
Isolated
Non-isolated
An Isolated LPS is typically chosen when the structure is

constructed of combustible materials or presents a risk
of explosion.
Conversely a non-isolated system may be fitted where
no such danger exists.
274
The standard makes it quite clear that all types of air

termination systems that are used shall meet the
positioning requirements laid down in the body of the
standard. It highlights that the air termination
components should be installed on corners, exposed
points and edges of the structure.
The three basic methods recommended for
determining the position of the air termination
systems are:
The rolling sphere method
The protective angle method
The mesh method
These methods are detailed over the following pages.
BS EN/IEC 62305-3
The rolling sphere method
Tip of air termination
The rolling sphere method is a simple means of

identifying areas of a structure that need protection,
taking into account the possibility of side strikes to the
structure. The basic concept of applying the rolling
sphere to a structure is illustrated in Figure 15.
Protective
angle
Height of an air
termination rod
above the reference
plane of the area
to be protected
Air termination
required
Reference
plane
C
Radius of
protected area
Rolling
sphere
radius
Figure 16: The protective angle method for a single air rod
Figure 15: Application of the rolling sphere method
The rolling sphere method was used in BS 6651, the

only difference being that in BS EN/IEC 62305 there are
different radii of the rolling sphere that correspond to
the relevant class of LPS (see Table 8).
Class of LPS
Rolling sphere radius

(m)
20
Varying the protection angle is a change to the simple

45 zone of protection afforded in most cases in
BS 6651. Furthermore the new standard uses the
height of the air termination system above the
reference plane, whether that be ground or roof level
(See Figure 18).
80
70
60
50
40
30
II
30
III
45
IV
60
I
Class of LPS
20
II
IV
III
10
0
Table 8: Maximum values of rolling sphere radius corresponding

to the Class of LPS
This method is suitable for defining zones of

protection for all types of structures, particularly
those of complex geometry.
The protective angle method
The protective angle differs with varying height of

the air rod and class of LPS. The protective angle
afforded by an air rod is determined from Table 2 of
BS EN/IEC 62305-3 (see Figure 17).
10
20
30
h(m)
40
50
60
Note 1 Not applicable beyond the values marked with

Only rolling sphere and mesh methods apply in these cases
Note 2 h is the height of air-termination above the reference plane of the area to be protected
Note 3 The angle will not change for values of h below 2m
Figure 17: Determination of the protective angle

(BS EN/IEC 62305-3 Table 2)
The protective angle method is suitable for simple

shaped buildings. However this method is only valid up
to a height equal to the rolling sphere radius of the
appropriate LPL.
The protective angle method is a mathematical

simplification of the rolling sphere method. The
protective angle (a) is the angle created between the
tip (A) of the vertical rod and a line projected down to
the surface on which the rod sits (see Figure 16).
The protective angle afforded by an air rod is clearly a
three dimensional concept whereby the rod is assigned
a cone of protection by sweeping the line AC at the
angle of protection a full 360 around the air rod.
h1
1
2
h2
275
Figure 18: Effect of the height of the reference plane on the
protection angle
The mesh method

This is the method that was most commonly used
under the recommendations of BS 6651. Again, within
BS EN/IEC 62305 four different air termination mesh
sizes are defined and correspond to the relevant class
of LPS (see Table 9).
Class of LPS
Mesh size
(m)
5x5
II
10 x 10
III
15 x 15
IV
20 x 20
Table 9: Maximum values of mesh size corresponding to

the Class of LPS
This method is suitable where plain surfaces require

protection if the following conditions are met:
Air termination conductors must be positioned at

roof edges, on roof overhangs and on the ridges of
roof with a pitch in excess of 1 in 10 (5.7)
No metal installation protrudes above the air

termination system
Modern research on lightning inflicted damage has

shown that the edges and corners of roofs are most
susceptible to damage.
So on all structures particularly with flat roofs,
perimeter conductors should be installed as close to
the outer edges of the roof as is practicable.
Vertical air
termination
Concealed
conductor
BS EN/IEC 62305-3
Non-conventional air
termination systems
A lot of technical (and commercial) debate has raged
over the years regarding the validity of the claims
made by the proponents of such systems.
This topic was discussed extensively within
the technical working groups that compiled
BS EN/IEC 62305. The outcome was to remain with
the information housed within this standard.
BS EN/IEC 62305 states unequivocally that the volume
or zone of protection afforded by the air termination
system (e.g. air rod) shall be determined only by the
real physical dimension of the air termination system.
This statement is reinforced within the 2011 version of
BS EN 62305, by being incorporated in the body of the
standard, rather than forming part of an Annex
(Annex A of BS EN/IEC 62305-3:2006).
Typically if the air rod is 5 m tall then the only claim for
the zone of protection afforded by this air rod would
be based on 5 m and the relevant class of LPS and not
any enhanced dimension claimed by some nonconventional air rods.
There is no other standard being contemplated to run
in parallel with this standard BS EN/IEC 62305.
Natural components
When metallic roofs are being considered as a natural
air termination arrangement, then BS 6651 gave
guidance on the minimum thickness and type of
material under consideration.
BS EN/IEC 62305-3 gives similar guidance as well as
additional information if the roof has to be
considered puncture proof from a lightning discharge
(see Table 10).
Class of LPS
Material
Thickness(1)
t (mm)
Thickness(2)
t (mm)
Lead
2.0
Steel (stainless,
galvanized)
0.5
Titanium
0.5
Copper
0.5
Aluminium
0.65
Zinc
0.7
I to IV
Down conductor
Figure 19: Concealed air termination network
276
As in BS 6651, the current standard permits the use of

conductors (whether they be fortuitous metalwork or
dedicated LP conductors) under the roof. Vertical air
rods (finials) or strike plates should be mounted above
the roof and connected to the conductor system
beneath. The air rods should be spaced not more than
10 m apart and if strike plates are used as an
alternative, these should be strategically placed over
the roof area not more than 5 m apart.
(1) Thickness t prevents puncture, hot spot or ignition.

(2) Thickness t only for metal sheets if it is not important to prevent
puncture, hot spot or ignition problems.
Table 10: Minimum thickness of metal sheets or metal pipes in air
termination systems (BS EN/IEC 62305-3 Table 3)
BS EN/IEC 62305-3
Down conductors
Down conductors should within the bounds of
practical constraints take the most direct route from
the air termination system to the earth termination
system. The greater the number of down conductors
the better the lightning current is shared between
them. This is enhanced further by equipotential
bonding to the conductive parts of the structure.
Lateral connections sometimes referred to as coronal
bands or ring conductors provided either by fortuitous
metalwork or external conductors at regular intervals
are also encouraged. The down conductor spacing
should correspond with the relevant class of LPS (see
Table 11).
Class of LPS
Typical distances (m)
10
II
10
III
15
IV
20
Table 11: Typical values of the distance between down conductors

according to the Class of LPS (BS EN/IEC 62305-3 Table 4)
There should always be a minimum of two down

conductors distributed around the perimeter of the
structure. Down conductors should wherever possible
be installed at each exposed corner of the structure as
research has shown these to carry the major part of the
lightning current.
Steel reinforcement within

concrete (rebar)
Clamped cable to rebar
connection
Stranded copper cable

(70 mm2 PVC insulated)
Natural components
BS EN/IEC 62305, like BS 6651, encourages the use of
fortuitous metal parts on or within the structure to be
incorporated into the LPS.
Where BS 6651 encouraged an electrical continuity when
using reinforcing bars located in concrete structures, so
too does BS EN/IEC 62305-3. Additionally, it states that
reinforcing bars are welded, clamped with suitable
connection components or overlapped a minimum of 20
times the rebar diameter. This is to ensure that those
reinforcing bars likely to carry lightning currents have
secure connections from one length to the next.
When internal reinforcing bars are required to be
connected to external down conductors or earthing
network either of the arrangements shown in
Figure 20 is suitable. If the connection from the
bonding conductor to the rebar is to be encased in
concrete then the standard recommends that two
clamps are used, one connected to one length of rebar
and the other to a different length of rebar. The joints
should then be encased by a moisture inhibiting
compound such as Denso tape.
If the reinforcing bars (or structural steel frames) are to
be used as down conductors then electrical continuity
should be ascertained from the air termination system
to the earthing system. For new build structures this
Cast in
nonferrous
bonding
point
Bonding conductor
Figure 20: Typical methods of bonding to steel reinforcement
within concrete
can be decided at the early construction stage by using

dedicated reinforcing bars or alternatively to run a
dedicated copper conductor from the top of the
structure to the foundation prior to the pouring of the
concrete. This dedicated copper conductor should be
bonded to the adjoining/adjacent reinforcing bars
periodically.
If there is doubt as to the route and continuity of the
reinforcing bars within existing structures then an
external down conductor system should be installed.
These should ideally be bonded into the reinforcing
network of the structures at the top and bottom of
the structure.
277
BS EN/IEC 62305-3
Earth termination system
Foundation earth electrodes
The earth termination system is vital for the

dispersion of lightning current safely and effectively
into the ground.
This is essentially a type B earthing arrangement. It

comprises conductors that are installed in the concrete
foundation of the structure. If any additional lengths
of electrodes are required they need to meet the same
criteria as those for type B arrangement. Foundation
earth electrodes can be used to augment the steel
reinforcing foundation mesh.
In line with BS 6651, the new standard recommends a

single integrated earth termination system for a
structure, combining lightning protection, power and
telecommunication systems. The agreement of the
operating authority or owner of the relevant systems
should be obtained prior to any bonding taking place.
A good earth connection should possess the following
characteristics:
Low electrical resistance between the electrode

and the earth. The lower the earth electrode
resistance the more likely the lightning current will
choose to flow down that path in preference to
any other, allowing the current to be conducted
safely to and dissipated in the earth
Good corrosion resistance. The choice of material

for the earth electrode and its connections is of
vital importance. It will be buried in soil for many
years so has to be totally dependable
The standard advocates a low earthing resistance

requirement and points out that it can be achieved
with an overall earth termination system of 10 ohms
or less.
Three basic earth electrode arrangements are used.
Type A arrangement
Type B arrangement
Foundation earth electrodes
Type A arrangement
This consists of horizontal or vertical earth electrodes,
connected to each down conductor fixed on the
outside of the structure. This is in essence the earthing
system used in BS 6651, where each down conductor
has an earth electrode (rod) connected to it.
A sample of Furse high quality earthing components.
Separation (isolation) distance of

the external LPS
A separation distance (i.e. the electrical insulation)
between the external LPS and the structural metal
parts is essentially required. This will minimise any
chance of partial lightning current being introduced
internally in the structure.
This can be achieved by placing lightning conductors
sufficiently far away from any conductive parts that
have routes leading into the structure. So, if the
lightning discharge strikes the lightning conductor, it
cannot `bridge the gap and flash over to the
adjacent metalwork.
Type B arrangement
This arrangement is essentially a fully connected ring
earth electrode that is sited around the periphery of
the structure and is in contact with the surrounding
soil for a minimum 80% of its total length (i.e. 20%
of its overall length may be housed in say the
basement of the structure and not in direct contact
with the earth).
278
BS EN/IEC 62305 recommends a single

integrated earth termination system for a
structure, combining lightning protection,
power and telecommunication systems.
BS EN/IEC 62305-3
Internal LPS design considerations

The fundamental role of the internal LPS is to ensure
the avoidance of dangerous sparking occurring within
the structure to be protected. This could be due,
following a lightning discharge, to lightning current
flowing in the external LPS or indeed other conductive
parts of the structure and attempting to flash or spark
over to internal metallic installations.
Carrying out appropriate equipotential bonding
measures or ensuring there is a sufficient electrical
insulation distance between the metallic parts can
avoid dangerous sparking between different
metallic parts.
Lightning equipotential bonding

Equipotential bonding is simply the electrical
interconnection of all appropriate metallic
installations/parts, such that in the event of lightning
currents flowing, no metallic part is at a different
voltage potential with respect to one another. If the
metallic parts are essentially at the same potential then
the risk of sparking or flashover is nullified.
This electrical interconnection can be achieved by
natural/fortuitous bonding or by using specific
bonding conductors that are sized according to Tables
8 and 9 of BS EN/IEC 62305-3.
Electricity
meter
SPD
N
Consumer unit/
fuseboard
Bonding can also be accomplished by the use of surge

protective devices (SPDs) where the direct connection
with bonding conductors is not suitable.
Figure 21 (which is based on BS EN/IEC 62305-3 fig
E.43) shows a typical example of an equipotential
bonding arrangement. The gas, water and central
heating system are all bonded directly to the
equipotential bonding bar located inside but close to
an outer wall near ground level. The power cable is
bonded via a suitable SPD, upstream from the electric
meter, to the equipotential bonding bar. This bonding
bar should be located close to the main distribution
board (MDB) and also closely connected to the earth
termination system with short length conductors. In
larger or extended structures several bonding bars may
be required but they should all be interconnected with
each other.
The screen of any antenna cable along with any
shielded power supply to electronic appliances being
routed into the structure should also be bonded at the
equipotential bar.
Further guidance relating to equipotential bonding,
meshed interconnection earthing systems and SPD
selection can be found in the Furse guidebook.
Structural lightning
protection system
Central heating system
Neutral bar
Equipotential
bonding bar
ON
OFF
Live bar
Electronic appliances
Meter
Screen of antenna cable
Power from utility

Meter
Gas
Water
Figure 21: Example of main equipotential bonding
279
BS EN/IEC 62305-4
BS EN/IEC 62305-4 Electrical and

electronic systems within structures
Electronic systems now pervade almost every aspect of
our lives, from the work environment, through filling
the car with petrol and even shopping at the local
supermarket. As a society, we are now heavily reliant
on the continuous and efficient running of such
systems. The use of computers, electronic process
controls and telecommunications has exploded during
the last two decades. Not only are there more systems
in existence, the physical size of the electronics
involved has reduced considerably (smaller size means
less energy required to damage circuits).
BS EN/IEC 62305 accepts that we now live in the
electronic age, making LEMP (Lightning
Electromagnetic Impulse) protection for electronic and
electrical systems integral to the standard through
part 4. LEMP is the term given to the overall
electromagnetic effects of lightning, including
conducted surges (transient overvoltages and currents)
and radiated electromagnetic field effects.
LEMP damage is so prevalent such that it is identified
as one of the specific types (D3) to be protected
against and that LEMP damage can occur from ALL
strike points to the structure or connected services direct or indirect - for further reference to the types of
damage caused by lightning see Table 5 on
page 270. This extended approach also takes into
account the danger of fire or explosion associated with
services connected to the structure, e.g. power,
telecoms and other metallic lines.
Lightning is not the only threat

Transient overvoltages caused by electrical switching
events are very common and can be a source of
considerable interference. Current flowing through a
conductor creates a magnetic field in which energy is

stored. When the current is interrupted or switched
off, the energy in the magnetic field is suddenly
released. In an attempt to dissipate itself it becomes a
high voltage transient.
The more stored energy, the larger the resulting
transient. Higher currents and longer lengths of
conductor both contribute to more energy stored
and also released!
This is why inductive loads such as motors,
transformers and electrical drives are all common
causes of switching transients.
Significance of BS EN/IEC 62305-4

Previously transient overvoltage or surge protection
was included as an advisory annex in the BS 6651
standard, with a separate risk assessment. As a result
protection was often fitted after equipment damage
was suffered, often through obligation to insurance
companies. However, the single risk assessment in
BS EN/IEC 62305 dictates whether structural and/or
LEMP protection is required hence structural lightning
protection cannot now be considered in isolation from
transient overvoltage protection - known as Surge
Protective Devices (SPDs) within this new standard. This
in itself is a significant deviation from that of BS 6651.
280
Motors create switching events
BS EN/IEC 62305-4
Indeed, as per BS EN/IEC 62305-3, an LPS system can no

longer be fitted without lightning current or
equipotential bonding SPDs to incoming metallic
services that have live cores - such as power and
telecoms cables - which cannot be directly bonded
to earth. Such SPDs are required to protect against
the risk of loss of human life by preventing
dangerous sparking that could present fire or electric
shock hazards.
Within a structure a series of LPZs are created to have,

or identified as already having, successively less
exposure to the effects of lightning.
Lightning current or equipotential bonding SPDs are

also used on overhead service lines feeding the
structure that are at risk from a direct strike. However,
the use of these SPDs alone provides no effective
protection against failure of sensitive electrical or
electronic systems, to quote BS EN/IEC 62305 part 4,
which is specifically dedicated to the protection of
electrical and electronic systems within structures.
Lightning current SPDs form one part of a coordinated
set of SPDs that include overvoltage SPDs - which are
needed in total to effectively protect sensitive
electrical and electronic systems from both lightning
and switching transients.
Lightning Protection Zones (LPZs)

Whilst BS 6651 recognised a concept of zoning
in Annex C (Location Categories A, B and C),
BS EN/IEC 62305-4 defines the concept of Lightning
Protection Zones (LPZs). Figure 22 illustrates the basic
LPZ concept defined by protection measures against
LEMP as detailed within part 4.
Boundary Antenna
LPZ 0
of LPZ 1
(LPS)
Electrical
Mast or
power line
railing
Boundary
of LPZ 2
(shielded room) B
Equipment
LPZ 1
Water pipe
External zones
LPZ 0A is the area subject to direct lightning strokes
and therefore may have to carry up to the full
lightning current.
This is typically the roof area of a structure. The full
electromagnetic field occurs here.
LPZ 0B is the area not subject to direct lightning strokes
and is typically the sidewalls of a structure.
However the full electromagnetic field still occurs here
and conducted partial lightning currents and switching
surges can occur here.
Internal zones
LPZ 1 is the internal area that is subject to partial
lightning currents. The conducted lightning currents
and/or switching surges are reduced compared with
the external zones LPZ 0A, LPZ 0B.
This is typically the area where services enter the
structure or where the main power switchboard is
located.
This is typically a screened room or, for mains power, at

the sub-distribution board area.
Critical
equipment
The LPZs can be split into two categories - 2 external

zones (LPZ 0A, LPZ 0B) and usually 2 internal zones
(LPZ 1, 2) although further zones can be introduced for
a further reduction of the electromagnetic field and
lightning current if required.
LPZ 2 is an internal area that is further located inside

the structure where the remnants of lightning impulse
currents and/or switching surges are reduced compared
with LPZ 1.
LPZ 2
Equipment
Successive zones use a combination of bonding,

shielding and coordinated SPDs to achieve a significant
reduction in LEMP severity, from conducted surge
currents and transient overvoltages, as well as radiated
magnetic field effects. Designers coordinate these
levels so that the more sensitive equipment is sited in
the more protected zones.
Telecoms
line
Gas pipe
Protection levels within a zone must be coordinated

with the immunity characteristics of the equipment to
be protected, i.e., the more sensitive the equipment,
the more protected the zone required.
The existing fabric and layout of a building may make
readily apparent zones, or LPZ techniques may have to
be applied to create the required zones.
SPD 0/1 - Lightning current protection

SPD 1/2 - Overvoltage protection
B Connected service directly bonded
Figure 22: Basic LPZ concept - BS EN/IEC 62305-4
281
Surge Protection Measures (SPM)

Some areas of a structure, such as a screened room, are
naturally better protected from lightning than others
and it is possible to extend the more protected zones
by careful design of the LPS, earth bonding of metallic
services such as water and gas, and cabling techniques.
However it is the correct installation of coordinated
Surge Protective Devices (SPDs) that protect equipment
from damage as well as ensuring continuity of its
operation - critical for eliminating downtime. These
measures in total are referred to as Surge Protection
Measures (SPM) (formerly LEMP Protection Measures
System (LPMS)).
When applying bonding, shielding and SPDs, technical
excellence must be balanced with economic necessity.
For new builds, bonding and screening measures can
be integrally designed to form part of the complete
SPM. However, for an existing structure, retrofitting a
set of coordinated SPDs is likely to be the easiest and
most cost-effective solution.
BS EN/IEC 62305-4
Appropriate SPDs
should be fitted
wherever services
cross from one LPZ
to another
Poor coordination could mean that the overvoltage
SPDs are subject to too much surge energy putting
both itself and potentially equipment at risk from
damage.
Furthermore, voltage protection levels or let-through
voltages of installed SPDs must be coordinated with
the insulating withstand voltage of the parts of the
installation and the immunity withstand voltage of
Enhanced SPDs
Coordinated SPDs
BS EN/IEC 62305-4 emphasises the use of coordinated
SPDs for the protection of equipment within their
environment. This simply means a series of SPDs whose
locations and LEMP handling attributes are
coordinated in such a way as to protect the equipment
in their environment by reducing the LEMP effects to a
safe level. So there may be a heavy duty lightning
current SPD at the service entrance to handle the
majority of the surge energy (partial lightning current
from an LPS and/or overhead lines) with the respective
transient overvoltage controlled to safe levels by
coordinated plus downstream overvoltage SPDs to
protect terminal equipment including potential
damage by switching sources, e.g. large inductive
motors. Appropriate SPDs should be fitted wherever
services cross from one LPZ to another.
282
Coordinated SPDs have to effectively operate together

as a cascaded system to protect equipment in their
environment. For example the lightning current SPD at
the service entrance should handle the majority of
surge energy, sufficiently relieving the downstream
overvoltage SPDs to control the overvoltage.
Whilst outright damage to equipment is not desirable,

the need to minimize downtime as a result of loss of
operation or malfunction of equipment can also be
critical. This is particularly important for industries that
serve the public, be they hospitals, financial institutions,
manufacturing plants or commercial businesses, where
the inability to provide their service due to the loss of
operation of equipment would result in significant
health and safety and/or financial consequences.
Standard SPDs may only protect against common mode
surges (between live conductors and earth), providing
effective protection against outright damage but not
against downtime due to system disruption.
BS EN 62305 therefore considers the use of enhanced
SPDs (SPD*) that further reduce the risk of damage and
malfunction to critical equipment where continuous
operation is required. Installers will therefore need to
be much more aware of the application and
installation requirements of SPDs than perhaps they
may have been previously.
Superior or enhanced SPDs provide lower (better)
let-through voltage protection against surges in both
common mode and differential mode (between live
conductors) and therefore also provide additional
protection over bonding and shielding measures.
Such enhanced SPDs can even offer up to mains Type
1+2+3 or data/telecom Test Cat D+C+B protection
within one unit. As terminal equipment, e.g.
computers, tends to be more vulnerable to differential
mode surges, this additional protection can be a vital
consideration.
BS EN/IEC 62305-4
Furthermore, the capacity to protect against common

and differential mode surges permits equipment to
remain in continued operation during surge activity offering considerable benefit to commercial, industrial
and public service organisations alike.
All Furse SPDs offer

enhanced SPD
performance with
industry leading low
let-through voltage
All Furse SPDs offer enhanced SPD performance

with industry leading low let-through voltages
(voltage protection level, Up), as this is the best choice
to achieve cost-effective, maintenance-free repeated
protection in addition to preventing costly system
downtime. Low let-through voltage protection in all
common and differential modes means fewer units are
required to provide protection, which saves on unit
and installation costs, as well as installation time.
Conclusion
Lightning poses a clear threat to a structure but a
growing threat to the systems within the structure due
to the increased use and reliance of electrical and
electronic equipment. The BS EN/IEC 62305 series of
standards clearly acknowledge this. Structural
lightning protection can no longer be in isolation
from transient overvoltage or surge protection of
equipment. The use of enhanced SPDs provides a
practical cost-effective means of protection allowing
continuous operation of critical systems during
LEMP activity.
A Guide to BS EN 62305 Protection Against Lightning

Further to this summary on BS EN/IEC 62305,
we have available a comprehensive guide to the
BS EN 62305 standard for those interested in
learning more about the new developments
governing lightning protection design and
installation. This A4 Guide helps to explain in clear
terms the requirements of BS EN 62305. Following
the 4 sections of the standard (Part 1 - General
principles; Part 2 - Risk management; Part 3 - Physical
damage to structures and life hazard; and Part 4 Electrical and electronic systems within structures)
the Guide provides the information necessary to
enable the reader to identify all risks and calculate
the required level of protection in accordance with
BS EN 62305.
To request your free of charge copy - contact us
directly at any of the addresses given on the back
cover or visit www.furse.com.
283
BS EN 50164 series: Lightning

protection components (LPC)
The BS EN 50164 series of standards focuses on
design and performance of components which
are to be installed in an external LPS.
Designers/users of these systems need to be assured
that the components, conductors, earth electrodes etc
that will be installed have the requisite durability to
survive long term exposure to the environmental
elements whilst retaining the ability to dissipate
lightning current safely and harmlessly to earth.
The BS EN 50164 series of standards defines the
processes by which these critical lightning protection
components are judged fit for purpose.
There are currently seven parts to the series:
BS EN 50164-1:2008 Lightning protection

components (LPC) Part 1: Requirement for
connection components

components (LPC) Part 2: Requirements for
conductors and earth electrodes

isolating spark gaps (ISG)

conductor fasteners

earth electrode inspection housings and earth
electrode seals

lightning strike counters

earth enhancing compounds
Three specimens of the component are tested, with

conductors and specimens prepared and assembled in
accordance with the manufacturers instructions, e.g.
to recommended tightening torques.
Testing can include environmental preconditioning
(various treatments such as salt mist spray or exposure
to a humid sulphorous atmosphere etc.) followed by
subjecting components to simulated lightning
discharges to assess their capacity to cope with
onerous conditions.
Environmental preconditioning is designed to rapidly
replicate the effect of component ageing under
expected environmental conditions at site, to prove
the components ability to conduct lightning over time.
Testing therefore ensures components have been
appropriately constructed for their application, meet
the requirements of the standard and will prove safe in
use for a number of years.
Furse product tests are undertaken by an independent
RvA Certified test laboratory - The Research
Development and Certification Centre, High Voltage
and High Current Testing Laboratory - to ensure our
products conform to BS EN 50164.
Note: whilst BS EN 50164 is currently in force, a

comparable IEC standard (IEC 62561) is being published
in 2012, which in time will supercede BS EN 50164.
Independent testing
Whereas the previous standard focused on the use of
specific materials to ensure compliance, BS EN 50164
requires manufacturers to undertake thorough testing
and performance measurement of their components in
order to gain compliance.
284
Environmental ageing chamber for ammonia
atmosphere ageing
Furse lightning protection components, showing results after

environmental preconditioning and lightning discharge testing
Passing the test
Furse component performance
Each part of BS EN 50164 defines its own criteria for

satisfactory performance of components.
By choosing lightning protection components

conforming to the BS EN 50164 series, the designer
ensures he or she is using the best products on the
market and is in compliance with BS EN 62305.
All three specimens of a tested component must satisfy

the conditions set out by BS EN 50164 in order for the
testing to be deemed successful.
Following testing, a full test report with certification
should be produced by the independent laboratory for
all components satisfying the test criteria.
BS EN 50164 requires manufacturers to retain the
test report along with adequate documentation to
support testing and product application, including
Furse structural lightning protection and earthing

components are therefore rigorously tested to this
standard. Our connection components conform to
BS EN 50164-1, our conductors and earth electrodes
to BS EN 50164-2.
Through independent testing, Furse products are
proven to withstand the constant exposure to the
environment as required by an LPS, thereby ensuring
they will continue to dissipate lightning current safely
and harmlessly to earth over the long term.
All Furse connection components

are designed to conform to the
BS EN 50164-1:2008 test procedures
285
Earthing standards
Installation of a well designed earthing system is

a fundamental requirement for all structures and
electrical systems (at all voltages).
Performance requirements for earthing these low

voltage installations are defined in the IET Wiring
Regulations, BS 7671:2008(+A1:2011).
Effective earthing safeguards people from risk of

electric shock, in that hazardous-live-parts shall not be
accessible and accessible conductive parts shall not be
hazardous live, and ensures a low impedance route to
earth for currents in the electrical system, under both
normal and fault conditions.
The earthing arrangement should be sufficiently

robust to ensure it lasts the lifetime of the installation,
and be protected from mechanical damage and
corrosion so that it remains capable of carrying the
maximum expected current, under both normal and
fault conditions.
A number of national and international standards have

been published which define earthing system design
parameters for structures, electrical equipment and
systems, including:
BS 7430 therefore defines selection parameters for the

earthing arrangement, e.g. the size and material for
conductors, earth electrodes etc, and makes clear the
need for careful consideration of site conditions (soil
composition and resistivity).
BS 7430:2011 Code of practice for protective

earthing of electrical installations
BS 7354:1990 Code of practice for design of high

voltage open terminal stations
IEEE Std 80:2000 IEEE Guide for safety in AC

substation grounding
ENA TS 41-24 Guidelines for the design,

installation, testing & maintenance of main
earthing systems in substations
The design, specification, inspection and periodic

testing of earthing systems should follow the guidance
and recommendations provided by these standards.
BS 7430:2011 - Protective earthing of

electrical installations
British Standard BS 7430 provides guidance on
earthing of general land-based electrical installations
in and around buildings in the UK, including:
Low voltage installation earthing and

equipotential bonding for general, industrial
and commercial buildings, locations with
increased risk, rail systems etc
Where necessary in high resistivity areas or on rocky

ground, treatment of the soil through use of an earth
electrode backfill is recommended to improve earth
contact resistance.
Substation earthing
BS 7354, IEEE std. 80 and ENA TS 41-24 reference the
requirements for earthing of substations.
The design and specification of an appropriate
earthing arrangement for substations is essential to
provide a low impedance path for earth, fault, and
lightning currents to earth, and to protect personnel
on site from potentially fatal step and touch voltages.
These standards provide guidance on (but not
limited to):
Maximum permitted step and touch voltages
Methods for calculating earthing system design
The interface between low voltage and high

voltage substations
High voltage earth electrode selection, including

type, material & size
Earthing of generators and Uninterruptible Power

Supplies (UPSs) supplying low voltage installations
Switching and busbar arrangement
Insulation co-ordination
BS 7430 defines the elements for creating an

appropriate earthing arrangement for a low voltage
installation, including a main earthing terminal,
protective conductors, earthing conductors and
circuit protective conductors, and the use of earth
electrodes to dissipate currents to the general mass
of earth.
Extending the earthing arrangement through the use
of equipotential bonding measures to cover exposed
and conductive metal parts is further recommended to
protect against step and touch voltages, and to remove
risk of dangerous sparking.
286
Taking actual measurements at the site is important to

gauge the expected effectiveness of the earthing
arrangement, and guidance is provided for measuring
resistance calculations for earth plates, earth rods, ring
conductor and foundation earth electrodes.
Five classes of low voltage electrical installation are

defined within the standard - TN-S, TN-C, TN-C-S, TT
and IT.
Primary to these standards is limiting earth potential

rise (EPR) under earth fault conditions so that step and
touch potential limits are not exceeded, and earth
resistance remains as low as possible.
Essentially, use of an earthing grid consisting of
horizontal cross-bonded earthing conductors is
recommended, with additional earth rods where the
site includes low resistivity layers beneath the surface.
These earth rods mitigate seasonal variations in earth
grid resistance at the grids burial depth.
Furse power earthing solutions have been specified
for many installations worldwide. For more
information, or to discuss a particular requirement,
please contact us.
Lightning protection to NFPA & UL standards
Within certain markets installation of an LPS,

including component selection, is governed
by American NFPA and UL standards rather than
their BS EN/IEC equivalent.
Three options are proposed for the design of air

termination systems:
Air termination placement: Air terminals are

placed in a grid pattern at intervals of up to 20 or
25 feet (dependent on air terminal height), with a
relaxation in the spacing if air terminals are not on
the perimeter of the structure (for roof lengths or
widths exceeding 50 feet). These spacings apply to
flat or gently sloping roofs only with more
complex roof structures requiring specific design
to protect all parts
Rolling sphere method: Similar in principle to

BS EN/IEC 62305, though with a single sphere
radius of 150 feet. At all times the rolling sphere
should only be in contact with the tips of the air
terminals and not the fabric of the structure
Protective angle method: Based on the ratio of

height/size of a higher building with regard to a
lower one. It does not apply for structures over 50
feet in height, where air termination placement or
the rolling sphere should be used
The appropriate standards for lightning protection in

these markets are:
UL 96 Lightning Protection Components
UL 467 Grounding and Bonding Equipment
NFPA 780 Standard for the Installation of Lightning

Protection Systems
UL 96A Installation Requirements for Lightning

Protection Systems
UL 96 and UL 467 are product standards for lightning

protection components; NFPA 780 and UL 96A are
application standards governing satisfactory
installation of an LPS.
UL 96 & UL 467
These standards define the requirements for lightning
protection components, including their design,
material composition, performance and testing to
ensure they are suitable for application in an LPS.
UL 96 covers above ground lightning protection
components, including:
Air termination components (air terminals & bases)
Conductors
Connector fittings (conductor clips, clamps,

bimetallic connectors & bonding plates etc)
Components are divided into 3 Classes, to reflect their

intended application (Class l, Class ll, Class ll modified).
UL 467 covers grounding (UK - earthing) and bonding
equipment used to create a grounding system in line
with the requirements of NFPA 780. Products include:
Ground clamps, bushings & fittings
Grounding electrodes (rods/plates) & ground mesh
Products are determined suitable for use in an LPS

following testing and evaluation by UL. Where a
product successfully passes UL evaluation it may carry
a UL Mark appropriate to the testing carried out.
Installation of lightning protection

systems to NFPA 780/UL 96A
Application standards NFPA 780 and UL 96A cover
assessment of risk from lightning and installation of
an appropriate LPS.
Structures to be protected are defined as one of two
classes, as follows, which correlates back to the product
grade which should be installed:
Class l: buildings less than 75 feet in height
Class ll: structures greater than 75 feet in height,

and special structures such as heavy duty stacks
and steeples
Installed air terminals (air rods) should not be less than

10 in length or 38 in diameter, and where above 24
in height require bracing at minimum half their height.
There should be at least two down conductors from air
termination system to the grounding system, which
should be secured to the structure with suitable
connectors at intervals no more than 3 feet apart.
Air termination and down conductor components can
be manufactured from copper, copper alloy or
electrical grade aluminium, unless otherwise specified,
on the proviso that:
Copper components should not be in contact with

aluminium or external galvanized steel surfaces
Aluminium products should not be in contact with

the earth, be set in concrete or masonry, be
installed in wet locations, or be in contact with
coated surfaces using alkaline paint
The grounding system for lightning protection should be

bonded to all other grounding systems at the structure,
including those for power and communication, as well as
underground metallic services (utilities etc).
The bonding conductor should be the same size as the
main down conductor and main system conductor.
Grounding electrodes can be rods or plates. Rods
should not be less than 12 in diameter and 8 feet in
length, and should be manufactured from
copperbonded steel, solid copper or stainless steel.
Grounding arrangements using ringed conductors or
steel rebars are also acceptable.
For further information or to discuss LPS design in line
with NFPA and UL standards, please contact us.
Note: products shown in this catalogue with the UL
Mark have been successfully evaluated by UL.
287
The latest amendment to the 17th Edition of

the Wiring Regulations, BS 7671:2008(+A1:2011),
in force from January 2012, establishes a
requirement for assessing protection against
transient overvoltages (surges) as an integral
part of satisfactory electrical system design.
BS 7671 assesses the need to protect AC power circuits,
although cross-references transient overvoltage
protection on other metallic services including data,
signal and telecommunications lines, as defined by
BS EN/IEC 62305 Standard for Lightning Protection.
It covers transient overvoltages of atmospheric origin
(lightning) or as a result of electrical switching,
through two sections:
Section 443 which defines the criteria for risk

assessment of transient overvoltages, considering
factors such as levels of consequential loss and the
withstand voltage/impulse immunity of installed
electronic systems
Section 534 which outlines the parameters for

selection and installation of SPDs as appropriate,
to ensure satisfactory protection of electronic
systems and electrical equipment
Risk assessment
Section 443 establishes that protection against
transient overvoltages should be expected where:
An installation includes bare overhead metallic

service lines which are at risk from lightning and
The level of transient overvoltage anticipated
would exceed the withstand voltage of sensitive
electrical equipment/impulse immunity of critical
electrical equipment, or
The risk of potential consequential loss (to life,
property or provision of service) would be
unacceptable
Whilst direct lightning strokes are not considered,

reference is made to BS EN 62305 which would require
installation of equipotential bonding SPDs where a
structural LPS is installed, or there is a risk of a direct
lightning stroke to a service line.
Factors contributing to risk include external influences
(thunderstorm days per year) and consequential levels
of protection.
Irrespective of external influences, where higher
reliability or higher risks are anticipated, protection
measures should be installed.
Considering the consequential levels of protection
defined by BS 7671, protection is required wherever
there is a risk to human life, to public services and to
commercial or industrial activity.
288
Selection & installation of SPDs

Section 534 provides guidance on the selection and
installation of SPDs to limit transient overvoltages.
The selection of an SPD is dependent on its location
within the installation, the withstand voltage/
impulse immunity of equipment at this location, and
the expected transient overvoltage energy that the
SPD is required to limit.
The largest transient overvoltages are expected
at the service entrance, i.e. at the origin of
the installation.
Additionally transient overvoltages can be anticipated
at sensitive and critical equipment as a result of
electrical switching within the installation.
SPDs should therefore be installed as appropriate
at main distribution board level (after the meter),
sub-distribution board level to protect sensitive
equipment, and locally to protect critical equipment.
Where multiple SPDs are installed on the same
conductor, these should coordinate with each other to
ensure protection levels are not compromised within
the system.
The most important characteristic for an SPD is its
voltage protection level (UP) and not its energy
withstand (e.g. Iimp). SPDs with lower voltage
protection levels (or let-through voltage) offer much
better protection to sensitive and critical electronic
systems, including:
Minimal equipment stress (i.e. keeping circuit

degradation to a minimum)
Reduced risk from additive inductive voltages on

the SPDs connecting leads
Reduced risk from downstream voltage oscillations
BS 7671 follows BS EN/IEC 62305 by classifying SPDs

by Type. Equipotential bonding SPDs (Type 1) must be
installed at the service entrance where a structural LPS
is installed or there is an overhead metallic service line
at risk from a direct lightning stroke.
Type 1 SPDs however do not provide protection to
electronic systems. Transient overvoltage SPDs (Type 2
or Type 3) are required downstream to protect
sensitive and critical equipment.
These SPDs protect against the transient overvoltages
caused by indirect lightning (inductive or resistive
coupling) and the electrical switching of large
inductive loads.
They should offer full mode protection to protect
sensitive and critical electronic systems, since transients
can occur between all modes.
Specific performance parameters for SPDs are defined
in BS 7671, which are covered by Furse SPDs in this
catalogue when installation follows the selection chart
provided on page 181.
For more information on surge protection to BS 7671,
please contact us.
Furse SPDs meet the performance parameters

defined in two national & European standards:
BS EN 61643-11 Surge protective devices

connected to low-voltage power systems requirements and tests
BS EN 61643-21 Surge protective devices connected
to telecommunications and signalling networks performance requirements and testing methods
Measurements are taken at the connectors/terminals.

Three samples of an SPD are tested and all must pass
before approval is granted.
SPDs which have been tested to BS EN 61643 should be
suitably labelled and marked, to include the relevant
performance data for their application.
Technical Specifications
These parts of the BS EN 61643 standard apply for all

SPDs providing protection against lightning (direct and
indirect) and transient overvoltages.
Within BS EN 61643 there are two Technical

Specifications which provide recommendations
on the selection and installation of SPDs.
BS EN 61643-11 covers AC mains protection, for

50/60 Hz AC power circuits and equipment rated up
to 1000 VRMS AC and 1500 V DC.
These are:
BS EN 61643-21 covers telecommunications and

signalling networks with nominal system voltages up
to 1000 VRMS AC and 1500 V DC.
DD CLC/TS 61643-12 Surge protective devices

connected to low-voltage power systems selection and application principles
DD CLC/TS 61643-22 Surge protective devices

connected to telecommunications and signalling
networks - selection and application principles
Within these parts to the standard is defined:
The electrical requirements for SPDs, including

voltage protection and current limiting levels,
status indication and minimum test performance
The mechanical requirements for SPDs, to ensure

an appropriate quality of connection, and
mechanical stability when mounted
These Technical Specifications should be used with

BS EN 61643-11 and BS EN 61643-21 respectively.
Each Technical Specification provides information and
guidance on:
Risk assessment and evaluating the need for SPDs

in low-voltage systems, with reference to IEC 62305
Lightning protection standard and IEC 60364
Electrical installations for buildings
Important characteristics of an SPD (e.g. voltage

protection level) in conjunction with the
protection needs of equipment (i.e. its impulse
withstand or impulse immunity)
Mechanical and safety tests establish levels of

protection against direct contact, water, impact, the
SPD installed environment etc.
Selection of SPDs considering the entire

installation environment, including their
classification, function & performance
For voltage and current limiting performance, an SPD

is tested according to its Type (or Class to IEC1), which
defines the level of lightning current or transient
overvoltage it is expected to limit/divert away from
sensitive equipment.
Coordination of SPDs throughout the installation

(for power and data lines) and between SPDs and
RCDs or overcurrent protective devices
Through following the guidance in these documents,

appropriate specification of SPDs to meet the
installation requirement can be achieved.
The safety performance of the SPD, including its

mechanical strength and its ability to withstand
heat, overstress and insulation resistance
The standard establishes the importance of testing

SPDs to determine their electrical, mechanical and
safety performance.
Electrical tests include impulse durability, current
limiting, and transmission tests.
Tests include Class I impulse current, Class I & II nominal

discharge current, Class I & II voltage impulse and Class
III combination wave tests for SPDs installed on power
lines, and Class D (high energy), C (fast rate of rise),
and B (slow rate of rise) for those on data, signal and
telecoms lines.
SPDs are tested with the connections or terminations
following manufacturers instructions, as per the
expected SPD installation.
289
1
Type 1, 2, or 3 SPDs to BS EN/EN 61643-11 are comparable to Class I, Class II and Class III SPDs to IEC 61643-11 respectively.
Lightning protection of
hazardous areas to ATEX/IECEx
Many industries, such as petrochemical, oil & gas
and pharmaceutical, face the ongoing challenge
of protecting people and property from the risk
presented by potentially explosive atmospheres.
These atmospheres create hazardous areas, where
flammable gases, powders, or dusts have the potential
to mix with air at a ratio which would result in an
explosion if ignited by a spark or other source of
ignition (static charge, chemical reaction etc).
Clearly, lightning presents a significant threat to
potentially explosive atmospheres, both through a
direct strike and the risk of partial lightning currents
entering the hazardous area via incoming/outgoing
metallic services.
The employer or plant operator has responsibility for
ensuring safety against potentially explosive
atmospheres, and should therefore reference the
relevant standards and directives - BS EN/IEC 62305 for
lightning protection and ATEX (IECEx outside the EU)
for protecting potentially explosive atmospheres when establishing the requirement for lightning
protection on site.
Expectation of potentially explosive

atmosphere/hazard arising
Zone Reference
Gas
Dust
Hazard is continuously present, for long periods or

frequently (> 1000 hours per year)
Zone 0
Zone 20
Hazard is likely to arise occasionally during normal

operation (10-1000 hours per year)
Zone 1
Zone 21
Hazard is not likely to arise during normal operation,

or is of short duration only (< 10 hours per year)
Zone 2
Zone 22
No hazard is present
SAFE AREA
Table 12: Zonal classification of hazardous areas
It applies both to equipment and systems used in

potentially explosive atmospheres, and those sited
outside these atmospheres which contribute to the
level of safety in the hazardous area.
Equipment is categorised in line with the protection
level offered against the risk of producing a spark or
source of ignition in a potentially explosive
atmosphere. Categories include:
Applicable zone and equipment group for

gases/vapours (II) or dusts (III)
ATEX directives
Two ATEX directives have been published with the aim

to protect employees, the public and the environment
from accidents owing to explosive atmospheres.
Protection level, per zone, according to risk from

gases/vapours (Ga; Gb; Gc) or dusts (Da; Db; Dc)
Form of protection (flameproof enclosure - Exd;

Increased Safety - Exe; Intrinsically Safe - Exi etc)
Level of protection to gas/vapour group or dust

group (IIA; IIB; IIC)
Restrictions in product usage (equipment without

restriction; equipment with special condition - X;
component - U)
Temperature Class (T1-T6, spanning temperatures

from 450 C down to 85 C)
They require employers to eliminate or control risks

from hazardous areas, to classify areas where explosive
atmospheres may occur, and to ensure products
suitable for use in those areas are applied.
From July 2006, all existing and new sites where
hazardous areas are present must be ATEX compliant.
ATEX 137, Directive 1999/92/EC
This directive covers health & safety of employees at
risk from explosive atmospheres.
Products classified as intrinsically safe (IS) are further

categorised according to their applicable zone (see
Table 13 below).
It requires employers to take necessary steps to prevent

formation of explosive atmospheres, to avoid ignition
in explosive atmospheres where they cannot be fully
prevented, and to limit the effects of a explosion
should such an event occur.
Products are tested to ensure compliance with the

requirements of ATEX, with approved products marked
accordingly based on the classification system, and
including their ATEX certification number.
It further classifies the places where explosive

atmospheres may occur into a number of zones
(see Table 12).
ATEX Article 100A, Directive 94/9/EC
290
IECEx
This directive covers equipment and protective systems

for potentially explosive atmospheres and the health &
safety requirements to which they must conform.
Symbol
Suitable for
Category
Standard
Ex ia
Zones 0, 1, 2, 20, 21 & 22
EN 50020
Ex ib
Zones 1, 2, 21 & 22
EN 50039
Table 13: Intrinsically Safe product classification
Following the zonal approach in BS EN/IEC 62305,

services passing from LPZ 0 to LPZ 1 should be
protected against partial lightning currents using a
lightning current/equipotential bonding SPD (tested to
10/350 s waveform), as well as transient overvoltages
(SPD tested to 8/20 s waveform).
Lightning protection of hazardous

areas in line with ATEX/IECEx
With hazardous areas at risk from the consequences
of direct and indirect lightning, a comprehensive
approach to lightning protection in line with
BS EN/IEC 62305 should be considered.
This should cover structural lightning protection,

earthing & equipotential bonding, and transient
overvoltage protection.
Electrical and electronic equipment/systems need to be

protected against transient overvoltages, since damage
to components could lead to risk of sparks or fire.
The zonal approach to lightning protection, as

established in BS EN/IEC 62305 (see page 272,
Lightning Protection Zones), is applicable for designing
an LPS suitable for hazardous areas, considering the
following points.
Equipment/systems sited in a safe area which do not

contribute to safety in a potentially explosive
atmosphere can be protected against transient
overvoltages using appropriate standard SPDs, as
defined by BS EN/IEC 62305.
However, equipment/systems sited in potentially

explosive atmospheres (Zone 1, 2) or contributing to
safety within these atmospheres require an SPD
suitably tested and approved by ATEX.
For locations with potentially explosive atmospheres,

as defined by BS EN/IEC 62305:2011 the appropriate
Class of LPS required shall be dictated by the risk
assessment process in BS EN/IEC 62305-2.
All SPDs installed on site should form a coordinated

set to ensure protection levels are maintained and
effective throughout.
An isolated LPS is required since the structure includes

combustible materials and/or presents a risk of
explosion, with minimum separation distances adhered
to between the LPS and structural metallic parts to
remove any risk of sparking.
Protection of intrinsically safe (IS) circuits

Intrinsic Safety (IS) is a concept for protecting
hazardous areas from dangerous sparking, whereby
sparks from electrical equipment and circuitry are
prevented through the use of IS barriers.
Additionally, catenary conductors raised high above

the structure should be considered, where these are to
protect locations where combustibles are present, such
as gas/oil storage tanks.
These barriers limit the available electrical energy that

could cause an explosion to below ignition threshold.
Earthing & equipotential bonding
IS Barriers however are not surge protectors but are

field instruments which are themselves at risk from
transient overvoltages. IS circuits therefore need to be
protected from transient overvoltages by a suitable
(ATEX approved) SPD.
The earth termination system should meet the

requirements set out in BS EN/IEC 62305-3 - a single,
integrated earth termination system combining
lightning protection, power and telecommunications
systems. It should provide low electrical resistance (less
than 10 Ohms) and be appropriately bonded to ensure
no metallic part is at a different potential with respect
to another.
Protection should be applied at the boundary between

the hazardous and non-hazardous area (see Figure 23),
with an isolated screen SPD installed within the
hazardous area (Zone 1, 2).
Where incoming or outgoing services cannot be

bonded directly to earth, these should be protected by
a suitable SPD.
ESP SL30X
ESP SL30X/I
Open end cable screen
IS
Barrier
Instrumentation
Control cabinet
Isolated
coupling
Instrument
Earth
IP54
enclosure
Instrument
Earth
System
Earth
Figure 23: The installed SPD

(here the ESP SL30X Series)
provides protection for the
instrumentation as well as
providing protection for
the IS Barrier.
Hazardous Area Zones 1, 2
Field
earth
ZONE 0
Non-Hazardous Area
For more information on protecting hazardous area

installations from lightning, please contact us.
The isolated screen version

(ESP SL30X/I) should be
used in Zone 1, 2.
ZONE 2
291
ZONE 1
Index
Application index
AC power supplies
292
plug-in
200-201
single phase - 5 A or less
198-199
single phase - 16 A or less
198-199
single phase 182-183, 186-187, 192-193
other currents
three phase
184-185, 188-195
three phase,
188-189, 194-195
remote status display
wind turbine 690 V
248-249
Air rods
24, 41, 46-48
Air terminals & fixings
24, 41-49
24
Alarm systems
low current mains supplies
198-199
signal lines
204-217
Anti-vandal down conductor guard
39
ATEX approved SPD
214-215, 290-291
ATEX/IECex standard
290-291
technical information
Base station SPDs
mains power
182-197
RF coax
258-261
telephone/telemetry
204-205, 210-213
Bentonite moisture retaining clay
89
Bimetallic cable
32
70
Bonds/bonding
25, 51, 64, 92-95, 100-106
Boxes
263
BS 7671 wiring regulations
288
BS EN 61643 product standard
289
BS EN/IEC 62305 standard
268-283
Cable assemblies for SPDs
265
Cable and wire conductor
31, 37
Cable television (CATV)
254-255
CCTV
power
198-199
telemetry
204-205
video
256-257
Clamps
60, 64-69, 92-94, 103, 107
Company background
2-3
113
Compression dies
115
Compression tools
116-117
Conductive aggregate
89
Conductor clips
51-60
Conductor colour chart
27
Conductor fixings
24, 51-70
Conductors
24, 27-39, 78
Aluminium
30, 36
Copper
29-35, 37-38
flat tape
29-31, 35-38
solid circular
30, 35-36
stranded, cable and wire
31, 37
Conductors technical information
27-28
Connecting and earthing bar 248-249, 266
Control systems
mains power supplies
192-193, 198-199
signal lines
204-217, 220-221
Copperbond rod
82-83
Copper conductor ratings
28
Customer service contacts
4, 296
Data communication SPDs
3-wire
218-219
ATEX approved
214-215
high density
220-221
LSA-PLUS MDF
222-223
PCB mount
224-227
plug-in
200-201, 234-235
RS 232
204-205
twisted pair
204-217, 220-221
twisted pair Ethernet
220-221
DC power SPDs
Photovoltaic systems
250-251
up to 0.75 A
212-213, 218-219, 226-227
up to 1.25 A
206-207
up to 4 A
208-209
12, 24, 36 and 48 Vdc
196-197
C tape clips
51-52, 54-60
Denso tape
74
Design services
16-17
Distribution board SPDs
182-195
Door access systems
low current mains supplies
198-199
signal lines
204-217
Down conductors
24, 26-39
Dressing tool
59
Earth bars &
108-112
disconnecting links
Earth boss
99
89
Earth electrode dimensions
81
and materials
Earth electrodes
25, 78, 80-84, 88
25, 79, 87
Earth plates
78, 88
Earth points
96-97
Earth resistance testers
90
Earth rod diameters
81
Earth rod clamps
25, 92-94
Earth rod fittings
82-84
Earth rod hammer
86
Earth rod seals
85
Earth rods
78, 81-84
25, 76-165
Earthing
76-165
Earthing and Mounting kits
264
Earthing standards
286-287
Enclosures
263
Equipotential
182-195
bonding SPD
71, 104-105
Flat saddle
43
Flat tape conductor
29-31, 35-38
Flexible copper braid
33-34, 104-105
Flux
74
Free standing air rods
46-49
FurseCEM conductive aggregate
89
FurseWELD
118-165
connection selector
122-123
connections
124-159
mould jacket
165
product selector
121
119-120
toolkit
165
Fused connection/spur units
198-199
Hammer rig
86
Handle clamps
164
Hard drawn copper bar
32
Hazardous area data/
214-215, 290-291
signal SPDs
Heavy duty cast cable saddle
53
Holdfast fixings
61-63
How to apply
Earthing
78-79
24-25
Surge protection
178-179
Insulating tape
73
ISDN line
S/T interface
234-237
U interface
236-237
20-74
Lightning protection component
284-285
Standard BS EN 50164
Lightning protection standard
268-283
BS EN/IEC 62305
22-25, 268-291
Lightning strike software
17
Low current mains supplies
198-199
Main distribution board (MDB)
182-195
Main distribution frame
236-237
(telecom)
Mains distribution systems
single phase
182-183, 186-187, 192-193
three phase
184-185, 188-195
Mains power supply SPDs
DC power
196-197
plug-in
200-201
single phase 5 A or less
198-199
single phase 16 A or less
198-199
single phase 182-183, 186-187, 192-195
other currents
three phase
184-185, 188-195
three phase, remote
188-189, 194-195
status display
Metalwork bonds
100-101
Modems
204-205, 210-213, 234-235,
240-241
Mounting and Earthing kits
264
Multiple data/signal line SPDs
212-221
Network SPDs
10 base 2
242-243
10 base 5
242-243
10 base T
238-239, 242-243
100 base T
238-239, 242-243
1000 base T
238-239
async RS 232
240-241
category 5 with RJ45
238-239, 242-243
plug and socket
category 6 with RJ45
238-239
plug and socket
D connector
240-241
Fast Ethernet
242-243
RJ45
238-239, 242-243
RS 232
240-241
RS 422/423
240-243
RS 485
240-241
Token Ring
238-239, 242-243
238-239
NFPA standards
287
54-59
71
PBX
- see private branch exchange
Photovoltaic systems
246
Photovoltaic system SPD
250-251
Pipe bonds & clamps
102-103
Plug-in SPDs
BT telephone
234-235
computer equipment data
240-241
9, 15 & 25 pin
238-239, 242-243
ISDN
234-235
LSA-PLUS
222-223, 236-237
mains power
200-201
modem
234-235
Power distribution unit (PDU)
182-195
Private branch exchange
data and signal lines
222-223
ISDN/telephone lines
236-237
plug-in power protector
200-201
Process control signals
204-217, 220-221
Puddle flange
61
Index
Radio frequency (RF) systems

Rail network protection
258-261
247
Rail protection SPDs
mains power
192-193, 198-199, 252-253
Solid State Interlocking (SSI)
252-253
CCTV video
256-257
data/signal
204-205
telephone lines
210-211
test equipment
266
Rail handle clamps
164
Rebar fixings
93-95
Resistance Temperature Detector 228-229
Rod brackets
44
Satellite TV systems
254-255
Seminars
18
Signal line SPDs
3-wire
218-219
4-20 mA loop
206-207, 212-217, 220-221
Alarm
206-211, 214-215
ATEX approved
214-215
CCTV telemetry/control
204-209
CCTV video
256-257
LSA-PLUS MDF
222-223
PCB mount
224-227
Profibus PD
230-231
process control
204-217, 220-221
RS 485
230-231
RTD
228-229
twisted pair
204-217, 220-221
Silfos
74
Single phase
182-183, 186-187, 192-193
mains power supplies
Site surveys
17
Slim-line SPDs
218-219, 228-231
Solid circular conductor
30, 35-36
Solid copper earth rods
84
Solid state interlocking
252-253
(SSI) systems SPDs
Stainless steel earth rods
84
Standing seam roof fixing
60
Static earthing kits
107
Stranded conductor
31, 37
Strike pad
45
StrikeRisk software
19
SureSHOT
160-161
Surface primer
59
Switchgear
single phase
182-183, 186-187, 192-193
three phase
184-185, 188-195
Technical guide
4, 19, 268-291
Telemetry
for CCTV cameras
204-209
via dial-up telephone line
(ringing voltage) 204-205, 210-211, 234-235
via private wire or leased

telephone lines
204-205, 210-211
Telephone exchange
- see private branch exchange
Telephone line
BT jack plug to socket
234-235
high density
220-221
lease line
204-205, 210-211
LSA-PLUS MDF
236-237
PCB mount
224-225
private wire
204-205, 210-211
PSTN
204-205, 210-211
RJ11 plug to socket
234-235
twisted pair
204-205, 210-211
Terminals
114
Terminal lugs
162-163
Test and junction clamps
25, 64-69
Training
18
TV systems
254-255
UL standards
287
Wind turbine protection
245
Wind turbine 690 V SPD
248-249
Part No. index

1H-FU
2H-FU
4H-FU
8H-FU
10H-FU
103101-FU
103102-FU
103103-FU
103110-FU
103118-FU
20H-FU
30H-FU
350M-FU
3902
3903
3904
3905-TB
3906-TB
3907
3908
3909-TB
40H-FU
499000-FU
499005-FU
499006-FU
499007-FU
499100-FU
499101-FU
912000-FU
912001-FU
912002-FU
912003-FU
912004-FU
912005-FU
912006-FU
912007-FU
912008-FU
912009-FU
912010-FU
912011-FU
912013-FU
919828-FU
AK005
AS100
AV005
B135
BA205
BA210
BA225
BA230
BA231
BA235
BA240
BA250-FU
BC001
BC002
BC003
BC004
BC005
98
98
98
98
98
49
49
49
49
49
98
98
98
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
98
48
48
48
48
49
49
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
49
87
87
39
165
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
BC006
BC007
BC008
BC009
BC010
BC011
BC012
BC013
BC014
BCM
BD006-FU
BD006-FU-T
BD010-FU
BD010-FU-T
BD016-FU
BD016-FU-T
BD020
BD020-T
BD025
BD025-FU
BD025-FU-T
BD025-T
BD026
BD026-T
BD027
BD027-T
BD028
BD028-T
BD030
BD031
BD031-T
BD032
BD032-T
BD033
BD033-T
BD034
BD034-T
BD035
BD035-FU
BD035-FU-T
BD050-FU
BD050-FU-T
BD070-FU
BD070-FU-T
BD095-FU
BD095-FU-T
BFC
BN001
BN002
BN005
BN010
BN101
BN102
BN105
BN113
BN115
BN120
BN125
BN130
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
165
34
34
34
34
34
34
33
33
33
34
34
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
165
71
71
100
102
71
71
100
100
102
102
100
100
BN150
BN155
BN175
BN176
BN300-FU
BN305
BN320
BN325
BN505
BN505-T
BN515
BN515-T
BR005
BR105
BT150
BT160
CA015-FU
CA020-FU
CA025-FU
CA030-FU
CA040-FU
CA045-FU
CA050-FU
CA861
CA871
CA872
CA876
CA881
CA886
CA887
CA900
CB006
CB016
CB025
CB035
CB050-FU
CB070
CB070-T
CB071
CB095
CB120
CB150-FU
CB185
CB240
CB300-FU
CB400-FU
CBB-10-200-7
CBB-10-200-7-T
CBB-10-400-7
CBB-10-400-7-T
CBB-16-200-9
CBB-16-200-9-T
CBB-16-400-9
CBB-16-400-9-T
CBB-25-200-11
CBB-25-200-11-T
CBB-25-400-11
CBB-25-400-11-T
CBB-50-200-11
94
94
103
103
100
100
100
100
104
104
104
104
44
44
106
106
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
59
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
CBB-50-200-11-T
CBB-50-400-11
CBB-50-400-11-T
CBB-6-200-7
CBB-6-200-7-T
CBB-6-400-7
CBB-6-400-7-T
CBB-70-200-13
CBB-70-200-13-T
CBB-70-400-13
CBB-70-400-13-T
CBB-95-200-13
CBB-95-200-13-T
CBB-95-400-13
CBB-95-400-13-T
CC016
CC025
CC035
CC050
CC070
CC095
CC120-FU
CC150-FU
CC185
CC240
CC300
CC400-FU
CD035
CD036
CD038
CD039
CD040
CD041
CD080
CD081
CD083
CD084
CD085
CD086
CG005
CG013
CG170
CG177
CG270
CG277
CG370
CG377
CG500
CG600
CG705
CG710
CM005
CM015
CM015-PM
CM025
CM030
CME 16
CME 32
CME 4
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
30
35
35
35
35
35
30
36
36
36
36
36
84
84
82
83
82
83
82
83
44
44
44
44
71
89
89
89
89
264
264
264
CME 8
CN005
CN1010
CN1010-T
CN105-H
CN120120
CN120120-T
CN150120
CN150120-T
CN150150
CN150150-T
CN1616
CN1616-T
CN185185
CN185185-T
CN18595
CN18595-T
CN240120
CN240120-T
CN240150
CN240150-T
CN240185
CN240185-T
CN240240
CN240240-T
CN2510
CN2510-T
CN2525
CN2525-T
CN300120
CN300120-T
CN300300
CN300300-T
CN305
CN310
CN3516
CN3516-T
CN3535
CN3535-T
CN5025
CN5025-T
CN5050
CN5050-T
CN7025
CN7025-T
CN7035
CN7035-T
CN7070
CN7070-T
CN910
CN910-UL
CN915
CN920
CN925
CN9535
CN9535-T
CN9570
CN9570-T
CN9595
264
67
113
113
67
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
69
69
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
70
70
70
70
70
113
113
113
113
113
293
Index
294
CN9595-T
CP005
CP010
CP015
CP020
CP025
CP030
CP035
CP040
CP045
CP050
CP060
CP065
CP105
CP110-H
CP115
CP120-H
CP125
CP130
CP205
CP210-H
CP215
CP216
CP220-H
CP225
CP227
CP230-H
CP240-H
CP241
CP245
CP256
CP260-H
CP265
CP305
CP405
CP410
CP415
CP510
CP515
CP517
CP805
CP806
CP810
CP815
CP816
CP835
CP861
CP871
CP872
CP876
CP881
CP886
CP887
CP905
CP910
CP915
CP920
CP925
CP935
CR105
CR108
CR110
CR115
CR125
CR130
CR205
CR215
CR220
CR225
CR230
CR305
CR310
CR315
CR320
CR325
CR330
CR505
CR510-FU
CR515
CR520
CR525
CR700
CR705
CR710
CR730
CR740
CR750
CR810
CR815
CR820
CR855
CR860
CR865
CS350
CS355
CS405
CS410
CS505
CS510
CS605
CS610
CT005-H
CT010-H
CT105-H
CT110-H
113
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
52
51
52
51
52
52
52
51
52
52
51
52
52
51
51
52
52
52
51
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
53
53
53
53
53
53
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
53
53
53
53
53
53
92
92
92
92
92
92
94
94
94
94
94
93
93
93
93
93
93
92
92
92
92
92
93
93
93
93
93
93
65
65
65
69
69
69
101
101
67
67
66
66
66
66
64
64
64
64
CT115-H
CT125
CT130
CT135
CT305
CT405
CW015-FU
CW020-FU
CW025-FU
CW030-FU
CW040-FU
CW045-FU
CW050-FU
CW871
CW872
CW886
CW887
CW905
CW999
CX005-H
CX105-H
DET14C
DET2/2
DET3TC
DET4TD2
DL005
DL010
DT100
DUXSEAL
EB0000
EB001
EB0110
EB0111
EB0120
EB0121
EB0130
EB0131
EB0211
EB0212
EB0221
EB0222
EB0231
EB0232
EB0311
EB0312
EB0321
EB0322
EB0332
EB1000
EB1110
EB1111
EB1120
EB1121
EB1130
EB1131
EB1211
EB1212
EB1221
EB1222
EB1231
EB1232
EB1311
EB1312
EB1321
EB1322
EB1332
ES210-12
ES210-15
ES210-16
ES210-20
ES210-34
ES210-58
ES220-12
ES220-15
ES220-16
ES220-20
ES220-34
ES220-58
ESP 06D
ESP 06D/2BX
ESP 06D/2BX/I
ESP 06D/BX
ESP 06D/BX/I
ESP 06E
ESP 06H
ESP 06Q
ESP 110D
ESP 110D/2BX
ESP 110D/2BX/I
ESP 110D/BX
ESP 110D/BX/I
ESP 110E
ESP 110H
ESP 110Q
ESP 12 DC
ESP 120 D1
ESP 120 M1
ESP 120-16A
ESP 120-16A/BX
ESP 120-5A
ESP 120-5A/BX
ESP 15D
ESP 15D/2BX
ESP 15D/2BX/I
ESP 15D/BX
64
65
65
65
68
68
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
59
59
64
64
90
90
90
90
73
73
59
165
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
204-205
210-211
210-211
210-211
210-211
206-207
208-209
220-221
204-205
210-211
210-211
210-211
210-211
206-207
208-209
220-221
196-197
186-187
192-193
198-199
198-199
198-199
198-199
204-205
210-211
210-211
210-211
ESP 15D/BX/I
ESP 15E
ESP 15H
ESP 15Q
ESP 208 D1
ESP 208 D1/LCD
ESP 208 D1R
ESP 208 D1R/LCD
ESP 208 M1
ESP 24 DC
ESP 240 D1
ESP 240 M1
ESP 240/I/TNC
ESP 240/I/TNS
ESP 240/I/TT
ESP 240/III/TNC
ESP 240/III/TNS
ESP 240/III/TT
ESP 240-16A
ESP 240-16A/BX
ESP 240-5A
ESP 240-5A/BX
ESP 277 D1
ESP 277 M1
ESP 277-16A
ESP 277-16A/BX
ESP 277-5A
ESP 277-5A/BX
ESP 30D
ESP 30D/2BX
ESP 30D/2BX/I
ESP 30D/BX
ESP 30D/BX/I
ESP 30E
ESP 30H
ESP 30Q
ESP 36 DC
ESP 415 D1
ESP 415 D1/LCD
ESP 415 D1R
ESP 415 D1R/LCD
ESP 415 M1
ESP 415 M1R
ESP 415 M2
ESP 415 M2R
ESP 415 M4
ESP 415 M4R
ESP 415/I/TNC
ESP 415/I/TNS
ESP 415/I/TT
ESP 415/III/TNC
ESP 415/III/TNS
ESP 415/III/TT
ESP 48 DC
ESP 480 D1
ESP 480 D1/LCD
ESP 480 D1R
ESP 480 D1R/LCD
ESP 480 M1
ESP 480 M1R
ESP 480 M2
ESP 480 M2R
ESP 480 M4
ESP 480 M4R
ESP 50D
ESP 50D/2BX
ESP 50D/2BX/I
ESP 50D/BX
ESP 50D/BX/I
ESP 50E
ESP 50H
ESP 50Q
ESP 690/12.5/WT
ESP 690/25/WT
ESP Cat-5e
ESP Cat-5/Gb
ESP Cat-5e/Gb/PoE
ESP Cat-5e/PoE
ESP CAT5e/UTP-1
ESP Cat-6
ESP Cat-6/PoE
ESP Cat-6/STP-1
ESP CATV/F
ESP CCTV/B
ESP CCTV/B-15V
ESP CCTV/B-30V
ESP CCTV/B-50V
ESP CCTV/T
ESP CCTV/T-15V
ESP CCTV/T-30V
ESP CCTV/T-50V
ESP CE10
ESP CE13
ESP CE7
ESP CE9
ESP DC1000/12.5/PV
ESP DC550/12.5/PV
ESP ISDN/RJ45-4/8
ESP ISDN/RJ45-8/8
ESP K10T1
ESP K10T1/PTC
ESP K10T2
ESP KE10
ESP KS06
ESP KS15
210-211
206-207
208-209
220-221
188-189
188-189
188-189
188-189
192-193
196-197
186-187
192-193
182-183
182-183
182-183
182-183
182-183
182-183
198-199
198-199
198-199
198-199
186-187
192-193
198-199
198-199
198-199
198-199
204-205
210-211
210-211
210-211
210-211
206-207
208-209
220-221
196-197
188-189
188-189
188-189
188-189
192-193
194-195
190-191
194-195
190-191
194-195
184-185
184-185
184-185
184-185
184-185
184-185
196-197
188-189
188-189
188-189
188-189
192-193
194-195
190-191
194-195
190-191
194-195
204-205
210-211
210-211
210-211
210-211
206-207
208-209
220-221
248-249
248-249
238-239
238-239
238-239
238-239
265
238-239
238-239
265
254-255
256-257
256-257
256-257
256-257
256-257
256-257
256-257
256-257
266
266
266
266
250-251
250-251
234-235
234-235
236-237
236-237
236-237
222-223
222-223
222-223
ESP KS30
222-223
ESP KS50
222-223
ESP KT1
236-237
ESP KT1/PTC
236-237
ESP KT2
236-237
ESP LA-15/15
240-241
ESP LA-25/25
240-241
ESP LA-5/25
240-241
ESP LA-9/9
240-241
ESP LB-15/15
240-241
ESP LB-25/25
240-241
ESP LB-9/9
240-241
ESP LN
242-243
ESP LN-16/16
242-243
ESP LN-4
242-243
ESP LN-8
242-243
ESP LN-8/16
242-243
ESP MATV/F
254-255
ESP MC
200-201
ESP MC/19BK
200
ESP MC/Cat-5e
200-201
ESP MC/TN/RJ11
200-201
ESP PCB/06D
224-225
ESP PCB/06E
226-227
ESP PCB/110D
224-225
ESP PCB/110E
226-227
ESP PCB/15D
224-225
ESP PCB/15E
226-227
ESP PCB/30D
224-225
ESP PCB/30E
226-227
ESP PCB/50D
224-225
ESP PCB/50E
226-227
ESP PCB/TN
224-225
ESP PTE002
266
ESP PTE002/CAL
266
ESP RDU D1R/208
265
ESP RDU D1R/415
265
ESP RDU D1R/480
265
ESP RDU D1R/LCD/208
265
ESP RDU D1R/LCD/415
265
ESP RDU D1R/LCD/480
265
ESP RDU/415M1R
265
ESP RDU/415M2R
265
ESP RDU/415M4R
265
ESP RDU/480M1R
265
ESP RDU/480M2R
265
ESP RDU/480M4R
265
ESP RDU-SEAL
265
ESP RF 111A11
260-261
ESP RF 111x21
258-259
ESP RF 441A11
260-261
ESP RF 441x21
258-259
ESP RF AA1A11
260-261
ESP RF AA1x21
258-259
ESP RF BK1
266
ESP RF BK2
266
ESP RF BK3
266
ESP RF BK4
266
ESP RF GDT-1
266
ESP RF GDT-2
266
ESP RF GDT-3
266
ESP RF GDT-4
266
ESP RF GDT-5
266
ESP RF GDT-6
266
ESP RF GDT-A
266
ESP RLA HD-1
265
ESP RLA HD-2
265
ESP RLA HD-4
265
ESP RLA-1
265
ESP RLA-2
265
ESP RLA-4
265
ESP RS485E
230-231
ESP RS485Q
230-231
ESP RTD
228-229
ESP RTDQ
228-229
ESP SL RTD
228-229
ESP SL TN
212-213
ESP SL/3W/B
266
ESP SL/B
266
ESP SL/I/B
266
ESP SL06
212-213
ESP SL06/3W
218-219
ESP SL06/3W/M
266
ESP SL110
212-213
ESP SL110/3W
218-219
ESP SL110/3W/M
266
ESP SL15
212-213
ESP SL15/3W
218-219
ESP SL15/3W/M
266
ESP SL15X
214-215
ESP SL15X/M
266
ESP SL15XL/M
266
ESP SL30
212-213
ESP SL30/3W
218-219
ESP SL30/3W/M
266
ESP SL30L/4-20
216-217
ESP SL30L/4-20/M
266
ESP SL30X
214-215
ESP SL30X/M
266
ESP SL30XL/M
266
ESP SL50
212-213
ESP SL50/3W
218-219
ESP SL50/3W/M
266
ESP SL RS485
230-231
ESP SLRS485/B
265
ESP SLRS485/M
ESP SL RTD
ESP SLRTD/B
ESP SLRTD/M
ESP SLX/B
ESP SLX/I/B
ESP SMATV/F
ESP SSI/120AC
ESP SSI/140AC
ESP SSI/B
ESP SSI/M
ESP TN
ESP TN/2BX
ESP TN/2BX/I
ESP TN/BX
ESP TN/BX/I
ESP TN/JP
ESP TN/RJ11-2/6
ESP TN/RJ11-4/6
ESP TN/RJ11-6/6
ESP TNQ
ESP TV/EURO
ESP TV/F
F1-FU
F2-FU
FBB-10-200-7
FBB-10-200-7-T
FBB-10-400-7
FBB-10-400-7-T
FBB-120-200-17
FBB-120-200-17-T
FBB-120-400-17
FBB-120-400-17-T
FBB-150-200-17
FBB-150-200-17-T
FBB-150-400-17
FBB-150-400-17-T
FBB-16-200-9
FBB-16-200-9-T
FBB-16-400-9
FBB-16-400-9-T
FBB-25-200-11
FBB-25-200-11-T
FBB-25-400-11
FBB-25-400-11-T
FBB-50-200-11
FBB-50-200-11-T
FBB-50-400-11
FBB-50-400-11-T
FBB-6-200-7
FBB-6-200-7-T
FBB-6-400-7
FBB-6-400-7-T
FBB-70-200-13
FBB-70-200-13-T
FBB-70-400-13
FBB-70-400-13-T
FBB-95-200-13
FBB-95-200-13-T
FBB-95-400-13
FBB-95-400-13-T
FCT12010
FCT12012
FCT12014
FCT12016
FCT15010
FCT15012
FCT15014
FCT15016
FCT1610
FCT1612
FCT166
FCT168
FCT18512
FCT18514
FCT18516
FCT24012
FCT24014
FCT24016
FCT2510
FCT2512
FCT256
FCT258
FCT30012
FCT30014
FCT30016
FCT3510
FCT3512
FCT356
FCT358
FCT40012
FCT40014
FCT40016
FCT5010
FCT5012
FCT506
FCT508
FCT7010
FCT7012
FCT7014
FCT7016
FCT708
FCT9510
FCT9512
FCT9514
265
228-229
266
266
266
266
254-255
252-253
252-253
252-253
252-253
204-205
210-211
210-211
210-211
210-211
234-235
234-235
234-235
234-235
220-221
254-255
254-255
164
164
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
Index
FCT9516
FCT958
FGUN
FLINTS
FP015
FP020
FP025
FP030
FP040
FP045
FP050
FS005
G5
G6
GD015
GD020
GD025
GD030
GD040
GD045
GD050
GD861
GD871
GD872
GD876
GD881
GD886
GD887
HCPK1
HCPK2
HCPK3
HCPK3A
HCPK3B
HCPK4
HCPK4A
HCPK5
HCPK7
HCPK8
HCR1
HCR2
HD100
HD200
HD300
HD35-HD150
HD400
HD500
HD600
HD700
HD800
HF015
HF020
HF025
HF030
HF040
HF045
HF176
HF191
HF320
HF325-FU
HF705
HF710
HF975
HM005
HM010
HM105
HT010
HT020
HT030
HT040
HT050
HW015-FU
HW020-FU
HW025-FU
HW030-FU
HW040-FU
HW045-FU
HW050-FU
HW871
HW872
HW886
HW887
IN005
IN013
IN020
IN030
IN040
IN060
IN070
JH100
LC101-FU
LC102-FU
LC103-FU
LC104-FU
LC105-FU
LC106-FU
LC107-FU
LC108-FU
LC109-FU
LC110-FU
LK004
LK004-T
LK205
LK205-T
LK207-10
LK207-10-T
114
114
165
165
59
59
59
59
59
59
59
74
92
92
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
164
164
164
164
164
164
164
164
164
164
164
164
115
115
115
165
115
115
115
115
115
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
63
63
63
63
61
86
86
86
116
116
116
117
117
58
58
58
58
58
58
58
58
58
58
58
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
87
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
112
112
112
112
111
111
LK207-12
LK207-12-T
LK207-14
LK207-14-T
LK207-16
LK207-16-T
LK207-18
LK207-18-T
LK207-20
LK207-20-T
LK207-22
LK207-22-T
LK207-24
LK207-24-T
LK207-26
LK207-26-T
LK207-28
LK207-28-T
LK207-30
LK207-30-T
LK207-6
LK207-6-T
LK207-8
LK207-8-T
LK243-10
LK243-10-T
LK243-12
LK243-12-T
LK243-14
LK243-14-T
LK243-16
LK243-16-T
LK243-18
LK243-18-T
LK243-20
LK243-20-T
LK243-22
LK243-22-T
LK243-24
LK243-24-T
LK243-26
LK243-26-T
LK243-28
LK243-28-T
LK243-30
LK243-30-T
LK243-6
LK243-6-T
LK243-8
LK243-8-T
LK245-10
LK245-10-T
LK245-12
LK245-12-T
LK245-14
LK245-14-T
LK245-16
LK245-16-T
LK245-18
LK245-18-T
LK245-20
LK245-20-T
LK245-22
LK245-22-T
LK245-24
LK245-24-T
LK245-26
LK245-26-T
LK245-28
LK245-28-T
LK245-30
LK245-30-T
LK245-6
LK245-6-T
LK245-8
LK245-8-T
LO101
LO102-FU
LO103-FU
LO104
LO105
LO106
LO107
LO108
LO109
LO110
LS101-FU
LS102-FU
LS103-FU
LS104-FU
LS105-FU
LS106-FU
LS107-FU
LS108-FU
LS109-FU
LS110-FU
MJ4
MJ5
NA005
NU165
NU166
NU167
NU170
NU367
NU370
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
165
165
73
72
72
72
72
72
72
PACK-A
PC100-FU
PC101
PC102
PC103
PC105
PC106
PC107
PC108
PC110
PC111
PC115-FU
PC116
PC120
PC121
PC125
PC126-FU
PC211
PC216
PC221
PE005
PE010
PE015
PE020
PE110
PE120
PF005
PF105
PL005
PL010
PS305
PS310
PT004
PT005
PT006
PT007
PT110
PT205
PT309-FU
RA015
RA025
RA030
RA040
RA050
RA080
RA085
RA215
RA225
RA230
RA240
RA250-FU
RA400-FU
RA402
RA500
RA600
RB005
RB103
RB105
RB107
RB110
RB115
RB116
RB125
RB126
RB203
RB205-FU
RB210
RB213
RB215
RB216
RB217
RB220-FU
RB223
RB225
RB226
RB235
RB236
RB25-RB120
RB305
RB306
RB310
RB313
RB315
RB316
RB317
RB320-FU
RB323
RB325
RB326
RB335
RB336
RC010
RC010-KIT
RC011
RC012
RC015
RC015-KIT
RC016
RC017
RC16-087095
RC20-087095
RC25-087095
RC25-087095
RC32-087095
RC40-087095
165
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
88
88
88
88
88
88
61
61
45
45
72
72
87
87
87
87
87
87
87
41
41
41
41
41
41
41
41
41
41
41
41
41
41
45
45
83
83
82
83
82
82
83
82
83
83
82
82
83
82
83
83
82
83
82
83
82
83
165
82
83
82
83
82
83
83
82
83
82
83
82
83
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
95
95
95
95
95
95
RC812-0850
RCF01
RCH01
RCW01
RR1616
RR2121
RR2626
RR3232
RR3838
RR812
RS005
RS005-KIT
RS011
RS012
RS016
RS017
RV005
RV010
RV105
RV110
RX005
S102-S111
S108A-S111A
SA105
SA115
SC005-H
SC015
SC020
SC025
SC030
SC035
SC040
SC045
SC050
SC105-H
SD003-H
SD005
SD007
SD105-H
SD115
SD120
SD155
SD160
SD165
SD305
SD307
SK010
SK020
SK030
SK040
SM010
SP010
SP015
SS1-14216
SS1-14225
SS1-14235
SS1-14250
SS1-14270
SS1-14295
SS1-17216
SS1-17225
SS1-17235
SS1-17250
SS1-17270
SS1-17295
SS140
SS145
SS150
SS155
SS160
SS165
SS2-14216
SS2-14225
SS2-14235
SS2-14250
SS2-14270
SS2-14295
SS2-17216
SS2-17225
SS2-17235
SS2-17250
SS2-17270
SS2-17295
SS635
SS640
SS650
SS655
ST010
ST015
ST100
ST107
ST200
ST207
ST300
ST307
STM1-FU
SW005
SW010
SW105
SW110
SW305
SW405
SX450
SX455
TA005
95
165
165
165
95
95
95
95
95
94
84
84
84
84
84
84
73
73
73
73
106
165
165
74
74
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
42
42
42
42
43
42
43
43
43
42
42
107
107
107
107
45
84
84
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
72
72
72
72
72
72
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
72
72
72
72
84
84
82
83
82
83
82
83
165
72
72
72
72
72
72
101
101
30
TA020
TA030
TA040
TA042
TA068
TA080
TA100
TA104
TA105
TA110
TA115
TA120
TA125
TA130
TB100-FU
TC005
TC010
TC015
TC020
TC020/100
TC025
TC026
TC030
TC030/50
TC030-UL
TC035
TC039
TC040
TC040-UL
TC042
TC043
TC044
TC045
TC048
TC050
TC055
TC060-FU
TC065
TC066
TC067
TC068
TC069
TC070
TC071
TC075
TC078
TC080
TC082
TC090
TC100
TC105
TC105/50
TC110
TC110/50
TC111/50
TC111-FU
TC115/50
TC115-FU
TC120/50
TC120-FU
TC125/50
TC125-FU
TC130
TC130/50
TC140-FU
TC145
TC225-FU
TC230
TC230-UL
TC239
TC240
TC245
TC260
TC280
TC330
TC910
TC910/50
TC940
TC980
TD005
TK100
TK200
TP120-FU
WBX 16/2/G
WBX 2/G
WBX 3
WBX 3/G
WBX 4
WBX 4/GS
WBX 8
WBX 8/GS
WBX D4
WBX D8
WBX M2
WBX M4
WR165
WR167
WR170
WR175
WR365
WR367
WR370
WS365
WS367
WS370
30
30
30
30
30
30
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
165
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
35
35
35
35
35
37
37
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
38
38
38
38
38
74
165
165
73
263
263
263
263
263
263
263
263
263
263
263
263
73
73
73
73
73
73
73
73
73
73
295
Customer services
Customer service & technical advice

Our sales and technical teams are ready to assist with all your earthing &
lightning protection needs. Please contact us to place orders, request
quotations and for technical assistance.
UK, Eire & EU
Middle East
Far East
Tel
+44 (0)115 964 3700
+971 (0)4 609 1635
+65 6720 8828
Fax
+44 (0)115 986 0538
+971 (0)4 609 1636
+65 6720 8780
enquiry@furse.com
E-mail
Orders may be placed to your credit account, or alternatively we can accept

payments by VISA and MasterCard.
Calls may be monitored to assist with sales training and our customer care programme.
Website: www.furse.com
Visit www.furse.com today for the latest Furse news, information and
worldwide distributor contact details.
Our site also contains searchable technical details for structural lightning
protection, earthing materials, FurseWELD exothermic welding and
transient overvoltage protectors. Product details can be downloaded in
PDF format.
Technical guides & software

A wide range of product datasheets, technical guides and software is
available to help you better understand lightning protection, including:
A comprehensive Technical Guide to BS EN 62305
StrikeRisk lightning protection risk assessment software

(FREE 15 day trial version available)
Furse ESP Application Notes as PDF
Specific product datasheets and sales brochures
To request your copy or to download a PDF, visit www.furse.com, contact

your local representative or local sales office.
Furse
Wilford
Road
Nottingha
m, NG2
United
Kingdom 1EB
Tel +44
(0)115
Fax +44
964 3700
(0)115
986 0538
enquiry@f
www.furseurse.com
.com
StrikeR
isk v5.0
BS EN 623
05-2
Risk Ma
nagem
ent Sof
tware
Copyri
ght Thoma
s & Betts
2012
Furse, Wilford Road, Nottingham, NG2 1EB Tel: +44 (0)115 964 3700
Email: enquiry@furse.com Web: www.furse.com
At Thomas & Betts, our focus is on improving your business performance by providing practical, reliable
electrical products and services that connect and protect for life and solve everyday problems in the areas
of Wire & Cable Management, Cable Protection, Power Connection & Control and Safety Technology.
Technology.
Our extensive engineering, supply chain management and technical sales support teams are committed
to understanding everything that impacts your ability to accomplish your business objectives by reducing
your total cost of ownership.
WIRE & CABLE MANAGEMENT
CABLE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
POWER CONNECTION & CONTROL
SAFETY TECHNOLOGY
ENERGY & DA
DATA
AT
TA CONNECTION
ENERGY & DATA

DA
AT
TA PROTECTION
CRITICAL PROCESS PROTECTION
PEOPLE PROTECTION
UK OFFICE
MIDDLE EAST SALES OFFICE
Thomas & Betts Limited
Thomas & Betts Ltd. Br.
Furse
Office 724 6WA West Wing
Wilford Road
Dubai Airport Free Zone
Nottingham
PO Box 54567
NG2 1EB
Dubai
United Kingdom
United Arab Emirates
Switchboard +44 (0)115 964 3700
Tel: +971 (0)4 609 1635
Fax +44 (0)115 986 0538
Fax: +971 (0)4 609 1636
Sales tel +44 (0)115 964 3800

Sales fax +44 (0)115 986 0071
Email: enquiry@furse.com
www.furse.com
SOUTH EAST ASIA OFFICE

Thomas & Betts Asia (Singapore) Pte Ltd
10 Ang Mo Kio Street 65
EUROPEAN HEADQUARTERS
#06-07 Techpoint
Thomas & Betts
Singapore 569059
European Centre SA
200 Chausse de Waterloo
Tel +65 6720 8828
B-1640 Rhode-St-Gense
Fax +65 6720 8780
Belgium
Tel +32 (0)2 359 8200

Fax +32 (0)2 359 8201
www.tnb-europe.com
The content of this Thomas & Betts catalogue has been carefully checked for accuracy at the time of print. However, Thomas & Betts
doesnt give any warranty of any kind, express or implied, in this respect and shall not be liable for any loss or damage that may result
from any use or as a consequence of any inaccuracies in or any omissions from the information which it may contain. E&OE.
Copyright Thomas & Betts 2012. Copyright in these pages is owned by Thomas & Betts except where otherwise indicated. No part of this
publication may be reproduced, copied or transmitted in any form or by any means, without our prior written permission. Images, trade
marks, brands, designs and technology are also protected by other intellectual property rights and may not be reproduced or
appropriated in any manner without written permission of their respective owners. Thomas & Betts reserves the right to change and
improve any product specifications or other mentions in the catalogue at its own discretion and at any time. These conditions of use are
governed by the laws of the Netherlands and the courts of Amsterdam shall have exclusive jurisdiction in any dispute.
TSC-0912

Furse Total Solution Catalogue Lrs

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Furse Total Solution Catalogue Lrs

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Furse Total Solution Catalogue Lrs

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Total Solution to

Earthing & Lightning Protection

Furse is the market leading lightning protection

Electronic systems protection

Technical reference & index

Registered Office: W. J. Furse, 27/28 Eastcastle Street, London, W1W 8DH

Lightning is one of natures most powerful and

Lightning protection throughout the world is now

Indirect lightning (up to a kilometre away) creates

From air terminals to earthing systems, conductors to

Protecting against the consequences of lightning is now

If youre looking for world-leading lightning protection,

Total Solution to earthing

Service, support, sales

Product sales form only part of the Furse offering.

Since our foundation in 1893 as a small steeplejacking

Lightning protection systems for structures

Earthing of lightning protection and

Supporting our customers with project consultations,

Furse became part of Thomas & Betts portfolio of

We believe in sharing our knowledge with you, so

Thomas & Betts is a major global manufacturer and

Thomas & Betts headquarters, Memphis, USA

Customer service & technical advice

+44 (0)115 964 3700

+971 (0)4 609 1635

+65 6720 8828

+44 (0)115 986 0538

+971 (0)4 609 1636

+65 6720 8780

Orders may be placed to your credit account, or alternatively we can accept

Technical guides & software

A comprehensive Technical Guide to BS EN 62305

StrikeRisk lightning protection risk assessment software

Furse ESP Application Notes as PDF

Specific product datasheets and sales brochures

To request your copy or to download a PDF, visit www.furse.com, contact

We work closely with our customers to deliver the best

Jointing Technologies stock and distribute Furse products as we believe

We specify Furse products in many of our projects because of the quality of

World-leading solutions for earthing

With our history in earthing &

Oil & Gas/petrochemical

Offshore platforms & oil fields

Gas & oil refineries

City metro & light rail systems

Airports & airport terminal

Rail & infrastructure

Power stations (coal, gas,

High tech & industrial

Landmark commercial projects

High tech manufacturing &

Financial services institutions

Overhead transmission lines

Convention & exhibition

Waste water treatment

Telecoms stations, exchanges &

IT Parks and Technoparks

Heavy industry including

Stock exchanges & trade